Who is using the Atlas?

@article{bourget_data_2024,
	title = {A data science approach to climate change risk assessment applied to pluvial flood occurrences for the {United} {States} and {Canada}},
	issn = {0515-0361, 1783-1350},
	url = {https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/astin-bulletin-journal-of-the-iaa/article/data-science-approach-to-climate-change-risk-assessment-applied-to-pluvial-flood-occurrences-for-the-united-states-and-canada/E28763E2E9F9AFC003CF6806534E47F7},
	doi = {10.1017/asb.2024.19},
	abstract = {There is mounting pressure on (re)insurers to quantify the impacts of climate change, notably on the frequency and severity of claims due to weather events such as flooding. This is however a very challenging task for (re)insurers as it requires modeling at the scale of a portfolio and at a high enough spatial resolution to incorporate local climate change effects. In this paper, we introduce a data science approach to climate change risk assessment of pluvial flooding for insurance portfolios over Canada and the United States (US). The underlying flood occurrence model quantifies the financial impacts of short-term (12–48 h) precipitation dynamics over the present (2010–2030) and future climate (2040–2060) by leveraging statistical/machine learning and regional climate models. The flood occurrence model is designed for applications that do not require street-level precision as is often the case for scenario and trend analyses. It is applied at the full scale of Canada and the US over 10–25 km grids. Our analyses show that climate change and urbanization will typically increase losses over Canada and the US, while impacts are strongly heterogeneous from one state or province to another, or even within a territory. Portfolio applications highlight the importance for a (re)insurer to differentiate between future changes in hazard and exposure, as the latter may magnify or attenuate the impacts of climate change on losses.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-08-23},
	journal = {ASTIN Bulletin: The Journal of the IAA},
	author = {Bourget, Mathilde and Boudreault, Mathieu and Carozza, David A. and Boudreault, Jérémie and Raymond, Sébastien},
	month = may,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1--23},
}

There is mounting pressure on (re)insurers to quantify the impacts of climate change, notably on the frequency and severity of claims due to weather events such as flooding. This is however a very challenging task for (re)insurers as it requires modeling at the scale of a portfolio and at a high enough spatial resolution to incorporate local climate change effects. In this paper, we introduce a data science approach to climate change risk assessment of pluvial flooding for insurance portfolios over Canada and the United States (US). The underlying flood occurrence model quantifies the financial impacts of short-term (12–48 h) precipitation dynamics over the present (2010–2030) and future climate (2040–2060) by leveraging statistical/machine learning and regional climate models. The flood occurrence model is designed for applications that do not require street-level precision as is often the case for scenario and trend analyses. It is applied at the full scale of Canada and the US over 10–25 km grids. Our analyses show that climate change and urbanization will typically increase losses over Canada and the US, while impacts are strongly heterogeneous from one state or province to another, or even within a territory. Portfolio applications highlight the importance for a (re)insurer to differentiate between future changes in hazard and exposure, as the latter may magnify or attenuate the impacts of climate change on losses.

@article{petrakis_ensemble_2024,
	title = {An {Ensemble} {Mean} {Method} for {Remote} {Sensing} of {Actual} {Evapotranspiration} to {Estimate} {Water} {Budget} {Response} across a {Restoration} {Landscape}},
	volume = {16},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {2072-4292},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2072-4292/16/12/2122},
	doi = {10.3390/rs16122122},
	abstract = {Estimates of actual evapotranspiration (ETa) are valuable for effective monitoring and management of water resources. In areas that lack ground-based monitoring networks, remote sensing allows for accurate and consistent estimates of ETa across a broad scale—though each algorithm has limitations (i.e., ground-based validation, temporal consistency, spatial resolution). We developed an ensemble mean ETa (EMET) product to incorporate advancements and reduce uncertainty among algorithms (e.g., energy-balance, optical-only), which we use to estimate vegetative water use in response to restoration practices being implemented on the ground using management interventions (i.e., fencing pastures, erosion control structures) on a private ranch in Baja California Sur, Mexico. This paper describes the development of a monthly EMET product, the assessment of changes using EMET over time and across multiple land use/land cover types, and the evaluation of differences in vegetation and water distribution between watersheds treated by restoration and their controls. We found that in the absence of a ground-based monitoring network, the EMET product is more robust than using a single ETa data product and can augment the efficacy of ETa-based studies. We then found increased ETa within the restored watershed when compared to the control sites, which we attribute to increased plant water availability.},
	language = {en},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2024-06-28},
	journal = {Remote Sensing},
	author = {Petrakis, Roy E. and Norman, Laura M. and Villarreal, Miguel L. and Senay, Gabriel B. and Friedrichs, MacKenzie O. and Cassassuce, Florance and Gomis, Florent and Nagler, Pamela L.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Number: 12
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2122},
}

Estimates of actual evapotranspiration (ETa) are valuable for effective monitoring and management of water resources. In areas that lack ground-based monitoring networks, remote sensing allows for accurate and consistent estimates of ETa across a broad scale—though each algorithm has limitations (i.e., ground-based validation, temporal consistency, spatial resolution). We developed an ensemble mean ETa (EMET) product to incorporate advancements and reduce uncertainty among algorithms (e.g., energy-balance, optical-only), which we use to estimate vegetative water use in response to restoration practices being implemented on the ground using management interventions (i.e., fencing pastures, erosion control structures) on a private ranch in Baja California Sur, Mexico. This paper describes the development of a monthly EMET product, the assessment of changes using EMET over time and across multiple land use/land cover types, and the evaluation of differences in vegetation and water distribution between watersheds treated by restoration and their controls. We found that in the absence of a ground-based monitoring network, the EMET product is more robust than using a single ETa data product and can augment the efficacy of ETa-based studies. We then found increased ETa within the restored watershed when compared to the control sites, which we attribute to increased plant water availability.

@article{singh_bayesian_2024,
	title = {Bayesian physical–statistical retrieval of snow water equivalent and snow depth from {X}- and {Ku}-band synthetic aperture radar – demonstration using airborne {SnowSAr} in {SnowEx}'17},
	volume = {18},
	issn = {1994-0416},
	url = {https://tc.copernicus.org/articles/18/747/2024/},
	doi = {10.5194/tc-18-747-2024},
	abstract = {A physical–statistical framework to estimate snow water equivalent (SWE) and snow depth from synthetic aperture radar (SAR) measurements is presented and applied to four SnowSAR flight-line data sets collected during the SnowEx'2017 field campaign in Grand Mesa, Colorado, USA. The physical (radar) model is used to describe the relationship between snowpack conditions and volume backscatter. The statistical model is a Bayesian inference model that seeks to estimate the joint probability distribution of volume backscatter measurements, snow density and snow depth, and physical model parameters. Prior distributions are derived from multilayer snow hydrology predictions driven by downscaled numerical weather prediction (NWP) forecasts. To reduce the signal-to-noise ratio, SnowSAR measurements at 1 m resolution were upscaled by simple averaging to 30 and 90 m resolution. To reduce the number of physical parameters, the multilayer snowpack is transformed for Bayesian inference into an equivalent one- or two-layer snowpack with the same snow mass and volume backscatter. Successful retrievals meeting NASEM (2018) science requirements are defined by absolute convergence backscatter errors ≤1.2 dB and local SnowSAR incidence angles between 30 and 45∘ for X- and Ku-band VV-pol backscatter measurements and were achieved for 75 \% to 87 \% of all grassland pixels with SWE up to 0.7 m and snow depth up to 2 m. SWE retrievals compare well with snow pit observations, showing strong skill in deep snow with average absolute SWE residuals of 5 \%–7 \% (15 \%–18 \%) for the two-layer (one-layer) retrieval algorithm. Furthermore, the spatial distributions of snow depth retrievals vis-à-vis lidar estimates have Bhattacharya coefficients above 94 \% (90 \%) for homogeneous grassland pixels at 30 m (90 m resolution), and values up to 76 \% in mixed forest and grassland areas, indicating that the retrievals closely capture snowpack spatial variability. Because NWP forecasts are available everywhere, the proposed approach could be applied to SWE and snow depth retrievals from a dedicated global snow mission.},
	language = {English},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2024-03-13},
	journal = {The Cryosphere},
	author = {Singh, Siddharth and Durand, Michael and Kim, Edward and Barros, Ana P.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {747--773},
}

A physical–statistical framework to estimate snow water equivalent (SWE) and snow depth from synthetic aperture radar (SAR) measurements is presented and applied to four SnowSAR flight-line data sets collected during the SnowEx'2017 field campaign in Grand Mesa, Colorado, USA. The physical (radar) model is used to describe the relationship between snowpack conditions and volume backscatter. The statistical model is a Bayesian inference model that seeks to estimate the joint probability distribution of volume backscatter measurements, snow density and snow depth, and physical model parameters. Prior distributions are derived from multilayer snow hydrology predictions driven by downscaled numerical weather prediction (NWP) forecasts. To reduce the signal-to-noise ratio, SnowSAR measurements at 1 m resolution were upscaled by simple averaging to 30 and 90 m resolution. To reduce the number of physical parameters, the multilayer snowpack is transformed for Bayesian inference into an equivalent one- or two-layer snowpack with the same snow mass and volume backscatter. Successful retrievals meeting NASEM (2018) science requirements are defined by absolute convergence backscatter errors ≤1.2 dB and local SnowSAR incidence angles between 30 and 45∘ for X- and Ku-band VV-pol backscatter measurements and were achieved for 75 % to 87 % of all grassland pixels with SWE up to 0.7 m and snow depth up to 2 m. SWE retrievals compare well with snow pit observations, showing strong skill in deep snow with average absolute SWE residuals of 5 %–7 % (15 %–18 %) for the two-layer (one-layer) retrieval algorithm. Furthermore, the spatial distributions of snow depth retrievals vis-à-vis lidar estimates have Bhattacharya coefficients above 94 % (90 %) for homogeneous grassland pixels at 30 m (90 m resolution), and values up to 76 % in mixed forest and grassland areas, indicating that the retrievals closely capture snowpack spatial variability. Because NWP forecasts are available everywhere, the proposed approach could be applied to SWE and snow depth retrievals from a dedicated global snow mission.

@article{gronewold_can_2024,
	title = {Can continental transboundary compacts hold water?},
	volume = {15},
	copyright = {2024 The Author(s)},
	issn = {2041-1723},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-024-51456-w},
	doi = {10.1038/s41467-024-51456-w},
	abstract = {The growing number of threats facing continental-scale transboundary water treaties warrants contemporary evaluation of not only the political and climatological conditions under which they were constructed, but also of how different management strategies for accommodating changes in those conditions can lead to treaty success or failure. We assess these threats by highlighting key attributes and vulnerabilities of water treaties across North America that frame a diverse set of future water management priorities. While these threats are ubiquitous globally, they are particularly pronounced in North America where water-abundant basins along the border between the United States (US) and Canada contrast with arid basins along the border between the US and Mexico. We propose addressing these needs through a three-step call to action for management agencies, politicians, and the public at large to embrace a holistic perspective on transboundary water agreements.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-08-23},
	journal = {Nature Communications},
	author = {Gronewold, Andrew and Bednar, Jenna and Cort, Marjorie and Rueda, Vianey and Moore, Michael and Allan, Jon},
	month = aug,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {7087},
}

The growing number of threats facing continental-scale transboundary water treaties warrants contemporary evaluation of not only the political and climatological conditions under which they were constructed, but also of how different management strategies for accommodating changes in those conditions can lead to treaty success or failure. We assess these threats by highlighting key attributes and vulnerabilities of water treaties across North America that frame a diverse set of future water management priorities. While these threats are ubiquitous globally, they are particularly pronounced in North America where water-abundant basins along the border between the United States (US) and Canada contrast with arid basins along the border between the US and Mexico. We propose addressing these needs through a three-step call to action for management agencies, politicians, and the public at large to embrace a holistic perspective on transboundary water agreements.

@incollection{tecuapetla-gomez_caracterizacion_2024,
	title = {Caracterización de series de tiempo de {NDVI} en bosques mexicanos vía análisis funcional de datos aplicado a imágenes de satélite},
	isbn = {978-607-27-2346-7},
	url = {https://www.selper.org.mx/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/14.-Aplicaciones-de-la-Geomatica-AC-1.pdf},
	language = {Español},
	booktitle = {Aplicaciones geomáticas en el estudio de la sustentabilidad},
	publisher = {Universidad Autónoma de Nuevo León},
	author = {Tecuapetla-Gómez, Inder Rafael and Galicia Gómez, Berenice Fanny and Rosales Marticorena, Luis Francisco},
	year = {2024},
}

@phdthesis{hasan_creating_2024,
	title = {Creating an urban heat vulnerability index ({HVI}) in the face of climate change employing geospatial technology in {Halifax}, {Canada}},
	url = {http://library2.smu.ca/xmlui/handle/01/31900},
	abstract = {Heat waves are one of the most common weather events happening in recent decades,
posing threats to public health especially in urban built-up environments. This study employs geospatial techniques to evaluate urban heat vulnerability in the city of Halifax,
Nova Scotia, Canada. The Heat Vulnerability Index (HVI) was developed through the
utilization of the Geographic Information System (GIS), integrating exposure, sensitivity,
and adaptive capacity measures generated using Remote Sensing (GIS) and socioeconomic datasets for four years covering: 2006, 2011, 2016, 2021. The process applies an Equal Weight Approach (EWA) to assign equal importance to the 16 normalized variables considered in creating the comprehensive HVI. The overarching goal of this study was to assess heat vulnerability at a local level by offering a detailed analysis of these 16 proposed indicators in an urban setting. The results revealed that the HVI
attained its peak in the year 2021, exhibiting a variable trajectory in its scores, with all
years demonstrating a significant high-risk zone encompassing the regional center.
Findings may enable multiple stakeholders to understand spatial variability of
temperature anomalies at local level and may identify vulnerable populations at risks.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-08-12},
	author = {Hasan, Md Mehedi},
	month = mar,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Accepted: 2024-04-25T11:57:44Z
Publisher: Halifax, N.S. : Saint Mary’s University},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Heat waves are one of the most common weather events happening in recent decades, posing threats to public health especially in urban built-up environments. This study employs geospatial techniques to evaluate urban heat vulnerability in the city of Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada. The Heat Vulnerability Index (HVI) was developed through the utilization of the Geographic Information System (GIS), integrating exposure, sensitivity, and adaptive capacity measures generated using Remote Sensing (GIS) and socioeconomic datasets for four years covering: 2006, 2011, 2016, 2021. The process applies an Equal Weight Approach (EWA) to assign equal importance to the 16 normalized variables considered in creating the comprehensive HVI. The overarching goal of this study was to assess heat vulnerability at a local level by offering a detailed analysis of these 16 proposed indicators in an urban setting. The results revealed that the HVI attained its peak in the year 2021, exhibiting a variable trajectory in its scores, with all years demonstrating a significant high-risk zone encompassing the regional center. Findings may enable multiple stakeholders to understand spatial variability of temperature anomalies at local level and may identify vulnerable populations at risks.

@article{ke_deep_2024,
	title = {Deep learning workflow to support in-flight processing of digital aerial imagery for wildlife population surveys},
	volume = {19},
	issn = {1932-6203},
	url = {https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0288121},
	doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0288121},
	abstract = {Deep learning shows promise for automating detection and classification of wildlife from digital aerial imagery to support cost-efficient remote sensing solutions for wildlife population monitoring. To support in-flight orthorectification and machine learning processing to detect and classify wildlife from imagery in near real-time, we evaluated deep learning methods that address hardware limitations and the need for processing efficiencies to support the envisioned in-flight workflow. We developed an annotated dataset for a suite of marine birds from high-resolution digital aerial imagery collected over open water environments to train the models. The proposed 3-stage workflow for automated, in-flight data processing includes: 1) image filtering based on the probability of any bird occurrence, 2) bird instance detection, and 3) bird instance classification. For image filtering, we compared the performance of a binary classifier with Mask Region-based Convolutional Neural Network (Mask R-CNN) as a means of sub-setting large volumes of imagery based on the probability of at least one bird occurrence in an image. On both the validation and test datasets, the binary classifier achieved higher performance than Mask R-CNN for predicting bird occurrence at the image-level. We recommend the binary classifier over Mask R-CNN for workflow first-stage filtering. For bird instance detection, we leveraged Mask R-CNN as our detection framework and proposed an iterative refinement method to bootstrap our predicted detections from loose ground-truth annotations. We also discuss future work to address the taxonomic classification phase of the envisioned workflow.},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2024-04-24},
	journal = {PLOS ONE},
	author = {Ke, Tsung-Wei and Yu, Stella X. and Koneff, Mark D. and Fronczak, David L. and Fara, Luke J. and Harrison, Travis J. and Landolt, Kyle L. and Hlavacek, Enrika J. and Lubinski, Brian R. and White, Timothy P.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Public Library of Science},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {e0288121},
}

Deep learning shows promise for automating detection and classification of wildlife from digital aerial imagery to support cost-efficient remote sensing solutions for wildlife population monitoring. To support in-flight orthorectification and machine learning processing to detect and classify wildlife from imagery in near real-time, we evaluated deep learning methods that address hardware limitations and the need for processing efficiencies to support the envisioned in-flight workflow. We developed an annotated dataset for a suite of marine birds from high-resolution digital aerial imagery collected over open water environments to train the models. The proposed 3-stage workflow for automated, in-flight data processing includes: 1) image filtering based on the probability of any bird occurrence, 2) bird instance detection, and 3) bird instance classification. For image filtering, we compared the performance of a binary classifier with Mask Region-based Convolutional Neural Network (Mask R-CNN) as a means of sub-setting large volumes of imagery based on the probability of at least one bird occurrence in an image. On both the validation and test datasets, the binary classifier achieved higher performance than Mask R-CNN for predicting bird occurrence at the image-level. We recommend the binary classifier over Mask R-CNN for workflow first-stage filtering. For bird instance detection, we leveraged Mask R-CNN as our detection framework and proposed an iterative refinement method to bootstrap our predicted detections from loose ground-truth annotations. We also discuss future work to address the taxonomic classification phase of the envisioned workflow.

@phdthesis{pruitt_dispersal_2024,
	title = {Dispersal {Movement} and {Overwintering} {Ecology} of a {Cryptic} {Migratory} {Forest} {Owl}},
	url = {https://scholarworks.uark.edu/etd/5307},
	author = {Pruitt, Mitchell},
	month = may,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@phdthesis{kalashnikov_dry_2024,
	type = {Doctor of {Philosophy} ({PhD})},
	title = {Dry {Lightning} in the {Western} {United} {States}: {Meteorological} {Conditions}, {Wildfire} {Ignition}, {Air} {Quality} {Impacts}, and {Future} {Projections}},
	copyright = {Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International, Open},
	shorttitle = {{DRY} {LIGHTNING} {IN} {THE} {WESTERN} {UNITED} {STATES}},
	url = {https://rex.libraries.wsu.edu/esploro/outputs/doctoral/99901120940501842},
	abstract = {Cloud-to-ground lightning occurring with little to no rainfall – typically referred to as “dry lightning” – is a major source of wildfire ignition in the western United States (WUS) during summer months. Although lightning-caused wildfires occur naturally and are generally ecologically beneficial, changing climatic conditions are increasing the risk of large and severe wildfires. Motivated by these impacts, my dissertation aims to advance our understanding of dry lightning in the WUS and its associated meteorological conditions, wildfire ignitions, air quality impacts, and future projections. In the first chapter, I provide an overview of the motivations for undertaking this dissertation. In the second chapter, I use gridded air pollutant and population data to examine compound air pollution episodes in the WUS. This study demonstrates an increase in the co-occurrence of two harmful air pollutants (fine particulate matter and ground-level ozone) during the WUS wildfire season in the past two decades, and increasing population exposure to these co-occurrences of 25 million person-days per year largely driven by increasing wildfire activity. I show that the largest population exposure to co-occurring air pollution was associated with the major outbreak of dry lightning that ignited hundreds of wildfires in California during August, 2020. To better understand dry lightning in this fire-prone region, in the third chapter I examine the meteorological and geographical factors associated with dry lightning in central and northern California. I apply k-means clustering to atmospheric reanalysis data to identify four types of meteorological patterns associated with the largest dry lightning outbreaks over this region, and quantify the spatial patterns of enhanced dry lightning risk associated with each pattern. In the fourth chapter, I use radar-derived rainfall data and gridded climatological variables to investigate the precipitation amounts and biophysical factors associated with lightning-caused wildfire ignitions across the WUS. Critically, my results refine the widely-used \<2.5mm precipitation amount to define dry lightning by demonstrating that substantial regional variation exists in ignition-relevant precipitation amounts depending on local topography, vegetation, and climate. In the fifth chapter, I use Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs) to predict cloud-to-ground lightning in the WUS at the grid cell level using a suite of reanalysis-derived meteorological variables as predictors. The CNNs are skillful at predicting lightning (domain-median AUC = 0.8) and realistically capture the year-to-year variation of lightning activity across the WUS (domain-median interannual correlation = 0.87). The CNN-based predictive models developed in this study can be applied to output from global climate models, thus enabling the ability to project future lightning and lightning-caused wildfires. In the final chapter, I summarize my findings from the four studies that comprise my dissertation. The outcomes of my research can be useful to forecasters and fire managers to anticipate possible wildfire ignitions in the present climate, and can be used to inform planning, management, and policy decisions around future lightning-caused wildfires in the WUS.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-08-23},
	school = {Washington State University},
	author = {Kalashnikov, Dmitri A.},
	collaborator = {Singh, Deepti and Moffett, Kevan B and Walden, Von P and Loikith, Paul C},
	year = {2024},
	note = {Medium: application/pdf
Publisher: Washington State University},
}

Cloud-to-ground lightning occurring with little to no rainfall – typically referred to as “dry lightning” – is a major source of wildfire ignition in the western United States (WUS) during summer months. Although lightning-caused wildfires occur naturally and are generally ecologically beneficial, changing climatic conditions are increasing the risk of large and severe wildfires. Motivated by these impacts, my dissertation aims to advance our understanding of dry lightning in the WUS and its associated meteorological conditions, wildfire ignitions, air quality impacts, and future projections. In the first chapter, I provide an overview of the motivations for undertaking this dissertation. In the second chapter, I use gridded air pollutant and population data to examine compound air pollution episodes in the WUS. This study demonstrates an increase in the co-occurrence of two harmful air pollutants (fine particulate matter and ground-level ozone) during the WUS wildfire season in the past two decades, and increasing population exposure to these co-occurrences of 25 million person-days per year largely driven by increasing wildfire activity. I show that the largest population exposure to co-occurring air pollution was associated with the major outbreak of dry lightning that ignited hundreds of wildfires in California during August, 2020. To better understand dry lightning in this fire-prone region, in the third chapter I examine the meteorological and geographical factors associated with dry lightning in central and northern California. I apply k-means clustering to atmospheric reanalysis data to identify four types of meteorological patterns associated with the largest dry lightning outbreaks over this region, and quantify the spatial patterns of enhanced dry lightning risk associated with each pattern. In the fourth chapter, I use radar-derived rainfall data and gridded climatological variables to investigate the precipitation amounts and biophysical factors associated with lightning-caused wildfire ignitions across the WUS. Critically, my results refine the widely-used <2.5mm precipitation amount to define dry lightning by demonstrating that substantial regional variation exists in ignition-relevant precipitation amounts depending on local topography, vegetation, and climate. In the fifth chapter, I use Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs) to predict cloud-to-ground lightning in the WUS at the grid cell level using a suite of reanalysis-derived meteorological variables as predictors. The CNNs are skillful at predicting lightning (domain-median AUC = 0.8) and realistically capture the year-to-year variation of lightning activity across the WUS (domain-median interannual correlation = 0.87). The CNN-based predictive models developed in this study can be applied to output from global climate models, thus enabling the ability to project future lightning and lightning-caused wildfires. In the final chapter, I summarize my findings from the four studies that comprise my dissertation. The outcomes of my research can be useful to forecasters and fire managers to anticipate possible wildfire ignitions in the present climate, and can be used to inform planning, management, and policy decisions around future lightning-caused wildfires in the WUS.

@article{yu_enhancing_2024,
	title = {Enhancing long short-term memory ({LSTM})-based streamflow prediction with a spatially distributed approach},
	volume = {28},
	issn = {1027-5606},
	url = {https://hess.copernicus.org/articles/28/2107/2024/},
	doi = {10.5194/hess-28-2107-2024},
	abstract = {Deep learning (DL) algorithms have previously demonstrated their effectiveness in streamflow prediction. However, in hydrological time series modelling, the performance of existing DL methods is often bound by limited spatial information, as these data-driven models are typically trained with lumped (spatially aggregated) input data. In this study, we propose a hybrid approach, namely the Spatially Recursive (SR) model, that integrates a lumped long short-term memory (LSTM) network seamlessly with a physics-based hydrological routing simulation for enhanced streamflow prediction. The lumped LSTM was trained on the basin-averaged meteorological and hydrological variables derived from 141 gauged basins located in the Great Lakes region of North America. The SR model involves applying the trained LSTM at the subbasin scale for local streamflow predictions which are then translated to the basin outlet by the hydrological routing model. We evaluated the efficacy of the SR model with respect to predicting streamflow at 224 gauged stations across the Great Lakes region and compared its performance to that of the standalone lumped LSTM model. The results indicate that the SR model achieved performance levels on par with the lumped LSTM in basins used for training the LSTM. Additionally, the SR model was able to predict streamflow more accurately on large basins (e.g., drainage area greater than 2000 km2), underscoring the substantial information loss associated with basin-wise feature aggregation. Furthermore, the SR model outperformed the lumped LSTM when applied to basins that were not part of the LSTM training (i.e., pseudo-ungauged basins). The implication of this study is that the lumped LSTM predictions, especially in large basins and ungauged basins, can be reliably improved by considering spatial heterogeneity at finer resolution via the SR model.},
	language = {English},
	number = {9},
	urldate = {2024-06-03},
	journal = {Hydrology and Earth System Sciences},
	author = {Yu, Qiutong and Tolson, Bryan A. and Shen, Hongren and Han, Ming and Mai, Juliane and Lin, Jimmy},
	month = may,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2107--2122},
}

Deep learning (DL) algorithms have previously demonstrated their effectiveness in streamflow prediction. However, in hydrological time series modelling, the performance of existing DL methods is often bound by limited spatial information, as these data-driven models are typically trained with lumped (spatially aggregated) input data. In this study, we propose a hybrid approach, namely the Spatially Recursive (SR) model, that integrates a lumped long short-term memory (LSTM) network seamlessly with a physics-based hydrological routing simulation for enhanced streamflow prediction. The lumped LSTM was trained on the basin-averaged meteorological and hydrological variables derived from 141 gauged basins located in the Great Lakes region of North America. The SR model involves applying the trained LSTM at the subbasin scale for local streamflow predictions which are then translated to the basin outlet by the hydrological routing model. We evaluated the efficacy of the SR model with respect to predicting streamflow at 224 gauged stations across the Great Lakes region and compared its performance to that of the standalone lumped LSTM model. The results indicate that the SR model achieved performance levels on par with the lumped LSTM in basins used for training the LSTM. Additionally, the SR model was able to predict streamflow more accurately on large basins (e.g., drainage area greater than 2000 km2), underscoring the substantial information loss associated with basin-wise feature aggregation. Furthermore, the SR model outperformed the lumped LSTM when applied to basins that were not part of the LSTM training (i.e., pseudo-ungauged basins). The implication of this study is that the lumped LSTM predictions, especially in large basins and ungauged basins, can be reliably improved by considering spatial heterogeneity at finer resolution via the SR model.

@article{engel_estimating_2024,
	title = {Estimating {Stage}-{Frequency} {Curves} for {Engineering} {Design} in {Small} {Ungauged} {Arctic} {Watersheds}},
	volume = {16},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {2073-4441},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2073-4441/16/10/1321},
	doi = {10.3390/w16101321},
	abstract = {The design of hydraulic structures in the Arctic is complicated by shallow relief, which cause unique runoff processes that promote snow-damming and refreeze of runoff. We discuss the challenges encountered in modeling snowmelt runoff into two coastal freshwater lagoons in Utqiaġvik, Alaska. Stage-frequency curves with quantified uncertainty were required to design two new discharge gates that would allow snowmelt runoff flows through a proposed coastal revetment. To estimate runoff hydrographs arriving at the lagoons, we modeled snowpack accumulation and ablation using SnowModel which in turn was used to force a physically-based hydraulic runoff model (HEC-RAS). Our results demonstrate the successful development of stage-frequency curves by incorporating a Monte Carlo simulation approach that quantifies the variability in runoff timing and volume. Our process highlights the complexities of Arctic hydrology by incorporating significant delays in runoff onset due to localized snow accumulation and melting processes. This methodology not only addresses the uncertainty in snow-damming and refreeze processes which affect the arrival time of snowmelt inflow peaks, but is also adaptable for application in other challenging environments where secondary runoff processes are predominant.},
	language = {en},
	number = {10},
	urldate = {2024-06-03},
	journal = {Water},
	author = {Engel, Chandler and Wagner, Anna and Giovando, Jeremy and Ho, David and Morriss, Blaine and Deeb, Elias},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Number: 10
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1321},
}

The design of hydraulic structures in the Arctic is complicated by shallow relief, which cause unique runoff processes that promote snow-damming and refreeze of runoff. We discuss the challenges encountered in modeling snowmelt runoff into two coastal freshwater lagoons in Utqiaġvik, Alaska. Stage-frequency curves with quantified uncertainty were required to design two new discharge gates that would allow snowmelt runoff flows through a proposed coastal revetment. To estimate runoff hydrographs arriving at the lagoons, we modeled snowpack accumulation and ablation using SnowModel which in turn was used to force a physically-based hydraulic runoff model (HEC-RAS). Our results demonstrate the successful development of stage-frequency curves by incorporating a Monte Carlo simulation approach that quantifies the variability in runoff timing and volume. Our process highlights the complexities of Arctic hydrology by incorporating significant delays in runoff onset due to localized snow accumulation and melting processes. This methodology not only addresses the uncertainty in snow-damming and refreeze processes which affect the arrival time of snowmelt inflow peaks, but is also adaptable for application in other challenging environments where secondary runoff processes are predominant.

@article{braden_estimating_2024,
	title = {Estimating forest extent across {Mexico}},
	volume = {19},
	issn = {1748-9326},
	url = {https://dx.doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/ad193e},
	doi = {10.1088/1748-9326/ad193e},
	abstract = {Information on forest extent and tree cover is required to evaluate the status of natural resources, conservation practices, and environmental policies. The challenge is that different forest definitions, remote sensing-based (RSB) products, and data availability can lead to discrepancies in reporting total forest area. Consequently, errors in forest extent can be propagated into forest biomass and carbon estimates. Here, we present a simple approach to compare forest extent estimates from seven regional and global land or tree cover RSB products at 30 m resolution across Mexico. We found substantial differences in forest extent estimates for Mexico, ranging from 387 607 km2 to 675 239 km2. These differences were dependent on the RSB product and forest definition used. Next, we compared these RSB products with two independent forest inventory datasets at national (n = 26 220 plots) and local scales (n = 754 plots). The greatest accuracy among RSB products and forest inventory data was within the tropical moist forest (range 82\%–95\%), and the smallest was within the subtropical desert (range {\textless}10\%–80\%) and subtropical steppe ecological zones (range {\textless}10\%–60\%). We developed a forest extent agreement map by combining seven RSB products and identifying a consensus in their estimates. We found a forest area of 288 749 km2 with high forest extent agreement, and 340 661 km2 with medium forest extent agreement. The high-to-medium forest extent agreement of 629 410 km2 is comparable to the official national estimate of 656 920 km2. We found a high forest extent agreement across the Yucatan Peninsula and mountain areas in the Sierra Madre Oriental and Sierra Madre Occidental. The tropical dry forest and subtropical mountain system represent the two ecological zones with the highest areas of disagreement among RSB products. These findings show discrepancies in forest extent estimates across ecological zones in Mexico, where additional ground data and research are needed. Dataset available at https://doi.org/10.3334/ORNLDAAC/2320.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-01-31},
	journal = {Environmental Research Letters},
	author = {Braden, Dustin and Mondal, Pinki and Park, Taejin and Rosa, José Armando Alanís de la and Leal, Metzli Ileana Aldrete and Lara, Rubi Angélica Cuenca and Saucedo, Rafael Mayorga and Paz, Fernando and Salas-Aguilar, Victor Manuel and Soriano-Luna, María de Los Ángeles and Vargas, Rodrigo},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: IOP Publishing},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {014083},
}

Information on forest extent and tree cover is required to evaluate the status of natural resources, conservation practices, and environmental policies. The challenge is that different forest definitions, remote sensing-based (RSB) products, and data availability can lead to discrepancies in reporting total forest area. Consequently, errors in forest extent can be propagated into forest biomass and carbon estimates. Here, we present a simple approach to compare forest extent estimates from seven regional and global land or tree cover RSB products at 30 m resolution across Mexico. We found substantial differences in forest extent estimates for Mexico, ranging from 387 607 km2 to 675 239 km2. These differences were dependent on the RSB product and forest definition used. Next, we compared these RSB products with two independent forest inventory datasets at national (n = 26 220 plots) and local scales (n = 754 plots). The greatest accuracy among RSB products and forest inventory data was within the tropical moist forest (range 82%–95%), and the smallest was within the subtropical desert (range \textless10%–80%) and subtropical steppe ecological zones (range \textless10%–60%). We developed a forest extent agreement map by combining seven RSB products and identifying a consensus in their estimates. We found a forest area of 288 749 km2 with high forest extent agreement, and 340 661 km2 with medium forest extent agreement. The high-to-medium forest extent agreement of 629 410 km2 is comparable to the official national estimate of 656 920 km2. We found a high forest extent agreement across the Yucatan Peninsula and mountain areas in the Sierra Madre Oriental and Sierra Madre Occidental. The tropical dry forest and subtropical mountain system represent the two ecological zones with the highest areas of disagreement among RSB products. These findings show discrepancies in forest extent estimates across ecological zones in Mexico, where additional ground data and research are needed. Dataset available at https://doi.org/10.3334/ORNLDAAC/2320.

@phdthesis{panos_evaluation_2024,
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Evaluation of avian use of agricultural cover crops during the winter, migration stopover, and the breeding season in {Tennessee}},
	url = {https://trace.tennessee.edu/utk_gradthes/11344},
	school = {University of Tennessee - Knoxville},
	author = {Panos, Brittany},
	month = may,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{fernandes_evidence_2024,
	title = {Evidence of a bias-variance trade off when correcting for bias in {Sentinel} 2 forest {LAI} retrievals using radiative transfer models},
	volume = {305},
	issn = {0034-4257},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0034425724000713},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rse.2024.114060},
	abstract = {Forest canopies exhibit spatial heterogeneity that impacts the relationship between essential climate variables such as leaf area index (LAI) or the fraction of absorbed photosynthetically active radiation (fAPAR) and bi-directional surface reflectance, and subsequently the estimation of these variables from satellite measurements. The Simplified Level 2 Prototype Processor (SL2P) allows global LAI and fAPAR mapping at 20 m resolution using Sentinel 2 imagery. Previous validation studies over forests indicate SL2P underestimates LAI by up to 50\% in comparison to in-situ reference measurements. Our study tests the hypothesis that the SL2P LAI and fAPAR bias can be reduced by replacing the spatially homogenous SAILH canopy radiative transfer model used to calibrate SL2P with the heterogenous 4SAIL2 model, together with a shoot clumping parameterization. We also hypothesized that the additional parameters involved in this new version of SL2P (SL2P-CCRS) would lead to an increase in precision error and subsequently a bias-variance trade off. SL2P-CCRS reduced LAI bias by 65\%, in comparison to SL2P, during direct validation with 1107 in-situ measurements. The LAI absolute bias reduced by ∼0.5 at LAI 3 and by ∼1 at LAI 6. SL2P-CCRS reduced fAPAR bias by 31\% compared to SL2P but {\textless}0.05 on an absolute basis. Bias reduction was accompanied by an increase in precision error so that overall uncertainty, quantified by the root mean square difference in comparison to in-situ measurements, reduced by only 6\% for LAI and 5\% for fAPAR. These findings support the hypothesis that updating SL2P with a spatially heterogeneous RTM can reduce LAI and fAPAR bias over forests. The results also support the hypothesis that there is a bias-variance trade-off for LAI, and to a lesser extent for fAPAR, when increasing the complexity of SL2P by using a radiative transfer model that accounts for spatial heterogeneity. Nevertheless, SL2P-CCRS increased the agreement rate with Global Climate Observing System uncertainty requirements from 52\% to 58\% for LAI and 32\% to 40\% for fAPAR, suggesting that the trade-off is worthwhile, and that algorithms such as SL2P-CCRS, that use a spatially heterogenous radiative transfer model, should be applied for mapping fAPAR and LAI from Sentinel-2 measurements.},
	urldate = {2024-08-12},
	journal = {Remote Sensing of Environment},
	author = {Fernandes, Richard and Djamai, Najib and Harvey, Kate and Hong, Gang and MacDougall, Camryn and Shah, Hemit and Sun, Lixin},
	month = may,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {North American Forests},
	pages = {114060},
}

Forest canopies exhibit spatial heterogeneity that impacts the relationship between essential climate variables such as leaf area index (LAI) or the fraction of absorbed photosynthetically active radiation (fAPAR) and bi-directional surface reflectance, and subsequently the estimation of these variables from satellite measurements. The Simplified Level 2 Prototype Processor (SL2P) allows global LAI and fAPAR mapping at 20 m resolution using Sentinel 2 imagery. Previous validation studies over forests indicate SL2P underestimates LAI by up to 50% in comparison to in-situ reference measurements. Our study tests the hypothesis that the SL2P LAI and fAPAR bias can be reduced by replacing the spatially homogenous SAILH canopy radiative transfer model used to calibrate SL2P with the heterogenous 4SAIL2 model, together with a shoot clumping parameterization. We also hypothesized that the additional parameters involved in this new version of SL2P (SL2P-CCRS) would lead to an increase in precision error and subsequently a bias-variance trade off. SL2P-CCRS reduced LAI bias by 65%, in comparison to SL2P, during direct validation with 1107 in-situ measurements. The LAI absolute bias reduced by ∼0.5 at LAI 3 and by ∼1 at LAI 6. SL2P-CCRS reduced fAPAR bias by 31% compared to SL2P but \textless0.05 on an absolute basis. Bias reduction was accompanied by an increase in precision error so that overall uncertainty, quantified by the root mean square difference in comparison to in-situ measurements, reduced by only 6% for LAI and 5% for fAPAR. These findings support the hypothesis that updating SL2P with a spatially heterogeneous RTM can reduce LAI and fAPAR bias over forests. The results also support the hypothesis that there is a bias-variance trade-off for LAI, and to a lesser extent for fAPAR, when increasing the complexity of SL2P by using a radiative transfer model that accounts for spatial heterogeneity. Nevertheless, SL2P-CCRS increased the agreement rate with Global Climate Observing System uncertainty requirements from 52% to 58% for LAI and 32% to 40% for fAPAR, suggesting that the trade-off is worthwhile, and that algorithms such as SL2P-CCRS, that use a spatially heterogenous radiative transfer model, should be applied for mapping fAPAR and LAI from Sentinel-2 measurements.

@article{pflug_extending_2024,
	title = {Extending the utility of space-borne snow water equivalent observations over vegetated areas with data assimilation},
	volume = {28},
	issn = {1027-5606},
	url = {https://hess.copernicus.org/articles/28/631/2024/},
	doi = {10.5194/hess-28-631-2024},
	abstract = {Snow is a vital component of the earth system, yet no snow-focused satellite remote sensing platform currently exists. In this study, we investigate how synthetic observations of snow water equivalent (SWE) representative of a synthetic aperture radar remote sensing platform could improve spatiotemporal estimates of snowpack. We use a fraternal twin observing system simulation experiment, specifically investigating how much snow simulated using widely used models and forcing data could be improved by assimilating synthetic observations of SWE. We focus this study across a 24∘×37∘ domain in the western USA and Canada, simulating snow at 250 m resolution and hourly time steps in water year 2019. We perform two data assimilation experiments, including (1) a simulation excluding synthetic observations in forests where canopies obstruct remote sensing retrievals and (2) a simulation inferring snow distribution in forested grid cells using synthetic observations from nearby canopy-free grid cells. Results found that, relative to a nature run, or assumed true simulation of snow evolution, assimilating synthetic SWE observations improved average SWE biases at maximum snowpack timing in shrub, grass, crop, bare-ground, and wetland land cover types from 14 \%, to within 1 \%. However, forested grid cells contained a disproportionate amount of SWE volume. In forests, SWE mean absolute errors at the time of maximum snow volume were 111 mm and average SWE biases were on the order of 150 \%. Here the data assimilation approach that estimated forest SWE using observations from the nearest canopy-free grid cells substantially improved these SWE biases (18 \%) and the SWE mean absolute error (27 mm). Simulations employing data assimilation also improved estimates of the temporal evolution of both SWE and runoff, even in spring snowmelt periods when melting snow and high snow liquid water content prevented synthetic SWE retrievals. In fact, in the Upper Colorado River region, melt-season SWE biases were improved from 63 \% to within 1 \%, and the Nash–Sutcliffe efficiency of runoff improved from −2.59 to 0.22. These results demonstrate the value of data assimilation and a snow-focused globally relevant remote sensing platform for improving the characterization of SWE and associated water availability.},
	language = {English},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2024-03-13},
	journal = {Hydrology and Earth System Sciences},
	author = {Pflug, Justin M. and Wrzesien, Melissa L. and Kumar, Sujay V. and Cho, Eunsang and Arsenault, Kristi R. and Houser, Paul R. and Vuyovich, Carrie M.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {631--648},
}

Snow is a vital component of the earth system, yet no snow-focused satellite remote sensing platform currently exists. In this study, we investigate how synthetic observations of snow water equivalent (SWE) representative of a synthetic aperture radar remote sensing platform could improve spatiotemporal estimates of snowpack. We use a fraternal twin observing system simulation experiment, specifically investigating how much snow simulated using widely used models and forcing data could be improved by assimilating synthetic observations of SWE. We focus this study across a 24∘×37∘ domain in the western USA and Canada, simulating snow at 250 m resolution and hourly time steps in water year 2019. We perform two data assimilation experiments, including (1) a simulation excluding synthetic observations in forests where canopies obstruct remote sensing retrievals and (2) a simulation inferring snow distribution in forested grid cells using synthetic observations from nearby canopy-free grid cells. Results found that, relative to a nature run, or assumed true simulation of snow evolution, assimilating synthetic SWE observations improved average SWE biases at maximum snowpack timing in shrub, grass, crop, bare-ground, and wetland land cover types from 14 %, to within 1 %. However, forested grid cells contained a disproportionate amount of SWE volume. In forests, SWE mean absolute errors at the time of maximum snow volume were 111 mm and average SWE biases were on the order of 150 %. Here the data assimilation approach that estimated forest SWE using observations from the nearest canopy-free grid cells substantially improved these SWE biases (18 %) and the SWE mean absolute error (27 mm). Simulations employing data assimilation also improved estimates of the temporal evolution of both SWE and runoff, even in spring snowmelt periods when melting snow and high snow liquid water content prevented synthetic SWE retrievals. In fact, in the Upper Colorado River region, melt-season SWE biases were improved from 63 % to within 1 %, and the Nash–Sutcliffe efficiency of runoff improved from −2.59 to 0.22. These results demonstrate the value of data assimilation and a snow-focused globally relevant remote sensing platform for improving the characterization of SWE and associated water availability.

@phdthesis{moore_factors_2024,
	title = {Factors influencing the diversity and abundance of grassland birds in the {Waterton} {Foothills} {Parkland}, {Alberta}, {Canada}},
	url = {http://hdl.handle.net/1993/38628},
	abstract = {Grassland birds are among the most imperilled taxa in North America, with declines being primarily associated with the widespread conversion of grasslands for agriculture. However, alteration of existing vegetation communities and the landscape context in which habitats occur can be important factors affecting the use of remaining grassland habitats by birds. The Waterton Foothills Parkland region in southern Alberta, Canada is characterized by complex topography consisting of native grassland-forest-wetland mosaics. In this thesis, I used naturally occurring landscape heterogeneity and management-relevant habitat metrics to evaluate multi-scale ecological responses of grassland birds. I evaluated how the presence, abundance, and diversity of grassland birds responded to their habitat using Autonomous Recording Units, in-field vegetation surveys, and spatial landscape assessments. I found that the grassland bird community mostly responded to grassland fragmentation and topography within 400 to 800 m extents. Fragmentation increased the total diversity of grassland birds because spillover of facultative grassland birds at edges was greater than decreases in the diversity of a limited pool of obligate species in more fragmented landscapes. Sites with more rugged terrain was autocorrelated with native grasslands, suggesting that landscape-scale responses of grassland birds to terrain ruggedness were associated with the distribution of different grassland types. Local measures of grassland type represented by the percent composition of non-native species and rangeland health were key determinants of the grassland bird community. Healthy, native grasslands supported higher abundances of Vesper and Clay-coloured Sparrows and unhealthy, modified grasslands supported more Savannah Sparrows and Western Meadowlarks. This research supports that sections and quarter-sections of land are informative units for examining the abundance and diversity of grassland birds in the Waterton Foothills Parkland based on responses of the grassland community to grassland fragmentation, topography, non-native vegetation invasion, and range health.},
	language = {eng},
	urldate = {2024-11-20},
	author = {Moore, Zachary},
	month = aug,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Grassland birds are among the most imperilled taxa in North America, with declines being primarily associated with the widespread conversion of grasslands for agriculture. However, alteration of existing vegetation communities and the landscape context in which habitats occur can be important factors affecting the use of remaining grassland habitats by birds. The Waterton Foothills Parkland region in southern Alberta, Canada is characterized by complex topography consisting of native grassland-forest-wetland mosaics. In this thesis, I used naturally occurring landscape heterogeneity and management-relevant habitat metrics to evaluate multi-scale ecological responses of grassland birds. I evaluated how the presence, abundance, and diversity of grassland birds responded to their habitat using Autonomous Recording Units, in-field vegetation surveys, and spatial landscape assessments. I found that the grassland bird community mostly responded to grassland fragmentation and topography within 400 to 800 m extents. Fragmentation increased the total diversity of grassland birds because spillover of facultative grassland birds at edges was greater than decreases in the diversity of a limited pool of obligate species in more fragmented landscapes. Sites with more rugged terrain was autocorrelated with native grasslands, suggesting that landscape-scale responses of grassland birds to terrain ruggedness were associated with the distribution of different grassland types. Local measures of grassland type represented by the percent composition of non-native species and rangeland health were key determinants of the grassland bird community. Healthy, native grasslands supported higher abundances of Vesper and Clay-coloured Sparrows and unhealthy, modified grasslands supported more Savannah Sparrows and Western Meadowlarks. This research supports that sections and quarter-sections of land are informative units for examining the abundance and diversity of grassland birds in the Waterton Foothills Parkland based on responses of the grassland community to grassland fragmentation, topography, non-native vegetation invasion, and range health.

@phdthesis{main_glacier_2024,
	type = {Thesis},
	title = {Glacier {Velocities} and {Ice} {Dynamics} in the {St}. {Elias} {Mountains}, {Yukon}-{Alaska}},
	url = {http://ruor.uottawa.ca/handle/10393/45826},
	abstract = {Despite their relatively small ice volume, mountain glaciers contributed nearly one third of global sea level rise since 2000, with one of the largest total mass loss rates (73 ± 17 Gt a-1) occurring in the Yukon-Alaska region. However, there is uncertainty surrounding how ice dynamics are being affected by such losses and whether glacier flow instabilities, such as surges, are changing in a warming climate. The St. Elias Mountains contain a major cluster of surge-type glaciers, yet a detailed analysis of their characteristics, including surge frequency, morphology, magnitude, and propensity over time has not been undertaken on a regional basis. This thesis presents a review of surging behaviour and an updated surge event inventory in the St. Elias Mountains, and quantifies the processes influencing both surging and non-surging glacier velocity variability using a variety of remote sensing and field measurements. An updated inventory of surge-type glaciers and observed surge events (1874-2023), compiled from existing inventories, recently published articles, and velocity analysis, is used to analyze the characteristics of surge-type glaciers and velocity patterns during surge events. The modern (1985-2023) trends in annual, winter and summer velocities of selected surge-type glaciers is then used to classify dynamic instability events into 4 categories. While 231 glaciers were classified as surge-type, only 42 were observed to have experienced rapid velocity events over the period 1985-2023, through either direct measurements or remote sensing observations. For glaciers with observed rapid velocity events, these predominantly fall into two categories: Alaskan-style surges with short active and quiescent phases, and glacier pulses, which are velocity accelerations that are limited in both magnitude and extent. An unnamed former tributary to Kluane Glacier underwent a dramatic surge from 2013-18. Using a combination of air photos, remote sensing and field observations, the characteristics and changes of ‘Little Kluane Glacier’ were reconstructed from the 1940s until 2021. While only the single full surge of 2013-18 was identified, it is likely that a partial surge of just the upper north arm occurred between 1963 and 1972. Repeat Digital Elevation Models (DEMs) and velocity profiles show that the recent surge initiated from the upper north arm accumulation area in 2013, which developed into a full surge of the main trunk from 2017-18. Terminus positions show long-term retreat from 1949-2017, followed by rapid advance of {\textgreater}2 km from May to September 2018, with surface velocities reaching a peak of {\textasciitilde}3600 m a-1 in summer 2018 over the lower ablation area. This was likely enhanced by the drainage of supraglacial lakes and streams to the glacier bed through crevassing as the surge progressed. Changes in surface topography caused by initial mass movement, the resulting reorganization of the supraglacial hydrological system, and ponding of surface water, may drive a partial surge into a full surge, and therefore exert a direct control on glacier dynamics. In May 2016, Kaskawulsh Glacier underwent a dramatic proglacial hydrologic reorganization instigated by the rapid drainage of proglacial Slims Lake: as a result, water which previously drained north into Ä’äy Chú, (Slims River) toward Lhú’áán Män (Kluane Lake), was redirected south into Kaskawulsh River, eventually flowing into the Gulf of Alaska. A long-term (up to ∼120 year) record of terminus retreat, thinning and surface velocities from in-situ and remote sensing observations is used to determine the impact of this reorganization on glacier dynamics. After an initial deceleration during the late 1990s, terminus velocities increased at a rate of 3 m a-2 from 2000-12, while the area of proglacial Slims Lake increased simultaneously. The rapid drainage of the lake substantially altered the velocity profile of the adjacent glacier, decreasing annual velocities by 48\% within 3 km of the terminus between 2015 and 2021, at an average rate of ∼12.5 m a-2. A key cause of the rapid drop in glacier motion was a reduction in flotation of the lower part of the terminus after lake drainage. This has important implications for glacier dynamics and provides one of the first assessments of the impacts of a rapid proglacial lake drainage event on local terminus velocities. The results of this study provide an examination of factors controlling glacier dynamics, as well as the characteristics of rapid glacier velocity events, in the St. Elias Mountains. This provides insights into the behaviour of mountain glaciers, how they are changing in a warming climate, controls on glacier surging, and the hazards they may pose for downstream communities, which are particularly vulnerable to disturbances.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-01-31},
	school = {Université d'Ottawa / University of Ottawa},
	author = {Main, Brittany},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	doi = {10.20381/ruor-30030},
	note = {Accepted: 2024-01-11T20:46:31Z},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
}

Despite their relatively small ice volume, mountain glaciers contributed nearly one third of global sea level rise since 2000, with one of the largest total mass loss rates (73 ± 17 Gt a-1) occurring in the Yukon-Alaska region. However, there is uncertainty surrounding how ice dynamics are being affected by such losses and whether glacier flow instabilities, such as surges, are changing in a warming climate. The St. Elias Mountains contain a major cluster of surge-type glaciers, yet a detailed analysis of their characteristics, including surge frequency, morphology, magnitude, and propensity over time has not been undertaken on a regional basis. This thesis presents a review of surging behaviour and an updated surge event inventory in the St. Elias Mountains, and quantifies the processes influencing both surging and non-surging glacier velocity variability using a variety of remote sensing and field measurements. An updated inventory of surge-type glaciers and observed surge events (1874-2023), compiled from existing inventories, recently published articles, and velocity analysis, is used to analyze the characteristics of surge-type glaciers and velocity patterns during surge events. The modern (1985-2023) trends in annual, winter and summer velocities of selected surge-type glaciers is then used to classify dynamic instability events into 4 categories. While 231 glaciers were classified as surge-type, only 42 were observed to have experienced rapid velocity events over the period 1985-2023, through either direct measurements or remote sensing observations. For glaciers with observed rapid velocity events, these predominantly fall into two categories: Alaskan-style surges with short active and quiescent phases, and glacier pulses, which are velocity accelerations that are limited in both magnitude and extent. An unnamed former tributary to Kluane Glacier underwent a dramatic surge from 2013-18. Using a combination of air photos, remote sensing and field observations, the characteristics and changes of ‘Little Kluane Glacier’ were reconstructed from the 1940s until 2021. While only the single full surge of 2013-18 was identified, it is likely that a partial surge of just the upper north arm occurred between 1963 and 1972. Repeat Digital Elevation Models (DEMs) and velocity profiles show that the recent surge initiated from the upper north arm accumulation area in 2013, which developed into a full surge of the main trunk from 2017-18. Terminus positions show long-term retreat from 1949-2017, followed by rapid advance of \textgreater2 km from May to September 2018, with surface velocities reaching a peak of ~3600 m a-1 in summer 2018 over the lower ablation area. This was likely enhanced by the drainage of supraglacial lakes and streams to the glacier bed through crevassing as the surge progressed. Changes in surface topography caused by initial mass movement, the resulting reorganization of the supraglacial hydrological system, and ponding of surface water, may drive a partial surge into a full surge, and therefore exert a direct control on glacier dynamics. In May 2016, Kaskawulsh Glacier underwent a dramatic proglacial hydrologic reorganization instigated by the rapid drainage of proglacial Slims Lake: as a result, water which previously drained north into Ä’äy Chú, (Slims River) toward Lhú’áán Män (Kluane Lake), was redirected south into Kaskawulsh River, eventually flowing into the Gulf of Alaska. A long-term (up to ∼120 year) record of terminus retreat, thinning and surface velocities from in-situ and remote sensing observations is used to determine the impact of this reorganization on glacier dynamics. After an initial deceleration during the late 1990s, terminus velocities increased at a rate of 3 m a-2 from 2000-12, while the area of proglacial Slims Lake increased simultaneously. The rapid drainage of the lake substantially altered the velocity profile of the adjacent glacier, decreasing annual velocities by 48% within 3 km of the terminus between 2015 and 2021, at an average rate of ∼12.5 m a-2. A key cause of the rapid drop in glacier motion was a reduction in flotation of the lower part of the terminus after lake drainage. This has important implications for glacier dynamics and provides one of the first assessments of the impacts of a rapid proglacial lake drainage event on local terminus velocities. The results of this study provide an examination of factors controlling glacier dynamics, as well as the characteristics of rapid glacier velocity events, in the St. Elias Mountains. This provides insights into the behaviour of mountain glaciers, how they are changing in a warming climate, controls on glacier surging, and the hazards they may pose for downstream communities, which are particularly vulnerable to disturbances.

@article{lowitt_governing_2024,
	title = {Governing for transboundary environmental justice: a scientific and policy analysis of fish consumption advisory programs in the {Upper} {St} {Lawrence} {River}},
	volume = {9},
	shorttitle = {Governing for transboundary environmental justice},
	url = {https://www.facetsjournal.com/doi/full/10.1139/facets-2023-0072},
	doi = {10.1139/facets-2023-0072},
	abstract = {This paper examines fish consumption advisories (FCAs) as a site of transboundary governance in the Upper St Lawrence River with the aim of identifying opportunities for enhanced coordination and power sharing to address environmental injustices. The Upper St Lawrence River is part of the Great Lakes watershed of North America and the traditional territory of multiple Indigenous Nations, as well as the present-day jurisdictions of Ontario (Canada), Quebec (Canada), and New York State (USA). Through an analysis of publicly available information on FCA programs, we examine similarities and differences in these programs across jurisdictions. We find an overall lack of coordination in fish monitoring and differences in consumption advice for a waterway in which fish may easily move between transboundary areas. We offer recommendations for improving FCAs in this transboundary waterway from the lens of environmental justice, focusing on (1) a shared and transparent approach to monitoring contaminant levels and fish species; (2) integration of cultural food practices; (3) enhanced outreach to angler populations; and (4) upholding the self-determination of Indigenous communities. We also underscore that FCAs should not be seen as a permanent solution. Preventing and reducing contaminants, including associated harm reduction in communities affected by FCAs, need to be priorities.},
	urldate = {2024-01-31},
	journal = {FACETS},
	author = {Lowitt, K. and Francis, A. and Gunther, L. and Madison, B.N. and McGaughey, L. and Echendu, A. and Kaur, M. and Roussel, K.A. and Pierre, Z. St and Weppler, A.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Canadian Science Publishing},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {1--11},
}

This paper examines fish consumption advisories (FCAs) as a site of transboundary governance in the Upper St Lawrence River with the aim of identifying opportunities for enhanced coordination and power sharing to address environmental injustices. The Upper St Lawrence River is part of the Great Lakes watershed of North America and the traditional territory of multiple Indigenous Nations, as well as the present-day jurisdictions of Ontario (Canada), Quebec (Canada), and New York State (USA). Through an analysis of publicly available information on FCA programs, we examine similarities and differences in these programs across jurisdictions. We find an overall lack of coordination in fish monitoring and differences in consumption advice for a waterway in which fish may easily move between transboundary areas. We offer recommendations for improving FCAs in this transboundary waterway from the lens of environmental justice, focusing on (1) a shared and transparent approach to monitoring contaminant levels and fish species; (2) integration of cultural food practices; (3) enhanced outreach to angler populations; and (4) upholding the self-determination of Indigenous communities. We also underscore that FCAs should not be seen as a permanent solution. Preventing and reducing contaminants, including associated harm reduction in communities affected by FCAs, need to be priorities.

@article{lauriault_influence_2024,
	title = {Influence of {Grazing} on {Canola} {Grain}, {Canola} {Forage} {Yield}, and {Beef} {Cattle} {Performance}},
	volume = {14},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {2076-2615},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2076-2615/14/3/371},
	doi = {10.3390/ani14030371},
	abstract = {Interest is increasing in grazing winter canola (Brassica napus) as an alternative crop in winter wheat (Triticum aestivum) rotations in the Southern High Plains (SHP) of the USA and similar environments. In this stidy, winter cereal rye (Secale cereale) and winter canola pastures (forage) were compared for two winter growing seasons at New Mexico State University’s Rex E. Kirksey Agricultural Science Center at Tucumcari, NM, USA, to determine the relative effect of pasture type on late-gestation beef cows and growing yearling cattle, along with the effect of grazing on canola grain production. Canola grain yields were reduced by 25\% when canola was grazed until removal approximately one month after grazing was initiated, but before the onset of rapid regrowth after winter (641 vs. 486 kg grain ha−1 for never grazed or grazed canola, respectively, p {\textless} 0.0256). No differences existed for forage mass, nutritive value, or animal performance, although forage mineral composition of canola could be a concern. Grazing winter canola as a dual-purpose crop in the SHP and similar environments is feasible when proper grazing management is applied; producers should anticipate a 20–25\% reduction in grain yield, but expect animal gains to offset that loss.},
	language = {en},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2024-01-31},
	journal = {Animals},
	author = {Lauriault, Leonard M. and Angadi, Sangu V. and Duff, Glenn C. and Scholljegerdes, Eric J. and Darapuneni, Murali K. and Martinez, Gasper K.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Number: 3
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {Climate Zones},
	pages = {371},
}

Interest is increasing in grazing winter canola (Brassica napus) as an alternative crop in winter wheat (Triticum aestivum) rotations in the Southern High Plains (SHP) of the USA and similar environments. In this stidy, winter cereal rye (Secale cereale) and winter canola pastures (forage) were compared for two winter growing seasons at New Mexico State University’s Rex E. Kirksey Agricultural Science Center at Tucumcari, NM, USA, to determine the relative effect of pasture type on late-gestation beef cows and growing yearling cattle, along with the effect of grazing on canola grain production. Canola grain yields were reduced by 25% when canola was grazed until removal approximately one month after grazing was initiated, but before the onset of rapid regrowth after winter (641 vs. 486 kg grain ha−1 for never grazed or grazed canola, respectively, p \textless 0.0256). No differences existed for forage mass, nutritive value, or animal performance, although forage mineral composition of canola could be a concern. Grazing winter canola as a dual-purpose crop in the SHP and similar environments is feasible when proper grazing management is applied; producers should anticipate a 20–25% reduction in grain yield, but expect animal gains to offset that loss.

@article{shao_invasion_2024,
	title = {Invasion dynamics of the {European} {Collared}-{Dove} in {North} {America} are explained by combined effects of habitat and climate},
	volume = {126},
	issn = {0010-5422},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1093/ornithapp/duad052},
	doi = {10.1093/ornithapp/duad052},
	abstract = {Global biodiversity is increasingly threatened by the spread of invasive species. Understanding the mechanisms influencing the initial colonization and persistence of invaders is therefore needed if conservation actions are to prevent new invasions or strive to slow their spread. The Eurasian Collared-Dove (Streptopelia decaocto, EUCO) is one of the most successful avian invasive species in North America; however, to our knowledge, no study has simultaneously examined the role that climate-matching, human activity, directional propagation, and local density have in this invasion process. Our research expands upon a cellular-automata-based hierarchical model developed to assess directional invasion dynamics to further quantify the impacts of climate, elevation, and land cover type on the spread of EUCO in North America. Our results suggest that EUCO’s dispersal patterns can largely be explained by the effects of habitat, climate, and environmental conditions at different stages of the invasion process rather than some innate preferred north-westerly spread. Specifically, EUCO initially colonized warm and wet grassland habitats and tended to persist in urban areas. We also found that while EUCO were more likely to spread to the northeast of existing habitats, directional preference did not drive persistence and recolonization events. These findings highlight the importance of incorporating both neighborhood effects and environmental factors in the modelling of range-expanding species, adding to the toolset available to researchers to model invasive species spread. Further, our research demonstrates that historical records of invasive species occurrences can provide the data resources needed to disentangle the characteristics driving species invasion and enable predictions that are of critical importance to resource managers.• The Eurasian Collared-Dove is an invasive species in North America. Starting from the Bahamas in 1974, it has colonized much of the U.S. and Canada.• The Eurasian Collared-Dove tended to spread to the northwest, and previous studies suggested that this was due to an innate preference for this direction. However, these studies did not consider that this might also be explained by habitat selection.• We studied the Eurasian Collared-Dove’s range expansion using data from the Project Feeder Watch citizen science study. Our findings suggest that they prefer grasslands and thrive in areas with higher temperatures, more precipitation, and higher elevations, with little regard for direction.• These results add to our understanding of the invasion process of the Eurasian Collared-Dove in North America, and broadly highlight the importance of historical records to disentangle the characteristics driving species invasion that are important to resource managers. The new methods can also be applied to understand the spread of other invasive species.},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-03-13},
	journal = {Ornithological Applications},
	author = {Shao, Yiran and Ethier, Danielle M and Bonner, Simon J},
	month = feb,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {duad052},
}

Global biodiversity is increasingly threatened by the spread of invasive species. Understanding the mechanisms influencing the initial colonization and persistence of invaders is therefore needed if conservation actions are to prevent new invasions or strive to slow their spread. The Eurasian Collared-Dove (Streptopelia decaocto, EUCO) is one of the most successful avian invasive species in North America; however, to our knowledge, no study has simultaneously examined the role that climate-matching, human activity, directional propagation, and local density have in this invasion process. Our research expands upon a cellular-automata-based hierarchical model developed to assess directional invasion dynamics to further quantify the impacts of climate, elevation, and land cover type on the spread of EUCO in North America. Our results suggest that EUCO’s dispersal patterns can largely be explained by the effects of habitat, climate, and environmental conditions at different stages of the invasion process rather than some innate preferred north-westerly spread. Specifically, EUCO initially colonized warm and wet grassland habitats and tended to persist in urban areas. We also found that while EUCO were more likely to spread to the northeast of existing habitats, directional preference did not drive persistence and recolonization events. These findings highlight the importance of incorporating both neighborhood effects and environmental factors in the modelling of range-expanding species, adding to the toolset available to researchers to model invasive species spread. Further, our research demonstrates that historical records of invasive species occurrences can provide the data resources needed to disentangle the characteristics driving species invasion and enable predictions that are of critical importance to resource managers.• The Eurasian Collared-Dove is an invasive species in North America. Starting from the Bahamas in 1974, it has colonized much of the U.S. and Canada.• The Eurasian Collared-Dove tended to spread to the northwest, and previous studies suggested that this was due to an innate preference for this direction. However, these studies did not consider that this might also be explained by habitat selection.• We studied the Eurasian Collared-Dove’s range expansion using data from the Project Feeder Watch citizen science study. Our findings suggest that they prefer grasslands and thrive in areas with higher temperatures, more precipitation, and higher elevations, with little regard for direction.• These results add to our understanding of the invasion process of the Eurasian Collared-Dove in North America, and broadly highlight the importance of historical records to disentangle the characteristics driving species invasion that are important to resource managers. The new methods can also be applied to understand the spread of other invasive species.

@article{cole_land_2024,
	title = {Land conversion and lack of protection significantly reduce suitable wolf habitat amount and functional connectivity in the {Adirondack}-to-{Laurentians} ({A2L}) transboundary wildlife linkage},
	volume = {24},
	issn = {1436-378X},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-024-02288-3},
	doi = {10.1007/s10113-024-02288-3},
	abstract = {The Adirondack-to-Laurentians (A2L) transboundary wildlife linkage connects wilderness areas in the northeastern United States with southeastern Canada. However, land conversion is putting wolf habitat amount and functional connectivity at risk. With the exception of protected areas, hunting and trapping of wolves and coyotes are permitted within the Québec and Ontario portions, while hunting and trapping coyotes are permitted within the New York portion where wolves have been extirpated. Thus, the fear of humans strongly influences wolf habitat selection in this region. We assessed the impact of land conversion on wolf habitat amount, habitat fragmentation, and functional connectivity in the A2L between 2000 and 2015 and identified potential suitable habitat patches and corridors for protection. Suitable habitat patch area decreased by 18,245 km2 (27\%), with losses of 28\% in the Québec portion, 95\% in the Ontario portion, but only 0.3\% in the New York portion. Habitat fragmentation, as measured by the effective mesh size, substantially increased in the Québec and Ontario portions, but only slightly in the New York portion. Functional connectivity significantly decreased, with mean distances and the cost of traveling these distances more than doubling. We propose nine recommendations centered on extensive habitat restoration and protected area expansion in the Québec and Ontario portions of the study area. Wolf recovery within the A2L will require collaborative and coordinated transboundary conservation and the protection of suitable habitat patches and corridors, or the legal protection of both wolves and coyotes within the suitable habitat patches and corridors, to ensure that wolves are not harvested as they disperse and colonize new locations.},
	language = {en},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2024-08-23},
	journal = {Regional Environmental Change},
	author = {Cole, Jonathan R. and Cheveau, Marianne and Gallo, John A. and Kross, Angela and St-Laurent, Martin-Hugues and Jaeger, Jochen A. G.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {126},
}

The Adirondack-to-Laurentians (A2L) transboundary wildlife linkage connects wilderness areas in the northeastern United States with southeastern Canada. However, land conversion is putting wolf habitat amount and functional connectivity at risk. With the exception of protected areas, hunting and trapping of wolves and coyotes are permitted within the Québec and Ontario portions, while hunting and trapping coyotes are permitted within the New York portion where wolves have been extirpated. Thus, the fear of humans strongly influences wolf habitat selection in this region. We assessed the impact of land conversion on wolf habitat amount, habitat fragmentation, and functional connectivity in the A2L between 2000 and 2015 and identified potential suitable habitat patches and corridors for protection. Suitable habitat patch area decreased by 18,245 km2 (27%), with losses of 28% in the Québec portion, 95% in the Ontario portion, but only 0.3% in the New York portion. Habitat fragmentation, as measured by the effective mesh size, substantially increased in the Québec and Ontario portions, but only slightly in the New York portion. Functional connectivity significantly decreased, with mean distances and the cost of traveling these distances more than doubling. We propose nine recommendations centered on extensive habitat restoration and protected area expansion in the Québec and Ontario portions of the study area. Wolf recovery within the A2L will require collaborative and coordinated transboundary conservation and the protection of suitable habitat patches and corridors, or the legal protection of both wolves and coyotes within the suitable habitat patches and corridors, to ensure that wolves are not harvested as they disperse and colonize new locations.

@phdthesis{krebs_large-scale_2024,
	title = {Large-{Scale} {GIS}-{Modeling} of {Dog}-{Travois} {Transport} {Suitability} of {Landscapes} in {Western} {North} {America}},
	copyright = {http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/},
	url = {https://repository.arizona.edu/handle/10150/675317},
	abstract = {This thesis analyzes actual and potential long-distance use of the dog-pulled travois in western North America by developing a Geographic Information Systems (GIS) suitability model. The travois, consisting of a wooden A-frame sled originally pulled by dogs and, later, horses, was widely used across the North American Great Plains to facilitate the transport of supplies and trade goods. However, the absence of archaeological evidence makes it difficult to evaluate imperfect ethnographic data and assess how widespread travois use was, or could have been, in ancient times. Historic and experimental data indicate several shortcomings to travois transport based on the terrain it is being used on and the mass and physiology of the dogs used to pull it. Archaeological, historical, and experimental accounts of travois performance are reviewed to model the topographical and ecological limitations of travois-assisted transport. Limitations include, but are not restricted to, the slope (terrain) over which travois can be hauled, the temperature at which the draft dogs become unproductive and overheat, and the effectiveness of travel over specific types of vegetation. GIS modeling is used to assess the large-scale suitability of terrain for travois travel based on these projected limiting factors, and to calculate least-cost paths between select locations on the Great Plains and Intermountain West. Finally, the models produced by these analyses are compared with existing research on travois use and long-distance exchange in the western US to assess concordance with current evidence, elucidate gaps in ethnographic data, and generate predications for regions of possible dog-facilitated travois use. Beyond the enhancement of the limited available ethnographic accounts, this exploratory thesis provides guidance for future investigations of domestic dog use; especially as a template for detailed site-level analyses of travois and dog use on the local landscape, identifying prospective areas for survey and excavation of further archaeological evidence, and refining the understanding of trade interactions and human-dog relationships within and beyond the Great Plains.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-11-20},
	author = {Krebs, Talon},
	year = {2024},
	note = {Accepted: 2024-09-22T06:01:32Z
Publisher: The University of Arizona.},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

This thesis analyzes actual and potential long-distance use of the dog-pulled travois in western North America by developing a Geographic Information Systems (GIS) suitability model. The travois, consisting of a wooden A-frame sled originally pulled by dogs and, later, horses, was widely used across the North American Great Plains to facilitate the transport of supplies and trade goods. However, the absence of archaeological evidence makes it difficult to evaluate imperfect ethnographic data and assess how widespread travois use was, or could have been, in ancient times. Historic and experimental data indicate several shortcomings to travois transport based on the terrain it is being used on and the mass and physiology of the dogs used to pull it. Archaeological, historical, and experimental accounts of travois performance are reviewed to model the topographical and ecological limitations of travois-assisted transport. Limitations include, but are not restricted to, the slope (terrain) over which travois can be hauled, the temperature at which the draft dogs become unproductive and overheat, and the effectiveness of travel over specific types of vegetation. GIS modeling is used to assess the large-scale suitability of terrain for travois travel based on these projected limiting factors, and to calculate least-cost paths between select locations on the Great Plains and Intermountain West. Finally, the models produced by these analyses are compared with existing research on travois use and long-distance exchange in the western US to assess concordance with current evidence, elucidate gaps in ethnographic data, and generate predications for regions of possible dog-facilitated travois use. Beyond the enhancement of the limited available ethnographic accounts, this exploratory thesis provides guidance for future investigations of domestic dog use; especially as a template for detailed site-level analyses of travois and dog use on the local landscape, identifying prospective areas for survey and excavation of further archaeological evidence, and refining the understanding of trade interactions and human-dog relationships within and beyond the Great Plains.

@misc{manitoba_natural_resources_and_northern_development_forestry_and_peatlands_branch_manitobas_2024,
	title = {Manitoba's {Five} {Year} {Report} on the {Status} of {Forestry}},
	url = {https://storymaps.arcgis.com/stories/217b32789dab4446a84e91b6447e5fc6},
	abstract = {April 2016 - March 2021},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-09-13},
	journal = {ArcGIS StoryMaps},
	author = {{Manitoba Natural Resources and Northern Development; Forestry and Peatlands Branch}},
	month = jul,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

April 2016 - March 2021

@article{shanley_mapping_2024,
	title = {Mapping forest-based natural climate solutions},
	volume = {5},
	copyright = {2024 The Author(s)},
	issn = {2662-4435},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s43247-024-01678-z},
	doi = {10.1038/s43247-024-01678-z},
	abstract = {Natural climate solutions are critical actions of ecosystem stewardship to mitigate climate change. However, prioritizing locations and possible actions is challenging. We demonstrate a generalizable approach for identifying potential opportunities for natural climate solutions by creating a spatial hierarchy of land management restrictions. Global forest carbon stocks and flux models were then used to explore forest-based natural climate solutions in the high-carbon density coastal temperate rainforests of western North America. Our results show 13 million hectares are available for action, an area that holds 4,900 ± 640 megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent and represents 45\% of regional and 0.5\% of global aboveground forest carbon stocks. Based on historical trends, a 10\% reduction in average annual forest carbon loss through improved forest management and conservation could reduce forest carbon emissions by 9.1 megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent per year, corresponding to 5.2\% of the 2030 land-based climate commitments made by the United States and Canada. Large-scale implementation of natural climate solutions will require collaborative planning with forest-dependent communities, industry, governments, and Indigenous peoples.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-09-13},
	journal = {Communications Earth \& Environment},
	author = {Shanley, Colin S. and Graves, Rose A. and Drever, C. Ronnie and Schindel, Michael and Robertson, James C. and Case, Michael J. and Biswas, Tanushree},
	month = sep,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1--12},
}

Natural climate solutions are critical actions of ecosystem stewardship to mitigate climate change. However, prioritizing locations and possible actions is challenging. We demonstrate a generalizable approach for identifying potential opportunities for natural climate solutions by creating a spatial hierarchy of land management restrictions. Global forest carbon stocks and flux models were then used to explore forest-based natural climate solutions in the high-carbon density coastal temperate rainforests of western North America. Our results show 13 million hectares are available for action, an area that holds 4,900 ± 640 megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent and represents 45% of regional and 0.5% of global aboveground forest carbon stocks. Based on historical trends, a 10% reduction in average annual forest carbon loss through improved forest management and conservation could reduce forest carbon emissions by 9.1 megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent per year, corresponding to 5.2% of the 2030 land-based climate commitments made by the United States and Canada. Large-scale implementation of natural climate solutions will require collaborative planning with forest-dependent communities, industry, governments, and Indigenous peoples.

@article{wang_mapping_2024,
	title = {Mapping the distance between fire hazard and disaster for communities in {Canadian} forests},
	volume = {30},
	copyright = {Global Change Biology© 2024 His Majesty the King in Right of Canada and The Authors. Global Change Biology published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd.  Reproduced with the permission of the Minister of Natural Resources Canada.},
	issn = {1365-2486},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/gcb.17221},
	doi = {10.1111/gcb.17221},
	abstract = {Communities interspersed throughout the Canadian wildland are threatened by fires that have become bigger and more frequent in some parts of the country in recent decades. Identifying the fireshed (source area) and pathways from which wildland fire may ignite and spread from the landscape to a community is crucial for risk-reduction strategy and planning. We used outputs from a fire simulation model, including fire polygons and rate of spread, to map firesheds, fire pathways and corridors and spread distances for 1980 communities in the forested areas of Canada. We found fireshed sizes are larger in the north, where the mean distances between ecumene and fireshed perimeters were greater than 10 km. The Rayleigh Z test indicated that simulated fires around a large proportion of communities show significant directional trends, and these trends are stronger in the Boreal Plains and Shields than in the Rocky Mountain area. The average distance from which fire, when spreading at the maximum simulated rate, could reach the community perimeter was approximately 5, 12 and 18 km in 1, 2 and 3 days, respectively. The average daily spread distances increased latitudinally, from south to north. Spread distances were the shortest in the Pacific Maritime, Atlantic Maritime and Boreal Plains Ecozones, implying lower rates of spread compared to the rest of the country. The fire corridors generated from random ignitions and from ignitions predicted from local fire history differ, indicating that factors other than fuel (e.g. fire weather, ignition pattern) play a significant role in determining the direction that fires burn into a community.},
	language = {en},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2024-03-13},
	journal = {Global Change Biology},
	author = {Wang, Xianli and Swystun, Tom and McFayden, Colin B. and Erni, Sandy and Oliver, Jacqueline and Taylor, Stephen W. and Flannigan, Mike D.},
	year = {2024},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/gcb.17221},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e17221},
}

Communities interspersed throughout the Canadian wildland are threatened by fires that have become bigger and more frequent in some parts of the country in recent decades. Identifying the fireshed (source area) and pathways from which wildland fire may ignite and spread from the landscape to a community is crucial for risk-reduction strategy and planning. We used outputs from a fire simulation model, including fire polygons and rate of spread, to map firesheds, fire pathways and corridors and spread distances for 1980 communities in the forested areas of Canada. We found fireshed sizes are larger in the north, where the mean distances between ecumene and fireshed perimeters were greater than 10 km. The Rayleigh Z test indicated that simulated fires around a large proportion of communities show significant directional trends, and these trends are stronger in the Boreal Plains and Shields than in the Rocky Mountain area. The average distance from which fire, when spreading at the maximum simulated rate, could reach the community perimeter was approximately 5, 12 and 18 km in 1, 2 and 3 days, respectively. The average daily spread distances increased latitudinally, from south to north. Spread distances were the shortest in the Pacific Maritime, Atlantic Maritime and Boreal Plains Ecozones, implying lower rates of spread compared to the rest of the country. The fire corridors generated from random ignitions and from ignitions predicted from local fire history differ, indicating that factors other than fuel (e.g. fire weather, ignition pattern) play a significant role in determining the direction that fires burn into a community.

@article{browning_measuring_2024,
	title = {Measuring the 3-30-300 rule to help cities meet nature access thresholds},
	volume = {907},
	issn = {0048-9697},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0048969723063660},
	doi = {10.1016/j.scitotenv.2023.167739},
	abstract = {The 3-30-300 rule offers benchmarks for cities to promote equitable nature access. It dictates that individuals should see three trees from their dwelling, have 30 \% tree canopy in their neighborhood, and live within 300 m of a high-quality green space. Implementing this demands thorough measurement, monitoring, and evaluation methods, yet little guidance is currently available to pursue these actions. To overcome this gap, we employed an expert-based consensus approach to review the available ways to measure 3-30-300 as well as each measure's strengths and weaknesses. We described seven relevant data and processes: vegetation indices, street level analyses, tree inventories, questionnaires, window view analyses, land cover maps, and green space maps. Based on the reviewed strengths and weaknesses of each measure, we presented a suitability matrix to link recommended measures with each component of the rule. These recommendations included surveys and window-view analyses for the ‘3 component’, high-resolution land cover maps for the ‘30 component’, and green space maps with network analyses for the ‘300 component’. These methods, responsive to local situations and resources, not only implement the 3-30-300 rule but foster broader dialogue on local desires and requirements. Consequently, these techniques can guide strategic investments in urban greening for health, equity, biodiversity, and climate adaptation.},
	urldate = {2023-11-24},
	journal = {Science of The Total Environment},
	author = {Browning, M. H. E. M. and Locke, D. H. and Konijnendijk, C. and Labib, S. M. and Rigolon, A. and Yeager, R. and Bardhan, M. and Berland, A. and Dadvand, P. and Helbich, M. and Li, F. and Li, H. and James, P. and Klompmaker, J. and Reuben, A. and Roman, L. A. and Tsai, W. -L. and Patwary, M. and O'Neil-Dunne, J. and Ossola, A. and Wang, R. and Yang, B. and Yi, L. and Zhang, J. and Nieuwenhuijsen, M.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {167739},
}

The 3-30-300 rule offers benchmarks for cities to promote equitable nature access. It dictates that individuals should see three trees from their dwelling, have 30 % tree canopy in their neighborhood, and live within 300 m of a high-quality green space. Implementing this demands thorough measurement, monitoring, and evaluation methods, yet little guidance is currently available to pursue these actions. To overcome this gap, we employed an expert-based consensus approach to review the available ways to measure 3-30-300 as well as each measure's strengths and weaknesses. We described seven relevant data and processes: vegetation indices, street level analyses, tree inventories, questionnaires, window view analyses, land cover maps, and green space maps. Based on the reviewed strengths and weaknesses of each measure, we presented a suitability matrix to link recommended measures with each component of the rule. These recommendations included surveys and window-view analyses for the ‘3 component’, high-resolution land cover maps for the ‘30 component’, and green space maps with network analyses for the ‘300 component’. These methods, responsive to local situations and resources, not only implement the 3-30-300 rule but foster broader dialogue on local desires and requirements. Consequently, these techniques can guide strategic investments in urban greening for health, equity, biodiversity, and climate adaptation.

@techreport{qiu_mortality_2024,
	type = {Working {Paper}},
	title = {Mortality {Burden} {From} {Wildfire} {Smoke} {Under} {Climate} {Change}},
	url = {https://www.nber.org/papers/w32307},
	abstract = {Wildfire activity has increased in the US and is projected to accelerate under future climate change. However, our understanding of the impacts of climate change on wildfire smoke and health remains highly uncertain. We quantify the past and future mortality burden in the US due to wildfire smoke fine particulate matter (PM2.5). We construct an ensemble of statistical and machine learning models that link variation in climate to wildfire smoke PM2.5, and empirically estimate smoke PM2.5-mortality relationships using georeferenced data on all recorded deaths in the US from 2006 to 2019. We project that climate-driven increases in future smoke PM2.5 could result in 27,800 excess deaths per year by 2050 under a high warming scenario, a 76\% increase relative to estimated 2011-2020 averages. Cumulative excess deaths from wildfire smoke PM2.5 could exceed 700,000 between 2025-2055. When monetized, climate-induced smoke deaths result in annual damages of \$244 billion by mid-century, comparable to the estimated sum of all other damages in the US in prior analyses. Our research suggests that the health cost of climate-driven wildfire smoke could be among the most important and costly consequences of a warming climate in the US.},
	number = {32307},
	urldate = {2024-06-03},
	institution = {National Bureau of Economic Research},
	author = {Qiu, Minghao and Li, Jessica and Gould, Carlos F. and Jing, Renzhi and Kelp, Makoto and Childs, Marissa and Kiang, Mathew and Heft-Neal, Sam and Diffenbaugh, Noah and Burke, Marshall},
	month = apr,
	year = {2024},
	doi = {10.3386/w32307},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Wildfire activity has increased in the US and is projected to accelerate under future climate change. However, our understanding of the impacts of climate change on wildfire smoke and health remains highly uncertain. We quantify the past and future mortality burden in the US due to wildfire smoke fine particulate matter (PM2.5). We construct an ensemble of statistical and machine learning models that link variation in climate to wildfire smoke PM2.5, and empirically estimate smoke PM2.5-mortality relationships using georeferenced data on all recorded deaths in the US from 2006 to 2019. We project that climate-driven increases in future smoke PM2.5 could result in 27,800 excess deaths per year by 2050 under a high warming scenario, a 76% increase relative to estimated 2011-2020 averages. Cumulative excess deaths from wildfire smoke PM2.5 could exceed 700,000 between 2025-2055. When monetized, climate-induced smoke deaths result in annual damages of $244 billion by mid-century, comparable to the estimated sum of all other damages in the US in prior analyses. Our research suggests that the health cost of climate-driven wildfire smoke could be among the most important and costly consequences of a warming climate in the US.

@phdthesis{lee_multi-scale_2024,
	title = {Multi-scale {Patterns} of {Breeding} {Habitat} {Selection} in {Sandhill} {Cranes} {Across} {Canada}’s {Eastern} {Boreal} {Forest}},
	url = {http://hdl.handle.net/10012/20665},
	abstract = {The boreal forest of Canada serves as a critical breeding ground for numerous waterbird species, including sandhill cranes (Antigone canadensis). As sandhill cranes continue to expand their range in the boreal forest, it becomes increasingly important to identify habitat characteristics essential for breeding sandhill cranes for effective conservation and management. Limited research exists regarding the habitat dynamics of breeding sandhill cranes across this vast and remote landscape, necessitating research to understand spatial drivers of territory selection and habitat use in the boreal forest. Using high-resolution satellite telemetry data, we quantified the effects of land cover and land use on breeding habitat selection of sandhill cranes in the boreal forest of Ontario and Quebec, Canada across different scales: the landscape level (i.e., second order selection, which considers the overall landscape within which territories are established) and within the breeding range (i.e., third order selection, which focuses on specific habitat features selected within these territories). At the second order, or landscape level, sandhill cranes established breeding territories containing greater proportions of cropland, recently disturbed areas (e.g., forest cutblocks and burned areas), and wetlands. Sandhill cranes also selected territories with lower proportions of forest, open habitat, and water. At third order, or within their breeding ranges, sandhill cranes selected cropland, wetlands, recently disturbed areas, open habitat, and water, while avoiding forests and urban areas. Our findings suggest that current levels of anthropogenic disturbance do not negatively affect sandhill crane habitat selection, and that wetlands continue to play a crucial role in breeding habitat selection in the boreal forest. However, further research is required to explore the detailed impacts of forestry operations and the selection of recently disturbed areas on breeding behaviour and nest success in sandhill cranes. Our findings highlight the importance of using multi-scale approaches in habitat selection analyses that consider both broad ecological scales and the specific habitat requirements of individuals at the local scale. By comparing habitat use across both landscape and local scales, we demonstrate how sandhill cranes adapt their breeding habitat selection based on the availability and quality of different habitat types, allowing for robust inferences on the mechanisms that drive patterns of habitat selection both within their breeding territories and across the broader landscape. Collectively, this research contributes to the growing body of literature on breeding habitat selection of sandhill cranes, addressing important questions concerning patterns of habitat selection in response to a gradient of land cover and land uses classes in the boreal forest. Findings from this research can be applied to land management practices and assist managers when making inferences about sandhill crane habitat use in the boreal forest. Overall, this empirical approach can also be applied to a variety of species across diverse landscapes to assess how ecological processes differentiate across spatial scales and can support large-scale conservation efforts that ultimately benefits sandhill crane populations and biodiversity conservation in the boreal forest and beyond.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-08-12},
	author = {Lee, Kiaunna},
	month = jun,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: University of Waterloo},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

The boreal forest of Canada serves as a critical breeding ground for numerous waterbird species, including sandhill cranes (Antigone canadensis). As sandhill cranes continue to expand their range in the boreal forest, it becomes increasingly important to identify habitat characteristics essential for breeding sandhill cranes for effective conservation and management. Limited research exists regarding the habitat dynamics of breeding sandhill cranes across this vast and remote landscape, necessitating research to understand spatial drivers of territory selection and habitat use in the boreal forest. Using high-resolution satellite telemetry data, we quantified the effects of land cover and land use on breeding habitat selection of sandhill cranes in the boreal forest of Ontario and Quebec, Canada across different scales: the landscape level (i.e., second order selection, which considers the overall landscape within which territories are established) and within the breeding range (i.e., third order selection, which focuses on specific habitat features selected within these territories). At the second order, or landscape level, sandhill cranes established breeding territories containing greater proportions of cropland, recently disturbed areas (e.g., forest cutblocks and burned areas), and wetlands. Sandhill cranes also selected territories with lower proportions of forest, open habitat, and water. At third order, or within their breeding ranges, sandhill cranes selected cropland, wetlands, recently disturbed areas, open habitat, and water, while avoiding forests and urban areas. Our findings suggest that current levels of anthropogenic disturbance do not negatively affect sandhill crane habitat selection, and that wetlands continue to play a crucial role in breeding habitat selection in the boreal forest. However, further research is required to explore the detailed impacts of forestry operations and the selection of recently disturbed areas on breeding behaviour and nest success in sandhill cranes. Our findings highlight the importance of using multi-scale approaches in habitat selection analyses that consider both broad ecological scales and the specific habitat requirements of individuals at the local scale. By comparing habitat use across both landscape and local scales, we demonstrate how sandhill cranes adapt their breeding habitat selection based on the availability and quality of different habitat types, allowing for robust inferences on the mechanisms that drive patterns of habitat selection both within their breeding territories and across the broader landscape. Collectively, this research contributes to the growing body of literature on breeding habitat selection of sandhill cranes, addressing important questions concerning patterns of habitat selection in response to a gradient of land cover and land uses classes in the boreal forest. Findings from this research can be applied to land management practices and assist managers when making inferences about sandhill crane habitat use in the boreal forest. Overall, this empirical approach can also be applied to a variety of species across diverse landscapes to assess how ecological processes differentiate across spatial scales and can support large-scale conservation efforts that ultimately benefits sandhill crane populations and biodiversity conservation in the boreal forest and beyond.

@article{prevey_non-native_2024,
	title = {Non-native plant invasion after fire in western {USA} varies by functional type and with climate},
	issn = {1573-1464},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10530-023-03235-9},
	doi = {10.1007/s10530-023-03235-9},
	abstract = {Invasions by non-native plant species after fire can negatively affect important ecosystem services and lead to invasion-fire cycles that further degrade ecosystems. The relationship between fire and plant invasion is complex, and the risk of invasion varies greatly between functional types and across geographic scales. Here, we examined patterns and predictors of non-native plant invasion following fire across the western United States. We specifically analyzed how the abundance of non-native plants after fire was related to fire characteristics and environmental conditions, such as climate, soil, and topography, in 26,729 vegetation plots from government networks and individual studies. Non-native plant cover was higher in plots measured after wildfires compared to prescribed burns or unburned plots. The post-fire cover of non-native species varied by plant functional type, and only the cover of short-lived (i.e., annual and biennial) forbs and short-lived C3 grasses was significantly higher in burned plots compared to unburned plots. Cool-season short-lived grasses composed most of the non-native post-fire vegetation, with cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum) being the most recorded species in the dataset. Climate variables were the most influential predictors of the cover of non-native short-lived grasses and forbs after fires, with invasion being more common in areas with drier summers and a higher proportion of yearly precipitation falling in October through March. Models using future projected climate for mid (2041–2070) and end (2071–2100) of century showed a potential for increasing post-fire invasion risk at higher elevations and latitudes. These findings highlight priorities for mitigation, monitoring, and restoration efforts to reduce post-fire plant invasion risk across the western United States.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-03-11},
	journal = {Biological Invasions},
	author = {Prevéy, Janet S. and Jarnevich, Catherine S. and Pearse, Ian S. and Munson, Seth M. and Stevens, Jens T. and Barrett, Kevin J. and Coop, Jonathan D. and Day, Michelle A. and Firmage, David and Fornwalt, Paula J. and Haynes, Katharine M. and Johnston, James D. and Kerns, Becky K. and Krawchuk, Meg A. and Miller, Becky A. and Nietupski, Ty C. and Roque, Jacquilyn and Springer, Judith D. and Stevens-Rumann, Camille S. and Stoddard, Michael T. and Tortorelli, Claire M.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Invasions by non-native plant species after fire can negatively affect important ecosystem services and lead to invasion-fire cycles that further degrade ecosystems. The relationship between fire and plant invasion is complex, and the risk of invasion varies greatly between functional types and across geographic scales. Here, we examined patterns and predictors of non-native plant invasion following fire across the western United States. We specifically analyzed how the abundance of non-native plants after fire was related to fire characteristics and environmental conditions, such as climate, soil, and topography, in 26,729 vegetation plots from government networks and individual studies. Non-native plant cover was higher in plots measured after wildfires compared to prescribed burns or unburned plots. The post-fire cover of non-native species varied by plant functional type, and only the cover of short-lived (i.e., annual and biennial) forbs and short-lived C3 grasses was significantly higher in burned plots compared to unburned plots. Cool-season short-lived grasses composed most of the non-native post-fire vegetation, with cheatgrass (Bromus tectorum) being the most recorded species in the dataset. Climate variables were the most influential predictors of the cover of non-native short-lived grasses and forbs after fires, with invasion being more common in areas with drier summers and a higher proportion of yearly precipitation falling in October through March. Models using future projected climate for mid (2041–2070) and end (2071–2100) of century showed a potential for increasing post-fire invasion risk at higher elevations and latitudes. These findings highlight priorities for mitigation, monitoring, and restoration efforts to reduce post-fire plant invasion risk across the western United States.

@article{wi_need_2024,
	title = {On the need for physical constraints in deep learning rainfall–runoff projections under climate change: a sensitivity analysis to warming and shifts in potential evapotranspiration},
	volume = {28},
	issn = {1027-5606},
	shorttitle = {On the need for physical constraints in deep learning rainfall–runoff projections under climate change},
	url = {https://hess.copernicus.org/articles/28/479/2024/},
	doi = {10.5194/hess-28-479-2024},
	abstract = {Deep learning (DL) rainfall–runoff models outperform conceptual, process-based models in a range of applications. However, it remains unclear whether DL models can produce physically plausible projections of streamflow under climate change. We investigate this question through a sensitivity analysis of modeled responses to increases in temperature and potential evapotranspiration (PET), with other meteorological variables left unchanged. Previous research has shown that temperature-based PET methods overestimate evaporative water loss under warming compared with energy budget-based PET methods. We therefore assume that reliable streamflow responses to warming should exhibit less evaporative water loss when forced with smaller, energy-budget-based PET compared with temperature-based PET. We conduct this assessment using three conceptual, process-based rainfall–runoff models and three DL models, trained and tested across 212 watersheds in the Great Lakes basin. The DL models include a Long Short-Term Memory network (LSTM), a mass-conserving LSTM (MC-LSTM), and a novel variant of the MC-LSTM that also respects the relationship between PET and evaporative water loss (MC-LSTM-PET). After validating models against historical streamflow and actual evapotranspiration, we force all models with scenarios of warming, historical precipitation, and both temperature-based (Hamon) and energy-budget-based (Priestley–Taylor) PET, and compare their responses in long-term mean daily flow, low flows, high flows, and seasonal streamflow timing. We also explore similar responses using a national LSTM fit to 531 watersheds across the United States to assess how the inclusion of a larger and more diverse set of basins influences signals of hydrological response under warming. The main results of this study are as follows:

   The three Great Lakes DL models substantially outperform all process-based models in streamflow estimation. The MC-LSTM-PET also matches the best process-based models and outperforms the MC-LSTM in estimating actual evapotranspiration.

   All process-based models show a downward shift in long-term mean daily flows under warming, but median shifts are considerably larger under temperature-based PET (−17 \% to −25 \%) than energy-budget-based PET (−6 \% to −9 \%). The MC-LSTM-PET model exhibits similar differences in water loss across the different PET forcings. Conversely, the LSTM exhibits unrealistically large water losses under warming using Priestley–Taylor PET (−20 \%), while the MC-LSTM is relatively insensitive to the PET method.

   DL models exhibit smaller changes in high flows and seasonal timing of flows as compared with the process-based models, while DL estimates of low flows are within the range estimated by the process-based models.

   Like the Great Lakes LSTM, the national LSTM also shows unrealistically large water losses under warming (−25 \%), but it is more stable when many inputs are changed under warming and better aligns with process-based model responses for seasonal timing of flows.

   Ultimately, the results of this sensitivity analysis suggest that physical considerations regarding model architecture and input variables may be necessary to promote the physical realism of deep-learning-based hydrological projections under climate change.},
	language = {English},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2024-03-11},
	journal = {Hydrology and Earth System Sciences},
	author = {Wi, Sungwook and Steinschneider, Scott},
	month = feb,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {479--503},
}

Deep learning (DL) rainfall–runoff models outperform conceptual, process-based models in a range of applications. However, it remains unclear whether DL models can produce physically plausible projections of streamflow under climate change. We investigate this question through a sensitivity analysis of modeled responses to increases in temperature and potential evapotranspiration (PET), with other meteorological variables left unchanged. Previous research has shown that temperature-based PET methods overestimate evaporative water loss under warming compared with energy budget-based PET methods. We therefore assume that reliable streamflow responses to warming should exhibit less evaporative water loss when forced with smaller, energy-budget-based PET compared with temperature-based PET. We conduct this assessment using three conceptual, process-based rainfall–runoff models and three DL models, trained and tested across 212 watersheds in the Great Lakes basin. The DL models include a Long Short-Term Memory network (LSTM), a mass-conserving LSTM (MC-LSTM), and a novel variant of the MC-LSTM that also respects the relationship between PET and evaporative water loss (MC-LSTM-PET). After validating models against historical streamflow and actual evapotranspiration, we force all models with scenarios of warming, historical precipitation, and both temperature-based (Hamon) and energy-budget-based (Priestley–Taylor) PET, and compare their responses in long-term mean daily flow, low flows, high flows, and seasonal streamflow timing. We also explore similar responses using a national LSTM fit to 531 watersheds across the United States to assess how the inclusion of a larger and more diverse set of basins influences signals of hydrological response under warming. The main results of this study are as follows: The three Great Lakes DL models substantially outperform all process-based models in streamflow estimation. The MC-LSTM-PET also matches the best process-based models and outperforms the MC-LSTM in estimating actual evapotranspiration. All process-based models show a downward shift in long-term mean daily flows under warming, but median shifts are considerably larger under temperature-based PET (−17 % to −25 %) than energy-budget-based PET (−6 % to −9 %). The MC-LSTM-PET model exhibits similar differences in water loss across the different PET forcings. Conversely, the LSTM exhibits unrealistically large water losses under warming using Priestley–Taylor PET (−20 %), while the MC-LSTM is relatively insensitive to the PET method. DL models exhibit smaller changes in high flows and seasonal timing of flows as compared with the process-based models, while DL estimates of low flows are within the range estimated by the process-based models. Like the Great Lakes LSTM, the national LSTM also shows unrealistically large water losses under warming (−25 %), but it is more stable when many inputs are changed under warming and better aligns with process-based model responses for seasonal timing of flows. Ultimately, the results of this sensitivity analysis suggest that physical considerations regarding model architecture and input variables may be necessary to promote the physical realism of deep-learning-based hydrological projections under climate change.

@article{richter_opportunities_2024,
	title = {Opportunities for {Restoring} {Environmental} {Flows} in the {Rio} {Grande}–{Rio} {Bravo} {Basin} {Spanning} the {US}–{Mexico} {Border}},
	volume = {150},
	copyright = {This work is made available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license, https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.},
	url = {https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/JWRMD5.WRENG-6278},
	doi = {10.1061/JWRMD5.WRENG-6278},
	abstract = {AbstractThe Rio Grande–Rio Bravo’s flow regime has been highly altered for more than 130\ years,
yet the river ecosystem still supports important biodiversity including numerous endangered
species. More than 80\% of water consumed in the basin goes to ...},
	language = {EN},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management},
	author = {Richter, Brian D. and Prunes, Enrique and Liu, Ning and Caldwell, Peter and Wei, Dongyang and Davis, Kyle Frankel and Sandoval-Solis, Samuel and Herrera, Gabriela Rendon and Rodriguez, Ramon Saiz and Ao, Yufei and Lamsal, Gambhir and Amaya, Maria and Shahbol, Natalie and Marston, Landon},
	month = feb,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: American Society of Civil Engineers},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {04023079},
}

AbstractThe Rio Grande–Rio Bravo’s flow regime has been highly altered for more than 130 years, yet the river ecosystem still supports important biodiversity including numerous endangered species. More than 80% of water consumed in the basin goes to ...

@article{agboola_optimizing_2024,
	title = {Optimizing landslide susceptibility mapping using machine learning and geospatial techniques},
	volume = {81},
	issn = {1574-9541},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1574954124001250},
	doi = {10.1016/j.ecoinf.2024.102583},
	abstract = {Landslides present a substantial risk to human lives, the environment, and infrastructure. Consequently, it is crucial to highlight the regions prone to future landslides by examining the correlation between past landslides and various geo-environmental factors. This study aims to investigate the optimal data selection and machine learning model, or ensemble technique, for evaluating the vulnerability of areas to landslides and determining the most accurate approach. To attain our objectives, we considered two different scenarios for selecting landslide-free random points (a slope threshold and a buffer-based approach) and performed a comparative analysis of five machine learning models for landslide susceptibility mapping, namely: Support Vector Machine (SVM), Logistic Regression (LR), Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA), Random Forest (RF), and Extreme Gradient Boosting (XGBoost). The study area for this research is an area in Polk County in Western North Carolina that has experienced fatal landslides, leading to casualties and significant damage to infrastructure, properties, and road networks. The model construction process involves the utilization of a dataset comprising 1215 historical landslide occurrences and 1215 non-landslide points. We integrated a total of fourteen geospatial data layers, consisting of topographic variables, soil data, geological data, and land cover attributes. We use various metrics to assess the models' performance, including accuracy, F1-score, Kappa score, and AUC-ROC. In addition, we used the seeded-cell area index (SCAI) to evaluate map consistency. The ensemble of the five models using Weighted Average produces outstanding results, with an AUC-ROC of 99.4\% for the slope threshold scenario and 91.8\% for the buffer-based scenario. Our findings emphasize the significant impact of non-landslide random sampling on model performance in landslide susceptibility mapping. Furthermore, by optimally identifying landslide-prone regions and hotspots that need urgent risk management and land use planning, our study demonstrates the effectiveness of machine learning models in analyzing landslide susceptibility and providing valuable insights for informed decision-making and disaster risk reduction initiatives.},
	urldate = {2024-04-24},
	journal = {Ecological Informatics},
	author = {Agboola, Gazali and Beni, Leila Hashemi and Elbayoumi, Tamer and Thompson, Gary},
	month = jul,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {102583},
}

Landslides present a substantial risk to human lives, the environment, and infrastructure. Consequently, it is crucial to highlight the regions prone to future landslides by examining the correlation between past landslides and various geo-environmental factors. This study aims to investigate the optimal data selection and machine learning model, or ensemble technique, for evaluating the vulnerability of areas to landslides and determining the most accurate approach. To attain our objectives, we considered two different scenarios for selecting landslide-free random points (a slope threshold and a buffer-based approach) and performed a comparative analysis of five machine learning models for landslide susceptibility mapping, namely: Support Vector Machine (SVM), Logistic Regression (LR), Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA), Random Forest (RF), and Extreme Gradient Boosting (XGBoost). The study area for this research is an area in Polk County in Western North Carolina that has experienced fatal landslides, leading to casualties and significant damage to infrastructure, properties, and road networks. The model construction process involves the utilization of a dataset comprising 1215 historical landslide occurrences and 1215 non-landslide points. We integrated a total of fourteen geospatial data layers, consisting of topographic variables, soil data, geological data, and land cover attributes. We use various metrics to assess the models' performance, including accuracy, F1-score, Kappa score, and AUC-ROC. In addition, we used the seeded-cell area index (SCAI) to evaluate map consistency. The ensemble of the five models using Weighted Average produces outstanding results, with an AUC-ROC of 99.4% for the slope threshold scenario and 91.8% for the buffer-based scenario. Our findings emphasize the significant impact of non-landslide random sampling on model performance in landslide susceptibility mapping. Furthermore, by optimally identifying landslide-prone regions and hotspots that need urgent risk management and land use planning, our study demonstrates the effectiveness of machine learning models in analyzing landslide susceptibility and providing valuable insights for informed decision-making and disaster risk reduction initiatives.

@article{dunmall_pacific_2024,
	title = {Pacific salmon in the {Canadian} {Arctic} highlight a range-expansion pathway for sub-{Arctic} fishes},
	volume = {30},
	copyright = {© 2024 His Majesty the King in Right of Canada and The Author(s). Global Change Biology published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd. Reproduced with the permission of the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Canada.},
	issn = {1365-2486},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/gcb.17353},
	doi = {10.1111/gcb.17353},
	abstract = {Rapid climate change is altering Arctic ecosystems at unprecedented rates. These changes in the physical environment may open new corridors for species range expansions, with substantial implications for subsistence-dependent communities and sensitive ecosystems. Over the past 20 years, rising incidental harvest of Pacific salmon by subsistence fishers has been monitored across a widening range spanning multiple land claim jurisdictions in Arctic Canada. In this study, we connect Indigenous and scientific knowledges to explore potential oceanographic mechanisms facilitating this ongoing northward expansion of Pacific salmon into the western Canadian Arctic. A regression analysis was used to reveal and characterize a two-part mechanism related to thermal and sea-ice conditions in the Chukchi and Beaufort seas that explains nearly all of the variation in the relative abundance of salmon observed within this region. The results indicate that warmer late-spring temperatures in a Chukchi Sea watch-zone and persistent, suitable summer thermal conditions in a Beaufort Sea watch-zone together create a range-expansion corridor and are associated with higher salmon occurrences in subsistence harvests. Furthermore, there is a body of knowledge to suggest that these conditions, and consequently the presence and abundance of Pacific salmon, will become more persistent in the coming decades. Our collaborative approach positions us to document, explore, and explain mechanisms driving changes in fish biodiversity that have the potential to, or are already affecting, Indigenous rights-holders in a rapidly warming Arctic.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2024-08-12},
	journal = {Global Change Biology},
	author = {Dunmall, Karen M. and Langan, Joseph A. and Cunningham, Curry J. and Reist, James D. and Melling, Humfrey and {Aklavik Hunters and Trappers Committee} and {Olokhaktomiut Hunters and Trappers Committee} and {Paulatuk Hunters and Trappers Committee} and {Sachs Harbour Hunters and Trappers Committee} and {Tuktoyaktuk Hunters and Trappers Committee} and {Kugluktuk Hunters and Trappers Organization}},
	year = {2024},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/gcb.17353},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers},
	pages = {e17353},
}

Rapid climate change is altering Arctic ecosystems at unprecedented rates. These changes in the physical environment may open new corridors for species range expansions, with substantial implications for subsistence-dependent communities and sensitive ecosystems. Over the past 20 years, rising incidental harvest of Pacific salmon by subsistence fishers has been monitored across a widening range spanning multiple land claim jurisdictions in Arctic Canada. In this study, we connect Indigenous and scientific knowledges to explore potential oceanographic mechanisms facilitating this ongoing northward expansion of Pacific salmon into the western Canadian Arctic. A regression analysis was used to reveal and characterize a two-part mechanism related to thermal and sea-ice conditions in the Chukchi and Beaufort seas that explains nearly all of the variation in the relative abundance of salmon observed within this region. The results indicate that warmer late-spring temperatures in a Chukchi Sea watch-zone and persistent, suitable summer thermal conditions in a Beaufort Sea watch-zone together create a range-expansion corridor and are associated with higher salmon occurrences in subsistence harvests. Furthermore, there is a body of knowledge to suggest that these conditions, and consequently the presence and abundance of Pacific salmon, will become more persistent in the coming decades. Our collaborative approach positions us to document, explore, and explain mechanisms driving changes in fish biodiversity that have the potential to, or are already affecting, Indigenous rights-holders in a rapidly warming Arctic.

@article{mower_parallel_2024,
	title = {Parallel {SnowModel} (v1.0): a parallel implementation of a distributed snow-evolution modeling system ({SnowModel})},
	volume = {17},
	issn = {1991-959X},
	shorttitle = {Parallel {SnowModel} (v1.0)},
	url = {https://gmd.copernicus.org/articles/17/4135/2024/},
	doi = {10.5194/gmd-17-4135-2024},
	abstract = {SnowModel, a spatially distributed snow-evolution modeling system, was parallelized using Coarray Fortran for high-performance computing architectures to allow high-resolution (1 m to hundreds of meters) simulations over large regional- to continental-scale domains. In the parallel algorithm, the model domain was split into smaller rectangular sub-domains that are distributed over multiple processor cores using one-dimensional decomposition. All the memory allocations from the original code were reduced to the size of the local sub-domains, allowing each core to perform fewer computations and requiring less memory for each process. Most of the subroutines in SnowModel were simple to parallelize; however, there were certain physical processes, including blowing snow redistribution and components within the solar radiation and wind models, that required non-trivial parallelization using halo-exchange patterns. To validate the parallel algorithm and assess parallel scaling characteristics, high-resolution (100 m grid) simulations were performed over several western United States domains and over the contiguous United States (CONUS) for a year. The CONUS scaling experiment had approximately 70 \% parallel efficiency; runtime decreased by a factor of 1.9 running on 1800 cores relative to 648 cores (the minimum number of cores that could be used to run such a large domain because of memory and time limitations). CONUS 100 m simulations were performed for 21 years (2000–2021) using 46 238 and 28 260 grid cells in the x and y dimensions, respectively. Each year was simulated using 1800 cores and took approximately 5 h to run.},
	language = {English},
	number = {10},
	urldate = {2024-06-03},
	journal = {Geoscientific Model Development},
	author = {Mower, Ross and Gutmann, Ethan D. and Liston, Glen E. and Lundquist, Jessica and Rasmussen, Soren},
	month = may,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {4135--4154},
}

SnowModel, a spatially distributed snow-evolution modeling system, was parallelized using Coarray Fortran for high-performance computing architectures to allow high-resolution (1 m to hundreds of meters) simulations over large regional- to continental-scale domains. In the parallel algorithm, the model domain was split into smaller rectangular sub-domains that are distributed over multiple processor cores using one-dimensional decomposition. All the memory allocations from the original code were reduced to the size of the local sub-domains, allowing each core to perform fewer computations and requiring less memory for each process. Most of the subroutines in SnowModel were simple to parallelize; however, there were certain physical processes, including blowing snow redistribution and components within the solar radiation and wind models, that required non-trivial parallelization using halo-exchange patterns. To validate the parallel algorithm and assess parallel scaling characteristics, high-resolution (100 m grid) simulations were performed over several western United States domains and over the contiguous United States (CONUS) for a year. The CONUS scaling experiment had approximately 70 % parallel efficiency; runtime decreased by a factor of 1.9 running on 1800 cores relative to 648 cores (the minimum number of cores that could be used to run such a large domain because of memory and time limitations). CONUS 100 m simulations were performed for 21 years (2000–2021) using 46 238 and 28 260 grid cells in the x and y dimensions, respectively. Each year was simulated using 1800 cores and took approximately 5 h to run.

@techreport{avila-garcia_d_planes_2024,
	title = {Planes de {Acción} para el {Manejo} {Integral} de {Cuencas} - {Guía} {Metodológica} ({FMCN})},
	url = {https://agua.org.mx/biblioteca/planes-de-accion-para-el-manejo-integral-de-cuencas-guia-metodologica-fmcn/},
	abstract = {El Instituto Nacional de Ecología y Cambio Climático (INECC) y el Fondo Mexicano para la Conservación de la Naturaleza (FMCN) colaboran con aliados regionales en la implementación del proyecto CONECTA “Conectando la salud de las cuencas con la producción ganadera y agroforestal sostenible” (2021-2026), que es financiado por el Fondo para el Medio Ambiente Mundial (GEF por sus siglas en inglés) a través del Banco Mundial (BM). El objetivo de CONECTA es mejorar el manejo integrado del paisaje y promover prácticas productivas climáticamente inteligentes.},
	urldate = {2024-03-11},
	institution = {Instituto Nacional de Ecología y Cambio Climático (INECC)},
	author = {{Ávila-García, D.} and {Hernández, E.} and {Fernández-Montes de Oca, A.} and {Cicchini, F.} and {Alvarado, J.} and {López S.}},
	month = feb,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {124},
}

El Instituto Nacional de Ecología y Cambio Climático (INECC) y el Fondo Mexicano para la Conservación de la Naturaleza (FMCN) colaboran con aliados regionales en la implementación del proyecto CONECTA “Conectando la salud de las cuencas con la producción ganadera y agroforestal sostenible” (2021-2026), que es financiado por el Fondo para el Medio Ambiente Mundial (GEF por sus siglas en inglés) a través del Banco Mundial (BM). El objetivo de CONECTA es mejorar el manejo integrado del paisaje y promover prácticas productivas climáticamente inteligentes.

@article{huang_potential_2024,
	title = {Potential for spatial coexistence of a transboundary migratory species and wind energy development},
	volume = {14},
	copyright = {2024 This is a U.S. Government work and not under copyright protection in the US; foreign copyright protection may apply},
	issn = {2045-2322},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-024-66490-3},
	doi = {10.1038/s41598-024-66490-3},
	abstract = {Global expansion in wind energy development is a notable achievement of the international community’s effort to reduce carbon emissions during energy production. However, the increasing number of wind turbines have unintended consequences for migratory birds and bats. Wind turbine curtailment and other mitigation strategies can reduce fatalities, but improved spatial and temporal data are needed to identify the most effective way for wind energy development and volant migratory species to coexist. Mexican free-tailed bats (Tadarida brasiliensis mexicana) account for a large proportion of known bat fatalities at wind facilities in the southwestern US. We examined the geographic concordance between existing wind energy generation facilities, areas of high wind potential amenable for future deployment of wind facilities, and seasonally suitable habitat for these bats. We used ecological niche modeling to determine species distribution during each of 4 seasons. We used a multi-criteria GIS-based approach to produce a wind turbine siting suitability map. We identified seasonal locations with highest and lowest potential for the species’ probability of occurrence, providing a potential explanation for the higher observed fatalities during fall migration. Thirty percent of 33,606 wind turbines within the southwestern US occurred in highly suitable areas for Mexican free-tailed bats, primarily in west Texas. There is also broad spatial overlap between areas of high wind potential and areas of suitable habitat for Mexican free-tailed bats. Because of this high degree of overlap, our results indicate that post-construction strategies, such as curtailing the timing of operations and deterrents, would be more effective for bat conservation than strategic siting of new wind energy installations.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-09-16},
	journal = {Scientific Reports},
	author = {Huang, Ta-Ken and Feng, Xiao and Derbridge, Jonathan J. and Libby, Kaitlin and Diffendorfer, Jay E. and Thogmartin, Wayne E. and McCracken, Gary and Medellin, Rodrigo and López-Hoffman, Laura},
	month = jul,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {17050},
}

Global expansion in wind energy development is a notable achievement of the international community’s effort to reduce carbon emissions during energy production. However, the increasing number of wind turbines have unintended consequences for migratory birds and bats. Wind turbine curtailment and other mitigation strategies can reduce fatalities, but improved spatial and temporal data are needed to identify the most effective way for wind energy development and volant migratory species to coexist. Mexican free-tailed bats (Tadarida brasiliensis mexicana) account for a large proportion of known bat fatalities at wind facilities in the southwestern US. We examined the geographic concordance between existing wind energy generation facilities, areas of high wind potential amenable for future deployment of wind facilities, and seasonally suitable habitat for these bats. We used ecological niche modeling to determine species distribution during each of 4 seasons. We used a multi-criteria GIS-based approach to produce a wind turbine siting suitability map. We identified seasonal locations with highest and lowest potential for the species’ probability of occurrence, providing a potential explanation for the higher observed fatalities during fall migration. Thirty percent of 33,606 wind turbines within the southwestern US occurred in highly suitable areas for Mexican free-tailed bats, primarily in west Texas. There is also broad spatial overlap between areas of high wind potential and areas of suitable habitat for Mexican free-tailed bats. Because of this high degree of overlap, our results indicate that post-construction strategies, such as curtailing the timing of operations and deterrents, would be more effective for bat conservation than strategic siting of new wind energy installations.

@article{kramer_potential_2024,
	title = {Potential landscape connectivity for invasive wild pigs ({Sus} scrofa) across the northern prairies of {North} {America}},
	volume = {26},
	issn = {1573-1464},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10530-024-03326-1},
	doi = {10.1007/s10530-024-03326-1},
	abstract = {Understanding landscape scale connectivity is an essential component in the management of invasive species since connectivity facilitates their invasion potential. Invasive wild pigs (Sus scrofa) are among the most prolific invaders on the planet, causing billions of dollars in agricultural and environmental damage annually. Newly introduced to Canada in the 1980s, we examined wild pig invasion potential across the northern prairies from western Canada into the currently wild pig-free northern U.S. states. We used GPS collar data collected in the Canadian prairies to quantify resource selection and incorporated results into an electric circuit theory framework to evaluate potential regional landscape connectivity. While available landcover types in this region were dominated by crops and grasslands, wild pigs were predominately located in deciduous forest, crops, and wetlands. Resource selection modelling indicated wild pigs selected deciduous forest and wetlands over other landcover types. These selection tendencies resulted in areas at greater risk of occupation in an intermixture dominated by crops interspersed with waterbodies and deciduous forest fragments, which facilitated movement. Given the pervasiveness of this intermixture across the northern prairies, there was a high potential for invasive wild pigs to move throughout much of the region with areas in southern Saskatchewan and Manitoba, northeastern Montana, North and South Dakota, and western portions of Minnesota being particularly vulnerable. Our work highlights a need for monitoring and science-based response strategies for likely southward spread of this invasive species to prevent or reduce potential crop damage, risks to native species, and disease transmission to humans, pets, livestock, and wildlife.},
	language = {en},
	number = {8},
	urldate = {2024-08-12},
	journal = {Biological Invasions},
	author = {Kramer, Corey J. and Boudreau, Melanie R. and Powers, Ryan and VerCauteren, Kurt C. and Miller, Ryan S. and Brook, Ryan K.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS, Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {2525--2538},
}

Understanding landscape scale connectivity is an essential component in the management of invasive species since connectivity facilitates their invasion potential. Invasive wild pigs (Sus scrofa) are among the most prolific invaders on the planet, causing billions of dollars in agricultural and environmental damage annually. Newly introduced to Canada in the 1980s, we examined wild pig invasion potential across the northern prairies from western Canada into the currently wild pig-free northern U.S. states. We used GPS collar data collected in the Canadian prairies to quantify resource selection and incorporated results into an electric circuit theory framework to evaluate potential regional landscape connectivity. While available landcover types in this region were dominated by crops and grasslands, wild pigs were predominately located in deciduous forest, crops, and wetlands. Resource selection modelling indicated wild pigs selected deciduous forest and wetlands over other landcover types. These selection tendencies resulted in areas at greater risk of occupation in an intermixture dominated by crops interspersed with waterbodies and deciduous forest fragments, which facilitated movement. Given the pervasiveness of this intermixture across the northern prairies, there was a high potential for invasive wild pigs to move throughout much of the region with areas in southern Saskatchewan and Manitoba, northeastern Montana, North and South Dakota, and western portions of Minnesota being particularly vulnerable. Our work highlights a need for monitoring and science-based response strategies for likely southward spread of this invasive species to prevent or reduce potential crop damage, risks to native species, and disease transmission to humans, pets, livestock, and wildlife.

@inproceedings{boschee_predicting_2024,
	title = {Predicting {Flood} {Damages} using {Machine} {Learning} and {National} {Flood} {Insurance} {Program} {Data}},
	url = {https://ams.confex.com/ams/104ANNUAL/mediafile/Handout/Paper440366/AMSPoster_Boschee.pdf},
	publisher = {AMS},
	author = {Boschee, Azara and Corringham, Tom and Hu, Weiming},
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{saffer_reconstructing_2024,
	title = {Reconstructing historic and modern potato late blight outbreaks using text analytics},
	volume = {14},
	copyright = {2024 The Author(s)},
	issn = {2045-2322},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-024-52870-2},
	doi = {10.1038/s41598-024-52870-2},
	abstract = {In 1843, a hitherto unknown plant pathogen entered the US and spread to potato fields in the northeast. By 1845, the pathogen had reached Ireland leading to devastating famine. Questions arose immediately about the source of the outbreaks and how the disease should be managed. The pathogen, now known as Phytophthora infestans, still continues to threaten food security globally. A wealth of untapped knowledge exists in both archival and modern documents, but is not readily available because the details are hidden in descriptive text. In this work, we (1) used text analytics of unstructured historical reports (1843–1845) to map US late blight outbreaks; (2) characterized theories on the source of the pathogen and remedies for control; and (3) created modern late blight intensity maps using Twitter feeds. The disease spread from 5 to 17 states and provinces in the US and Canada between 1843 and 1845. Crop losses, Andean sources of the pathogen, possible causes and potential treatments were discussed. Modern disease discussion on Twitter included near-global coverage and local disease observations. Topic modeling revealed general disease information, published research, and outbreak locations. The tools described will help researchers explore and map unstructured text to track and visualize pandemics.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-03-11},
	journal = {Scientific Reports},
	author = {Saffer, Ariel and Tateosian, Laura and Saville, Amanda C. and Yang, Yi-Peng and Ristaino, Jean B.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {2523},
}

In 1843, a hitherto unknown plant pathogen entered the US and spread to potato fields in the northeast. By 1845, the pathogen had reached Ireland leading to devastating famine. Questions arose immediately about the source of the outbreaks and how the disease should be managed. The pathogen, now known as Phytophthora infestans, still continues to threaten food security globally. A wealth of untapped knowledge exists in both archival and modern documents, but is not readily available because the details are hidden in descriptive text. In this work, we (1) used text analytics of unstructured historical reports (1843–1845) to map US late blight outbreaks; (2) characterized theories on the source of the pathogen and remedies for control; and (3) created modern late blight intensity maps using Twitter feeds. The disease spread from 5 to 17 states and provinces in the US and Canada between 1843 and 1845. Crop losses, Andean sources of the pathogen, possible causes and potential treatments were discussed. Modern disease discussion on Twitter included near-global coverage and local disease observations. Topic modeling revealed general disease information, published research, and outbreak locations. The tools described will help researchers explore and map unstructured text to track and visualize pandemics.

@misc{braden_satellite-derived_2024,
	title = {Satellite-{Derived} {Forest} {Extent} {Likelihood} {Map} for {Mexico}},
	url = {https://daac.ornl.gov/cgi-bin/dsviewer.pl?ds_id=2320},
	doi = {10.3334/ORNLDAAC/2320},
	abstract = {This dataset provides a comparison of forest extent agreement from seven remote sensing-based products across Mexico. These satellite-derived products include European Space Agency 2020 Land Cover Map for Mexico (ESA), Globeland30 2020 (Globeland30), Commission for Environmental Cooperation 2015 Land Cover Map (CEC), Impact Observatory 2020 Land Cover Map (IO), NAIP Trained Mean Percent Cover Map (NEX-TC), Global Land Analysis and Discovery Global 2010 Tree Cover (Hansen-TC), and Global Forest Cover Change Tree Cover 30 m Global (GFCC-TC). All products included data at 10-30 m resolution and represented the state of forest or tree cover from 2010 to 2020. These seven products were chosen based on: a) feedback from end-users in Mexico; b) availability and FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, and replicable) data principles; and c) products representing different methodological approaches from global to regional scales. The combined agreement map documents forest cover for each satellite-derived product at 30-m resolution across Mexico. The data are in cloud optimized GeoTIFF format and cover the period 2010-2020. A shapefile is included that outlines Mexico mainland areas.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-04-24},
	author = {Braden, D. and Mondal, P. and Park, T. and De la rosa, J.A.A. and Leal, M.I.A. and Lara, R.A.C. and Saucedo, R.M. and Salas-Aguilar, V.M. and Soriano-Luna, M.A. and Vargas, R.},
	collaborator = {{ORNL DAAC}},
	year = {2024},
	note = {Artwork Size: 0 MB
Medium: COG, ESRI Shapefile
Publisher: [object Object]
Version Number: 1},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

This dataset provides a comparison of forest extent agreement from seven remote sensing-based products across Mexico. These satellite-derived products include European Space Agency 2020 Land Cover Map for Mexico (ESA), Globeland30 2020 (Globeland30), Commission for Environmental Cooperation 2015 Land Cover Map (CEC), Impact Observatory 2020 Land Cover Map (IO), NAIP Trained Mean Percent Cover Map (NEX-TC), Global Land Analysis and Discovery Global 2010 Tree Cover (Hansen-TC), and Global Forest Cover Change Tree Cover 30 m Global (GFCC-TC). All products included data at 10-30 m resolution and represented the state of forest or tree cover from 2010 to 2020. These seven products were chosen based on: a) feedback from end-users in Mexico; b) availability and FAIR (findable, accessible, interoperable, and replicable) data principles; and c) products representing different methodological approaches from global to regional scales. The combined agreement map documents forest cover for each satellite-derived product at 30-m resolution across Mexico. The data are in cloud optimized GeoTIFF format and cover the period 2010-2020. A shapefile is included that outlines Mexico mainland areas.

@article{bowser_self-reported_2024,
	title = {Self-reported tick exposure as an indicator of {Lyme} disease risk in an endemic region of {Quebec}, {Canada}},
	volume = {15},
	issn = {1877-959X},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877959X23001528},
	doi = {10.1016/j.ttbdis.2023.102271},
	abstract = {Background
Lyme disease (LD) and other tick-borne diseases are emerging across Canada. Spatial and temporal LD risk is typically estimated using acarological surveillance and reported human cases, the former not considering human behavior leading to tick exposure and the latter occurring after infection.
Objectives
The primary objective was to explore, at the census subdivision level (CSD), the associations of self-reported tick exposure, alternative risk indicators (predicted tick density, eTick submissions, public health risk level), and ecological variables (Ixodes scapularis habitat suitability index and cumulative degree days {\textgreater} 0 °C) with incidence proportion of LD. A secondary objective was to explore which of these predictor variables were associated with self-reported tick exposure at the CSD level.
Methods
Self-reported tick exposure was measured in a cross-sectional populational health survey conducted in 2018, among 10,790 respondents living in 116 CSDs of the Estrie region, Quebec, Canada. The number of reported LD cases per CSD in 2018 was obtained from the public health department. Generalized linear mixed-effets models accounting for spatial autocorrelation were built to fulfill the objectives.
Results
Self-reported tick exposure ranged from 0.0 \% to 61.5 \% (median 8.9 \%) and reported LD incidence rates ranged from 0 to 324 cases per 100,000 person-years, per CSD. A positive association was found between self-reported tick exposure and LD incidence proportion (ß = 0.08, CI = 0.04,0.11, p {\textless} 0.0001). The best-fit model included public health risk level (AIC: 144.2), followed by predicted tick density, ecological variables, self-reported tick exposure and eTick submissions (AIC: 158.4, 158.4, 160.4 and 170.1 respectively). Predicted tick density was the only significant predictor of self-reported tick exposure (ß = 0.83, CI = 0.16,1.50, p = 0.02).
Discussion
This proof-of-concept study explores self-reported tick exposure as a potential indicator of LD risk using populational survey data. This approach may offer a low-cost and simple tool for evaluating LD risk and deserves further evaluation.},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Ticks and Tick-borne Diseases},
	author = {Bowser, Natasha and Bouchard, Catherine and Sautié Castellanos, Miguel and Baron, Geneviève and Carabin, Hélène and Chuard, Pierre and Leighton, Patrick and Milord, François and Richard, Lucie and Savage, Jade and Tardy, Olivia and Aenishaenslin, Cécile},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {102271},
}

Background Lyme disease (LD) and other tick-borne diseases are emerging across Canada. Spatial and temporal LD risk is typically estimated using acarological surveillance and reported human cases, the former not considering human behavior leading to tick exposure and the latter occurring after infection. Objectives The primary objective was to explore, at the census subdivision level (CSD), the associations of self-reported tick exposure, alternative risk indicators (predicted tick density, eTick submissions, public health risk level), and ecological variables (Ixodes scapularis habitat suitability index and cumulative degree days \textgreater 0 °C) with incidence proportion of LD. A secondary objective was to explore which of these predictor variables were associated with self-reported tick exposure at the CSD level. Methods Self-reported tick exposure was measured in a cross-sectional populational health survey conducted in 2018, among 10,790 respondents living in 116 CSDs of the Estrie region, Quebec, Canada. The number of reported LD cases per CSD in 2018 was obtained from the public health department. Generalized linear mixed-effets models accounting for spatial autocorrelation were built to fulfill the objectives. Results Self-reported tick exposure ranged from 0.0 % to 61.5 % (median 8.9 %) and reported LD incidence rates ranged from 0 to 324 cases per 100,000 person-years, per CSD. A positive association was found between self-reported tick exposure and LD incidence proportion (ß = 0.08, CI = 0.04,0.11, p \textless 0.0001). The best-fit model included public health risk level (AIC: 144.2), followed by predicted tick density, ecological variables, self-reported tick exposure and eTick submissions (AIC: 158.4, 158.4, 160.4 and 170.1 respectively). Predicted tick density was the only significant predictor of self-reported tick exposure (ß = 0.83, CI = 0.16,1.50, p = 0.02). Discussion This proof-of-concept study explores self-reported tick exposure as a potential indicator of LD risk using populational survey data. This approach may offer a low-cost and simple tool for evaluating LD risk and deserves further evaluation.

@article{roy_sharp-tailed_2024,
	title = {Sharp-tailed {Grouse} increase site use after prescribed fire but not mechanical treatments during the fall},
	volume = {19},
	copyright = {© 2024 by the author(s)},
	issn = {1712-6568},
	url = {https://ace-eco.org/vol19/iss1/art1/},
	doi = {10.5751/ACE-02574-190101},
	abstract = {In the Great Lakes Region, Sharp-tailed Grouse (Tympanuchus phasianellus) use open habitats of grass and brush that require frequent management. Wildlife managers expressed concern that Sharp-tailed Grouse were not responding to management throughout the year, so we examined responses to prescribed fire and mechanical treatment (mowing or shearing) conducted during the fall. We surveyed Sharp-tailed Grouse use and vegetation at 15 mechanical treatments, 10 prescribed burns, and 25 control sites in a before-after-control-impact-paired design. We surveyed Sharp-tailed Grouse use before management, and one week, one month, one year, and three years after management by conducting fecal pellet surveys along transects at each site. Sharp-tailed Grouse responses, as indicated by differences between fecal pellet counts at treatments and paired controls during each survey, increased following prescribed fire, but did not change after mechanical treatments. However, increased Sharp-tailed Grouse use following prescribed fire was temporary, thus management should be conducted at least once every three years at each site. Changes in vegetation metrics at managed sites were also temporary and most metrics returned to pre-treatment levels after one year, although shrub height at sites that received mechanical treatments and the forb response following prescribed fire persisted for {\textgreater} 3 years. We suggest that fall prescribed fire is more effective at increasing Sharp-tailed Grouse use of sites than fall mechanical treatment, which could be due to differences in vegetation responses, site size, landscape context, or cues produced by fire that attract Sharp-tailed Grouse. However, mechanical treatments maintain Sharp-tailed Grouse habitat, and without management, unchecked woody encroachment reduces habitat. Targeting mowing and shearing at sites known to be used by Sharp-tailed Grouse may prioritize management activities to sites that will have the most impact. Prescribed fire and mechanical treatments produced different Sharp-tailed Grouse and vegetation responses in the fall and should be used to address different management objectives.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-03-13},
	journal = {Avian Conservation and Ecology},
	author = {Roy, Charlotte L. and Giudice, John and Shartell, Lindsey M.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: The Resilience Alliance},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

In the Great Lakes Region, Sharp-tailed Grouse (Tympanuchus phasianellus) use open habitats of grass and brush that require frequent management. Wildlife managers expressed concern that Sharp-tailed Grouse were not responding to management throughout the year, so we examined responses to prescribed fire and mechanical treatment (mowing or shearing) conducted during the fall. We surveyed Sharp-tailed Grouse use and vegetation at 15 mechanical treatments, 10 prescribed burns, and 25 control sites in a before-after-control-impact-paired design. We surveyed Sharp-tailed Grouse use before management, and one week, one month, one year, and three years after management by conducting fecal pellet surveys along transects at each site. Sharp-tailed Grouse responses, as indicated by differences between fecal pellet counts at treatments and paired controls during each survey, increased following prescribed fire, but did not change after mechanical treatments. However, increased Sharp-tailed Grouse use following prescribed fire was temporary, thus management should be conducted at least once every three years at each site. Changes in vegetation metrics at managed sites were also temporary and most metrics returned to pre-treatment levels after one year, although shrub height at sites that received mechanical treatments and the forb response following prescribed fire persisted for \textgreater 3 years. We suggest that fall prescribed fire is more effective at increasing Sharp-tailed Grouse use of sites than fall mechanical treatment, which could be due to differences in vegetation responses, site size, landscape context, or cues produced by fire that attract Sharp-tailed Grouse. However, mechanical treatments maintain Sharp-tailed Grouse habitat, and without management, unchecked woody encroachment reduces habitat. Targeting mowing and shearing at sites known to be used by Sharp-tailed Grouse may prioritize management activities to sites that will have the most impact. Prescribed fire and mechanical treatments produced different Sharp-tailed Grouse and vegetation responses in the fall and should be used to address different management objectives.

@article{felfelani_simulation_2024,
	title = {Simulation of groundwater-flow dynamics in the {U}.{S}. {Northern} {High} {Plains} driven by multi-model estimates of surficial aquifer recharge},
	issn = {0022-1694},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0022169424000970},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jhydrol.2024.130703},
	abstract = {There is growing interest in incorporating higher-resolution groundwater modeling within the framework of large-scale land surface models (LSMs), including processes such as three-dimensional flow, variable soil saturation, and surface water/groundwater interactions. Conversely, complex groundwater models (e.g., the U.S. Geological Survey Groundwater-Flow Model, MODFLOW) often use simpler representations of land surface dynamics (e.g., surface vegetation, evapotranspiration, recharge) and may benefit from higher process fidelity and temporal resolutions in these inputs. This study investigates the potential of improving groundwater representation in LSMs and land surface dynamics in MODFLOW through forcing MODFLOW with recharge from LSMs. Groundwater simulations build on an existing and well-calibrated MODFLOW model of the U.S. Northern High Plains aquifer, a hydrologically complex basin under the dual impacts of conversion of native vegetation to intense irrigated agricultural fields and climate change. Simulated groundwater recharge from four different land models are used to drive MODFLOW groundwater simulations. Results show relatively large discrepancies between recharge estimates among simulations. Forcing MODFLOW using recharge simulated by some of the LSMs in place of a simple water balance model marginally improves MODFLOW groundwater simulation. Further, our results support the efficacy of coupling LSMs to a sophisticated groundwater model such as MODFLOW. The coupling results in notable improvements in matching the historical groundwater levels through reduction of the skewness coefficient in percentage bias histogram (from 1.50 and 1.41 in original LSMs to 0.44 and 0.27, respectively, when MODFLOW is forced by groundwater recharge from LSMs) and reduction of bias. This modeling effort seeks to identify the best compromise between comprehensive land surface processes from global LSMs and advanced representation of groundwater from regional models.},
	urldate = {2024-01-31},
	journal = {Journal of Hydrology},
	author = {Felfelani, Farshid and Hughes, Joseph and Chen, Fei and Dugger, Aubrey and Schneider, Tim and Gochis, David and Traylor, Jonathan and Essaid, Hedeff},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {130703},
}

There is growing interest in incorporating higher-resolution groundwater modeling within the framework of large-scale land surface models (LSMs), including processes such as three-dimensional flow, variable soil saturation, and surface water/groundwater interactions. Conversely, complex groundwater models (e.g., the U.S. Geological Survey Groundwater-Flow Model, MODFLOW) often use simpler representations of land surface dynamics (e.g., surface vegetation, evapotranspiration, recharge) and may benefit from higher process fidelity and temporal resolutions in these inputs. This study investigates the potential of improving groundwater representation in LSMs and land surface dynamics in MODFLOW through forcing MODFLOW with recharge from LSMs. Groundwater simulations build on an existing and well-calibrated MODFLOW model of the U.S. Northern High Plains aquifer, a hydrologically complex basin under the dual impacts of conversion of native vegetation to intense irrigated agricultural fields and climate change. Simulated groundwater recharge from four different land models are used to drive MODFLOW groundwater simulations. Results show relatively large discrepancies between recharge estimates among simulations. Forcing MODFLOW using recharge simulated by some of the LSMs in place of a simple water balance model marginally improves MODFLOW groundwater simulation. Further, our results support the efficacy of coupling LSMs to a sophisticated groundwater model such as MODFLOW. The coupling results in notable improvements in matching the historical groundwater levels through reduction of the skewness coefficient in percentage bias histogram (from 1.50 and 1.41 in original LSMs to 0.44 and 0.27, respectively, when MODFLOW is forced by groundwater recharge from LSMs) and reduction of bias. This modeling effort seeks to identify the best compromise between comprehensive land surface processes from global LSMs and advanced representation of groundwater from regional models.

@article{schmidt_spatial_2024,
	title = {Spatial distribution of wildfire threat in the far north: exposure assessment in boreal communities},
	issn = {1573-0840},
	shorttitle = {Spatial distribution of wildfire threat in the far north},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069-023-06365-4},
	doi = {10.1007/s11069-023-06365-4},
	abstract = {Increased wildfire activity has raised concerns among communities about how to assess and prepare for this threat. There is a need for wildfire hazard assessment approaches that capture local variability to inform decisions, produce results understood by the public, and are updatable in a timely manner. We modified an existing approach to assess decadal wildfire hazards based primarily on ember dispersal and wildfire proximity, referencing landscape changes from 1984 through 2014. Our modifications created a categorical flammability hazard scheme, rather than dichotomous, and integrated wildfire exposure results across spatial scales. We used remote sensed land cover from four historical decadal points to create flammability hazard and wildfire exposure maps for three arctic communities (Anchorage and Fairbanks, Alaska and Whitehorse, Yukon). Within the Fairbanks study area, we compared 2014 flammability hazard, wildfire exposure, and FlamMap burn probabilities among burned (2014–2023) and unburned areas. Unlike burn probabilities, there were significantly higher in exposure values among burned and unburned locations (Wilcoxon; p {\textless} 0.001) and exposure rose as flammability hazard classes increased (Kruskal–Wallis; p {\textless} 0.001). Very high flammability hazard class supported 75\% of burned areas and burns tended to occur in areas with 60\% exposure or greater. Areas with high exposure values are more prone to burn and thus desirable for mitigation actions. By working with wildfire practitioners and communities, we created a tool that rapidly assesses wildfire hazards and is easily modified to help identify and prioritize mitigation activities.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-03-13},
	journal = {Natural Hazards},
	author = {Schmidt, Jennifer I. and Ziel, Robert H. and Calef, Monika P. and Varvak, Anna},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Increased wildfire activity has raised concerns among communities about how to assess and prepare for this threat. There is a need for wildfire hazard assessment approaches that capture local variability to inform decisions, produce results understood by the public, and are updatable in a timely manner. We modified an existing approach to assess decadal wildfire hazards based primarily on ember dispersal and wildfire proximity, referencing landscape changes from 1984 through 2014. Our modifications created a categorical flammability hazard scheme, rather than dichotomous, and integrated wildfire exposure results across spatial scales. We used remote sensed land cover from four historical decadal points to create flammability hazard and wildfire exposure maps for three arctic communities (Anchorage and Fairbanks, Alaska and Whitehorse, Yukon). Within the Fairbanks study area, we compared 2014 flammability hazard, wildfire exposure, and FlamMap burn probabilities among burned (2014–2023) and unburned areas. Unlike burn probabilities, there were significantly higher in exposure values among burned and unburned locations (Wilcoxon; p \textless 0.001) and exposure rose as flammability hazard classes increased (Kruskal–Wallis; p \textless 0.001). Very high flammability hazard class supported 75% of burned areas and burns tended to occur in areas with 60% exposure or greater. Areas with high exposure values are more prone to burn and thus desirable for mitigation actions. By working with wildfire practitioners and communities, we created a tool that rapidly assesses wildfire hazards and is easily modified to help identify and prioritize mitigation activities.

@article{ali_spatiotemporal_2024,
	title = {Spatiotemporal variability of runoff events in response to rainfall, snowmelt, and rain-on-snow in the {Lake} {Erie} {Basin}},
	volume = {53},
	issn = {2214-5818},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2214581824001228},
	doi = {10.1016/j.ejrh.2024.101774},
	abstract = {Study Region
The Lake Erie Basin spanning Canada and the United States.
Study Focus
Countless studies have performed event-based hyetograph-hydrograph analyses. However, most studies focused on experimental forested catchments and rainfall-runoff analyses, thereby neglecting larger, mid-latitude, heterogenous watersheds where snowmelt and rain-on-snow events can generate significant runoff. The goal of the present study was, therefore, to examine runoff generation in contrasted watersheds, by: (1) quantifying the spatiotemporal variability of event-specific runoff response across the Lake Erie Basin; 2) assessing the difference in runoff response characteristics based on precipitation type; and 3) identifying the influence of event precipitation and watershed characteristics on runoff response. Daily gridded climate and gauged streamflow data spanning 2000–2019 were used for 99 watersheds, resulting in the analysis of 28,123 rainfall, snowmelt, rain-on-snow and mixed events and their associated runoff responses.
New Hydrological Insights for the Region
Rainfall events were rarely identified as the triggers of the largest runoff responses. Conversely, snowmelt and rain-on-snow events led to high-magnitude and flashy runoff responses for 70 out of 99 watersheds. Watershed characteristics pertaining to topography, soil, and land use were good predictors of the temporal variability of runoff response metrics. Given the link between runoff-driven nutrient mobilization and recurrent algal blooms in Lake Erie, this study offers a comprehensive assessment of the variability of runoff responses and triggering precipitation events across the large transboundary basin.},
	urldate = {2024-08-12},
	journal = {Journal of Hydrology: Regional Studies},
	author = {Ali, Geneviève and Siebert, Krystal and Mizero, Steven Mugisha},
	month = jun,
	year = {2024},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {101774},
}

Study Region The Lake Erie Basin spanning Canada and the United States. Study Focus Countless studies have performed event-based hyetograph-hydrograph analyses. However, most studies focused on experimental forested catchments and rainfall-runoff analyses, thereby neglecting larger, mid-latitude, heterogenous watersheds where snowmelt and rain-on-snow events can generate significant runoff. The goal of the present study was, therefore, to examine runoff generation in contrasted watersheds, by: (1) quantifying the spatiotemporal variability of event-specific runoff response across the Lake Erie Basin; 2) assessing the difference in runoff response characteristics based on precipitation type; and 3) identifying the influence of event precipitation and watershed characteristics on runoff response. Daily gridded climate and gauged streamflow data spanning 2000–2019 were used for 99 watersheds, resulting in the analysis of 28,123 rainfall, snowmelt, rain-on-snow and mixed events and their associated runoff responses. New Hydrological Insights for the Region Rainfall events were rarely identified as the triggers of the largest runoff responses. Conversely, snowmelt and rain-on-snow events led to high-magnitude and flashy runoff responses for 70 out of 99 watersheds. Watershed characteristics pertaining to topography, soil, and land use were good predictors of the temporal variability of runoff response metrics. Given the link between runoff-driven nutrient mobilization and recurrent algal blooms in Lake Erie, this study offers a comprehensive assessment of the variability of runoff responses and triggering precipitation events across the large transboundary basin.

@article{saenz-ceja_temporal_2024,
	title = {Temporal and spatial patterns of fire regime disruption in conifer forests of western {North} {America}},
	volume = {0},
	issn = {0272-3646},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1080/02723646.2024.2331292},
	doi = {10.1080/02723646.2024.2331292},
	abstract = {Temporal and spatial patterns of fire regime disruption were reconstructed in conifer forests of western North America from information on pre-disruption and disrupted mean fire intervals (MFIs) of 498 dendrochronology-based fire chronologies. We identified the conifer forest types most affected by MFI shift and the influence of land category designation on MFI change. We also mapped the years of the MFI shift, the last fire recorded, and disrupted/pre-disruption MFI ratios. Fire cessation and longer MFIs predominated in most fire chronologies and conifer forest types. MFI was significantly higher in most conifer forest types, with most differences in dry conifer forests. MFI shift occurred mainly before the designation of protected, federal, social-property, and private areas. MFI shift began in 1829 in the United States of America Southwest, a region subjected to prolonged fire exclusion and with the highest disrupted/pre-disruption MFI ratios. Fire regime disruption moved gradually into the Pacific Northwest and the Sierra Nevada until reaching the northern conifer forests of Canada and Alaska. In contrast, one-third of fire chronologies in Mexican conifer forests retained pre-disruption MFIs. Our findings allowed us to identify areas with MFIs outside of their natural variability, with prolonged fire exclusion, or with intact fire regimes.},
	number = {0},
	urldate = {2024-04-24},
	journal = {Physical Geography},
	author = {Sáenz-Ceja, Jesús E. and Mendoza, Manuel E.},
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Taylor \& Francis
\_eprint: https://doi.org/10.1080/02723646.2024.2331292},
	keywords = {NALCMS, Protected Areas},
	pages = {1--33},
}

Temporal and spatial patterns of fire regime disruption were reconstructed in conifer forests of western North America from information on pre-disruption and disrupted mean fire intervals (MFIs) of 498 dendrochronology-based fire chronologies. We identified the conifer forest types most affected by MFI shift and the influence of land category designation on MFI change. We also mapped the years of the MFI shift, the last fire recorded, and disrupted/pre-disruption MFI ratios. Fire cessation and longer MFIs predominated in most fire chronologies and conifer forest types. MFI was significantly higher in most conifer forest types, with most differences in dry conifer forests. MFI shift occurred mainly before the designation of protected, federal, social-property, and private areas. MFI shift began in 1829 in the United States of America Southwest, a region subjected to prolonged fire exclusion and with the highest disrupted/pre-disruption MFI ratios. Fire regime disruption moved gradually into the Pacific Northwest and the Sierra Nevada until reaching the northern conifer forests of Canada and Alaska. In contrast, one-third of fire chronologies in Mexican conifer forests retained pre-disruption MFIs. Our findings allowed us to identify areas with MFIs outside of their natural variability, with prolonged fire exclusion, or with intact fire regimes.

@article{hethcoat_unrecorded_2024,
	title = {Unrecorded {Tundra} {Fires} in {Canada}, 1986–2022},
	volume = {16},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {2072-4292},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2072-4292/16/2/230},
	doi = {10.3390/rs16020230},
	abstract = {Climate-driven changes in fire regimes are expected across the pan-Arctic region. Trends in arctic fires are thought to be generally increasing; however, fire mapping across the region is far from comprehensive or systematic. We developed a new detection workflow and built a dataset of unrecorded tundra fires in Canada using Landsat data. We built a reference dataset of spectral indices from previously mapped fires in northern Canada to train a Random Forest model for detecting new fires between 1986 and 2022. In addition, we used time series information for each pixel to reduce false positives and narrow the large search space down to a finite set of regions that had experienced changes. We found 209 previously undetected fires in the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions, increasing the mapped burned area by approximately 30\%. The median fire size was small, with roughly 3/4 of the fires being {\textless}100 ha in size. The majority of newly detected fires (69\%) did not have satellite-derived hotspots associated with them. The dataset presented here is commission error-free and can be viewed as a reference dataset for future analyses. Moreover, future improvements and updates will leverage these data to improve the detection workflow outlined here, particularly for small and low-severity fires. These data can facilitate broader analyses that examine trends and environmental drivers of fire across the Arctic region. Such analyses could begin to untangle the mechanisms driving heterogeneous fire responses to climate observed across regions of the Circumpolar North.},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2024-03-20},
	journal = {Remote Sensing},
	author = {Hethcoat, Matthew G. and Jain, Piyush and Parisien, Marc-André and Skakun, Rob and Rogic, Luka and Whitman, Ellen},
	month = jan,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Number: 2
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {230},
}

Climate-driven changes in fire regimes are expected across the pan-Arctic region. Trends in arctic fires are thought to be generally increasing; however, fire mapping across the region is far from comprehensive or systematic. We developed a new detection workflow and built a dataset of unrecorded tundra fires in Canada using Landsat data. We built a reference dataset of spectral indices from previously mapped fires in northern Canada to train a Random Forest model for detecting new fires between 1986 and 2022. In addition, we used time series information for each pixel to reduce false positives and narrow the large search space down to a finite set of regions that had experienced changes. We found 209 previously undetected fires in the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions, increasing the mapped burned area by approximately 30%. The median fire size was small, with roughly 3/4 of the fires being \textless100 ha in size. The majority of newly detected fires (69%) did not have satellite-derived hotspots associated with them. The dataset presented here is commission error-free and can be viewed as a reference dataset for future analyses. Moreover, future improvements and updates will leverage these data to improve the detection workflow outlined here, particularly for small and low-severity fires. These data can facilitate broader analyses that examine trends and environmental drivers of fire across the Arctic region. Such analyses could begin to untangle the mechanisms driving heterogeneous fire responses to climate observed across regions of the Circumpolar North.

@article{leon-pesqueira_vascular_2024,
	title = {Vascular plants of the {Médanos} de {Samalayuca} natural protected area, {Chihuahua}, {Mexico}},
	volume = {102},
	copyright = {Copyright (c) 2023 Botanical Sciences},
	issn = {2007-4476},
	url = {https://botanicalsciences.com.mx/index.php/botanicalSciences/article/view/3369},
	doi = {10.17129/botsci.3369},
	abstract = {Background: Inland sand dunes are expanding and increasing mobility. Knowledge on the plants growing on them is keystone for their management. One of the largest inland dune systems in Mexico is the Médanos de Samalayuca area.
Questions: How many and which species of vascular plants are in Samalayuca? Which is the distribution pattern of that flora? Are there endemisms? Are there species of conservation concern?
Studied species: Vascular plants.
Study site and dates: Médanos de Samalayuca protected area, northern Chihuahua, Mexico; 2017-2022.
Methods: A database was generated based on literature, electronic sources, herbarium specimens, photographing, and collection and identification of materials. Distribution, endemism level and conservation status were recorded.
Results: The updated checklist of vascular plants for Samalayuca includes 400 species of 246 genera and 65 families. Most species grow in Mixed desert scrub and in Sand dune vegetation. Almost a half are restricted to the Megamexico 1 region, followed by the North American element. One species is Threatened according to the Mexican Official Norm NOM-059, while two are Vulnerable and one is Almost threatened according to the IUCN. Ribes fontinale appears to be extinct.
Conclusions: Considering the arid, extreme climate and the low stability of the psammophilous vegetation, the flora of Samalayuca is richer than expected. The area is home to regional and local endemics. The data and information generated here is baseline for further management programs and action planning to protect these fragile ecosystems and the adjacent communities.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-08-12},
	journal = {Botanical Sciences},
	author = {León-Pesqueira, Laura De and Gatica-Colima, Ana Bertha and González-Elizondo, M. Socorro},
	year = {2024},
	note = {Number: 1},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {256--272},
}

Background: Inland sand dunes are expanding and increasing mobility. Knowledge on the plants growing on them is keystone for their management. One of the largest inland dune systems in Mexico is the Médanos de Samalayuca area. Questions: How many and which species of vascular plants are in Samalayuca? Which is the distribution pattern of that flora? Are there endemisms? Are there species of conservation concern? Studied species: Vascular plants. Study site and dates: Médanos de Samalayuca protected area, northern Chihuahua, Mexico; 2017-2022. Methods: A database was generated based on literature, electronic sources, herbarium specimens, photographing, and collection and identification of materials. Distribution, endemism level and conservation status were recorded. Results: The updated checklist of vascular plants for Samalayuca includes 400 species of 246 genera and 65 families. Most species grow in Mixed desert scrub and in Sand dune vegetation. Almost a half are restricted to the Megamexico 1 region, followed by the North American element. One species is Threatened according to the Mexican Official Norm NOM-059, while two are Vulnerable and one is Almost threatened according to the IUCN. Ribes fontinale appears to be extinct. Conclusions: Considering the arid, extreme climate and the low stability of the psammophilous vegetation, the flora of Samalayuca is richer than expected. The area is home to regional and local endemics. The data and information generated here is baseline for further management programs and action planning to protect these fragile ecosystems and the adjacent communities.

@incollection{schlafke_waters_2024,
	address = {Cham},
	title = {Waters and {Geology} of the {Dakotas}},
	isbn = {978-3-031-38040-2},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-38040-2_1},
	abstract = {This chapter describes the historical and geological foundations relevant to the current fish populations of North Dakota (ND) and South Dakota (SD). It starts with a brief description of the political and geological history of the area that eventually became the states of North Dakota and South Dakota in the United States of America. Historical fish assemblages are then described, followed by an in-depth review of the eight level III ecoregions. This chapter then concludes with a review of each of the major river systems in each state.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-11-20},
	booktitle = {Fishes of the {Dakotas}},
	publisher = {Springer International Publishing},
	author = {Schlafke, Kathryn E. and Wagner, Matthew D. and Pasbrig, Chelsey A.},
	editor = {Schlafke, Kathryn E. and Wagner, Matthew D. and Pasbrig, Chelsey A. and Barnes, Michael},
	year = {2024},
	doi = {10.1007/978-3-031-38040-2_1},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Griffith 2010)},
	pages = {1--17},
}

This chapter describes the historical and geological foundations relevant to the current fish populations of North Dakota (ND) and South Dakota (SD). It starts with a brief description of the political and geological history of the area that eventually became the states of North Dakota and South Dakota in the United States of America. Historical fish assemblages are then described, followed by an in-depth review of the eight level III ecoregions. This chapter then concludes with a review of each of the major river systems in each state.

@article{iverson_winter_2024,
	title = {Winter {GPS} tagging reveals home ranges during the breeding season for a boreal-nesting migrant songbird, the {Golden}-crowned {Sparrow}},
	volume = {19},
	issn = {1932-6203},
	url = {https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0305369},
	doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0305369},
	abstract = {Determining space use for species is fundamental to understanding their ecology, and tracking animals can reveal insights into their spatial ecology on home ranges and territories. Recent technological advances have led to GPS-tracking devices light enough for birds as small as {\textasciitilde}30 g, creating novel opportunities to remotely monitor fine-scale movements and space use for these smaller species. We tested whether miniaturized GPS tags can allow us to understand space use of migratory birds away from their capture sites and sought to understand both pre-breeding space use as well as territory and habitat use on the breeding grounds. We used GPS tags to characterize home ranges on the breeding grounds for a migratory songbird with limited available breeding information, the Golden-crowned Sparrow (Zonotrichia atricapilla). Using GPS points from 23 individuals across 26 tags (three birds tagged twice), we found home ranges in Alaska and British Columbia were on average 44.1 ha (95\% kernel density estimate). In addition, estimates of territory sizes based on field observations (mean 2.1 ha, 95\% minimum convex polygon [MCP]) were three times smaller than 95\% MCPs created using GPS tags (mean 6.5 ha). Home ranges included a variety of land cover classes, with shrubland particularly dominant (64–100\% of home range cover for all but one bird). Three birds tracked twice returned to the same breeding area each year, supporting high breeding site fidelity for this species. We found reverse spring migration for five birds that flew up to 154 km past breeding destinations before returning. GPS-tracking technology allowed for critical ecological insights into this migratory species that breeds in very remote locations.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2024-08-12},
	journal = {PLOS ONE},
	author = {Iverson, Autumn R. and Humple, Diana L. and Cormier, Renée L. and Hahn, Thomas P. and Block, Theadora A. and Shizuka, Daizaburo and Lyon, Bruce E. and Chaine, Alexis S. and Hudson, Emily J. and Hull, Elisha M.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2024},
	note = {Publisher: Public Library of Science},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e0305369},
}

Determining space use for species is fundamental to understanding their ecology, and tracking animals can reveal insights into their spatial ecology on home ranges and territories. Recent technological advances have led to GPS-tracking devices light enough for birds as small as ~30 g, creating novel opportunities to remotely monitor fine-scale movements and space use for these smaller species. We tested whether miniaturized GPS tags can allow us to understand space use of migratory birds away from their capture sites and sought to understand both pre-breeding space use as well as territory and habitat use on the breeding grounds. We used GPS tags to characterize home ranges on the breeding grounds for a migratory songbird with limited available breeding information, the Golden-crowned Sparrow (Zonotrichia atricapilla). Using GPS points from 23 individuals across 26 tags (three birds tagged twice), we found home ranges in Alaska and British Columbia were on average 44.1 ha (95% kernel density estimate). In addition, estimates of territory sizes based on field observations (mean 2.1 ha, 95% minimum convex polygon [MCP]) were three times smaller than 95% MCPs created using GPS tags (mean 6.5 ha). Home ranges included a variety of land cover classes, with shrubland particularly dominant (64–100% of home range cover for all but one bird). Three birds tracked twice returned to the same breeding area each year, supporting high breeding site fidelity for this species. We found reverse spring migration for five birds that flew up to 154 km past breeding destinations before returning. GPS-tracking technology allowed for critical ecological insights into this migratory species that breeds in very remote locations.

@article{yeardley_comparison_2023,
	title = {A {Comparison} of {Two} {Macroinvertebrate} {Multi}-{Plate} {Sampling} {Methods} to {Inform} {Great} {Lakes} {Monitoring} and {Remediation} {Efforts}},
	volume = {14},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/},
	url = {https://www.scirp.org/journal/paperinformation.aspx?paperid=129647},
	doi = {10.4236/jep.2023.1412052},
	abstract = {Hester-Dendy (HD) multi-plate samplers have been widely used by state and federal government agencies for bioassessment of water quality through use of macroinvertebrate community data. To help guide remediation and restoration efforts at the Niagara River Great Lakes Area of Concern site, a multi-agency study was conducted in 2014 to assess the contribution of seven major urban tributaries on the US side of the river toward the impairment of the Niagara River. As part of this study, macroinvertebrate communities were sampled using two co-located versions of HD samplers: one version used by the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) and another by the US Environmental Protection Agency Office of Research and Development. Samplers were deployed in tributaries in highly developed watersheds with high percent impervious surface. The two sampling methods varied in terms of number and size of plates, between-plate spacing, and deployment method. Comparison of the similarity/grouping of communities with multivariate ordination techniques, Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling and Multi-Response Permutation Procedure, showed that both methods were able to detect differences in communities at stations, despite some grouping by month and method. The indices and metrics derived from the two HD methods were found to give comparable but not identical assessments of water quality. Despite their differences, the methods were robust with respect to water quality categories derived from indices used nationally (HBI) and by NY state (BAP). For the common richness metrics, total taxa and EPT richness, there was no statistical difference between means from 3 samplings. Some metrics, especially percent tolerant collector-gatherer individuals, did show significant differences at certain stations. Indicator Species Analysis showed some taxa associated with each method. The observed community differences were thought mostly due to the difference in sampler deployment position.},
	language = {en},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2024-03-11},
	journal = {Journal of Environmental Protection},
	author = {Yeardley, Roger and Duffy, Brian and Kimbrough, Kimani and Lazorchak, Jim and Mills, Marc A. and Johnson, Ed},
	month = dec,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Number: 12
Publisher: Scientific Research Publishing},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {933--953},
}

Hester-Dendy (HD) multi-plate samplers have been widely used by state and federal government agencies for bioassessment of water quality through use of macroinvertebrate community data. To help guide remediation and restoration efforts at the Niagara River Great Lakes Area of Concern site, a multi-agency study was conducted in 2014 to assess the contribution of seven major urban tributaries on the US side of the river toward the impairment of the Niagara River. As part of this study, macroinvertebrate communities were sampled using two co-located versions of HD samplers: one version used by the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) and another by the US Environmental Protection Agency Office of Research and Development. Samplers were deployed in tributaries in highly developed watersheds with high percent impervious surface. The two sampling methods varied in terms of number and size of plates, between-plate spacing, and deployment method. Comparison of the similarity/grouping of communities with multivariate ordination techniques, Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling and Multi-Response Permutation Procedure, showed that both methods were able to detect differences in communities at stations, despite some grouping by month and method. The indices and metrics derived from the two HD methods were found to give comparable but not identical assessments of water quality. Despite their differences, the methods were robust with respect to water quality categories derived from indices used nationally (HBI) and by NY state (BAP). For the common richness metrics, total taxa and EPT richness, there was no statistical difference between means from 3 samplings. Some metrics, especially percent tolerant collector-gatherer individuals, did show significant differences at certain stations. Indicator Species Analysis showed some taxa associated with each method. The observed community differences were thought mostly due to the difference in sampler deployment position.

@phdthesis{moalemi_machine_2023,
	type = {Master of {Science} ({MSc})},
	title = {A {Machine} {Learning} {Approach} to {Classify} {Open} {Water} and {Ice} {Cover} on {Slave} {River} {Delta}},
	url = {https://scholars.wlu.ca/etd/2598},
	school = {Wilfrid Laurier University},
	author = {Moalemi, Ida},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Precipitation, Temperature},
}

@article{heim_review_2023,
	title = {A {Review} of {User} {Perceptions} of {Drought} {Indices} and {Indicators} {Used} in the {Diverse} {Climates} of {North} {America}},
	volume = {14},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {2073-4433},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2073-4433/14/12/1794},
	doi = {10.3390/atmos14121794},
	abstract = {Drought monitoring and early detection have improved greatly in recent decades through the development and refinement of numerous indices and indicators. However, a lack of guidance, based on user experience, exists as to which drought-monitoring tools are most appropriate in a given location. This review paper summarizes the results of targeted user engagement and the published literature to improve the understanding of drought across North America and to enhance the utility of drought-monitoring tools. Workshops and surveys were used to assess and make general conclusions about the perceived performance of drought indicators, indices and impact information used for monitoring drought in the five main Köppen climate types (Tropical, Temperate, Continental, Polar Tundra, Dry) found across Canada, Mexico, and the United States. In Tropical, humid Temperate, and southerly Continental climates, droughts are perceived to be more short-term (less than 6 months) in duration rather than long-term (more than 6 months). In Polar Tundra climates, Dry climates, Temperate climates with dry warm seasons, and northerly Continental climates, droughts are perceived to be more long-term than short-term. In general, agricultural and hydrological droughts were considered to be the most important drought types. Drought impacts related to agriculture, water supply, ecosystem, and human health were rated to be of greatest importance. Users identified the most effective indices and indicators for monitoring drought across North America to be the U.S. Drought Monitor (USDM) and Standardized Precipitation Index (SPI) (or another measure of precipitation anomaly), followed by the Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) (or another satellite-observed vegetation index), temperature anomalies, crop status, soil moisture, streamflow, reservoir storage, water use (demand), and reported drought impacts. Users also noted the importance of indices that measure evapotranspiration, evaporative demand, and snow water content. Drought indices and indicators were generally thought to perform equally well across seasons in Tropical and colder Continental climates, but their performance was perceived to vary seasonally in Dry, Temperate, Polar Tundra, and warmer Continental climates, with improved performance during warm and wet times of the year. The drought indices and indicators, in general, were not perceived to perform equally well across geographies. This review paper provides guidance on when (time of year) and where (climate zone) the more popular drought indices and indicators should be used. The paper concludes by noting the importance of understanding how drought, its impacts, and its indicators are changing over time as the climate warms and by recommending ways to strengthen the use of indices and indicators in drought decision making.},
	language = {en},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2023-12-19},
	journal = {Atmosphere},
	author = {Heim, Richard R. and Bathke, Deborah and Bonsal, Barrie and Cooper, Ernest W. T. and Hadwen, Trevor and Kodama, Kevin and McEvoy, Dan and Muth, Meredith and Nielsen-Gammon, John W. and Prendeville, Holly R. and Ramirez, Reynaldo Pascual and Rippey, Brad and Simeral, David B. and Thoman, Richard L. and Timlin, Michael S. and Weight, Elizabeth},
	month = dec,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Number: 12
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {Climate Zones},
	pages = {1794},
}

Drought monitoring and early detection have improved greatly in recent decades through the development and refinement of numerous indices and indicators. However, a lack of guidance, based on user experience, exists as to which drought-monitoring tools are most appropriate in a given location. This review paper summarizes the results of targeted user engagement and the published literature to improve the understanding of drought across North America and to enhance the utility of drought-monitoring tools. Workshops and surveys were used to assess and make general conclusions about the perceived performance of drought indicators, indices and impact information used for monitoring drought in the five main Köppen climate types (Tropical, Temperate, Continental, Polar Tundra, Dry) found across Canada, Mexico, and the United States. In Tropical, humid Temperate, and southerly Continental climates, droughts are perceived to be more short-term (less than 6 months) in duration rather than long-term (more than 6 months). In Polar Tundra climates, Dry climates, Temperate climates with dry warm seasons, and northerly Continental climates, droughts are perceived to be more long-term than short-term. In general, agricultural and hydrological droughts were considered to be the most important drought types. Drought impacts related to agriculture, water supply, ecosystem, and human health were rated to be of greatest importance. Users identified the most effective indices and indicators for monitoring drought across North America to be the U.S. Drought Monitor (USDM) and Standardized Precipitation Index (SPI) (or another measure of precipitation anomaly), followed by the Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) (or another satellite-observed vegetation index), temperature anomalies, crop status, soil moisture, streamflow, reservoir storage, water use (demand), and reported drought impacts. Users also noted the importance of indices that measure evapotranspiration, evaporative demand, and snow water content. Drought indices and indicators were generally thought to perform equally well across seasons in Tropical and colder Continental climates, but their performance was perceived to vary seasonally in Dry, Temperate, Polar Tundra, and warmer Continental climates, with improved performance during warm and wet times of the year. The drought indices and indicators, in general, were not perceived to perform equally well across geographies. This review paper provides guidance on when (time of year) and where (climate zone) the more popular drought indices and indicators should be used. The paper concludes by noting the importance of understanding how drought, its impacts, and its indicators are changing over time as the climate warms and by recommending ways to strengthen the use of indices and indicators in drought decision making.

@techreport{dupont_social-ecological_2023,
	type = {preprint},
	title = {A social-ecological geography of southern {Canadian} {Lakes}},
	url = {http://biorxiv.org/lookup/doi/10.1101/2023.03.09.531893},
	abstract = {Abstract
          Anthropogenic pressures, including urban and agricultural expansion, can negatively influence a lake’s capacity to provide aquatic ecosystem services (ES). However, identifying lakes most at risk of losing their ES requires integrating information on lake ecological state, global change threats, and ES demand. Here, we provide a social-ecological framework that combines these features within a regional context based on an ecological evaluation of the state of 659 lakes across Canada. From deviation of impacted lakes to reference ones, we identified much higher concentrations of total nitrogen and chloride as the main indicators of altered lake ecological state in all regions identified. Lake ecological state was mapped using an additive colour model along with regional scores of threat levels and recreational ES demand. Population density and agriculture were linked to high lake vulnerability. Lakes in Southern Ontario were most concerning, being highly altered, under threat, and heavily used. Lakes near urban centers along coasts were altered and used, but less threatened, whereas those in the Prairies were altered and threatened, but less used. Our novel framework provides the first social-ecological geography of Canadian lakes, and, is a promising tool to assess lake state and vulnerability at scales relevant for management.
          
            Plan language summary
            Plain language title: Assessing overall lake health across Canada to identify sites for restoration and conservation
            Canadians love to swim, fish, and navigate in and on the countless lakes across the country. But Canadian lakes are under a considerable amount of pressure from human activities in their watershed. The expansion of cities, intensive farming, wetland loss, and industrial development all results in the transfer of pollutants to aquatic habitats, threatening the health of lakes and the ecosystem services they provide. Where are lakes being used across Canada? What condition are they in and is their use under threat from different pressures? To answer these questions, we combined information from many different sources, including a national scale lake assessment, through the NSERC Strategic Network Cluster Lake Pulse to create the first social-ecological geography of southern Canadian lakes. Regionally specific baseline conditions were established from lakes considered healthy due to limited human activities in their watershed. When lakes with impacted watershed were compared to healthy ones within their specific region, two early warning signals of human pressure, pollution from nitrogen found in fertilizers and sewage, and chloride found in road salt, determined whether a lake was altered. We combined these two health indicators, with information on future potential lake threats and use by the population for recreational purposes. Using a colour-coded mapping technique, we were able to identify regions where lakes were altered, threatened, and used. These regions occurred primarily around dense urban areas, of southern Ontario and Quebec, and major cities on the east and west coast. Lakes were altered and threatened, but seemingly less used in the Prairie Provinces. The novel approach is very adaptable, easy to understand, and can be used at more regional levels for management to determine priority sites for conservation and restoration, as well as in science communication to describe overall lake health.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	institution = {Ecology},
	author = {Dupont, Andréanne and Botrel, Morgan and St-Gelais, Nicolas Fortin and Poisot, Timothée and Maranger, Roxane},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	doi = {10.1101/2023.03.09.531893},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Abstract Anthropogenic pressures, including urban and agricultural expansion, can negatively influence a lake’s capacity to provide aquatic ecosystem services (ES). However, identifying lakes most at risk of losing their ES requires integrating information on lake ecological state, global change threats, and ES demand. Here, we provide a social-ecological framework that combines these features within a regional context based on an ecological evaluation of the state of 659 lakes across Canada. From deviation of impacted lakes to reference ones, we identified much higher concentrations of total nitrogen and chloride as the main indicators of altered lake ecological state in all regions identified. Lake ecological state was mapped using an additive colour model along with regional scores of threat levels and recreational ES demand. Population density and agriculture were linked to high lake vulnerability. Lakes in Southern Ontario were most concerning, being highly altered, under threat, and heavily used. Lakes near urban centers along coasts were altered and used, but less threatened, whereas those in the Prairies were altered and threatened, but less used. Our novel framework provides the first social-ecological geography of Canadian lakes, and, is a promising tool to assess lake state and vulnerability at scales relevant for management. Plan language summary Plain language title: Assessing overall lake health across Canada to identify sites for restoration and conservation Canadians love to swim, fish, and navigate in and on the countless lakes across the country. But Canadian lakes are under a considerable amount of pressure from human activities in their watershed. The expansion of cities, intensive farming, wetland loss, and industrial development all results in the transfer of pollutants to aquatic habitats, threatening the health of lakes and the ecosystem services they provide. Where are lakes being used across Canada? What condition are they in and is their use under threat from different pressures? To answer these questions, we combined information from many different sources, including a national scale lake assessment, through the NSERC Strategic Network Cluster Lake Pulse to create the first social-ecological geography of southern Canadian lakes. Regionally specific baseline conditions were established from lakes considered healthy due to limited human activities in their watershed. When lakes with impacted watershed were compared to healthy ones within their specific region, two early warning signals of human pressure, pollution from nitrogen found in fertilizers and sewage, and chloride found in road salt, determined whether a lake was altered. We combined these two health indicators, with information on future potential lake threats and use by the population for recreational purposes. Using a colour-coded mapping technique, we were able to identify regions where lakes were altered, threatened, and used. These regions occurred primarily around dense urban areas, of southern Ontario and Quebec, and major cities on the east and west coast. Lakes were altered and threatened, but seemingly less used in the Prairie Provinces. The novel approach is very adaptable, easy to understand, and can be used at more regional levels for management to determine priority sites for conservation and restoration, as well as in science communication to describe overall lake health.

@incollection{pilliod_amphibians_2023,
	address = {Cham},
	title = {Amphibians and {Reptiles}},
	isbn = {978-3-031-34037-6},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-34037-6_25},
	abstract = {Amphibians and reptiles are a diverse group of ectothermic vertebrates that occupy a variety of habitats in rangelands of North America, from wetlands to the driest deserts. These two classes of vertebrates are often referred to as herpetofauna and are studied under the field of herpetology. In U.S. rangelands, there are approximately 66 species of frogs and toads, 58 salamanders, 98 lizards, 111 snakes, and 27 turtles and tortoises. Herpetofauna tend to be poorly studied compared with other vertebrates, which creates a challenge for biologists and landowners who are trying to manage rangeland activities for this diverse group of animals and their habitats. Degradation of habitats from human land use and alteration of natural processes, like wildfire, are primary threats to herpetofauna populations. Disease, non-native predators, collection for the pet trade, and persecution are also conservation concerns for some species. Properly managed livestock grazing is generally compatible with herpetofauna conservation, and private and public rangelands provide crucial habitat for many species. Climate change also poses a threat to herpetofauna, but we have an incomplete understanding of the potential effects on species. Dispersal and adaptation could provide some capacity for species to persist on rangelands as climates, disturbance regimes, and habitats change. However, inadequate information and considerable uncertainty will make climate mitigation planning difficult for the foreseeable future. Planning for and mitigating effects of climate change, and interactions with other stressors, is an urgent area for research. Maintaining large, heterogeneous land areas as rangelands will certainly be an important part of the conservation strategy for herpetofauna in North America.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-10-04},
	booktitle = {Rangeland {Wildlife} {Ecology} and {Conservation}},
	publisher = {Springer International Publishing},
	author = {Pilliod, David S. and Esque, Todd C.},
	editor = {McNew, Lance B. and Dahlgren, David K. and Beck, Jeffrey L.},
	year = {2023},
	doi = {10.1007/978-3-031-34037-6_25},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {861--895},
}

Amphibians and reptiles are a diverse group of ectothermic vertebrates that occupy a variety of habitats in rangelands of North America, from wetlands to the driest deserts. These two classes of vertebrates are often referred to as herpetofauna and are studied under the field of herpetology. In U.S. rangelands, there are approximately 66 species of frogs and toads, 58 salamanders, 98 lizards, 111 snakes, and 27 turtles and tortoises. Herpetofauna tend to be poorly studied compared with other vertebrates, which creates a challenge for biologists and landowners who are trying to manage rangeland activities for this diverse group of animals and their habitats. Degradation of habitats from human land use and alteration of natural processes, like wildfire, are primary threats to herpetofauna populations. Disease, non-native predators, collection for the pet trade, and persecution are also conservation concerns for some species. Properly managed livestock grazing is generally compatible with herpetofauna conservation, and private and public rangelands provide crucial habitat for many species. Climate change also poses a threat to herpetofauna, but we have an incomplete understanding of the potential effects on species. Dispersal and adaptation could provide some capacity for species to persist on rangelands as climates, disturbance regimes, and habitats change. However, inadequate information and considerable uncertainty will make climate mitigation planning difficult for the foreseeable future. Planning for and mitigating effects of climate change, and interactions with other stressors, is an urgent area for research. Maintaining large, heterogeneous land areas as rangelands will certainly be an important part of the conservation strategy for herpetofauna in North America.

@article{lopez_gonzalez_ecoregionalization_2023,
	title = {An ecoregionalization of the {Sierra} {Madre} {Occidental}, {México}, based on non-volant, small mammal distributions},
	volume = {30},
	issn = {1195-6860},
	url = {https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/11956860.2023.2207947},
	doi = {10.1080/11956860.2023.2207947},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-07-04},
	journal = {Écoscience},
	author = {López González, Celia and Sandoval, Sarahi and Escobar Flores, Jonathan G.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Taylor \& Francis},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {65--81},
}

@phdthesis{haight_anthropogenic_2023,
	title = {Anthropogenic {Environments} {Shape} {Wildlife} {Communities} and {Human}-{Wildlife} {Coexistence} {Across} {Urbanizing} {Landscapes}},
	url = {https://keep.lib.asu.edu/items/189248},
	abstract = {With a growing majority of humans living within cities and towns, urbanization is one of the most persistent drivers of change in global land use and challenges to sustainability and biodiversity conservation. The development of cities and towns can substantially shape local and regional environments in which wildlife communities persist. Although urbanization can negatively affect wildlife communities – through processes such as habitat fragmentation and non-native species introduction – cities can also provide resources to wildlife, such as through food, water, and space, creating potential opportunities for conservation. However, managing wildlife communities persisting in urbanizing landscapes requires better understanding of how urbanized landscapes influence the ability of wildlife to coexist with one another and with people at local and regional scales. In this dissertation, I addressed these research needs by evaluating the environmental and human factors driving dynamic wildlife community distributions and people’s attitudes towards wildlife. In my first two chapters,I used wildlife camera data collected from across the Phoenix Metropolitan Area, AZ to examine seasonal patterns of wildlife space use, species richness, and interspecific interactions across levels of urbanization with varying landscape characteristics, including plant productivity and spatial land use heterogeneity. Here I found that urbanization was a primary driver of wildlife community characteristics within the region, but that seasonal resource availability and landscape heterogeneity could have mediating influences that require further exploration. In my third chapter, I partnered with wildlife researchers across North America to examine how relationships between urbanization and community composition vary among cities with distinct social-ecological characteristics, finding that effects of local urbanization were more negative in warmer, less vegetated, and more urbanized cities. In my fourth and final chapter, I explored the potential for human-wildlife coexistence by examining how various ideological, environmental, and sociodemographic factors influenced Phoenix area residents’ level of comfort living near different wildlife groups. Although I found that residents’ attitudes were primarily shaped by their relatively static wildlife values, comfort living near wildlife also depended on the characteristics of the neighboring environment, of the residents, and of the wildlife involved, indicating the potential for facilitating conditions for human-wildlife coexistence. Altogether, the findings of this dissertation suggest that the management of wildlife and their interactions with people within cities would benefit from more proactive and holistic consideration of the interacting environmental, wildlife, and human characteristics that influence the persistence of biodiversity within an increasingly urbanized world.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-01-09},
	school = {Arizona State University},
	author = {Haight, Jeffrey Douglas},
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

With a growing majority of humans living within cities and towns, urbanization is one of the most persistent drivers of change in global land use and challenges to sustainability and biodiversity conservation. The development of cities and towns can substantially shape local and regional environments in which wildlife communities persist. Although urbanization can negatively affect wildlife communities – through processes such as habitat fragmentation and non-native species introduction – cities can also provide resources to wildlife, such as through food, water, and space, creating potential opportunities for conservation. However, managing wildlife communities persisting in urbanizing landscapes requires better understanding of how urbanized landscapes influence the ability of wildlife to coexist with one another and with people at local and regional scales. In this dissertation, I addressed these research needs by evaluating the environmental and human factors driving dynamic wildlife community distributions and people’s attitudes towards wildlife. In my first two chapters,I used wildlife camera data collected from across the Phoenix Metropolitan Area, AZ to examine seasonal patterns of wildlife space use, species richness, and interspecific interactions across levels of urbanization with varying landscape characteristics, including plant productivity and spatial land use heterogeneity. Here I found that urbanization was a primary driver of wildlife community characteristics within the region, but that seasonal resource availability and landscape heterogeneity could have mediating influences that require further exploration. In my third chapter, I partnered with wildlife researchers across North America to examine how relationships between urbanization and community composition vary among cities with distinct social-ecological characteristics, finding that effects of local urbanization were more negative in warmer, less vegetated, and more urbanized cities. In my fourth and final chapter, I explored the potential for human-wildlife coexistence by examining how various ideological, environmental, and sociodemographic factors influenced Phoenix area residents’ level of comfort living near different wildlife groups. Although I found that residents’ attitudes were primarily shaped by their relatively static wildlife values, comfort living near wildlife also depended on the characteristics of the neighboring environment, of the residents, and of the wildlife involved, indicating the potential for facilitating conditions for human-wildlife coexistence. Altogether, the findings of this dissertation suggest that the management of wildlife and their interactions with people within cities would benefit from more proactive and holistic consideration of the interacting environmental, wildlife, and human characteristics that influence the persistence of biodiversity within an increasingly urbanized world.

@article{elliott_application_2023,
	title = {Application of habitat association models across regions: {Useful} explanatory power retained in wetland bird case study},
	volume = {14},
	issn = {2150-8925, 2150-8925},
	shorttitle = {Application of habitat association models across regions},
	url = {https://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ecs2.4499},
	doi = {10.1002/ecs2.4499},
	language = {en},
	number = {5},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Ecosphere},
	author = {Elliott, Lisa H. and Bracey, Annie M. and Niemi, Gerald J. and Johnson, Douglas H. and Gehring, Thomas M. and Gnass Giese, Erin E. and Fiorino, Giuseppe E. and Howe, Robert W. and Lawrence, Gregory J. and Norment, Christopher J. and Tozer, Douglas C. and Igl, Lawrence D.},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e4499},
}

@misc{flower_arcgis_2023,
	title = {{ArcGIS} {StoryMaps} - {Salish} {Sea} {Atlas}, {Land} {Cover} and {Land} {Use}},
	url = {https://storymaps.arcgis.com/stories/43e8f7863cc548638f4545dd39b7bf69},
	abstract = {Land Cover and Land Use in the Salish Sea Bioregion. Part of the Salish Sea Atlas.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-11-27},
	journal = {ArcGIS StoryMaps - Salish Sea Atlas},
	author = {Flower, Aquila},
	month = feb,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Land Cover and Land Use in the Salish Sea Bioregion. Part of the Salish Sea Atlas.

@article{youngmann_assessing_2023,
	title = {Assessing springtime vertebrate prey of sympatric mesopredators in the southeastern {United} {States} using metabarcoding analysis},
	volume = {18},
	issn = {1932-6203},
	url = {https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0293270},
	doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0293270},
	abstract = {Coyotes (Canis latrans) colonized the eastern United States over the last century and formed a 3-species predator guild with bobcats (Lynx rufus) and gray foxes (Urocyon cinereoargenteus) across much of the southeastern United States. Diets among the three species vary along with respective impacts on game species such as white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) and wild turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo). To determine predation impacts on vertebrate prey and dietary overlap in consumption of prey items, we assessed diets of coyote, bobcat, and gray fox during spring, coinciding with white-tailed deer fawning and wild turkey nesting and brood rearing. We sampled across three sites along the Savannah River in South Carolina from mid-May through mid-June of 2020–2021. We collected 180 scat samples along 295.9 kilometers (71.1–122.4 km/site) of unpaved secondary roads and used DNA metabarcoding to determine vertebrate diet items. We identified predator species of scat using DNA metabarcoding and species-specific mtDNA fragment analysis (153 were coyote, 20 bobcat, and seven gray fox). Overall, we found evidence that two species, coyote and bobcat, consumed deer while all three consumed turkeys. Frequency of deer in the diet varied across sites for coyotes from 62–86\% and wild turkey was present with a frequency of occurrence of 9\% for coyotes, 5\% for bobcats, and 14\% for gray fox. Vertebrate diet specialization was evident across predator species with high frequency of deer in coyote diets, rabbits and small mammals in bobcat diets, and herpetofauna in gray fox diets. During deer fawning and wild turkey nesting and brood rearing, dietary overlap appears to be mediated by disparate selection of prey items, which reduced competition among coyotes, bobcats, and gray foxes. Use of DNA metabarcoding may augment our understanding of dietary preferences within this predator guild by providing increased resolution of diet composition among important game species.},
	language = {en},
	number = {10},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {PLOS ONE},
	author = {Youngmann, Jordan L. and Lance, Stacey L. and Kilgo, John C. and Ruth, Charles and Cantrell, Jay and D’Angelo, Gino J.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Public Library of Science},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {e0293270},
}

Coyotes (Canis latrans) colonized the eastern United States over the last century and formed a 3-species predator guild with bobcats (Lynx rufus) and gray foxes (Urocyon cinereoargenteus) across much of the southeastern United States. Diets among the three species vary along with respective impacts on game species such as white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) and wild turkeys (Meleagris gallopavo). To determine predation impacts on vertebrate prey and dietary overlap in consumption of prey items, we assessed diets of coyote, bobcat, and gray fox during spring, coinciding with white-tailed deer fawning and wild turkey nesting and brood rearing. We sampled across three sites along the Savannah River in South Carolina from mid-May through mid-June of 2020–2021. We collected 180 scat samples along 295.9 kilometers (71.1–122.4 km/site) of unpaved secondary roads and used DNA metabarcoding to determine vertebrate diet items. We identified predator species of scat using DNA metabarcoding and species-specific mtDNA fragment analysis (153 were coyote, 20 bobcat, and seven gray fox). Overall, we found evidence that two species, coyote and bobcat, consumed deer while all three consumed turkeys. Frequency of deer in the diet varied across sites for coyotes from 62–86% and wild turkey was present with a frequency of occurrence of 9% for coyotes, 5% for bobcats, and 14% for gray fox. Vertebrate diet specialization was evident across predator species with high frequency of deer in coyote diets, rabbits and small mammals in bobcat diets, and herpetofauna in gray fox diets. During deer fawning and wild turkey nesting and brood rearing, dietary overlap appears to be mediated by disparate selection of prey items, which reduced competition among coyotes, bobcats, and gray foxes. Use of DNA metabarcoding may augment our understanding of dietary preferences within this predator guild by providing increased resolution of diet composition among important game species.

@article{mei_can_2023,
	title = {Can {Hydrological} {Models} {Benefit} {From} {Using} {Global} {Soil} {Moisture}, {Evapotranspiration}, and {Runoff} {Products} as {Calibration} {Targets}?},
	volume = {59},
	copyright = {© 2023. The Authors.},
	issn = {1944-7973},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1029/2022WR032064},
	doi = {10.1029/2022WR032064},
	abstract = {Hydrological models are usually calibrated to in-situ streamflow observations with reasonably long and uninterrupted records. This is challenging for poorly gage or ungaged basins where such information is not available. Even for gaged basins, the single-objective calibration to gaged streamflow cannot guarantee reliable forecasts because, as has been documented elsewhere, the inverse problem is mathematically ill-posed. Therefore, the inclusion of other observations, and the reproduction of other hydrological variables beyond streamflow, become critical components of accurate hydrological forecasting. In this study, six single- and multi-objective model calibration schemes based on different combinations of gaged streamflow, global-scale gridded soil moisture, actual evapotranspiration (ET), and runoff products are used for the calibration of a process-based hydrological model for 20 catchments located within the Lake Michigan watershed, of the Laurentian Great Lakes. Results show that the addition of gridded soil moisture to gaged streamflow in model calibration improves the ET simulation performance for most of the catchments, leading to the overall best-performing models. The monthly streamflow simulation performance for the experiments using gridded runoff products to inform the model is outperformed by those using the gaged streamflow, but the discrepancy is mitigated with increasing catchment scale. A new visualization method that effectively synthesizes model performance for the simulations of streamflow, soil moisture, and ET was also proposed. Based on the method, it is revealed that the streamflow simulation performance is relatively weak for baseflow-dominated catchments; overall, the 20 catchment models simulate streamflow and ET better than soil moisture.},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Water Resources Research},
	author = {Mei, Yiwen and Mai, Juliane and Do, Hong Xuan and Gronewold, Andrew and Reeves, Howard and Eberts, Sandra and Niswonger, Richard and Regan, R. Steven and Hunt, Randall J.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1029/2022WR032064},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e2022WR032064},
}

Hydrological models are usually calibrated to in-situ streamflow observations with reasonably long and uninterrupted records. This is challenging for poorly gage or ungaged basins where such information is not available. Even for gaged basins, the single-objective calibration to gaged streamflow cannot guarantee reliable forecasts because, as has been documented elsewhere, the inverse problem is mathematically ill-posed. Therefore, the inclusion of other observations, and the reproduction of other hydrological variables beyond streamflow, become critical components of accurate hydrological forecasting. In this study, six single- and multi-objective model calibration schemes based on different combinations of gaged streamflow, global-scale gridded soil moisture, actual evapotranspiration (ET), and runoff products are used for the calibration of a process-based hydrological model for 20 catchments located within the Lake Michigan watershed, of the Laurentian Great Lakes. Results show that the addition of gridded soil moisture to gaged streamflow in model calibration improves the ET simulation performance for most of the catchments, leading to the overall best-performing models. The monthly streamflow simulation performance for the experiments using gridded runoff products to inform the model is outperformed by those using the gaged streamflow, but the discrepancy is mitigated with increasing catchment scale. A new visualization method that effectively synthesizes model performance for the simulations of streamflow, soil moisture, and ET was also proposed. Based on the method, it is revealed that the streamflow simulation performance is relatively weak for baseflow-dominated catchments; overall, the 20 catchment models simulate streamflow and ET better than soil moisture.

@article{scheick_change_2023,
	title = {Change in black bear range and distribution in {Florida} using two decadal datasets from 2001–2020},
	volume = {87},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Wildlife Society},
	issn = {1937-2817},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/jwmg.22394},
	doi = {10.1002/jwmg.22394},
	abstract = {American black bears (Ursus americanus) in Florida have increased in abundance from historically low numbers and currently number {\textgreater}4,000 across 7 subpopulations. Biologists monitor the range of black bears to track their recovery for conservation and management efforts. We estimated geographic range of black bears in Florida for historical (2001–2010) and contemporary (2011–2020) periods using 12 sources of occurrence data collected from wildlife professionals and the public. We reduced data sets by subsampling protocols to account for localized spatiotemporal biases and for possible differences in sampling effort from increases in the human population between modeling periods. We developed models at 2 levels: a generalized boundary (range extent) and a more detailed delineation (occupied range). We developed range extent using a concave hull model and occupied range using kernel density estimation with a corresponding 97.5\% isopleth. Between modeling periods, range extent increased by 13.4\% and occupied range increased by 11.3\%, with both range levels expanding and contracting in certain areas. The ranges indicated improved connectivity among bear subpopulations. We also produced a range map for research, management, and public use built upon contemporary data that partitioned the state into 4 levels representing the relative frequency of bear use (frequent, common, occasional, and rare). Range map levels at the occupied range, and especially frequent use areas, help focus bear research efforts (e.g., placement of hair corrals), management efforts (e.g., assess varying levels of risk to the public of bear conflicts), and conservation efforts (e.g., focusing habitat protection in areas with high use by bears).},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-27},
	journal = {The Journal of Wildlife Management},
	author = {Scheick, Brian K. and Barrett, Mark A. and Doran-Myers, Darcy},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/jwmg.22394},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {e22394},
}

American black bears (Ursus americanus) in Florida have increased in abundance from historically low numbers and currently number \textgreater4,000 across 7 subpopulations. Biologists monitor the range of black bears to track their recovery for conservation and management efforts. We estimated geographic range of black bears in Florida for historical (2001–2010) and contemporary (2011–2020) periods using 12 sources of occurrence data collected from wildlife professionals and the public. We reduced data sets by subsampling protocols to account for localized spatiotemporal biases and for possible differences in sampling effort from increases in the human population between modeling periods. We developed models at 2 levels: a generalized boundary (range extent) and a more detailed delineation (occupied range). We developed range extent using a concave hull model and occupied range using kernel density estimation with a corresponding 97.5% isopleth. Between modeling periods, range extent increased by 13.4% and occupied range increased by 11.3%, with both range levels expanding and contracting in certain areas. The ranges indicated improved connectivity among bear subpopulations. We also produced a range map for research, management, and public use built upon contemporary data that partitioned the state into 4 levels representing the relative frequency of bear use (frequent, common, occasional, and rare). Range map levels at the occupied range, and especially frequent use areas, help focus bear research efforts (e.g., placement of hair corrals), management efforts (e.g., assess varying levels of risk to the public of bear conflicts), and conservation efforts (e.g., focusing habitat protection in areas with high use by bears).

@article{morineau_climate_2023,
	title = {Climate change alone cannot explain boreal caribou range recession in {Quebec} since 1850},
	volume = {29},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Authors. Global Change Biology published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd.},
	issn = {1365-2486},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/gcb.16949},
	doi = {10.1111/gcb.16949},
	abstract = {The contraction of species range is one of the most significant symptoms of biodiversity loss worldwide. While anthropogenic activities and habitat alteration are major threats for several species, climate change should also be considered. For species at risk, differentiating the effects of human disturbances and climate change on past and current range transformations is an important step towards improved conservation strategies. We paired historical range maps with global atmospheric reanalyses from different sources to assess the potential effects of recent climate change on the observed northward contraction of the range of boreal populations of woodland caribou (Rangifer tarandus caribou) in Quebec (Canada) since 1850. We quantified these effects by highlighting the discrepancies between different southern limits of the caribou's range (used as references) observed in the past and reconstitutions obtained through the hindcasting of the climate conditions within which caribou are currently found. Hindcasted southern limits moved 105 km north over time under all reanalysis datasets, a trend drastically different from the 620 km reported for observed southern limits since 1850. The differences in latitudinal shift through time between the observed and hindcasted southern limits of distribution suggest that caribou range recession should have been only 17\% of what has been observed since 1850 if recent climate change had been the only disturbance driver. This relatively limited impact of climate reinforces the scientific consensus stating that caribou range recession in Quebec is mainly caused by anthropogenic drivers (i.e. logging, development of the road network, agriculture, urbanization) that have modified the structure and composition of the forest over the past 160 years, paving the way for habitat-mediated apparent competition and overharvesting. Our results also call for a reconsideration of past ranges in models aiming at projecting future distributions, especially for endangered species.},
	language = {en},
	number = {23},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Global Change Biology},
	author = {Morineau, Chloé and Boulanger, Yan and Gachon, Philippe and Plante, Sabrina and St-Laurent, Martin-Hugues},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/gcb.16949},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {6661--6678},
}

The contraction of species range is one of the most significant symptoms of biodiversity loss worldwide. While anthropogenic activities and habitat alteration are major threats for several species, climate change should also be considered. For species at risk, differentiating the effects of human disturbances and climate change on past and current range transformations is an important step towards improved conservation strategies. We paired historical range maps with global atmospheric reanalyses from different sources to assess the potential effects of recent climate change on the observed northward contraction of the range of boreal populations of woodland caribou (Rangifer tarandus caribou) in Quebec (Canada) since 1850. We quantified these effects by highlighting the discrepancies between different southern limits of the caribou's range (used as references) observed in the past and reconstitutions obtained through the hindcasting of the climate conditions within which caribou are currently found. Hindcasted southern limits moved 105 km north over time under all reanalysis datasets, a trend drastically different from the 620 km reported for observed southern limits since 1850. The differences in latitudinal shift through time between the observed and hindcasted southern limits of distribution suggest that caribou range recession should have been only 17% of what has been observed since 1850 if recent climate change had been the only disturbance driver. This relatively limited impact of climate reinforces the scientific consensus stating that caribou range recession in Quebec is mainly caused by anthropogenic drivers (i.e. logging, development of the road network, agriculture, urbanization) that have modified the structure and composition of the forest over the past 160 years, paving the way for habitat-mediated apparent competition and overharvesting. Our results also call for a reconsideration of past ranges in models aiming at projecting future distributions, especially for endangered species.

@article{aubry_climatic_2023,
	title = {Climatic conditions limit wolverine distribution in the {Cascade} {Range} of southwestern {North} {America}},
	volume = {101},
	issn = {0008-4301, 1480-3283},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjz-2022-0005},
	doi = {10.1139/cjz-2022-0005},
	abstract = {Recolonization of the Cascade Range in southern British Columbia, Canada, and Washington, USA, by wolverines ( Gulo gulo (L., 1758)) is an ongoing process whose ultimate outcome is unknown. A reliable species distribution model for the wolverine in the Cascades (i.e., their first-order habitat selection) is urgently needed to help inform management and conservation strategies. Using Argos location data obtained on 10 resident adult wolverines (six females, four males) from 2008 to 2016, we generated a multi-covariate species distribution model for the wolverine in the Cascades. Our final model included three climatic covariates and their quadratic terms: Proximity to the Transitional Zone Near Alpine Tree Line, Number of Frost-free Days per Year, and Annual Precipitation as Snow. Model validations indicated that our model was robust and could identify areas of potential wolverine distribution in the Cascades reliably. Our model provides evidence that wolverine distribution in the Cascades is constrained by climatic conditions and that snowy and cold environments define the geographic areas that are overwhelmingly associated with resident wolverines. In addition, our model provides a reliable basis for monitoring the direct effects of climate change on wolverines in the Cascade Range and for predicting the extent to which climate change may impact their populations under various scenarios.},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Zoology},
	author = {Aubry, Keith B. and Raley, Catherine M. and Shirk, Andrew J. and McKelvey, Kevin S. and Copeland, Jeffrey P.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {95--113},
}

Recolonization of the Cascade Range in southern British Columbia, Canada, and Washington, USA, by wolverines ( Gulo gulo (L., 1758)) is an ongoing process whose ultimate outcome is unknown. A reliable species distribution model for the wolverine in the Cascades (i.e., their first-order habitat selection) is urgently needed to help inform management and conservation strategies. Using Argos location data obtained on 10 resident adult wolverines (six females, four males) from 2008 to 2016, we generated a multi-covariate species distribution model for the wolverine in the Cascades. Our final model included three climatic covariates and their quadratic terms: Proximity to the Transitional Zone Near Alpine Tree Line, Number of Frost-free Days per Year, and Annual Precipitation as Snow. Model validations indicated that our model was robust and could identify areas of potential wolverine distribution in the Cascades reliably. Our model provides evidence that wolverine distribution in the Cascades is constrained by climatic conditions and that snowy and cold environments define the geographic areas that are overwhelmingly associated with resident wolverines. In addition, our model provides a reliable basis for monitoring the direct effects of climate change on wolverines in the Cascade Range and for predicting the extent to which climate change may impact their populations under various scenarios.

@article{langlois_collocating_2023,
	title = {Collocating pipelines to minimize fragmentation: evaluating ecological costs of a shale gas mitigation practice},
	volume = {n/a},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Authors. The Journal of Wildlife Management published by Wiley Periodicals LLC on behalf of The Wildlife Society.},
	issn = {1937-2817},
	shorttitle = {Collocating pipelines to minimize fragmentation},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/jwmg.22468},
	doi = {10.1002/jwmg.22468},
	abstract = {Shale gas development occurs in forests of the Appalachian Basin within breeding habitat for forest songbirds. Development requires linear infrastructure (e.g., pipelines, gas access roads) that fragments habitat and reduces core forest. Collocation is a mitigation practice that sites new pipelines adjacent to existing surface disturbance such as forest roads; it reduces core forest loss but may have associated ecological costs, defined as negative effects on native species and ecosystems. We conducted a paired sampling design between forest roads and collocated pipelines (expanded gas access roads collocated with pipelines) to evaluate ecological costs to forest songbirds in 2013 in Pennsylvania, USA. We surveyed 4 focal songbird species: 3 territorial species that varied in habitat requirements and the non-territorial brown-headed cowbird (Molothrus ater), an obligate brood parasite. We used spot mapping to survey focal species within linear corridors and the adjacent mature forest. Territory density of forest interior ovenbirds (Seiurus aurocapilla) was significantly lower on collocated pipelines (5.1 fewer territories per 10 ha) compared to forest road sites. We found no effect of collocation on territory density for the early successional species, eastern towhee (Pipilo erythrophthalmus) and chestnut-sided warbler (Setophaga pensylvanica). Territories of all 3 territorial focal species crossed collocated pipeline sites less frequently than forest roads (ovenbird: 16\%, eastern towhee: 14\%, chestnut-sided warbler: 31\%) and the barrier effect increased with increasing corridor width. In contrast, brown-headed cowbird abundance was 15 times greater at collocated pipelines compared to forest roads, suggesting that wider gas corridors provide enhanced access routes for cowbirds. Our study indicates the expansion of forest roads to collocated pipelines exacerbates the negative ecological effects already present with the existing road including increased edge avoidance by a forest interior species, greater barrier effects for all 3 territorial forest songbirds, and increased access for brown-headed cowbirds into core forest. We support collocation as a mitigation strategy but emphasize restricting overall corridor width to reduce the additional ecological costs associated with this practice.},
	language = {en},
	number = {n/a},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {The Journal of Wildlife Management},
	author = {Langlois, Lillie A. and Brenner, Stephen J. and Brittingham, Margaret C.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/jwmg.22468},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {e22468},
}

Shale gas development occurs in forests of the Appalachian Basin within breeding habitat for forest songbirds. Development requires linear infrastructure (e.g., pipelines, gas access roads) that fragments habitat and reduces core forest. Collocation is a mitigation practice that sites new pipelines adjacent to existing surface disturbance such as forest roads; it reduces core forest loss but may have associated ecological costs, defined as negative effects on native species and ecosystems. We conducted a paired sampling design between forest roads and collocated pipelines (expanded gas access roads collocated with pipelines) to evaluate ecological costs to forest songbirds in 2013 in Pennsylvania, USA. We surveyed 4 focal songbird species: 3 territorial species that varied in habitat requirements and the non-territorial brown-headed cowbird (Molothrus ater), an obligate brood parasite. We used spot mapping to survey focal species within linear corridors and the adjacent mature forest. Territory density of forest interior ovenbirds (Seiurus aurocapilla) was significantly lower on collocated pipelines (5.1 fewer territories per 10 ha) compared to forest road sites. We found no effect of collocation on territory density for the early successional species, eastern towhee (Pipilo erythrophthalmus) and chestnut-sided warbler (Setophaga pensylvanica). Territories of all 3 territorial focal species crossed collocated pipeline sites less frequently than forest roads (ovenbird: 16%, eastern towhee: 14%, chestnut-sided warbler: 31%) and the barrier effect increased with increasing corridor width. In contrast, brown-headed cowbird abundance was 15 times greater at collocated pipelines compared to forest roads, suggesting that wider gas corridors provide enhanced access routes for cowbirds. Our study indicates the expansion of forest roads to collocated pipelines exacerbates the negative ecological effects already present with the existing road including increased edge avoidance by a forest interior species, greater barrier effects for all 3 territorial forest songbirds, and increased access for brown-headed cowbirds into core forest. We support collocation as a mitigation strategy but emphasize restricting overall corridor width to reduce the additional ecological costs associated with this practice.

@article{rincon_combining_2023,
	title = {Combining {Landsat} {TIR}-imagery data and {ERA5} reanalysis information with different calibration strategies to improve simulations of streamflow and river temperature in the {Canadian} {Subarctic}},
	volume = {37},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Authors. Hydrological Processes published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd.},
	issn = {1099-1085},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/hyp.15008},
	doi = {10.1002/hyp.15008},
	abstract = {Arctic and Subarctic environments are among the most vulnerable regions to climate change. Increases in liquid precipitation and changes in snowmelt onset are cited as the main drivers of change in streamflow and water temperature patterns in some of the largest rivers of the Canadian Arctic. However, in spite of this evidence, there is still a lack of research on water temperature, particularly in the eastern Canadian Arctic. In this paper, we use the CEQUEAU hydrological-water temperature model to derive consistent long-term daily flow and stream temperature time series in Aux Mélèzes River, a non-regulated basin (41 297 km2) in the eastern Canadian subarctic. The model was forced using reanalysis data from the fifth-generation ECMWF atmospheric reanalyses (ERA5) from 1979 to 2020. We used water temperature derived from thermal infrared (TIR) images as reference data to calibrate CEQUEAU's water temperature model, with calibration performed using single-site, multi-site, and upscaling factors approaches. Our results indicate that the CEQUEAU model can simulate streamflow patterns in the river and shows excellent spatiotemporal performance with Kling-Gupta Efficiency (KGE) metric {\textgreater}0.8. Using the best-performing flow simulation as one of the inputs allowed us to produce synthetic daily water temperature time series throughout the basin, with the multi-site calibration approach being the most accurate with root mean square errors (RMSE) {\textless}2.0°C. The validation of the water temperature simulations with a three-year in situ data logger dataset yielded an RMSE = 1.38°C for the summer temperatures, highlighting the robustness of the calibrated parameters and the chosen calibration strategy. This research demonstrates the reliability of TIR imagery and ERA5 as sources of model calibration data in data-sparse environments and underlines the CEQUEAU model as an assessment tool, opening the door to its use to assess climate change impact on the arctic regions of Canada.},
	language = {en},
	number = {10},
	urldate = {2023-11-24},
	journal = {Hydrological Processes},
	author = {Rincón, Eisinhower and St-hilaire, André and Bergeron, Normand E. and Dugdale, Stephen J.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/hyp.15008},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e15008},
}

Arctic and Subarctic environments are among the most vulnerable regions to climate change. Increases in liquid precipitation and changes in snowmelt onset are cited as the main drivers of change in streamflow and water temperature patterns in some of the largest rivers of the Canadian Arctic. However, in spite of this evidence, there is still a lack of research on water temperature, particularly in the eastern Canadian Arctic. In this paper, we use the CEQUEAU hydrological-water temperature model to derive consistent long-term daily flow and stream temperature time series in Aux Mélèzes River, a non-regulated basin (41 297 km2) in the eastern Canadian subarctic. The model was forced using reanalysis data from the fifth-generation ECMWF atmospheric reanalyses (ERA5) from 1979 to 2020. We used water temperature derived from thermal infrared (TIR) images as reference data to calibrate CEQUEAU's water temperature model, with calibration performed using single-site, multi-site, and upscaling factors approaches. Our results indicate that the CEQUEAU model can simulate streamflow patterns in the river and shows excellent spatiotemporal performance with Kling-Gupta Efficiency (KGE) metric \textgreater0.8. Using the best-performing flow simulation as one of the inputs allowed us to produce synthetic daily water temperature time series throughout the basin, with the multi-site calibration approach being the most accurate with root mean square errors (RMSE) \textless2.0°C. The validation of the water temperature simulations with a three-year in situ data logger dataset yielded an RMSE = 1.38°C for the summer temperatures, highlighting the robustness of the calibrated parameters and the chosen calibration strategy. This research demonstrates the reliability of TIR imagery and ERA5 as sources of model calibration data in data-sparse environments and underlines the CEQUEAU model as an assessment tool, opening the door to its use to assess climate change impact on the arctic regions of Canada.

@article{fortin_combining_2023,
	title = {Combining forest growth models and remotely sensed data through a hierarchical model-based inferential framework},
	volume = {53},
	issn = {0045-5067, 1208-6037},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjfr-2022-0168},
	doi = {10.1139/cjfr-2022-0168},
	abstract = {Large-area growth estimates can be obtained by coupling growth model predictions with wall-to-wall remotely sensed auxiliary variables through a generalized hierarchical model-based (GHMB) inferential framework. So far, most GHMB variance estimators do not account for the residual errors of the submodels and their spatial correlations. This likely induces an underestimation of the true variance of the point estimator. In this study, we provide an example of large-area growth estimation obtained through the GHMB framework. To do this, we developed a new variance estimator that accounts for residual errors as well as potential spatial correlations among them. We tested this variance estimator through a simulation study and then used it to estimate the annual volume increment for a forest management unit in Quebec, Canada. Our results show that, contrary to our expectation, neglecting the residual errors of the different submodels leads to overestimating the true variance of the point estimator. We observed increases in the overestimation with small populations and spatially correlated residual errors. Our developed variance estimator corrected this overestimation and made it possible to derive reliable confidence intervals for annual volume increments at the population level.},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Forest Research},
	author = {Fortin, Mathieu and van Lier, Olivier and Côté, Jean-François},
	month = feb,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {90--102},
}

Large-area growth estimates can be obtained by coupling growth model predictions with wall-to-wall remotely sensed auxiliary variables through a generalized hierarchical model-based (GHMB) inferential framework. So far, most GHMB variance estimators do not account for the residual errors of the submodels and their spatial correlations. This likely induces an underestimation of the true variance of the point estimator. In this study, we provide an example of large-area growth estimation obtained through the GHMB framework. To do this, we developed a new variance estimator that accounts for residual errors as well as potential spatial correlations among them. We tested this variance estimator through a simulation study and then used it to estimate the annual volume increment for a forest management unit in Quebec, Canada. Our results show that, contrary to our expectation, neglecting the residual errors of the different submodels leads to overestimating the true variance of the point estimator. We observed increases in the overestimation with small populations and spatially correlated residual errors. Our developed variance estimator corrected this overestimation and made it possible to derive reliable confidence intervals for annual volume increments at the population level.

@article{de_pedro_congruence_2023,
	title = {Congruence between species richness and phylogenetic diversity in {North} {America} for the bee genus {Diadasia} ({Hymenoptera}: {Apidae})},
	issn = {1572-9710},
	shorttitle = {Congruence between species richness and phylogenetic diversity in {North} {America} for the bee genus {Diadasia} ({Hymenoptera}},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-023-02706-8},
	doi = {10.1007/s10531-023-02706-8},
	abstract = {The current ecological crisis stemming from the loss of biodiversity and associated ecosystem services, highlights the urgency of documenting diversity and distribution. Bees are a classical example of an ecologically and economically important group, due to their high diversity and varied ecosystem services, especially pollination. Here, two common biodiversity indices, namely species richness and phylogenetic diversity, are evaluated geographically to determine the best approach for selecting areas of conservation priority. The model organisms used in this study are the North American species belonging to the bee genus Diadasia (Apidae). Based on the results obtained by analyzing distributional records and a molecular phylogeny, we can see that species richness and phylogenetic diversity are closely linked, although phylogenetic diversity provides a more detailed assessment of the spatial distribution of diversity. Therefore, while either one of these commonly used indices are valid as far as selecting areas of conservation priority, we recommend, if possible, to include genetic information in biodiversity and conservation studies.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-10-05},
	journal = {Biodiversity and Conservation},
	author = {de Pedro, Diego and Ceccarelli, Fadia Sara and Vandame, Rémy and Mérida, Jorge and Sagot, Philippe},
	month = sep,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
}

The current ecological crisis stemming from the loss of biodiversity and associated ecosystem services, highlights the urgency of documenting diversity and distribution. Bees are a classical example of an ecologically and economically important group, due to their high diversity and varied ecosystem services, especially pollination. Here, two common biodiversity indices, namely species richness and phylogenetic diversity, are evaluated geographically to determine the best approach for selecting areas of conservation priority. The model organisms used in this study are the North American species belonging to the bee genus Diadasia (Apidae). Based on the results obtained by analyzing distributional records and a molecular phylogeny, we can see that species richness and phylogenetic diversity are closely linked, although phylogenetic diversity provides a more detailed assessment of the spatial distribution of diversity. Therefore, while either one of these commonly used indices are valid as far as selecting areas of conservation priority, we recommend, if possible, to include genetic information in biodiversity and conservation studies.

@article{arsenault_continuous_2023,
	title = {Continuous streamflow prediction in ungauged basins: long short-term memory neural networks clearly outperform traditional hydrological models},
	volume = {27},
	issn = {1607-7938},
	url = {https://hess.copernicus.org/articles/27/139/2023/},
	doi = {10.5194/hess-27-139-2023},
	abstract = {Abstract. This study investigates the ability of long short-term memory (LSTM) neural networks to perform streamflow prediction at ungauged basins. A set of state-of-the-art, hydrological model-dependent regionalization methods are applied to 148 catchments in northeast North America and compared to an LSTM model that uses the exact same available data as the hydrological models. While conceptual model-based methods attempt to derive parameterizations at ungauged sites from other similar or nearby catchments, the LSTM model uses all available data in the region to maximize the information content and increase its robustness. Furthermore, by design, the LSTM does not require explicit definition of hydrological processes and derives its own structure from the provided data. The LSTM networks were able to clearly outperform the hydrological models in a leave-one-out cross-validation regionalization setting on most catchments in the study area, with the LSTM model outperforming the hydrological models in 93 \% to 97 \% of catchments depending on the hydrological model. Furthermore, for up to 78 \% of the catchments, the LSTM model was able to predict streamflow more accurately on pseudo-ungauged catchments than hydrological models calibrated on the target data, showing that the LSTM model's structure was better suited to convert the meteorological data and geophysical descriptors into streamflow than the hydrological models even calibrated to those sites in these cases. Furthermore, the LSTM model robustness was tested by varying its hyperparameters, and still outperformed hydrological models in regionalization in almost all cases. Overall, LSTM networks have the potential to change the regionalization research landscape by providing clear improvement pathways over traditional methods in the field of streamflow prediction in ungauged catchments.},
	number = {1},
	journal = {Hydrology and Earth System Sciences},
	author = {Arsenault, Richard and Martel, Jean-Luc and Brunet, Frédéric and Brissette, François and Mai, Juliane},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {139--157},
}

Abstract. This study investigates the ability of long short-term memory (LSTM) neural networks to perform streamflow prediction at ungauged basins. A set of state-of-the-art, hydrological model-dependent regionalization methods are applied to 148 catchments in northeast North America and compared to an LSTM model that uses the exact same available data as the hydrological models. While conceptual model-based methods attempt to derive parameterizations at ungauged sites from other similar or nearby catchments, the LSTM model uses all available data in the region to maximize the information content and increase its robustness. Furthermore, by design, the LSTM does not require explicit definition of hydrological processes and derives its own structure from the provided data. The LSTM networks were able to clearly outperform the hydrological models in a leave-one-out cross-validation regionalization setting on most catchments in the study area, with the LSTM model outperforming the hydrological models in 93 % to 97 % of catchments depending on the hydrological model. Furthermore, for up to 78 % of the catchments, the LSTM model was able to predict streamflow more accurately on pseudo-ungauged catchments than hydrological models calibrated on the target data, showing that the LSTM model's structure was better suited to convert the meteorological data and geophysical descriptors into streamflow than the hydrological models even calibrated to those sites in these cases. Furthermore, the LSTM model robustness was tested by varying its hyperparameters, and still outperformed hydrological models in regionalization in almost all cases. Overall, LSTM networks have the potential to change the regionalization research landscape by providing clear improvement pathways over traditional methods in the field of streamflow prediction in ungauged catchments.

@article{palm_corridor-based_2023,
	title = {Corridor-based approach with spatial cross-validation reveals scale-dependent effects of geographic distance, human footprint and canopy cover on grizzly bear genetic connectivity},
	volume = {32},
	copyright = {© 2023 His Majesty the King in Right of Canada. Molecular Ecology © 2023 John Wiley \& Sons Ltd. Reproduced with the permission of the Minister of Environment and Climate Change Canada. This article has been contributed to by U.S. Government employees and their work is in the public domain in the USA.},
	issn = {1365-294X},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/mec.17098},
	doi = {10.1111/mec.17098},
	abstract = {Understanding how human infrastructure and other landscape attributes affect genetic differentiation in animals is an important step for identifying and maintaining dispersal corridors for these species. We built upon recent advances in the field of landscape genetics by using an individual-based and multiscale approach to predict landscape-level genetic connectivity for grizzly bears (Ursus arctos) across 100,000 km2 in Canada's southern Rocky Mountains. We used a genetic dataset with 1156 unique individuals genotyped at nine microsatellite loci to identify landscape characteristics that influence grizzly bear gene flow at multiple spatial scales and map predicted genetic connectivity through a matrix of rugged terrain, large protected areas, highways and a growing human footprint. Our corridor-based modelling approach used a machine learning algorithm that objectively parameterized landscape resistance, incorporated spatial cross validation and variable selection and explicitly accounted for isolation by distance. This approach avoided overfitting, discarded variables that did not improve model performance across withheld test datasets and spatial predictive capacity compared to random cross-validation. We found that across all spatial scales, geographic distance explained more variation in genetic differentiation in grizzly bears than landscape variables. Human footprint inhibited connectivity across all spatial scales, while open canopies inhibited connectivity at the broadest spatial scale. Our results highlight the negative effect of human footprint on genetic connectivity, provide strong evidence for using spatial cross-validation in landscape genetics analyses and show that multiscale analyses provide additional information on how landscape variables affect genetic differentiation.},
	language = {en},
	number = {19},
	urldate = {2024-01-31},
	journal = {Molecular Ecology},
	author = {Palm, Eric C. and Landguth, Erin L. and Holden, Zachary A. and Day, Casey C. and Lamb, Clayton T. and Frame, Paul F. and Morehouse, Andrea T. and Mowat, Garth and Proctor, Michael F. and Sawaya, Michael A. and Stenhouse, Gordon and Whittington, Jesse and Zeller, Katherine A.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/mec.17098},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {5211--5227},
}

Understanding how human infrastructure and other landscape attributes affect genetic differentiation in animals is an important step for identifying and maintaining dispersal corridors for these species. We built upon recent advances in the field of landscape genetics by using an individual-based and multiscale approach to predict landscape-level genetic connectivity for grizzly bears (Ursus arctos) across 100,000 km2 in Canada's southern Rocky Mountains. We used a genetic dataset with 1156 unique individuals genotyped at nine microsatellite loci to identify landscape characteristics that influence grizzly bear gene flow at multiple spatial scales and map predicted genetic connectivity through a matrix of rugged terrain, large protected areas, highways and a growing human footprint. Our corridor-based modelling approach used a machine learning algorithm that objectively parameterized landscape resistance, incorporated spatial cross validation and variable selection and explicitly accounted for isolation by distance. This approach avoided overfitting, discarded variables that did not improve model performance across withheld test datasets and spatial predictive capacity compared to random cross-validation. We found that across all spatial scales, geographic distance explained more variation in genetic differentiation in grizzly bears than landscape variables. Human footprint inhibited connectivity across all spatial scales, while open canopies inhibited connectivity at the broadest spatial scale. Our results highlight the negative effect of human footprint on genetic connectivity, provide strong evidence for using spatial cross-validation in landscape genetics analyses and show that multiscale analyses provide additional information on how landscape variables affect genetic differentiation.

@techreport{gebhardt_creation_2023,
	address = {Germany},
	title = {Creation of a harmonized land cover map as an example for the entire region of the {Geneva} {Air} {Pollution} {Convention}},
	url = {https://www.umweltbundesamt.de/en/publikationen/creation-of-a-harmonized-land-cover-map-as-an},
	abstract = {A new map product for calculating the critical loads for eutrophication and acidification of terrestrial ecosystems and for modelling air quality was created in this project. The spatial extent of the map covers a large number of countries in Europe, the Caucasus and Central Asia. The results of this project are map products representing the land cover in 217 EUNIS classes and 13 RCG classes. In addition to the individual, national application of the data set, a broader use of the data is planned within the framework of the Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-09-18},
	institution = {German Environment Agency},
	author = {Gebhardt, Steffen},
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {122},
}

A new map product for calculating the critical loads for eutrophication and acidification of terrestrial ecosystems and for modelling air quality was created in this project. The spatial extent of the map covers a large number of countries in Europe, the Caucasus and Central Asia. The results of this project are map products representing the land cover in 217 EUNIS classes and 13 RCG classes. In addition to the individual, national application of the data set, a broader use of the data is planned within the framework of the Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution.

@article{peraza_diet_2023,
	title = {Diet and landscape characteristics drive spatial patterns of mercury accumulation in a high-latitude terrestrial carnivore},
	volume = {18},
	issn = {1932-6203},
	url = {https://dx.plos.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0285826},
	doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0285826},
	abstract = {Limited information exists on mercury concentrations and environmental drivers of mercury bioaccumulation in high latitude terrestrial carnivores. Spatial patterns of mercury concentrations in wolverine (
              Gulo gulo
              , n = 419) were assessed across a 1,600,000 km
              2
              study area in relation to landscape, climate, diet and biological factors in Arctic and boreal biomes of western Canada. Hydrogen stable isotope ratios were measured in wolverine hair from a subset of 80 animals to assess the spatial scale for characterizing environmental conditions of their habitat. Habitat characteristics were determined using GIS methods and raster datasets at two scales, the collection location point and a 150 km radius buffer, which was selected based on results of a correlation analysis between hydrogen stable isotopes in precipitation and wolverine hair. Total mercury concentrations in wolverine muscle ranged {\textgreater}2 orders of magnitude from 0.01 to 5.72 μg/g dry weight and varied geographically, with the highest concentrations in the Northwest Territories followed by Nunavut and Yukon. Regression models at both spatial scales indicated diet (based on nitrogen stable isotope ratios) was the strongest explanatory variable of mercury concentrations in wolverine, with smaller though statistically significant contributions from landscape variables (soil organic carbon, percent cover of wet area, percent cover of perennial snow-ice) and distance to the Arctic Ocean coast. The carbon and nitrogen stable isotope ratios of wolverine muscle suggested greater mercury bioaccumulation could be associated with feeding on marine biota in coastal habitats. Landscape variables identified in the modelling may reflect habitat conditions which support enhanced methylmercury transfer to terrestrial biota. Spatially-explicit estimates of wet atmospheric deposition were positively correlated with wolverine mercury concentrations but this variable was not selected in the final regression models. These landscape patterns provide a basis for further research on underlying processes enhancing methylmercury uptake in high latitude terrestrial food webs.},
	language = {en},
	number = {5},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {PLOS ONE},
	author = {Peraza, Inés and Chételat, John and Richardson, Murray and Jung, Thomas S. and Awan, Malik and Baryluk, Steve and Dastoor, Ashu and Harrower, William and Kukka, Piia M. and McClelland, Christine and Mowat, Garth and Pelletier, Nicolas and Rodford, Christine and Ryjkov, Andrei},
	editor = {Qureshi, Asif},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {e0285826},
}

Limited information exists on mercury concentrations and environmental drivers of mercury bioaccumulation in high latitude terrestrial carnivores. Spatial patterns of mercury concentrations in wolverine ( Gulo gulo , n = 419) were assessed across a 1,600,000 km 2 study area in relation to landscape, climate, diet and biological factors in Arctic and boreal biomes of western Canada. Hydrogen stable isotope ratios were measured in wolverine hair from a subset of 80 animals to assess the spatial scale for characterizing environmental conditions of their habitat. Habitat characteristics were determined using GIS methods and raster datasets at two scales, the collection location point and a 150 km radius buffer, which was selected based on results of a correlation analysis between hydrogen stable isotopes in precipitation and wolverine hair. Total mercury concentrations in wolverine muscle ranged \textgreater2 orders of magnitude from 0.01 to 5.72 μg/g dry weight and varied geographically, with the highest concentrations in the Northwest Territories followed by Nunavut and Yukon. Regression models at both spatial scales indicated diet (based on nitrogen stable isotope ratios) was the strongest explanatory variable of mercury concentrations in wolverine, with smaller though statistically significant contributions from landscape variables (soil organic carbon, percent cover of wet area, percent cover of perennial snow-ice) and distance to the Arctic Ocean coast. The carbon and nitrogen stable isotope ratios of wolverine muscle suggested greater mercury bioaccumulation could be associated with feeding on marine biota in coastal habitats. Landscape variables identified in the modelling may reflect habitat conditions which support enhanced methylmercury transfer to terrestrial biota. Spatially-explicit estimates of wet atmospheric deposition were positively correlated with wolverine mercury concentrations but this variable was not selected in the final regression models. These landscape patterns provide a basis for further research on underlying processes enhancing methylmercury uptake in high latitude terrestrial food webs.

@article{hayward_diet_2023,
	title = {Diet selection in the {Coyote} {Canis} latrans},
	volume = {104},
	issn = {0022-2372},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1093/jmammal/gyad094},
	doi = {10.1093/jmammal/gyad094},
	abstract = {The Coyote (Canis latrans) is one of the most studied species in North America with at least 445 papers on its diet alone. While this research has yielded excellent reviews of what coyotes eat, it has been inadequate to draw deeper conclusions because no synthesis to date has considered prey availability. We accounted for prey availability by investigating the prey selection of coyotes across its distribution using the traditional Jacobs’ index method, as well as the new iterative preference averaging (IPA) method on scats and biomass. We found that coyotes selected for Dall’s Sheep (Ovis dalli), White-tailed Deer (Odocoileus virginianus), Eastern Cottontail Rabbit (Sylvilagus floridanus), and California Vole (Microtus californicus), which yielded a predator-to-preferred prey mass ratio of 1:2. We also found that coyotes avoided preying on other small mammals, including carnivorans and arboreal species. There was strong concordance between the traditional and IPA method on scats, but this pattern was weakened when biomass was considered. General linear models revealed that coyotes preferred to prey upon larger species that were riskier to hunt, reflecting their ability to hunt in groups, and were least likely to hunt solitary species. Coyotes increasingly selected Mule Deer (O. hemionus) and Snowshoe Hare (Lepus americanus) at higher latitudes, whereas Black-tailed Jackrabbit (L. californicus) were increasingly selected toward the tropics. Mule Deer were increasingly selected at higher coyote densities, while Black-tailed Jackrabbit were increasingly avoided at higher coyote densities. Coyote predation could constrain the realized niche of prey species at the distributional limits of the predator through their increased efficiency of predation reflected in increased prey selection values. These results are integral to improved understandings of Coyote ecology and can inform predictive analyses allowing for spatial variation, which ultimately will lead to better understandings about the ecological role of the coyote across different ecosystems.},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Journal of Mammalogy},
	author = {Hayward, Matt W and Mitchell, Carl D and Kamler, Jan F and Rippon, Paul and Heit, David R and Nams, Vilis and Montgomery, Robert A},
	month = dec,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {1338--1352},
}

The Coyote (Canis latrans) is one of the most studied species in North America with at least 445 papers on its diet alone. While this research has yielded excellent reviews of what coyotes eat, it has been inadequate to draw deeper conclusions because no synthesis to date has considered prey availability. We accounted for prey availability by investigating the prey selection of coyotes across its distribution using the traditional Jacobs’ index method, as well as the new iterative preference averaging (IPA) method on scats and biomass. We found that coyotes selected for Dall’s Sheep (Ovis dalli), White-tailed Deer (Odocoileus virginianus), Eastern Cottontail Rabbit (Sylvilagus floridanus), and California Vole (Microtus californicus), which yielded a predator-to-preferred prey mass ratio of 1:2. We also found that coyotes avoided preying on other small mammals, including carnivorans and arboreal species. There was strong concordance between the traditional and IPA method on scats, but this pattern was weakened when biomass was considered. General linear models revealed that coyotes preferred to prey upon larger species that were riskier to hunt, reflecting their ability to hunt in groups, and were least likely to hunt solitary species. Coyotes increasingly selected Mule Deer (O. hemionus) and Snowshoe Hare (Lepus americanus) at higher latitudes, whereas Black-tailed Jackrabbit (L. californicus) were increasingly selected toward the tropics. Mule Deer were increasingly selected at higher coyote densities, while Black-tailed Jackrabbit were increasingly avoided at higher coyote densities. Coyote predation could constrain the realized niche of prey species at the distributional limits of the predator through their increased efficiency of predation reflected in increased prey selection values. These results are integral to improved understandings of Coyote ecology and can inform predictive analyses allowing for spatial variation, which ultimately will lead to better understandings about the ecological role of the coyote across different ecosystems.

@article{ceccarelli_diversidad_2023,
	title = {Diversidad genética e historias poblacionales de dos especies de {Phidippus} ({Araneae}: {Salticidae}) del noroeste de {México}},
	volume = {94},
	copyright = {Derechos de autor 2023 Revista Mexicana de Biodiversidad},
	issn = {2007-8706},
	shorttitle = {Genetic diversity and population histories of two species of {Phidippus} ({Araneae}},
	url = {https://revista.ib.unam.mx/index.php/bio/article/view/5052},
	doi = {10.22201/ib.20078706e.2023.94.5052},
	abstract = {The northwestern Mexican Baja California state is an ecologically unique area being the only part of the country with a Mediterranean ecosystem and a high species diversity and endemism for many groups. Studies on the biodiversity of the region are scarce, especially regarding ecologically important groups such as terrestrial arthropods. Even scarcer are studies on another important aspect of diversity, namely genetic diversity. Due to the paucity of information, the genetic diversity and population histories of the 2 most abundant species of Phidippus (Araneae: Salticidae) of the region are presented, based on nuclear and mitochondrial DNA data. Phidippus johnsoni, the more widespread of the 2, belonged to 1 large, panmictic population in Baja California, while P. phoenix was divided into 2 populations. Both species have high genetic diversity and estimated large population sizes, which increased during the last 150,000 years for P. johnsoni, and the last 30,000 years, after the Last Glacial Maximum for P. phoenix. This study, therefore, reinforces the importance of this area, not only for its species diversity but also for the genetic diversity found within the populations, which reflects ecological stability during the Pleistocene, allowing for the accumulation of genetic diversity through time.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Revista Mexicana de Biodiversidad},
	author = {Ceccarelli, Fadia Sara and Garduño-Villaseñor, Luz Abril and Hernández-Salgado, Luis Carlos},
	month = feb,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {e945052--e945052},
}

The northwestern Mexican Baja California state is an ecologically unique area being the only part of the country with a Mediterranean ecosystem and a high species diversity and endemism for many groups. Studies on the biodiversity of the region are scarce, especially regarding ecologically important groups such as terrestrial arthropods. Even scarcer are studies on another important aspect of diversity, namely genetic diversity. Due to the paucity of information, the genetic diversity and population histories of the 2 most abundant species of Phidippus (Araneae: Salticidae) of the region are presented, based on nuclear and mitochondrial DNA data. Phidippus johnsoni, the more widespread of the 2, belonged to 1 large, panmictic population in Baja California, while P. phoenix was divided into 2 populations. Both species have high genetic diversity and estimated large population sizes, which increased during the last 150,000 years for P. johnsoni, and the last 30,000 years, after the Last Glacial Maximum for P. phoenix. This study, therefore, reinforces the importance of this area, not only for its species diversity but also for the genetic diversity found within the populations, which reflects ecological stability during the Pleistocene, allowing for the accumulation of genetic diversity through time.

@phdthesis{reynolds_does_2023,
	title = {Does {It} {Matter} {Where} {Stocker} {Steers} {Originate} {From}? {An} {Evaluation} of {Originating} {Environment} on {Performance} and the {Rumen} {Microbiome}},
	shorttitle = {Does {It} {Matter} {Where} {Stocker} {Steers} {Originate} {From}?},
	url = {https://uwyo.primo.exlibrisgroup.com/discovery/fulldisplay?docid=cdi_proquest_journals_2817927109&context=PC&vid=01UOW_INST:quicksearch&lang=en&search_scope=MyInst_and_CI&adaptor=Primo%20Central&tab=Everything&query=any,contains,Does%20It%20Matter%20Where%20Stocker%20Steers%20Originate%20From%3F%20An%20Evaluation%20of%20Originating%20Environment%20on%20Performance%20and%20the%20Rumen%20Microbiome},
	abstract = {Growing stocker cattle on native rangelands is a viable agricultural enterprise for many ranchers as yearlings offer producers flexibility in management and marketing of the cattle. Grazing studies evaluating livestock performance across different rangeland ecosystems are extensive, and differences in weight gains across these studies can be attributed to genetics, environment, climate, management. However, the origin of cattle and its implications for producers is understudied. We compared performance of yearling steers originating from a local ranch in northeastern Colorado to yearlings originating from a high-elevation mountain ranch in southeastern Wyoming and a mixed-grass prairie ecosystem in south-central Nebraska. Forty steers of each origin grazed on the shortgrass steppe from mid-May to October with individual animal weights obtained at the beginning and end of each three grazing seasons (2019-2021). Weather patterns in 2019 and 2021 were similar, with spring precipitation followed by a dry late summer. In these years with normal precipitation, we observed consistent ordering of yearling steer weight gains by origin. In 2019 and 2021, local steers gained 1.08 and 0.96 kg/head/day, respectively. Weight gains of steers from the high-elevation ranch were 12 – 23\% lower at 0.83 and 0.84 kg/head/day in 2019 and 2021, respectively. Yearlings from the mixed-grass prairie had 20 – 31\% lower gains than local cattle at 0.75 and 0.76 kg/head/day in 2019 and 2021, respectively. Average daily gain of yearling steers was reduced 15 – 25\% by drought in 2020, where forage quantity and quality were greatly impacted. Local cattle gains were 0.81 kg/head/day, which is 11\% greater than gains observed in yearlings from the mixed-grass prairie. Diet quality, including measures of crude protein and digestible organic matter, did not differ among yearlings of different originating environments across the full grazing season in any year of the study. These data suggest that differences in weight gain of yearling steers could be attributed to physiological acclimation to a new grazing environment, lack of knowledge influencing grazing behavior, differences in digestive efficiency based on rumen microbial populations, or genetics that are not matched to grazing on the shortgrass steppe. To better understand the influence of origin on yearling steer ruminal microbial community structure and composition, rumen fluid was collected from 18 steers (n = 6 per origin) in each of the two non-drought years. Microbial DNA was extracted from the rumen fluid and 16S rRNA sequencing was completed on the Illumina MiSeq platform. QIIME2 was used to process reads, assign taxonomy, and compare samples utilizing alpha and beta diversity metrics as well as Analysis of Compositions of Microbiomes (ANCOM) to detect differences between originating environment, rangeland plant community, and sample period in each year. Differences in alpha diversity were observed within yearling steer origin and sampling date in richness and evenness Rangeland plant community did not influence differences in alpha or beta diversity measures. Ruminal microbial composition varied between origin in 2019 and differences in composition occurred between the early and late grazing season. In 2021, differences between originating environment were minimal, though compositional differences between early and late grazing were detected. Further investigation into the mechanisms by which originating environment influences performance of yearling steers could provide producers means to improve efficiency, as well as mitigate impacts of drought through optimally matching livestock to their grazing environment.},
	language = {eng},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	school = {ProQuest Dissertations Publishing},
	author = {Reynolds, Averi Q.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {Book Title: Does It Matter Where Stocker Steers Originate From? An Evaluation of Originating Environment on Performance and the Rumen Microbiome
ISBN: 9798379562151},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
}

Growing stocker cattle on native rangelands is a viable agricultural enterprise for many ranchers as yearlings offer producers flexibility in management and marketing of the cattle. Grazing studies evaluating livestock performance across different rangeland ecosystems are extensive, and differences in weight gains across these studies can be attributed to genetics, environment, climate, management. However, the origin of cattle and its implications for producers is understudied. We compared performance of yearling steers originating from a local ranch in northeastern Colorado to yearlings originating from a high-elevation mountain ranch in southeastern Wyoming and a mixed-grass prairie ecosystem in south-central Nebraska. Forty steers of each origin grazed on the shortgrass steppe from mid-May to October with individual animal weights obtained at the beginning and end of each three grazing seasons (2019-2021). Weather patterns in 2019 and 2021 were similar, with spring precipitation followed by a dry late summer. In these years with normal precipitation, we observed consistent ordering of yearling steer weight gains by origin. In 2019 and 2021, local steers gained 1.08 and 0.96 kg/head/day, respectively. Weight gains of steers from the high-elevation ranch were 12 – 23% lower at 0.83 and 0.84 kg/head/day in 2019 and 2021, respectively. Yearlings from the mixed-grass prairie had 20 – 31% lower gains than local cattle at 0.75 and 0.76 kg/head/day in 2019 and 2021, respectively. Average daily gain of yearling steers was reduced 15 – 25% by drought in 2020, where forage quantity and quality were greatly impacted. Local cattle gains were 0.81 kg/head/day, which is 11% greater than gains observed in yearlings from the mixed-grass prairie. Diet quality, including measures of crude protein and digestible organic matter, did not differ among yearlings of different originating environments across the full grazing season in any year of the study. These data suggest that differences in weight gain of yearling steers could be attributed to physiological acclimation to a new grazing environment, lack of knowledge influencing grazing behavior, differences in digestive efficiency based on rumen microbial populations, or genetics that are not matched to grazing on the shortgrass steppe. To better understand the influence of origin on yearling steer ruminal microbial community structure and composition, rumen fluid was collected from 18 steers (n = 6 per origin) in each of the two non-drought years. Microbial DNA was extracted from the rumen fluid and 16S rRNA sequencing was completed on the Illumina MiSeq platform. QIIME2 was used to process reads, assign taxonomy, and compare samples utilizing alpha and beta diversity metrics as well as Analysis of Compositions of Microbiomes (ANCOM) to detect differences between originating environment, rangeland plant community, and sample period in each year. Differences in alpha diversity were observed within yearling steer origin and sampling date in richness and evenness Rangeland plant community did not influence differences in alpha or beta diversity measures. Ruminal microbial composition varied between origin in 2019 and differences in composition occurred between the early and late grazing season. In 2021, differences between originating environment were minimal, though compositional differences between early and late grazing were detected. Further investigation into the mechanisms by which originating environment influences performance of yearling steers could provide producers means to improve efficiency, as well as mitigate impacts of drought through optimally matching livestock to their grazing environment.

@techreport{buonanduci_does_2023,
	type = {{JFSP} {PROJECT} {ID}: 21-1-01-26},
	title = {Does high-severity patch structure scale consistently with fire size across the {Northwest} {US}? {\textbar} {Northern} {Rockies} {Fire} {Science} {Network}},
	url = {https://www.nrfirescience.org/resource/25504},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	institution = {School of Environmental and Forest Sciences, University of Washington},
	author = {Buonanduci, Michele S. and Harvey, Brian J},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

@article{chaudhary_east_2023,
	title = {East {Texas} forests show strong resilience to exceptional drought},
	volume = {96},
	issn = {0015-752X},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1093/forestry/cpac050},
	doi = {10.1093/forestry/cpac050},
	abstract = {Drought-induced tree mortality has increased in many parts of the world because of climate change, and in some regions, has altered forest structure, species composition and ecosystem functions. These developments have the potential to reduce forest resilience and push forests over a tipping point to an alternate state (i.e. a different forest type or a non-forest ecosystem). Texas experienced an exceptional drought in 2011, which killed an estimated 65.5 million trees in the heavily forested areas of the East Texas region. The objective of this study was to understand the effects of the 2011 drought on mortality, biomass and growth in this region and explore forest stability at species, forest and ecoregion levels. We categorized 19 years’ time-series data of 1455 Forest Inventory and Analysis plots into four periods, base (2001–2003), pre-drought (2004–2010), drought (2011–2016) and post-drought (2017–2019), and used repeated-measures analysis of variance to analyse annual mortality, biomass loss, growth rates and the Forest Stability Index to understand forest stability. Our results show that tree mortality and biomass loss increased significantly during the drought period and annual growth rates declined. During the post-drought period, mortality and biomass loss rates returned to the pre-drought level and growth partially recovered. During the drought period, FSI dropped at species, forest type and ecoregion levels but recovered during the post-drought period, except for the Oak Woods and Prairies ecoregion and for forests dominated by southern red oak. Our results indicate that East Texas forests are undergoing a reorganization and recovery stage (in terms of species composition and stand structure) but have yet to reach a tipping point. Given the increased frequency and severity of climate change-induced weather events, East Texas forests could approach a tipping point in the future if there is insufficient time between events for reorganization and recovery. Further analyses are needed to understand the fate of tree species and forests in East Texas under global climate change.},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Forestry: An International Journal of Forest Research},
	author = {Chaudhary, Tilak and Xi, Weimin and Subedi, Mukti and Rideout-Hanzak, Sandra and Su, Haibin and Dewez, Nicholas P and Clarke, Stephen},
	month = jul,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {326--339},
}

Drought-induced tree mortality has increased in many parts of the world because of climate change, and in some regions, has altered forest structure, species composition and ecosystem functions. These developments have the potential to reduce forest resilience and push forests over a tipping point to an alternate state (i.e. a different forest type or a non-forest ecosystem). Texas experienced an exceptional drought in 2011, which killed an estimated 65.5 million trees in the heavily forested areas of the East Texas region. The objective of this study was to understand the effects of the 2011 drought on mortality, biomass and growth in this region and explore forest stability at species, forest and ecoregion levels. We categorized 19 years’ time-series data of 1455 Forest Inventory and Analysis plots into four periods, base (2001–2003), pre-drought (2004–2010), drought (2011–2016) and post-drought (2017–2019), and used repeated-measures analysis of variance to analyse annual mortality, biomass loss, growth rates and the Forest Stability Index to understand forest stability. Our results show that tree mortality and biomass loss increased significantly during the drought period and annual growth rates declined. During the post-drought period, mortality and biomass loss rates returned to the pre-drought level and growth partially recovered. During the drought period, FSI dropped at species, forest type and ecoregion levels but recovered during the post-drought period, except for the Oak Woods and Prairies ecoregion and for forests dominated by southern red oak. Our results indicate that East Texas forests are undergoing a reorganization and recovery stage (in terms of species composition and stand structure) but have yet to reach a tipping point. Given the increased frequency and severity of climate change-induced weather events, East Texas forests could approach a tipping point in the future if there is insufficient time between events for reorganization and recovery. Further analyses are needed to understand the fate of tree species and forests in East Texas under global climate change.

@article{brunell_effects_2023,
	title = {Effects of translocation on {American} crocodile movements and habitat use in {South} {Florida}},
	volume = {87},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Authors. The Journal of Wildlife Management published by Wiley Periodicals LLC on behalf of The Wildlife Society.},
	issn = {1937-2817},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/jwmg.22427},
	doi = {10.1002/jwmg.22427},
	abstract = {The range of the threatened American crocodile (Crocodylus acutus) in the United States is limited to the southernmost parts of Florida. As this species has recovered concurrently with an increasing human population, human–crocodile conflicts have also increased. Resolving conflicts can involve translocating crocodiles; however, they often return to the site from which they were removed. We examined the effects of translocation on crocodile movements, habitat use, body condition, and survival in Florida, USA, in 2018–2019 to refine recommendations for managers considering translocation to resolve human–crocodile conflict. We captured and attached global positioning system (GPS) units to 17 crocodiles, 10 of which served as a reference group (free-ranging crocodiles released at their capture site) and 7 served as a treatment group (crocodiles that were translocated 14–158 km from their capture site). We collected location data from individual crocodiles for 34–661 days (x ¯ {\textbackslash}mathopx{\textbackslash}limits{\textasciicircum}̅{\textbackslash} 250 days for each group). Body condition was similar for both groups. Corticosterone levels measured periodically during handling indicated that crocodiles experienced increasing stress levels during handling. Three crocodiles translocated ≤45 km from their original capture site returned to that location within 13 days. Three crocodiles translocated ≥110 km did not return. One female translocated 152 km was recaptured 0.42 km from its original capture site 965 days after its release. We identified 2 states of characteristic movement patterns: state 1 indicated individuals moving slowly and somewhat randomly, and state 2 indicated individuals exhibiting fast, active directional movement. Translocated individuals were more likely than reference individuals to switch to, and stay in, state 2. Because of concerns regarding return rates and heightened stress as a result of capture and translocation, we suggest crocodile translocations have limited conservation value and may only be worth considering once all other reasonable options are exhausted.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {The Journal of Wildlife Management},
	author = {Brunell, Arnold M. and Deem, Vincent and Bankovich, Brittany and Bled, Florent and Mazzotti, Frank J.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/jwmg.22427},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Griffith 2010)},
	pages = {e22427},
}

The range of the threatened American crocodile (Crocodylus acutus) in the United States is limited to the southernmost parts of Florida. As this species has recovered concurrently with an increasing human population, human–crocodile conflicts have also increased. Resolving conflicts can involve translocating crocodiles; however, they often return to the site from which they were removed. We examined the effects of translocation on crocodile movements, habitat use, body condition, and survival in Florida, USA, in 2018–2019 to refine recommendations for managers considering translocation to resolve human–crocodile conflict. We captured and attached global positioning system (GPS) units to 17 crocodiles, 10 of which served as a reference group (free-ranging crocodiles released at their capture site) and 7 served as a treatment group (crocodiles that were translocated 14–158 km from their capture site). We collected location data from individual crocodiles for 34–661 days (x ¯ \mathopx\limits\textasciicircum̅\ 250 days for each group). Body condition was similar for both groups. Corticosterone levels measured periodically during handling indicated that crocodiles experienced increasing stress levels during handling. Three crocodiles translocated ≤45 km from their original capture site returned to that location within 13 days. Three crocodiles translocated ≥110 km did not return. One female translocated 152 km was recaptured 0.42 km from its original capture site 965 days after its release. We identified 2 states of characteristic movement patterns: state 1 indicated individuals moving slowly and somewhat randomly, and state 2 indicated individuals exhibiting fast, active directional movement. Translocated individuals were more likely than reference individuals to switch to, and stay in, state 2. Because of concerns regarding return rates and heightened stress as a result of capture and translocation, we suggest crocodile translocations have limited conservation value and may only be worth considering once all other reasonable options are exhausted.

@article{reitz_ensemble_2023,
	title = {Ensemble {Estimation} of {Historical} {Evapotranspiration} for the {Conterminous} {U}.{S}.},
	volume = {59},
	copyright = {Published 2023. This article is a U.S. Government work and is in the public domain in the USA.},
	issn = {1944-7973},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1029/2022WR034012},
	doi = {10.1029/2022WR034012},
	abstract = {Evapotranspiration (ET) is the largest component of the water budget, accounting for the majority of the water available from precipitation. ET is challenging to quantify because of the uncertainties associated with the many ET equations currently in use, and because observations of ET are uncertain and sparse. In this study, we combine information provided by available ET data and equations to produce a new monthly data set for ET for the conterminous U.S. (CONUS). These maps are produced from 1895 to 2018 at an 800 m spatial scale, marking a finer resolution than currently available products over this time period. In our approach, the relative performance of a suite of ET equations is assessed using water balance, flux tower, and remotely sensed ET estimates. At the observation locations, we use error distributions to quantify relative weights for the equations and use these in a modified Bayesian model averaging weighted ensemble approach. The relative weights are spatially generalized using a random forest regression, which is applied to wall-to-wall explanatory variable maps to generate CONUS-wide relative weight maps and ensemble estimates. We assess the performance of the ensemble using a reserved subset of the observations and compare this performance against other national-scale map products for historical to modern ET. The ensemble ET maps are shown to provide an improved accuracy over the alternative comparison products. These ET maps could be useful for a variety of hydrologic modeling and assessment applications that benefit from a long record, such as the study of periods of water scarcity through time.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Water Resources Research},
	author = {Reitz, M. and Sanford, W. E. and Saxe, S.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1029/2022WR034012},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {e2022WR034012},
}

Evapotranspiration (ET) is the largest component of the water budget, accounting for the majority of the water available from precipitation. ET is challenging to quantify because of the uncertainties associated with the many ET equations currently in use, and because observations of ET are uncertain and sparse. In this study, we combine information provided by available ET data and equations to produce a new monthly data set for ET for the conterminous U.S. (CONUS). These maps are produced from 1895 to 2018 at an 800 m spatial scale, marking a finer resolution than currently available products over this time period. In our approach, the relative performance of a suite of ET equations is assessed using water balance, flux tower, and remotely sensed ET estimates. At the observation locations, we use error distributions to quantify relative weights for the equations and use these in a modified Bayesian model averaging weighted ensemble approach. The relative weights are spatially generalized using a random forest regression, which is applied to wall-to-wall explanatory variable maps to generate CONUS-wide relative weight maps and ensemble estimates. We assess the performance of the ensemble using a reserved subset of the observations and compare this performance against other national-scale map products for historical to modern ET. The ensemble ET maps are shown to provide an improved accuracy over the alternative comparison products. These ET maps could be useful for a variety of hydrologic modeling and assessment applications that benefit from a long record, such as the study of periods of water scarcity through time.

@phdthesis{christensen_estimating_2023,
	title = {Estimating blue carbon storage capacity of {Canada}’s eelgrass beds},
	url = {https://open.library.ubc.ca/soa/cIRcle/collections/ubctheses/24/items/1.0427399},
	abstract = {Despite the importance of coastal ecosystems for the global carbon (carbon) budgets including obligations to the United Nations (UN) and growing policy frameworks for natural climate solutions, knowledge of coastal carbon storage capacity and the factors driving variability in st},
	language = {eng},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	school = {University of British Columbia},
	author = {Christensen, Matthew Shane},
	year = {2023},
	doi = {10.14288/1.0427399},
	keywords = {Blue Carbon},
}

Despite the importance of coastal ecosystems for the global carbon (carbon) budgets including obligations to the United Nations (UN) and growing policy frameworks for natural climate solutions, knowledge of coastal carbon storage capacity and the factors driving variability in st

@article{curasi_evaluating_2023,
	title = {Evaluating the {Performance} of the {Canadian} {Land} {Surface} {Scheme} {Including} {Biogeochemical} {Cycles} ({CLASSIC}) {Tailored} to the {Pan}-{Canadian} {Domain}},
	volume = {15},
	copyright = {© 2023 His Majesty the King in Right of Canada and The Authors. Reproduced with the permission of the Minister of Environment and Climate Change.},
	issn = {1942-2466},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1029/2022MS003480},
	doi = {10.1029/2022MS003480},
	abstract = {Canada's boreal forests and tundra ecosystems are responding to unprecedented climate change with implications for the global carbon (C) cycle and global climate. However, our ability to model the response of Canada's terrestrial ecosystems to climate change is limited and there has been no comprehensive, process-based assessment of Canada's terrestrial C cycle. We tailor the Canadian Land Surface Scheme Including Biogeochemical Cycles (CLASSIC) to Canada and evaluate its C cycling performance against independent reference data. We utilize skill scores to assess model performance against reference data alongside benchmark scores that quantify the level of agreement between the reference data sets to aid in interpretation. Our results demonstrate CLASSIC's sensitivity to prescribed vegetation cover. They also show that the addition of five region-specific Plant functional types (PFTs) improves CLASSIC's skill at simulating the Canadian C cycle. CLASSIC performs well when tailored to Canada, falls within the range of the reference data sets, and meets or exceeds the benchmark scores for most C cycling processes. New region-specific land cover products, well-informed PFT parameterizations, and more detailed reference data sets will facilitate improvements to the representation of the terrestrial C cycle in regional and global land surface models. Incorporating a parameterization for boreal disturbance processes and explicitly representing peatlands and permafrost soils will improve CLASSIC's future performance in Canada and other boreal regions. This is an important step toward a comprehensive process-based assessment of Canada's terrestrial C cycle and evaluating Canada's net C balance under climate change.},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Journal of Advances in Modeling Earth Systems},
	author = {Curasi, Salvatore R. and Melton, Joe R. and Humphreys, Elyn R. and Wang, Libo and Seiler, Christian and Cannon, Alex J. and Chan, Ed and Qu, Bo},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1029/2022MS003480},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e2022MS003480},
}

Canada's boreal forests and tundra ecosystems are responding to unprecedented climate change with implications for the global carbon (C) cycle and global climate. However, our ability to model the response of Canada's terrestrial ecosystems to climate change is limited and there has been no comprehensive, process-based assessment of Canada's terrestrial C cycle. We tailor the Canadian Land Surface Scheme Including Biogeochemical Cycles (CLASSIC) to Canada and evaluate its C cycling performance against independent reference data. We utilize skill scores to assess model performance against reference data alongside benchmark scores that quantify the level of agreement between the reference data sets to aid in interpretation. Our results demonstrate CLASSIC's sensitivity to prescribed vegetation cover. They also show that the addition of five region-specific Plant functional types (PFTs) improves CLASSIC's skill at simulating the Canadian C cycle. CLASSIC performs well when tailored to Canada, falls within the range of the reference data sets, and meets or exceeds the benchmark scores for most C cycling processes. New region-specific land cover products, well-informed PFT parameterizations, and more detailed reference data sets will facilitate improvements to the representation of the terrestrial C cycle in regional and global land surface models. Incorporating a parameterization for boreal disturbance processes and explicitly representing peatlands and permafrost soils will improve CLASSIC's future performance in Canada and other boreal regions. This is an important step toward a comprehensive process-based assessment of Canada's terrestrial C cycle and evaluating Canada's net C balance under climate change.

@article{shu_evolution_2023,
	title = {Evolution of the local climate in {Montreal} and {Ottawa} before, during and after a heatwave and the effects on urban heat islands},
	issn = {00489697},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0048969723031182},
	doi = {10.1016/j.scitotenv.2023.164497},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Science of The Total Environment},
	author = {Shu, Chang and Gaur, Abhishek and Wang, Liangzhu and Lacasse, Michael A.},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {164497},
}

@article{tsenov_exploration_2023,
	title = {Exploration of convolutional neural network architectures for large region map automation},
	volume = {17},
	issn = {1931-3195, 1931-3195},
	url = {https://www.spiedigitallibrary.org/journals/journal-of-applied-remote-sensing/volume-17/issue-1/018505/Exploration-of-convolutional-neural-network-architectures-for-large-region-map/10.1117/1.JRS.17.018505.full},
	doi = {10.1117/1.JRS.17.018505},
	abstract = {Deep learning semantic segmentation algorithms have provided improved frameworks for the automated production of land use and land cover (LULC) maps, which significantly increases the frequency of map generation as well as consistency of production quality. In this research, a total of 28 different model variations were examined to improve the accuracy of LULC maps. The experiments were carried out using Landsat 5/7 or Landsat 8 satellite images with the North American land change monitoring system (NALCMS) labels. The performance of various convolutional neural networks and extension combinations were assessed, where Visual Geometry Group Network with an output stride of 4, and modified U-Net architecture, provided the best results. Additional expanded analysis of the generated LULC maps was also provided. Using a deep neural network, this work achieved 92.4\% accuracy for 13 LULC classes within southern Manitoba representing a 15.8\% improvement over published results for the NALCMS. Based on the large regions of interest, higher radiometric resolution of Landsat 8 data resulted in better overall accuracies (88.04\%) compare to Landsat 5/7 (80.66\%) for 16 LULC classes. This represents an 11.44\% and 4.06\% increase in overall accuracy compared to previously published NALCMS results, including larger land area and higher number of LULC classes incorporated into the models compared to other published LULC map automation methods.},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-27},
	journal = {Journal of Applied Remote Sensing},
	author = {Tsenov, Rostyslav-Mykola and Henry, Christopher J. and Storie, Joni L. and Storie, Christopher D. and Murray, Brent and Sokolov, Mikhail},
	month = feb,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: SPIE},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {018505},
}

Deep learning semantic segmentation algorithms have provided improved frameworks for the automated production of land use and land cover (LULC) maps, which significantly increases the frequency of map generation as well as consistency of production quality. In this research, a total of 28 different model variations were examined to improve the accuracy of LULC maps. The experiments were carried out using Landsat 5/7 or Landsat 8 satellite images with the North American land change monitoring system (NALCMS) labels. The performance of various convolutional neural networks and extension combinations were assessed, where Visual Geometry Group Network with an output stride of 4, and modified U-Net architecture, provided the best results. Additional expanded analysis of the generated LULC maps was also provided. Using a deep neural network, this work achieved 92.4% accuracy for 13 LULC classes within southern Manitoba representing a 15.8% improvement over published results for the NALCMS. Based on the large regions of interest, higher radiometric resolution of Landsat 8 data resulted in better overall accuracies (88.04%) compare to Landsat 5/7 (80.66%) for 16 LULC classes. This represents an 11.44% and 4.06% increase in overall accuracy compared to previously published NALCMS results, including larger land area and higher number of LULC classes incorporated into the models compared to other published LULC map automation methods.

@phdthesis{hock-reid_exploring_2023,
	title = {Exploring the {Relationships} {Between} {Mammalian} {Functional} {Trait} {Distributions} and {Regional} {Biomes}, {With} {Application} to {Miocene} {Paleoecology}},
	url = {https://unl.primo.exlibrisgroup.com/discovery/fulldisplay?context=PC&vid=01UON_LINC:UNL&search_scope=MyInst_and_CI&tab=Everything&docid=cdi_proquest_journals_2842753557},
	abstract = {Paleoecology relies on understanding relationships between modern animals and their environment. Animals are adapted to niches in their environments, and those physical adaptations, or functional traits, are utilized as proxies to interpret aspects of paleo-ecosystems. Much is known about individual functional traits in extant mammals and their relationship to the environment. Less is known about how multiple functional traits across a community can be utilized for paleoecological interpretations. I develop models utilizing traits in mammalian communities at the biome level. For Chapter 1, I build a model for North American regional biomes using mammalian trait frequencies. I quantify changes in trait frequency distributions from historical (1832-1899) to modern (2008-2020) times across twelve regional biomes. Results indicate broad species loss across all taxonomic levels and decreased trait frequencies in all biomes due to widespread range contractions. For Chapter 2, I develop models of North American and African mammalian trait distributions. Additionally, I use the models to make paleoecological interpretations of a middle Miocene (late Barstovian; Ba2) Great Plains fauna. Many established paleoecological proxies use African data, even for North American environments. I compare and evaluate these models to determine which is most appropriate for North American paleoecological interpretations. North American and African trait distributions of similar biomes are distinctly different. The African model provides a paleoecological interpretation of the Ba2 Great Plains fauna consistent with past interpretations. For Chapter 3, I apply trait distributions from three Miocene Nebraskan mammalian assemblages to the paleoecological North American and African models developed in Chapter 2. Miocene assemblages are more similar to each other than to modern communities, representing fundamental underlying differences in trait distributions. Both models appear unsuited to make interpretations of local assemblages. Species richness and geographic scale contribute to differences in trait distributions of local assemblages, as does sampling and taphonomic biases against small mammals. However, the African model is the best option for making paleoecological interpretations of Miocene assemblages, though differences still remain.},
	language = {eng},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	school = {ProQuest Dissertations Publishing},
	author = {Hock-Reid, Devra G.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {Book Title: Exploring the Relationships Between Mammalian Functional Trait Distributions and Regional Biomes, With Application to Miocene Paleoecology
ISBN: 9798379955939},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

Paleoecology relies on understanding relationships between modern animals and their environment. Animals are adapted to niches in their environments, and those physical adaptations, or functional traits, are utilized as proxies to interpret aspects of paleo-ecosystems. Much is known about individual functional traits in extant mammals and their relationship to the environment. Less is known about how multiple functional traits across a community can be utilized for paleoecological interpretations. I develop models utilizing traits in mammalian communities at the biome level. For Chapter 1, I build a model for North American regional biomes using mammalian trait frequencies. I quantify changes in trait frequency distributions from historical (1832-1899) to modern (2008-2020) times across twelve regional biomes. Results indicate broad species loss across all taxonomic levels and decreased trait frequencies in all biomes due to widespread range contractions. For Chapter 2, I develop models of North American and African mammalian trait distributions. Additionally, I use the models to make paleoecological interpretations of a middle Miocene (late Barstovian; Ba2) Great Plains fauna. Many established paleoecological proxies use African data, even for North American environments. I compare and evaluate these models to determine which is most appropriate for North American paleoecological interpretations. North American and African trait distributions of similar biomes are distinctly different. The African model provides a paleoecological interpretation of the Ba2 Great Plains fauna consistent with past interpretations. For Chapter 3, I apply trait distributions from three Miocene Nebraskan mammalian assemblages to the paleoecological North American and African models developed in Chapter 2. Miocene assemblages are more similar to each other than to modern communities, representing fundamental underlying differences in trait distributions. Both models appear unsuited to make interpretations of local assemblages. Species richness and geographic scale contribute to differences in trait distributions of local assemblages, as does sampling and taphonomic biases against small mammals. However, the African model is the best option for making paleoecological interpretations of Miocene assemblages, though differences still remain.

@article{gregory_exploring_2023,
	title = {Exploring within-ecodistrict lake organic matter variability and identifying possible environmental contaminant biomarkers using sedimentomics},
	volume = {871},
	issn = {0048-9697},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S004896972300596X},
	doi = {10.1016/j.scitotenv.2023.161981},
	abstract = {Sedimentomics methods offer insight into the physiological parameters that influence freshwater sediment organic matter (sedOM). To date, most sedimentomics studies characterized variations across large spatial and environmental gradients; here we examine whether sedimentomics methods capture subtle sedOM variations within a relatively homogeneous study area in southwestern Nova Scotia, Canada. Additionally, we explore the lake sedimentome for candidate biomarkers related to ongoing carnivorous animal farming in the region. Sediment cores were recovered from seven lakes across a trophic (oligo- to eu- trophic) and anthropogenic land use gradient (carnivorous animal farming in catchment, downstream of farming, no farming nearby). Subsamples that dated prior to 1910 (pre-carnivorous animal farming) and later than 2010 (during carnivorous animal farming) were analyzed using UHPLC-HRMS in both negative (ESI−) and positive (ESI+) electrospray ionization modes. Cluster analysis (k-means) showed replicate samples from a given lake clustered distinctly from one another in both ESI modes, indicating sedOM captured subtle variations between lake systems. PCA combined with multiple linear regression indicated carnivorous animal farming and OM source explained most of the observed variation in lake sedOM. Principal component analysis (PCA) and Partial Least Squares Discriminant Analysis (PLS-DA) of ESI− and ESI+ data sets identified 103 unique candidate biomarkers. Ten strong candidate biomarkers were identified using graphical methods; more research is required for biomarker verification and molecular characterization. Our results indicate sedimentomics could be used in environmentally homogeneous areas, offering insight into the controls of sedOM cycling. Additionally, we identified prospective biomarkers related to carnivorous animal farming that could be used to understand relative contributions of farming to ongoing eutrophication issues in southwestern Nova Scotia.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Science of The Total Environment},
	author = {Gregory, B. R. B. and Bell, M. A. and Sproule, A. and Shields, S. W. and Overy, D. P. and Blais, J. M.},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {161981},
}

Sedimentomics methods offer insight into the physiological parameters that influence freshwater sediment organic matter (sedOM). To date, most sedimentomics studies characterized variations across large spatial and environmental gradients; here we examine whether sedimentomics methods capture subtle sedOM variations within a relatively homogeneous study area in southwestern Nova Scotia, Canada. Additionally, we explore the lake sedimentome for candidate biomarkers related to ongoing carnivorous animal farming in the region. Sediment cores were recovered from seven lakes across a trophic (oligo- to eu- trophic) and anthropogenic land use gradient (carnivorous animal farming in catchment, downstream of farming, no farming nearby). Subsamples that dated prior to 1910 (pre-carnivorous animal farming) and later than 2010 (during carnivorous animal farming) were analyzed using UHPLC-HRMS in both negative (ESI−) and positive (ESI+) electrospray ionization modes. Cluster analysis (k-means) showed replicate samples from a given lake clustered distinctly from one another in both ESI modes, indicating sedOM captured subtle variations between lake systems. PCA combined with multiple linear regression indicated carnivorous animal farming and OM source explained most of the observed variation in lake sedOM. Principal component analysis (PCA) and Partial Least Squares Discriminant Analysis (PLS-DA) of ESI− and ESI+ data sets identified 103 unique candidate biomarkers. Ten strong candidate biomarkers were identified using graphical methods; more research is required for biomarker verification and molecular characterization. Our results indicate sedimentomics could be used in environmentally homogeneous areas, offering insight into the controls of sedOM cycling. Additionally, we identified prospective biomarkers related to carnivorous animal farming that could be used to understand relative contributions of farming to ongoing eutrophication issues in southwestern Nova Scotia.

@article{benedict_extracting_2023,
	title = {Extracting exotic annual grass phenology and climate relations in western {U}.{S}. rangeland ecoregions},
	volume = {25},
	issn = {1573-1464},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10530-023-03021-7},
	doi = {10.1007/s10530-023-03021-7},
	abstract = {This research builds upon the extensive body of work to model exotic annual grass (EAG) characteristics and invasion. EAGs increase wildland fire risk and intensifies wildland fire behavior in western U.S. rangelands. Therefore, understanding characteristics of EAG growth increases understanding of its dynamics and can inform rangeland management decisions. To better understand EAG phenology and spatial distribution, monthly weather (precipitation, minimum and maximum temperature) variables were analyzed for 24 level III ecoregions. This research characterizes EAGs’ phenology identified by a normalized difference vegetation index (NDVI) threshold-based interpolation technique. An EAG phenology metric model was used to estimate a growing season dynamic for the years 2017–2021 for shrub and herbaceous land cover types in the western conterminous United States (66\% of the area). The EAG phenology metrics include six growing season metrics such as start of season time, end of season time, and time of maximum NDVI during the growing season. The models’ cross validation results for Pearson’s r ranged from 0.88 to 0.95. Increased understanding of the effects that weather conditions have on EAG growth and spatial distribution can help land managers develop time-sensitive plans to protect entities deemed valuable to society like native habitat, wildlife, recreational areas, and air quality.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Biological Invasions},
	author = {Benedict, Trenton D. and Boyte, Stephen P. and Dahal, Devendra and Shrestha, Dinesh and Parajuli, Sujan and Megard, Logan J.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {2023--2041},
}

This research builds upon the extensive body of work to model exotic annual grass (EAG) characteristics and invasion. EAGs increase wildland fire risk and intensifies wildland fire behavior in western U.S. rangelands. Therefore, understanding characteristics of EAG growth increases understanding of its dynamics and can inform rangeland management decisions. To better understand EAG phenology and spatial distribution, monthly weather (precipitation, minimum and maximum temperature) variables were analyzed for 24 level III ecoregions. This research characterizes EAGs’ phenology identified by a normalized difference vegetation index (NDVI) threshold-based interpolation technique. An EAG phenology metric model was used to estimate a growing season dynamic for the years 2017–2021 for shrub and herbaceous land cover types in the western conterminous United States (66% of the area). The EAG phenology metrics include six growing season metrics such as start of season time, end of season time, and time of maximum NDVI during the growing season. The models’ cross validation results for Pearson’s r ranged from 0.88 to 0.95. Increased understanding of the effects that weather conditions have on EAG growth and spatial distribution can help land managers develop time-sensitive plans to protect entities deemed valuable to society like native habitat, wildlife, recreational areas, and air quality.

@article{isted_ferruginous_2023,
	title = {Ferruginous {Hawk} movements respond predictably to intra‐annual variation but unexpectedly to anthropogenic habitats},
	issn = {0019-1019, 1474-919X},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/ibi.13200},
	doi = {10.1111/ibi.13200},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Ibis},
	author = {Isted, Georgia H. and Thomas, Robert J. and Warner, Kevin S. and Stuber, Matthew J. and Ellsworth, Ethan and Katzner, Todd E.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {ibi.13200},
}

@article{uhelski_fire_2023,
	title = {Fire {History} and {Long}-{Term} {Carbon} {Accumulation} in {Hemi}-boreal {Peatlands}},
	issn = {1435-0629},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10021-023-00851-3},
	doi = {10.1007/s10021-023-00851-3},
	abstract = {Fire can play an important role in peatlands by modifying plant communities and carbon (C) stocks. However, baseline disturbance data on peatland fire history are lacking in the hemi-boreal region. We sampled 29 peatlands in northern Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota and used peat core records, radiocarbon dating, and infrared spectrometry to identify and date past fire events in 4 major hemi-boreal peatland ecotypes including open poor fens, treed poor fens, forested poor fens, and forested rich fens. In this region all types of poor fens had widely variable fire frequencies between sites. The poor fens experienced 2.1 fires per thousand years, or once every 476 years, on average, while the rich fens experienced almost no fire. Overall C stocks ranged from 10.1 to 263.3 kg C m−2 with a mean of 94.6 and median of 90.5 kg C m−2. The long-term apparent rate of carbon accumulation (LARCA) varied between 10–45 g m−2 y−1 with an average of 28 g m−2 y−1. We found a significant negative relationship between fire frequency and LARCA. Our research indicates that fire frequency is not consistent across peatland types and increases in fire frequency will likely diminish peat C stocks. These findings provide a historical context for management decisions concerning wildland fires and their consequences for ecosystem C storage in hemi-boreal peatlands.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Ecosystems},
	author = {Uhelski, Dominic M. and Kane, Evan S. and Heckman, Katherine A. and Chimner, Rodney A.},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

Fire can play an important role in peatlands by modifying plant communities and carbon (C) stocks. However, baseline disturbance data on peatland fire history are lacking in the hemi-boreal region. We sampled 29 peatlands in northern Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota and used peat core records, radiocarbon dating, and infrared spectrometry to identify and date past fire events in 4 major hemi-boreal peatland ecotypes including open poor fens, treed poor fens, forested poor fens, and forested rich fens. In this region all types of poor fens had widely variable fire frequencies between sites. The poor fens experienced 2.1 fires per thousand years, or once every 476 years, on average, while the rich fens experienced almost no fire. Overall C stocks ranged from 10.1 to 263.3 kg C m−2 with a mean of 94.6 and median of 90.5 kg C m−2. The long-term apparent rate of carbon accumulation (LARCA) varied between 10–45 g m−2 y−1 with an average of 28 g m−2 y−1. We found a significant negative relationship between fire frequency and LARCA. Our research indicates that fire frequency is not consistent across peatland types and increases in fire frequency will likely diminish peat C stocks. These findings provide a historical context for management decisions concerning wildland fires and their consequences for ecosystem C storage in hemi-boreal peatlands.

@article{nicoletta_firelossrate_2023,
	title = {{FireLossRate}: {An} {R} package to estimate the loss rate of residential structures affected by wildfires at the {Wildland} {Urban} {Interface}},
	volume = {10},
	issn = {2215-0161},
	shorttitle = {{FireLossRate}},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2215016123002352},
	doi = {10.1016/j.mex.2023.102238},
	abstract = {To inform proactive management actions supporting community resilience to wildfires, we developed a new software package called FireLossRate. This package in R helps the user to compute wildfire impacts on residential structures at the Wildland Urban Interface (WUI). The package integrates spatial information about exposed structures, empirical equations that estimate the loss rate of structures affected by wildfires as a function of fireline intensity and distance from fire edge with fire growth modeling outputs from fire simulation software and burn probability models. FireLossRate helps to quantify and produce spatially explicit data on structural exposure and loss for single and multiple fires. The package automates post hoc analyses on simulations that include single or multiple wildfires and enables result mapping when combined with other packages available in R. In this paper, we describe the functionality of the FireLossRate package and introduce users to the interpretation of impact indicators of wildfires at the WUI. FireLossRate is available for download at https://github.com/LFCFireLab/FireLossRate.•FireLossRate allows the computation of wildfire impacts indicators on residential structures at the Wildland Urban Interface in support of community fire risk management.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {MethodsX},
	author = {Nicoletta, Vittorio and D． Chavardès, Raphaël and Abo El Ezz, Ahmad and Cotton-Gagnon, Anne and Bélanger, Valérie and Boucher, Jonathan},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {102238},
}

To inform proactive management actions supporting community resilience to wildfires, we developed a new software package called FireLossRate. This package in R helps the user to compute wildfire impacts on residential structures at the Wildland Urban Interface (WUI). The package integrates spatial information about exposed structures, empirical equations that estimate the loss rate of structures affected by wildfires as a function of fireline intensity and distance from fire edge with fire growth modeling outputs from fire simulation software and burn probability models. FireLossRate helps to quantify and produce spatially explicit data on structural exposure and loss for single and multiple fires. The package automates post hoc analyses on simulations that include single or multiple wildfires and enables result mapping when combined with other packages available in R. In this paper, we describe the functionality of the FireLossRate package and introduce users to the interpretation of impact indicators of wildfires at the WUI. FireLossRate is available for download at https://github.com/LFCFireLab/FireLossRate.•FireLossRate allows the computation of wildfire impacts indicators on residential structures at the Wildland Urban Interface in support of community fire risk management.

@article{mckellar_first-ever_2023,
	title = {First-ever satellite tracking of {Black} {Terns} ({Chlidonias} niger): {Insights} into home range and habitat selection},
	volume = {13},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Authors. Ecology and Evolution published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd.},
	issn = {2045-7758},
	shorttitle = {First-ever satellite tracking of {Black} {Terns} ({Chlidonias} niger)},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/ece3.10716},
	doi = {10.1002/ece3.10716},
	abstract = {Understanding animal movement across the annual cycle is critical for developing appropriate conservation plans, but the large size and high cost of tracking devices can limit the spatial and temporal resolution at which movement data can be collected, especially for small avian species. Furthermore, for species with low breeding site fidelity, the ability to obtain tracking data from small, archival tags is hindered by low recapture rates. We deployed satellite tracking devices on four adult Black Terns (Chlidonias niger), a declining waterbird with low site fidelity, to examine space use and selection of resources within individual breeding home ranges. We also provide a preliminary assessment of habitat use during fall stopover. We found that home ranges were extensive (mean 283.7 km2) and distances travelled from the nest substantially larger (up to 35 km) than previously thought ( 2.5 km). Terns showed selection for wetlands and open water on the breeding grounds, but also showed selection for developed areas. This may reflect humans selecting similar landscape features for recreation and development as terns, and suggests that terns can tolerate the light degree of development (e.g. cottages, boat launches, etc.) within our study area. Despite a small sample size, this is the first study to track individual Black Terns at a high resolution with implications for conservation and wetland management practices relevant to the spatial scales at which habitat is used by the species.},
	language = {en},
	number = {11},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Ecology and Evolution},
	author = {McKellar, Ann E. and Clements, Sarah J.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/ece3.10716},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e10716},
}

Understanding animal movement across the annual cycle is critical for developing appropriate conservation plans, but the large size and high cost of tracking devices can limit the spatial and temporal resolution at which movement data can be collected, especially for small avian species. Furthermore, for species with low breeding site fidelity, the ability to obtain tracking data from small, archival tags is hindered by low recapture rates. We deployed satellite tracking devices on four adult Black Terns (Chlidonias niger), a declining waterbird with low site fidelity, to examine space use and selection of resources within individual breeding home ranges. We also provide a preliminary assessment of habitat use during fall stopover. We found that home ranges were extensive (mean 283.7 km2) and distances travelled from the nest substantially larger (up to 35 km) than previously thought ( 2.5 km). Terns showed selection for wetlands and open water on the breeding grounds, but also showed selection for developed areas. This may reflect humans selecting similar landscape features for recreation and development as terns, and suggests that terns can tolerate the light degree of development (e.g. cottages, boat launches, etc.) within our study area. Despite a small sample size, this is the first study to track individual Black Terns at a high resolution with implications for conservation and wetland management practices relevant to the spatial scales at which habitat is used by the species.

@article{massey_forest_2023,
	title = {Forest composition change and biophysical climate feedbacks across boreal {North} {America}},
	volume = {13},
	copyright = {2023 The Author(s)},
	issn = {1758-6798},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41558-023-01851-w},
	doi = {10.1038/s41558-023-01851-w},
	abstract = {Deciduous tree cover is expected to increase in North American boreal forests with climate warming and wildfire. This shift in composition has the potential to generate biophysical cooling via increased land surface albedo. Here we use Landsat-derived maps of continuous tree canopy cover and deciduous fractional composition to assess albedo change over recent decades. We find, on average, a small net decrease in deciduous fraction from 2000 to 2015 across boreal North America and from 1992 to 2015 across Canada, despite extensive fire disturbance that locally increased deciduous vegetation. We further find near-neutral net biophysical change in radiative forcing associated with albedo when aggregated across the domain. Thus, while there have been widespread changes in forest composition over the past several decades, the net changes in composition and associated post-fire radiative forcing have not induced systematic negative feedbacks to climate warming over the spatial and temporal scope of our study.},
	language = {en},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Nature Climate Change},
	author = {Massey, Richard and Rogers, Brendan M. and Berner, Logan T. and Cooperdock, Sol and Mack, Michelle C. and Walker, Xanthe J. and Goetz, Scott J.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Number: 12
Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {1368--1375},
}

Deciduous tree cover is expected to increase in North American boreal forests with climate warming and wildfire. This shift in composition has the potential to generate biophysical cooling via increased land surface albedo. Here we use Landsat-derived maps of continuous tree canopy cover and deciduous fractional composition to assess albedo change over recent decades. We find, on average, a small net decrease in deciduous fraction from 2000 to 2015 across boreal North America and from 1992 to 2015 across Canada, despite extensive fire disturbance that locally increased deciduous vegetation. We further find near-neutral net biophysical change in radiative forcing associated with albedo when aggregated across the domain. Thus, while there have been widespread changes in forest composition over the past several decades, the net changes in composition and associated post-fire radiative forcing have not induced systematic negative feedbacks to climate warming over the spatial and temporal scope of our study.

@article{hansen_formation_2023,
	title = {Formation of the {Holarctic} {Fauna}: {Dated} molecular phylogenetic and biogeographic insights from the {Quedius}-lineage of {Ground}-{Dwelling} {Rove} {Beetles} ({Coleoptera}, {Staphylinidae})},
	volume = {182},
	issn = {1055-7903},
	shorttitle = {Formation of the {Holarctic} {Fauna}},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1055790323000490},
	doi = {10.1016/j.ympev.2023.107749},
	abstract = {Although the Holarctic fauna has been explored for centuries, many questions on its formation are still unanswered. For example, i) what was the impact of the uplift of the Himalaya and Tibetan Plateau?, ii) what were the timings and climate of the faunal bridges connecting the Nearctic and Palearctic regions?, and iii) how did insect lineages respond to the late Paleogene global cooling and regional aridification? To answer these, we developed a phylogenetic dataset of 1229 nuclear loci for a total of 222 species of rove beetles (Staphylinidae) with emphasis in the tribe Quediini, especially Quedius-lineage and its subclade Quedius sensu stricto. Using eight fossils for calibrating molecular clock, we estimated divergence times and then analysed in BioGeoBEARS paleodistributions of the most recent common ancestor for each target lineage. For each species we generated climatic envelopes of the temperature and precipitation and mapped them across the phylogeny to explore evolutionary shifts. Our results suggest that the warm and humid Himalaya and Tibetan Plateau acted as an evolutionary cradle for the Quedius-lineage originating during the Oligocene from where, in the Early Miocene, the ancestor of the Quedius s. str. dispersed into the West Palearctic. With the climate cooling from the Mid Miocene onwards, new lineages within Quedius s. str. emerged and gradually expanded distributions across the Palearctic. In Late Miocene, a member of the group dispersed to the Nearctic region via Beringia before the closure of this land bridge 5.3 Ma. Paleogene global cooling and regional aridification largely shaped the current biogeographic pattern for Quedius s. str. species, many of them originating during the Pliocene and shifting or contracting their ranges during Pleistocene.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-07-04},
	journal = {Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution},
	author = {Hansen, Aslak Kappel and Brunke, Adam J. and Thomsen, Philip Francis and Simonsen, Thomas J. and Solodovnikov, Alexey},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {107749},
}

Although the Holarctic fauna has been explored for centuries, many questions on its formation are still unanswered. For example, i) what was the impact of the uplift of the Himalaya and Tibetan Plateau?, ii) what were the timings and climate of the faunal bridges connecting the Nearctic and Palearctic regions?, and iii) how did insect lineages respond to the late Paleogene global cooling and regional aridification? To answer these, we developed a phylogenetic dataset of 1229 nuclear loci for a total of 222 species of rove beetles (Staphylinidae) with emphasis in the tribe Quediini, especially Quedius-lineage and its subclade Quedius sensu stricto. Using eight fossils for calibrating molecular clock, we estimated divergence times and then analysed in BioGeoBEARS paleodistributions of the most recent common ancestor for each target lineage. For each species we generated climatic envelopes of the temperature and precipitation and mapped them across the phylogeny to explore evolutionary shifts. Our results suggest that the warm and humid Himalaya and Tibetan Plateau acted as an evolutionary cradle for the Quedius-lineage originating during the Oligocene from where, in the Early Miocene, the ancestor of the Quedius s. str. dispersed into the West Palearctic. With the climate cooling from the Mid Miocene onwards, new lineages within Quedius s. str. emerged and gradually expanded distributions across the Palearctic. In Late Miocene, a member of the group dispersed to the Nearctic region via Beringia before the closure of this land bridge 5.3 Ma. Paleogene global cooling and regional aridification largely shaped the current biogeographic pattern for Quedius s. str. species, many of them originating during the Pliocene and shifting or contracting their ranges during Pleistocene.

@techreport{schnorbus_future_2023,
	title = {Future {Design} {Flood} {Values} in the {Fraser} and {Peace} {River} {Basins} {Using} the {CanESM2}-{LE}},
	url = {https://www2.gov.bc.ca/assets/gov/driving-and-transportation/environment/climate-action/moti_streamflow_design_values.pdf},
	language = {en},
	institution = {Pacific Climate Impacts Consortium},
	author = {Schnorbus, Markus A. and Alaya, Mohamed Ali Ben},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {38},
}

@article{van_den_bosch_habitat_2023,
	title = {Habitat selection of resident and non-resident gray wolves: implications for habitat connectivity},
	volume = {13},
	copyright = {2023 The Author(s)},
	issn = {2045-2322},
	shorttitle = {Habitat selection of resident and non-resident gray wolves},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-023-47815-0},
	doi = {10.1038/s41598-023-47815-0},
	abstract = {Habitat selection studies facilitate assessing and predicting species distributions and habitat connectivity, but habitat selection can vary temporally and among individuals, which is often ignored. We used GPS telemetry data from 96 Gray wolves (Canis lupus) in the western Great Lakes region of the USA to assess differences in habitat selection while wolves exhibited resident (territorial) or non-resident (dispersing or floating) movements and discuss implications for habitat connectivity. We used a step-selection function (SSF) to assess habitat selection by wolves exhibiting resident or non-resident movements, and modeled circuit connectivity throughout the western Great Lakes region. Wolves selected for natural land cover and against areas with high road densities, with no differences in selection among wolves when resident, dispersing, or floating. Similar habitat selection between resident and non-resident wolves may be due to similarity in environmental conditions, when non-resident movements occur largely within established wolf range rather than near the periphery or beyond the species range. Alternatively, non-resident wolves may travel through occupied territories because higher food availability or lower human disturbance outweighs risks posed by conspecifics. Finally, an absence of differences in habitat selection between resident and non-resident wolf movements may be due to other unknown reasons. We recommend considering context-dependency when evaluating differences in movements and habitat use between resident and non-resident individuals. Our results also provide independent validation of a previous species distribution model and connectivity analysis suggesting most potential wolf habitat in the western Great Lakes region is occupied, with limited connectivity to unoccupied habitat.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Scientific Reports},
	author = {van den Bosch, M. and Kellner, K. F. and Gantchoff, M. G. and Patterson, B. R. and Barber-Meyer, S. M. and Beyer, D. E. and Erb, J. D. and Isaac, E. J. and MacFarland, D. M. and Moore, S. A. and Norton, D. C. and Petroelje, T. R. and Price Tack, J. L. and Roell, B. J. and Schrage, M. and Belant, J. L.},
	month = nov,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Number: 1
Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {20415},
}

Habitat selection studies facilitate assessing and predicting species distributions and habitat connectivity, but habitat selection can vary temporally and among individuals, which is often ignored. We used GPS telemetry data from 96 Gray wolves (Canis lupus) in the western Great Lakes region of the USA to assess differences in habitat selection while wolves exhibited resident (territorial) or non-resident (dispersing or floating) movements and discuss implications for habitat connectivity. We used a step-selection function (SSF) to assess habitat selection by wolves exhibiting resident or non-resident movements, and modeled circuit connectivity throughout the western Great Lakes region. Wolves selected for natural land cover and against areas with high road densities, with no differences in selection among wolves when resident, dispersing, or floating. Similar habitat selection between resident and non-resident wolves may be due to similarity in environmental conditions, when non-resident movements occur largely within established wolf range rather than near the periphery or beyond the species range. Alternatively, non-resident wolves may travel through occupied territories because higher food availability or lower human disturbance outweighs risks posed by conspecifics. Finally, an absence of differences in habitat selection between resident and non-resident wolf movements may be due to other unknown reasons. We recommend considering context-dependency when evaluating differences in movements and habitat use between resident and non-resident individuals. Our results also provide independent validation of a previous species distribution model and connectivity analysis suggesting most potential wolf habitat in the western Great Lakes region is occupied, with limited connectivity to unoccupied habitat.

@article{hammond_high_2023,
	title = {High {Resolution} {SnowModel} {Simulations} {Reveal} {Future} {Elevation}-{Dependent} {Snow} {Loss} and {Earlier}, {Flashier} {Surface} {Water} {Input} for the {Upper} {Colorado} {River} {Basin}},
	volume = {11},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Authors. This article has been contributed to by U.S. Government employees and their work is in the public domain in the USA.},
	issn = {2328-4277},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1029/2022EF003092},
	doi = {10.1029/2022EF003092},
	abstract = {Continued climate warming is reducing seasonal snowpacks in the western United States, where {\textgreater}50\% of historical water supplies were snowmelt-derived. In the Upper Colorado River Basin, declining snow water equivalent (SWE) and altered surface water input (SWI, rainfall and snowmelt available to enter the soil) timing and magnitude affect streamflow generation and water availability. To adapt effectively to future conditions, we need to understand current spatiotemporal distributions of SWE and SWI and how they may change in future decades. We developed 100-m SnowModel simulations for water years 2001–2013 and two scenarios: control (CTL) and pseudo-global-warming (PGW). The PGW fraction of precipitation falling as snow was lower relative to CTL, except for November–April at high elevations. PGW peak SWE was lower for low (−45\%) and mid elevations (−14\%), while the date of peak SWE was uniformly earlier in the year for all elevations (17–23 days). Currently unmonitored high elevation snow represented a greater fraction of total PGW SWE. PGW peak daily SWI was higher for all elevations (30\%–42\%), while the dates of SWI peaks and centroids were earlier in the year for all elevations under PGW. PGW displayed elevated winter SWI, lower summer SWI, and changes in spring SWI timing were elevation-dependent. Although PGW peak SWI was elevated and earlier compared to CTL, SWI was more evenly distributed throughout the year for PGW. These simulated shifts in the timing and magnitude of SWE and SWI have broad implications for water management in dry, snow-dominated regions.},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Earth's Future},
	author = {Hammond, John C. and Sexstone, Graham A. and Putman, Annie L. and Barnhart, Theodore B. and Rey, David M. and Driscoll, Jessica M. and Liston, Glen E. and Rasmussen, Kristen L. and McGrath, Daniel and Fassnacht, Steven R. and Kampf, Stephanie K.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1029/2022EF003092},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e2022EF003092},
}

Continued climate warming is reducing seasonal snowpacks in the western United States, where \textgreater50% of historical water supplies were snowmelt-derived. In the Upper Colorado River Basin, declining snow water equivalent (SWE) and altered surface water input (SWI, rainfall and snowmelt available to enter the soil) timing and magnitude affect streamflow generation and water availability. To adapt effectively to future conditions, we need to understand current spatiotemporal distributions of SWE and SWI and how they may change in future decades. We developed 100-m SnowModel simulations for water years 2001–2013 and two scenarios: control (CTL) and pseudo-global-warming (PGW). The PGW fraction of precipitation falling as snow was lower relative to CTL, except for November–April at high elevations. PGW peak SWE was lower for low (−45%) and mid elevations (−14%), while the date of peak SWE was uniformly earlier in the year for all elevations (17–23 days). Currently unmonitored high elevation snow represented a greater fraction of total PGW SWE. PGW peak daily SWI was higher for all elevations (30%–42%), while the dates of SWI peaks and centroids were earlier in the year for all elevations under PGW. PGW displayed elevated winter SWI, lower summer SWI, and changes in spring SWI timing were elevation-dependent. Although PGW peak SWI was elevated and earlier compared to CTL, SWI was more evenly distributed throughout the year for PGW. These simulated shifts in the timing and magnitude of SWE and SWI have broad implications for water management in dry, snow-dominated regions.

@misc{lidd_how_2023,
	title = {How {Geography} {Shapes} {Logistics} {Across} {North} {America} - {It}'s the {End} of the {Week}!},
	url = {https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zxdz17r4C9s},
	abstract = {\#ItsTheEndOfTheWeek and in this episode, hosts Germán and Jorge dive deep into the intricacies of supply chain networks across North America. With a focus on Canada, the United States, and Mexico, Germán and Jorge explore the unique geographical and infrastructural challenges these countries face and how they influence the design of supply chain networks.

1️⃣ Geography Matters: The geography of North America plays a pivotal role in determining the supply chain strategies employed by businesses. Whether it's the vast expanse of Canada, the diverse terrains of the United States, or the rugged landscapes of Mexico, geography influences many aspects of a supply chain network.

2️⃣ The Balancing Act Between Canada and the United States: Due to extensive road networks and relatively flat terrain between the countries, Canada and the United States can often manage supply chain logistics with one or two strategically located centers, efficiently serving a vast majority of the population. However, with the United States having a larger population spread across the east and west, some businesses opt for two, three, or even four distribution centers to balance transportation costs and maintain service levels.

3️⃣ Mexico's Need for Many Distribution Centers: Given the rugged nature of Mexico's geography, companies frequently require numerous distribution centers in their supply chain network to ensure timely product delivery while keeping transportation costs in check. Moreover, Mexico's labor cost advantage allows for the establishment of many smaller distribution centers where third party logistics companies play a pivotal role in warehouse management and last-mile delivery.

Sources: 
- https://www.statista.com/statistics/2...
- https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/...
- http://www.cec.org/north-american-env...
- https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List\_of...},
	urldate = {2023-09-28},
	author = {{LIDD}},
	month = sep,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Population Density},
}

#ItsTheEndOfTheWeek and in this episode, hosts Germán and Jorge dive deep into the intricacies of supply chain networks across North America. With a focus on Canada, the United States, and Mexico, Germán and Jorge explore the unique geographical and infrastructural challenges these countries face and how they influence the design of supply chain networks. 1️⃣ Geography Matters: The geography of North America plays a pivotal role in determining the supply chain strategies employed by businesses. Whether it's the vast expanse of Canada, the diverse terrains of the United States, or the rugged landscapes of Mexico, geography influences many aspects of a supply chain network. 2️⃣ The Balancing Act Between Canada and the United States: Due to extensive road networks and relatively flat terrain between the countries, Canada and the United States can often manage supply chain logistics with one or two strategically located centers, efficiently serving a vast majority of the population. However, with the United States having a larger population spread across the east and west, some businesses opt for two, three, or even four distribution centers to balance transportation costs and maintain service levels. 3️⃣ Mexico's Need for Many Distribution Centers: Given the rugged nature of Mexico's geography, companies frequently require numerous distribution centers in their supply chain network to ensure timely product delivery while keeping transportation costs in check. Moreover, Mexico's labor cost advantage allows for the establishment of many smaller distribution centers where third party logistics companies play a pivotal role in warehouse management and last-mile delivery. Sources: - https://www.statista.com/statistics/2... - https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/... - http://www.cec.org/north-american-env... - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of...

@article{visscher_human_2023,
	title = {Human impact on deer use is greater than predators and competitors in a multiuse recreation area},
	volume = {197},
	issn = {00033472},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0003347223000039},
	doi = {10.1016/j.anbehav.2023.01.003},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Animal Behaviour},
	author = {Visscher, Darcy R. and Walker, Philip D. and Flowers, Mitchell and Kemna, Colborne and Pattison, Jesse and Kushnerick, Brandon},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {61--69},
}

@article{cole_impacts_2023,
	title = {Impacts of anthropogenic land transformation on species-specific habitat amount, fragmentation, and connectivity in the {Adirondack}-to-{Laurentians} ({A2L}) transboundary wildlife linkage between 2000 and 2015: {Implications} for conservation and ecological restoration},
	issn = {1572-9761},
	shorttitle = {Impacts of anthropogenic land transformation on species-specific habitat amount, fragmentation, and connectivity in the {Adirondack}-to-{Laurentians} ({A2L}) transboundary wildlife linkage between 2000 and 2015},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10980-023-01727-6},
	doi = {10.1007/s10980-023-01727-6},
	abstract = {The Adirondack-to-Laurentians (A2L) transboundary wildlife linkage is one of three north–south movement linkages that connect natural areas in northeastern USA and southeastern Canada. This region still retains habitats of high ecological integrity and biodiversity; however, anthropogenic land transformation may be putting transboundary connectivity at risk.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Landscape Ecology},
	author = {Cole, Jonathan R. and Koen, Erin L. and Pedersen, Eric J. and Gallo, John A. and Kross, Angela and Jaeger, Jochen A. G.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2023},
	note = {https://link.springer.com/epdf/10.1007/s10980-023-01727-6?sharing\_token=rtYflGjejO3ksBrEB3GqOve4RwlQNchNByi7wbcMAY4zVbh61XAiP-\_6l6-lPj7beqFG5tOJmYOahRFKXPE2kZtrpXtLqsEFPJsJavUNQlNGduQ-sE4Bhvbb3w3v5HxrlRTXCarVsZsYmg5dzXUtqPZtf-WlBuchWwtcox9HJ4g\%3D},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
}

The Adirondack-to-Laurentians (A2L) transboundary wildlife linkage is one of three north–south movement linkages that connect natural areas in northeastern USA and southeastern Canada. This region still retains habitats of high ecological integrity and biodiversity; however, anthropogenic land transformation may be putting transboundary connectivity at risk.

@article{ahmed_implementing_2023,
	title = {Implementing a parsimonious variable contributing area algorithm for the prairie pothole region in the {HYPE} modelling framework},
	volume = {167},
	issn = {1364-8152},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S136481522300155X},
	doi = {10.1016/j.envsoft.2023.105769},
	abstract = {The North American prairie region is known for its poorly defined drainage system with numerous surface depressions that lead to variable contributing areas for streamflow generation. Current approaches of representing surface depressions are either simplistic or computationally demanding. In this study, a variable contributing area algorithm is implemented in the HYdrological Predictions for the Environment (HYPE) model and evaluated in the Canadian prairies. HYPE's local lake module is replaced with a Hysteretic Depressional Storage (HDS) algorithm to estimate the variable contributing fractions of subbasins. The modified model shows significant improvements in simulating the streamflows of two prairie basins in Saskatchewan, Canada. The modified model can replicate the hysteretic relationships between the water volume and contributing area of the basins. With the inclusion of the HDS algorithm in HYPE, the global HYPE modelling community can now simulate an important hydrological phenomenon, previously unavailable in the model.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Environmental Modelling \& Software},
	author = {Ahmed, Mohamed Ismaiel and Shook, Kevin and Pietroniro, Alain and Stadnyk, Tricia and Pomeroy, John W. and Pers, Charlotta and Gustafsson, David},
	month = sep,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {105769},
}

The North American prairie region is known for its poorly defined drainage system with numerous surface depressions that lead to variable contributing areas for streamflow generation. Current approaches of representing surface depressions are either simplistic or computationally demanding. In this study, a variable contributing area algorithm is implemented in the HYdrological Predictions for the Environment (HYPE) model and evaluated in the Canadian prairies. HYPE's local lake module is replaced with a Hysteretic Depressional Storage (HDS) algorithm to estimate the variable contributing fractions of subbasins. The modified model shows significant improvements in simulating the streamflows of two prairie basins in Saskatchewan, Canada. The modified model can replicate the hysteretic relationships between the water volume and contributing area of the basins. With the inclusion of the HDS algorithm in HYPE, the global HYPE modelling community can now simulate an important hydrological phenomenon, previously unavailable in the model.

@article{widurska_influence_2023,
	title = {Influence of landscape position and climatic seasonality on soil water and gas conductivity properties in agricultural soils},
	issn = {0008-4271},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjss-2022-0107},
	doi = {10.1139/cjss-2022-0107},
	abstract = {Agricultural landscape management and climate seasonality can influence soil structure, hydraulic conductivity, and air permeability within the context of soil water and soil gas mobility. To investigate this, in situ and laboratory-based data were collected from three agricultural landscape positions within a watershed in eastern Ontario, Canada during a growing season. Macropore classification, water infiltration tests, and air permeability measurements were conducted in situ and standard soil characterizations were carried out on soil samples. Hydraulic conductivity of the soil matrix, based on grain size data, indicated that the highest values were consistently measured in the B horizon at each landscape setting. Macropores were found to be more abundant within uncultivated drainage ditch bank soils, compared to the adjacent cropped fields. Macropores in the ditch bank soils were exclusively consisted of circular biopores, while both circular and linear macropores were observed in the cultivated field soils. Air permeability, vertical hydraulic conductivity, and horizontal hydraulic conductivity were also greater in the uncultivated soils, relative to the cultivated soils. Field saturated hydraulic conductivity measurements offered evidence of anisotropy, likely due to the vertical nature of the macropore features. Macropore disposition and extent varied over the growing season, especially in the cultivated field soils where tillage and field trafficking are physically disruptive. Seasonality of macropore development will influence temporal changes in advection-based mass exchange of gas and water in the vadose zone. Modeling of mass exchange in agricultural soils should consider time variability in macroporosity to more realistically characterize infiltration and soil gas emissions.},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Soil Science},
	author = {Widurska, I. and Frey, S.K. and Lapen, D.R. and Rudolph, D.L.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: NRC Research Press},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
}

Agricultural landscape management and climate seasonality can influence soil structure, hydraulic conductivity, and air permeability within the context of soil water and soil gas mobility. To investigate this, in situ and laboratory-based data were collected from three agricultural landscape positions within a watershed in eastern Ontario, Canada during a growing season. Macropore classification, water infiltration tests, and air permeability measurements were conducted in situ and standard soil characterizations were carried out on soil samples. Hydraulic conductivity of the soil matrix, based on grain size data, indicated that the highest values were consistently measured in the B horizon at each landscape setting. Macropores were found to be more abundant within uncultivated drainage ditch bank soils, compared to the adjacent cropped fields. Macropores in the ditch bank soils were exclusively consisted of circular biopores, while both circular and linear macropores were observed in the cultivated field soils. Air permeability, vertical hydraulic conductivity, and horizontal hydraulic conductivity were also greater in the uncultivated soils, relative to the cultivated soils. Field saturated hydraulic conductivity measurements offered evidence of anisotropy, likely due to the vertical nature of the macropore features. Macropore disposition and extent varied over the growing season, especially in the cultivated field soils where tillage and field trafficking are physically disruptive. Seasonality of macropore development will influence temporal changes in advection-based mass exchange of gas and water in the vadose zone. Modeling of mass exchange in agricultural soils should consider time variability in macroporosity to more realistically characterize infiltration and soil gas emissions.

@article{leach_informational_2023,
	title = {Informational analysis of the {Canadian} {National} {Hydrometric} program monitoring network},
	volume = {0},
	issn = {0701-1784},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1080/07011784.2023.2242815},
	doi = {10.1080/07011784.2023.2242815},
	abstract = {An information theory-based analysis was used to evaluate the Canadian National Hydrometric Network. The information theory approach used a mutual information based metric known as information quality ratio (IQR) to evaluate the reproducible information available in the network. The analysis was based on available data from 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2018, and compared using average daily discharge and average daily stage data from all months, summer months, and winter months to calculate the IQR. This evaluation showed that 63–77\% of hydrometric stations providing discharge data and 87–90\% of hydrometric stations providing stage data, depending on the season, have an IQR equal to or greater than 0.4. These results indicate that the majority of hydrometric stations provide an average or higher level of information during the analysis period. Based on the information theory analysis, the existing hydrometric network has been shown to be average in the gauged regions of Canada, excluding the Great Plains region. These results suggest that if new stations were to be added, greater effort should be focused in the ungauged areas of Northern Canada or to bolster information content of the Great Plains.},
	number = {0},
	urldate = {2023-08-30},
	journal = {Canadian Water Resources Journal / Revue canadienne des ressources hydriques},
	author = {Leach, James M. and Keum, Jongho and Karn, Jeffrey and Garner, Megan and Coulibaly, Paulin},
	month = aug,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Taylor \& Francis
\_eprint: https://doi.org/10.1080/07011784.2023.2242815},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {1--14},
}

An information theory-based analysis was used to evaluate the Canadian National Hydrometric Network. The information theory approach used a mutual information based metric known as information quality ratio (IQR) to evaluate the reproducible information available in the network. The analysis was based on available data from 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2018, and compared using average daily discharge and average daily stage data from all months, summer months, and winter months to calculate the IQR. This evaluation showed that 63–77% of hydrometric stations providing discharge data and 87–90% of hydrometric stations providing stage data, depending on the season, have an IQR equal to or greater than 0.4. These results indicate that the majority of hydrometric stations provide an average or higher level of information during the analysis period. Based on the information theory analysis, the existing hydrometric network has been shown to be average in the gauged regions of Canada, excluding the Great Plains region. These results suggest that if new stations were to be added, greater effort should be focused in the ungauged areas of Northern Canada or to bolster information content of the Great Plains.

@article{miguel-vazquez_insights_2023,
	title = {Insights on the {Distribution} of {Struthanthus} palmeri {Kuijt} ({Loranthaceae}), the {Northernmost} {Species} of the {Genus}},
	volume = {83},
	issn = {1527-0904, 1944-8341},
	url = {https://bioone.org/journals/western-north-american-naturalist/volume-83/issue-2/064.083.0215/Insights-on-the-Distribution-of-Struthanthus-palmeri-Kuijt-Loranthaceae-the/10.3398/064.083.0215.full},
	doi = {10.3398/064.083.0215},
	abstract = {Struthanthus (Loranthaceae) es nativo de América y varias de sus especies se encuentran en México, algunas de las cuales son endémicas, por ejemplo S. palmeri. Dentro del género, S. palmeri tiene la distribución más septentrional, habitando en los ambientes áridos del noroeste de México, cerca de la frontera con Estados Unidos. En este estudio, se actualizó la distribución conocida de la especie. Se compiló la elevación, hospederos y tipos de vegetación donde S. palmeri se encuentra, para inferir su distribución potencial, usando modelado de nicho ecológico. Con base en los resultados, se reforzó el estatus de endemismo de S. palmeri. Este taxón se presenta en varios tipos de vegetación, desde cerca del nivel del mar hasta los 1300 m y parasitando taxa de 12 familias. Hay registros de la especie para una de las 21 Áreas Naturales Protegidas federales incluidas en el área M empleada en el análisis. Su distribución potencial muestra probabilidades altas de presencia, principalmente en las Ecorregiones Terrestres de Norteamérica que incluyen las áreas costeras de Sonora y Sinaloa. Este estudio expande el conocimiento de muérdagos de regiones áridas de América y de las especies endémicas de México, proporcionando información adicional sobre hábitat y hospederos, para el manejo y conservación de este grupo.},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Western North American Naturalist},
	author = {Miguel-Vázquez, Mónica I. and Olmos-Reyes, Yasser S. López de and Maldonado-Borja, Maria Guadalupe and Cerros-Tlatilpa, Rosa},
	month = aug,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Monte L. Bean Life Science Museum, Brigham Young University},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {289--295},
}

Struthanthus (Loranthaceae) es nativo de América y varias de sus especies se encuentran en México, algunas de las cuales son endémicas, por ejemplo S. palmeri. Dentro del género, S. palmeri tiene la distribución más septentrional, habitando en los ambientes áridos del noroeste de México, cerca de la frontera con Estados Unidos. En este estudio, se actualizó la distribución conocida de la especie. Se compiló la elevación, hospederos y tipos de vegetación donde S. palmeri se encuentra, para inferir su distribución potencial, usando modelado de nicho ecológico. Con base en los resultados, se reforzó el estatus de endemismo de S. palmeri. Este taxón se presenta en varios tipos de vegetación, desde cerca del nivel del mar hasta los 1300 m y parasitando taxa de 12 familias. Hay registros de la especie para una de las 21 Áreas Naturales Protegidas federales incluidas en el área M empleada en el análisis. Su distribución potencial muestra probabilidades altas de presencia, principalmente en las Ecorregiones Terrestres de Norteamérica que incluyen las áreas costeras de Sonora y Sinaloa. Este estudio expande el conocimiento de muérdagos de regiones áridas de América y de las especies endémicas de México, proporcionando información adicional sobre hábitat y hospederos, para el manejo y conservación de este grupo.

@phdthesis{katz_integrating_2023,
	title = {Integrating {Environmental} {DNA}, {Traditional} {Fisheries} {Techniques}, and {Species} {Distribution} {Modeling} to {Assess} {Bridle} {Shiner} {Status} in {Maine}},
	url = {https://digitalcommons.library.umaine.edu/etd/3855},
	abstract = {The bridle shiner (Notropis bifrenatus) is a small minnow species native to the eastern United States and southeastern Canada. The species is declining dramatically throughout most of its native range and has legal protection or concern status in thirteen states and two Canadian provinces. In Maine, the bridle shiner is listed as a Species of Special Concern and considered a Species of Greatest Conservation Need, partially because we lack a basic understanding of their status and distribution within the state. Bridle shiners have historically been found in southern and western Maine in densely vegetated, shallow habitats along the shorelines of streams and ponds. Surveys performed at sites where the shiners were once abundant have yielded very few or none of these fish. This project informed the Maine Department of Inland Fisheries \& Wildlife on the status of the species in Maine and provides a foundation for future long-term monitoring of bridle shiner populations in the State. We used a combination of both direct capture techniques and environmental DNA (eDNA) to locate bridle shiners. eDNA is increasingly being used to detect rare aquatic species such as bridle shiners because it is both highly sensitive and less invasive than direct capture. We designed a single-species primer-probe assay to detect bridle shiner DNA, then surveyed 32 sites with a record of historic bridle shiner occurrence. In addition to collecting eDNA samples (2021-2022), we surveyed 29 sites using traditional seine netting techniques in 2021. In 2022, we used a preliminary habitat suitability model to select 46 locations with unknown bridle shiner presence to survey with eDNA. To refine eDNA methodology, we assessed trends in eDNA detection probability across seasons and compared DNA detection between three filter pore sizes. We rediscovered bridle shiner populations at 11 of 32 historically occupied sites and documented bridle shiners in four additional waterbodies. We determined that eDNA surveys were most effective in early or midsummer, and that larger filter pore sizes are a viable option for surveying bridle shiners. Species distribution modeling (SDM) statistically associates species occurrence data with environmental variables to evaluate habitat suitability. We used an ensemble species distribution modeling (SDM) approach to identify both the current and historic range of the bridle shiner within Maine and New Hampshire. We also investigated how local habitat characteristics influenced bridle shiner presence using generalized linear models. Both historic site surveys and ensemble SDMs suggest that there has been a},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-01-09},
	school = {The University of Maine},
	author = {Katz, Lara S.},
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

The bridle shiner (Notropis bifrenatus) is a small minnow species native to the eastern United States and southeastern Canada. The species is declining dramatically throughout most of its native range and has legal protection or concern status in thirteen states and two Canadian provinces. In Maine, the bridle shiner is listed as a Species of Special Concern and considered a Species of Greatest Conservation Need, partially because we lack a basic understanding of their status and distribution within the state. Bridle shiners have historically been found in southern and western Maine in densely vegetated, shallow habitats along the shorelines of streams and ponds. Surveys performed at sites where the shiners were once abundant have yielded very few or none of these fish. This project informed the Maine Department of Inland Fisheries & Wildlife on the status of the species in Maine and provides a foundation for future long-term monitoring of bridle shiner populations in the State. We used a combination of both direct capture techniques and environmental DNA (eDNA) to locate bridle shiners. eDNA is increasingly being used to detect rare aquatic species such as bridle shiners because it is both highly sensitive and less invasive than direct capture. We designed a single-species primer-probe assay to detect bridle shiner DNA, then surveyed 32 sites with a record of historic bridle shiner occurrence. In addition to collecting eDNA samples (2021-2022), we surveyed 29 sites using traditional seine netting techniques in 2021. In 2022, we used a preliminary habitat suitability model to select 46 locations with unknown bridle shiner presence to survey with eDNA. To refine eDNA methodology, we assessed trends in eDNA detection probability across seasons and compared DNA detection between three filter pore sizes. We rediscovered bridle shiner populations at 11 of 32 historically occupied sites and documented bridle shiners in four additional waterbodies. We determined that eDNA surveys were most effective in early or midsummer, and that larger filter pore sizes are a viable option for surveying bridle shiners. Species distribution modeling (SDM) statistically associates species occurrence data with environmental variables to evaluate habitat suitability. We used an ensemble species distribution modeling (SDM) approach to identify both the current and historic range of the bridle shiner within Maine and New Hampshire. We also investigated how local habitat characteristics influenced bridle shiner presence using generalized linear models. Both historic site surveys and ensemble SDMs suggest that there has been a

@article{rodriguez_gonzalez_integration_2023,
	title = {Integration of the {Livelihood} and {Ecosystem} {Services} {Frameworks}—{A} {Case} {Study} on {Urban} {Agriculture} in {Mexico} {City}},
	volume = {27},
	url = {https://journals.ametsoc.org/view/journals/eint/27/1/EI-D-22-0010.1.xml},
	doi = {10.1175/EI-D-22-0010.1},
	abstract = {Abstract Strategies that demonstrate renewed potential to enhance both social and ecological systems are crucial in today’s era of rapid urbanization. However, the approaches used to understand the impacts of such strategies sometimes favor social over environmental theory, or the opposite, but do not always consider both equally. Our study addresses this disconnect by exploring the role of urban agriculture (UA) as an alleviation and land management strategy in Mexico City (MC), Mexico. Our integrated design combined the ecosystem services framework, which was primarily used to assess material and nonmaterial benefits MC residents obtain from UA spaces and its associated vegetation, and the livelihoods framework, which was used to evaluate the relationship between UA and societal impacts. We used a mixed-method approach to quantify the amount of food produced, assess crop diversity, assess six distinct ecological processes linked to UA, identify cultural benefits, and conduct an evaluation of contributions to livelihood capitals. Our study documented the role of UA in supporting ecological processes, connecting humans to nature, and providing a supplemental source of income. However, a multitude of unintended outcomes are identified, such as trade-offs between different ecological processes, constraints in promoting formal education beyond agroecological knowledge, and an inability to fully elevate families out of poverty. Our integrated approach demonstrated how the ecosystem services and livelihoods frameworks can be used simultaneously to provide thorough assessments of socioecological systems, identifying outcomes that could go unnoticed without an interdisciplinary lens.},
	language = {EN},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-27},
	journal = {Earth Interactions},
	author = {Rodríguez González, Mayra I. and Scott, Christian Kelly and Marquina, Tatiana and Mewa, Demeke B. and Polo, Jorge García and Peng, Binbin},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: American Meteorological Society
Section: Earth Interactions},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Abstract Strategies that demonstrate renewed potential to enhance both social and ecological systems are crucial in today’s era of rapid urbanization. However, the approaches used to understand the impacts of such strategies sometimes favor social over environmental theory, or the opposite, but do not always consider both equally. Our study addresses this disconnect by exploring the role of urban agriculture (UA) as an alleviation and land management strategy in Mexico City (MC), Mexico. Our integrated design combined the ecosystem services framework, which was primarily used to assess material and nonmaterial benefits MC residents obtain from UA spaces and its associated vegetation, and the livelihoods framework, which was used to evaluate the relationship between UA and societal impacts. We used a mixed-method approach to quantify the amount of food produced, assess crop diversity, assess six distinct ecological processes linked to UA, identify cultural benefits, and conduct an evaluation of contributions to livelihood capitals. Our study documented the role of UA in supporting ecological processes, connecting humans to nature, and providing a supplemental source of income. However, a multitude of unintended outcomes are identified, such as trade-offs between different ecological processes, constraints in promoting formal education beyond agroecological knowledge, and an inability to fully elevate families out of poverty. Our integrated approach demonstrated how the ecosystem services and livelihoods frameworks can be used simultaneously to provide thorough assessments of socioecological systems, identifying outcomes that could go unnoticed without an interdisciplinary lens.

@article{wehr_island_2023,
	title = {Island characteristics and species traits predict mammal diversity across islands of the great lakes of {North} {America}},
	issn = {1572-9710},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-023-02675-y},
	doi = {10.1007/s10531-023-02675-y},
	abstract = {Island biogeography theory states biodiversity increases with island size and decreases with distance from mainland source populations; however, the influence of other island characteristics (e.g., presence of neighboring islands) and species traits (e.g., body size) could alter expected patterns. We assessed the influence of island characteristics and species traits on island biodiversity using presence data for 20 mammal species on 70 islands across the Great Lakes of North America. We collated presence data from public databases of species distributions, a literature review, and personal communications with resource managers and researchers. As predicted, islands closer to mainland source populations as well as islands and archipelagoes with larger areas supported greater mammalian species richness. Winter dormant species (e.g., American black bear [Ursus americanus]) occurred less on islands while semiaquatic species (e.g., American beaver [Castor canadensis]) occurred more. Our results broadly support island biogeography theory and highlight the importance of considering archipelago characteristics and species traits for describing island biodiversity. Specifically, we found support for the existence of archipelagic meta-communities whereby archipelago area was a better predictor of mammalian species richness than the area of individual islands and further support for the effects of winter dormancy and semiaquatic lifestyles as species traits predictive of mammal occurrence on islands. Our results may aid restoration and conservation planning including consideration of assisted colonization and invasive species precautions. Further, our dataset provides an important baseline for mammal diversity and distributions in the Great Lakes region.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-07-04},
	journal = {Biodiversity and Conservation},
	author = {Wehr, Nathaniel H. and Boone, Hailey M. and Wehr, Samuel R. and Belant, Jerrold L.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

Island biogeography theory states biodiversity increases with island size and decreases with distance from mainland source populations; however, the influence of other island characteristics (e.g., presence of neighboring islands) and species traits (e.g., body size) could alter expected patterns. We assessed the influence of island characteristics and species traits on island biodiversity using presence data for 20 mammal species on 70 islands across the Great Lakes of North America. We collated presence data from public databases of species distributions, a literature review, and personal communications with resource managers and researchers. As predicted, islands closer to mainland source populations as well as islands and archipelagoes with larger areas supported greater mammalian species richness. Winter dormant species (e.g., American black bear [Ursus americanus]) occurred less on islands while semiaquatic species (e.g., American beaver [Castor canadensis]) occurred more. Our results broadly support island biogeography theory and highlight the importance of considering archipelago characteristics and species traits for describing island biodiversity. Specifically, we found support for the existence of archipelagic meta-communities whereby archipelago area was a better predictor of mammalian species richness than the area of individual islands and further support for the effects of winter dormancy and semiaquatic lifestyles as species traits predictive of mammal occurrence on islands. Our results may aid restoration and conservation planning including consideration of assisted colonization and invasive species precautions. Further, our dataset provides an important baseline for mammal diversity and distributions in the Great Lakes region.

@article{iverson_land_2023,
	title = {Land cover and {NDVI} are important predictors in habitat selection along migration for the {Golden}-crowned {Sparrow}, a temperate-zone migrating songbird},
	volume = {11},
	issn = {2051-3933},
	url = {https://movementecologyjournal.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s40462-022-00353-2},
	doi = {10.1186/s40462-022-00353-2},
	abstract = {Background: Migrating passerines in North America have shown sharp declines. Understanding habitat selection and threats along migration paths are critical research needs, but details about migrations have been limited due to the difficulty of tracking small birds. Recent technological advances of tiny GPS-tags provide new opportunities to delineate fine-scale movements in small passerines during a life stage that has previously been inherently difficult to study. Methods: We investigated habitat selection along migration routes for a temperate-zone migratory passerine, the Golden-crowned Sparrow (Zonotrichia atricapilla), given GPS tags on California wintering grounds. We used a resource selection function combined with conditional logistic regression to compare matched sets of known stopover locations and available but unused locations to determine how land cover class, vegetation greenness and climate variables influence habitat selection during migration. We also provide general migration descriptions for this understudied species including migration distance, duration, and elevation, and repeated use of stopover areas. Results: We acquired 22 tracks across 19 individuals, with a total of 541 valid spring and fall migration locations. Birds traveled to breeding grounds in Alaska and British Columbia along coastal routes, selecting for shrubland and higher vegetation greenness in both migration seasons as well as grasslands during fall migration. However, model interactions showed they selected sites with lower levels of greenness when in forest (both seasons) and shrubland (fall only), which may reflect their preference for more open habitats or represent a trade-off in selection between habitat type and productivity. Birds also selected for locations with higher daily maximum temperature during spring migration. Routes during spring migration were lower in elevation on average, shorter in duration, and had fewer long stopovers than in fall migration. For two birds, we found repeated use of the same stopover areas in spring and fall migration. Conclusions: Using miniaturized GPS, this study provides new insight into habitat selection along migration routes for a common temperate-zone migrating songbird, contributing to a better understanding of full annual cycle models, and informing conservation efforts. Golden-crowned Sparrows selected for specific habitats along migration routes, and we found previously unknown behaviors such as repeated use of the same stopover areas by individuals across different migratory seasons.},
	number = {1},
	journal = {Movement Ecology},
	author = {Iverson, Autumn R. and Humple, Diana L. and Cormier, Renée L. and Hull, Josh},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: BioMed Central Ltd},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2},
}

Background: Migrating passerines in North America have shown sharp declines. Understanding habitat selection and threats along migration paths are critical research needs, but details about migrations have been limited due to the difficulty of tracking small birds. Recent technological advances of tiny GPS-tags provide new opportunities to delineate fine-scale movements in small passerines during a life stage that has previously been inherently difficult to study. Methods: We investigated habitat selection along migration routes for a temperate-zone migratory passerine, the Golden-crowned Sparrow (Zonotrichia atricapilla), given GPS tags on California wintering grounds. We used a resource selection function combined with conditional logistic regression to compare matched sets of known stopover locations and available but unused locations to determine how land cover class, vegetation greenness and climate variables influence habitat selection during migration. We also provide general migration descriptions for this understudied species including migration distance, duration, and elevation, and repeated use of stopover areas. Results: We acquired 22 tracks across 19 individuals, with a total of 541 valid spring and fall migration locations. Birds traveled to breeding grounds in Alaska and British Columbia along coastal routes, selecting for shrubland and higher vegetation greenness in both migration seasons as well as grasslands during fall migration. However, model interactions showed they selected sites with lower levels of greenness when in forest (both seasons) and shrubland (fall only), which may reflect their preference for more open habitats or represent a trade-off in selection between habitat type and productivity. Birds also selected for locations with higher daily maximum temperature during spring migration. Routes during spring migration were lower in elevation on average, shorter in duration, and had fewer long stopovers than in fall migration. For two birds, we found repeated use of the same stopover areas in spring and fall migration. Conclusions: Using miniaturized GPS, this study provides new insight into habitat selection along migration routes for a common temperate-zone migrating songbird, contributing to a better understanding of full annual cycle models, and informing conservation efforts. Golden-crowned Sparrows selected for specific habitats along migration routes, and we found previously unknown behaviors such as repeated use of the same stopover areas by individuals across different migratory seasons.

@article{bansal_large_2023,
	title = {Large increases in methane emissions expected from {North} {America}’s largest wetland complex},
	volume = {9},
	issn = {2375-2548},
	url = {https://www.science.org/doi/10.1126/sciadv.ade1112},
	doi = {10.1126/sciadv.ade1112},
	abstract = {Natural methane (CH
              4
              ) emissions from aquatic ecosystems may rise because of human-induced climate warming, although the magnitude of increase is highly uncertain. Using an exceptionally large CH
              4
              flux dataset ({\textasciitilde}19,000 chamber measurements) and remotely sensed information, we modeled plot- and landscape-scale wetland CH
              4
              emissions from the Prairie Pothole Region (PPR), North America’s largest wetland complex. Plot-scale CH
              4
              emissions were driven by hydrology, temperature, vegetation, and wetland size. Historically, landscape-scale PPR wetland CH
              4
              emissions were largely dependent on total wetland extent. However, regardless of future wetland extent, PPR CH
              4
              emissions are predicted to increase by two- or threefold by 2100 under moderate or severe warming scenarios, respectively. Our findings suggest that international efforts to decrease atmospheric CH
              4
              concentrations should jointly account for anthropogenic and natural emissions to maintain climate mitigation targets to the end of the century.
            
          , 
            
              Future increases in wetland CH
              4
              emissions due to climate warming may offset anthropogenic CH
              4
              -reduction actions.},
	language = {en},
	number = {9},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Science Advances},
	author = {Bansal, Sheel and Post Van Der Burg, Max and Fern, Rachel R. and Jones, John W. and Lo, Rachel and McKenna, Owen P. and Tangen, Brian A. and Zhang, Zhen and Gleason, Robert A.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {eade1112},
}

Natural methane (CH 4 ) emissions from aquatic ecosystems may rise because of human-induced climate warming, although the magnitude of increase is highly uncertain. Using an exceptionally large CH 4 flux dataset (~19,000 chamber measurements) and remotely sensed information, we modeled plot- and landscape-scale wetland CH 4 emissions from the Prairie Pothole Region (PPR), North America’s largest wetland complex. Plot-scale CH 4 emissions were driven by hydrology, temperature, vegetation, and wetland size. Historically, landscape-scale PPR wetland CH 4 emissions were largely dependent on total wetland extent. However, regardless of future wetland extent, PPR CH 4 emissions are predicted to increase by two- or threefold by 2100 under moderate or severe warming scenarios, respectively. Our findings suggest that international efforts to decrease atmospheric CH 4 concentrations should jointly account for anthropogenic and natural emissions to maintain climate mitigation targets to the end of the century. , Future increases in wetland CH 4 emissions due to climate warming may offset anthropogenic CH 4 -reduction actions.

@article{pio-leon_plantas_2023,
	title = {Las plantas vasculares endémicas del estado de {Sinaloa}, {México}},
	volume = {101},
	issn = {2007-4298},
	url = {http://www.scielo.org.mx/scielo.php?script=sci_abstract&pid=S2007-42982023000100243&lng=es&nrm=iso&tlng=es},
	doi = {10.17129/botsci.3076},
	language = {es},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Botanical Sciences},
	author = {Pío-León, Juan Fernando and González-Elizondo, Martha and Vega-Aviña, Rito and González-Elizondo, M. Socorro and González-Gallegos, Jesús Guadalupe and Salomón-Montijo, Bladimir and Millán-Otero, Manuel Guillermo and Lim-Vega, Carlos A.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {243--269},
}

@article{ahmed_learning_2023,
	title = {Learning from hydrological models’ challenges: {A} case study from the {Nelson} basin model intercomparison project},
	volume = {623},
	issn = {0022-1694},
	shorttitle = {Learning from hydrological models’ challenges},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S002216942300762X},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jhydrol.2023.129820},
	abstract = {Intercomparison studies play an important, but limited role in understanding the usefulness and limitations of currently available hydrological models. Comparison studies are often limited to well-behaved hydrological regimes, where rainfall-runoff processes dominate the hydrological response. These efforts have not covered western Canada due to the difficulty in simulating that region’s complex cold region hydrology with varying spatiotemporal contributing areas. This intercomparison study is the first of a series of studies under the intercomparison project of the international and interprovincial transboundary Nelson-Churchill River Basin (NCRB) in North America (Nelson-MIP), which encompasses different ecozones with major areas of the non-contributing Prairie potholes, forests, glaciers, mountains, and permafrost. The performance of eight hydrological and land surface models is compared at different unregulated watersheds within the NCRB. This is done to assess the models’ streamflow performance and overall fidelity without and with calibration, to capture the underlying physics of the region and to better understand why models struggle to accurately simulate its hydrology. Results show that some of the participating models have difficulties in simulating streamflow and/or internal hydrological variables (e.g., evapotranspiration) over Prairie watersheds but most models performed well elsewhere. This stems from model structural deficiencies, despite the various models being well calibrated to observed streamflow. Some model structural changes are identified for the participating models for future improvement. The outcomes of this study offer guidance for practitioners for the accurate prediction of NCRB streamflow, and for increasing confidence in future projections of water resources supply and management.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Journal of Hydrology},
	author = {Ahmed, Mohamed Ismaiel and Stadnyk, Tricia and Pietroniro, Alain and Awoye, Hervé and Bajracharya, Ajay and Mai, Juliane and Tolson, Bryan A. and Shen, Hongren and Craig, James R. and Gervais, Mark and Sagan, Kevin and Wruth, Shane and Koenig, Kristina and Lilhare, Rajtantra and Déry, Stephen J. and Pokorny, Scott and Venema, Hank and Muhammad, Ameer and Taheri, Mahkameh},
	month = aug,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {129820},
}

Intercomparison studies play an important, but limited role in understanding the usefulness and limitations of currently available hydrological models. Comparison studies are often limited to well-behaved hydrological regimes, where rainfall-runoff processes dominate the hydrological response. These efforts have not covered western Canada due to the difficulty in simulating that region’s complex cold region hydrology with varying spatiotemporal contributing areas. This intercomparison study is the first of a series of studies under the intercomparison project of the international and interprovincial transboundary Nelson-Churchill River Basin (NCRB) in North America (Nelson-MIP), which encompasses different ecozones with major areas of the non-contributing Prairie potholes, forests, glaciers, mountains, and permafrost. The performance of eight hydrological and land surface models is compared at different unregulated watersheds within the NCRB. This is done to assess the models’ streamflow performance and overall fidelity without and with calibration, to capture the underlying physics of the region and to better understand why models struggle to accurately simulate its hydrology. Results show that some of the participating models have difficulties in simulating streamflow and/or internal hydrological variables (e.g., evapotranspiration) over Prairie watersheds but most models performed well elsewhere. This stems from model structural deficiencies, despite the various models being well calibrated to observed streamflow. Some model structural changes are identified for the participating models for future improvement. The outcomes of this study offer guidance for practitioners for the accurate prediction of NCRB streamflow, and for increasing confidence in future projections of water resources supply and management.

@article{lundell_lets_2023,
	title = {Let’s talk about the weather: a cluster-based approach to weather forecast accuracy},
	issn = {1613-9658},
	shorttitle = {Let’s talk about the weather},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s00180-023-01339-3},
	doi = {10.1007/s00180-023-01339-3},
	abstract = {Improved understanding of characteristics related to weather forecast accuracy in the United States may help meteorologists develop more accurate predictions and may help Americans better interpret their daily weather forecasts. This article examines how spatio-temporal characteristics across the United States relate to forecast accuracy. We cluster the United States into six weather regions based on weather and geographic characteristics and analyze the patterns in forecast accuracy within each weather region. We then explore the relationship between climate characteristics and forecast accuracy within these weather regions. We conclude that patterns in forecast errors are closely related to the unique climates that characterize each region.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Computational Statistics},
	author = {Lundell, Jill F. and Bean, Brennan and Symanzik, Jürgen},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

Improved understanding of characteristics related to weather forecast accuracy in the United States may help meteorologists develop more accurate predictions and may help Americans better interpret their daily weather forecasts. This article examines how spatio-temporal characteristics across the United States relate to forecast accuracy. We cluster the United States into six weather regions based on weather and geographic characteristics and analyze the patterns in forecast accuracy within each weather region. We then explore the relationship between climate characteristics and forecast accuracy within these weather regions. We conclude that patterns in forecast errors are closely related to the unique climates that characterize each region.

@article{kalashnikov_lightning-ignited_2023,
	title = {Lightning-{Ignited} {Wildfires} in the {Western} {United} {States}: {Ignition} {Precipitation} and {Associated} {Environmental} {Conditions}},
	volume = {50},
	copyright = {© 2023. The Authors. Geophysical Research Letters published by Wiley Periodicals LLC on behalf of American Geophysical Union.},
	issn = {1944-8007},
	shorttitle = {Lightning-{Ignited} {Wildfires} in the {Western} {United} {States}},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1029/2023GL103785},
	doi = {10.1029/2023GL103785},
	abstract = {Cloud-to-ground lightning with minimal rainfall (“dry” lightning) is a major wildfire ignition source in the western United States (WUS). Although dry lightning is commonly defined as occurring with {\textless}2.5 mm of daily-accumulated precipitation, a rigorous quantification of precipitation amounts concurrent with lightning-ignited wildfires (LIWs) is lacking. We combine wildfire, lightning and precipitation data sets to quantify these ignition precipitation amounts across ecoprovinces of the WUS. The median precipitation for all LIWs is 2.8 mm but varies with vegetation and fire characteristics. “Holdover” fires not detected until 2–5 days following ignition occur with significantly higher precipitation (5.1 mm) compared to fires detected promptly after ignition (2.5 mm), and with cooler and wetter environmental conditions. Further, there is substantial variation in precipitation associated with promptly-detected (1.7–4.6 mm) and holdover (3.0–7.7 mm) fires across ecoprovinces. Consequently, the widely-used 2.5 mm threshold does not fully capture lightning ignition risk and incorporating ecoprovince-specific precipitation amounts would better inform WUS wildfire prediction and management.},
	language = {en},
	number = {16},
	urldate = {2023-08-30},
	journal = {Geophysical Research Letters},
	author = {Kalashnikov, Dmitri A. and Abatzoglou, John T. and Loikith, Paul C. and Nauslar, Nicholas J. and Bekris, Yianna and Singh, Deepti},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1029/2023GL103785},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e2023GL103785},
}

Cloud-to-ground lightning with minimal rainfall (“dry” lightning) is a major wildfire ignition source in the western United States (WUS). Although dry lightning is commonly defined as occurring with \textless2.5 mm of daily-accumulated precipitation, a rigorous quantification of precipitation amounts concurrent with lightning-ignited wildfires (LIWs) is lacking. We combine wildfire, lightning and precipitation data sets to quantify these ignition precipitation amounts across ecoprovinces of the WUS. The median precipitation for all LIWs is 2.8 mm but varies with vegetation and fire characteristics. “Holdover” fires not detected until 2–5 days following ignition occur with significantly higher precipitation (5.1 mm) compared to fires detected promptly after ignition (2.5 mm), and with cooler and wetter environmental conditions. Further, there is substantial variation in precipitation associated with promptly-detected (1.7–4.6 mm) and holdover (3.0–7.7 mm) fires across ecoprovinces. Consequently, the widely-used 2.5 mm threshold does not fully capture lightning ignition risk and incorporating ecoprovince-specific precipitation amounts would better inform WUS wildfire prediction and management.

@phdthesis{mclellan_linking_2023,
	address = {Peterborough, Ontario, Canada},
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Linking large scale monitoring and spatially explicit capture–recapture models to identify factors shaping large carnivore densities: case study of the {American} black bear in {Ontario}, {Canada}},
	url = {https://digitalcollections.trentu.ca/objects/etd-1057},
	school = {Trent University},
	author = {McLellan, Brynn},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{du_mapping_2023,
	title = {Mapping {Annual} {Global} {Forest} {Gain} {From} 1983 to 2021 {With} {Landsat} {Imagery}},
	volume = {16},
	issn = {1939-1404, 2151-1535},
	url = {https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/10103610/},
	doi = {10.1109/JSTARS.2023.3267796},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {IEEE Journal of Selected Topics in Applied Earth Observations and Remote Sensing},
	author = {Du, Zhenrong and Yu, Le and Yang, Jianyu and Coomes, David and Kanniah, Kasturi and Fu, Haohuan and Gong, Peng},
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {4195--4204},
}

@article{wang_mapping_2023,
	title = {Mapping of {ESA}'s {Climate} {Change} {Initiative} land cover data to plant functional types for use in the {CLASSIC} land model},
	volume = {20},
	issn = {1726-4170},
	url = {https://bg.copernicus.org/articles/20/2265/2023/},
	doi = {10.5194/bg-20-2265-2023},
	abstract = {Plant functional types (PFTs) are used to represent vegetation distribution in land surface models (LSMs). Previous studies have shown large differences in the geographical distribution of PFTs currently used in various LSMs, which may arise from the differences in the underlying land cover products but also the methods used to map or reclassify land cover data to the PFTs that a given LSM represents. There are large uncertainties associated with existing PFT mapping methods since they are largely based on expert judgement and therefore are subjective. In this study, we propose a new approach to inform the mapping or the cross-walking process using analyses from sub-pixel fractional error matrices, which allows for a quantitative assessment of the fractional composition of the land cover categories in a dataset. We use the Climate Change Initiative (CCI) land cover product produced by the European Space Agency (ESA). Previous work has shown that compared to fine-resolution maps over Canada, the ESA-CCI product provides an improved land cover distribution compared to that from the GLC2000 dataset currently used in the CLASSIC (Canadian Land Surface Scheme Including Biogeochemical Cycles) model. A tree cover fraction dataset and a fine-resolution land cover map over Canada are used to compute the sub-pixel fractional composition of the land cover classes in ESA-CCI, which is then used to create a cross-walking table for mapping the ESA-CCI land cover categories to nine PFTs represented in the CLASSIC model. There are large differences between the new PFT distributions and those currently used in the model. Offline simulations performed with the CLASSIC model using the ESA-CCI-based PFTs show improved winter albedo compared to that based on the GLC2000 dataset. This emphasizes the importance of accurate representation of vegetation distribution for realistic simulation of surface albedo in LSMs. Results in this study suggest that the sub-pixel fractional composition analyses are an effective way to reduce uncertainties in the PFT mapping process and therefore, to some extent, objectify the otherwise subjective process.},
	language = {English},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Biogeosciences},
	author = {Wang, Libo and Arora, Vivek K. and Bartlett, Paul and Chan, Ed and Curasi, Salvatore R.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2265--2282},
}

Plant functional types (PFTs) are used to represent vegetation distribution in land surface models (LSMs). Previous studies have shown large differences in the geographical distribution of PFTs currently used in various LSMs, which may arise from the differences in the underlying land cover products but also the methods used to map or reclassify land cover data to the PFTs that a given LSM represents. There are large uncertainties associated with existing PFT mapping methods since they are largely based on expert judgement and therefore are subjective. In this study, we propose a new approach to inform the mapping or the cross-walking process using analyses from sub-pixel fractional error matrices, which allows for a quantitative assessment of the fractional composition of the land cover categories in a dataset. We use the Climate Change Initiative (CCI) land cover product produced by the European Space Agency (ESA). Previous work has shown that compared to fine-resolution maps over Canada, the ESA-CCI product provides an improved land cover distribution compared to that from the GLC2000 dataset currently used in the CLASSIC (Canadian Land Surface Scheme Including Biogeochemical Cycles) model. A tree cover fraction dataset and a fine-resolution land cover map over Canada are used to compute the sub-pixel fractional composition of the land cover classes in ESA-CCI, which is then used to create a cross-walking table for mapping the ESA-CCI land cover categories to nine PFTs represented in the CLASSIC model. There are large differences between the new PFT distributions and those currently used in the model. Offline simulations performed with the CLASSIC model using the ESA-CCI-based PFTs show improved winter albedo compared to that based on the GLC2000 dataset. This emphasizes the importance of accurate representation of vegetation distribution for realistic simulation of surface albedo in LSMs. Results in this study suggest that the sub-pixel fractional composition analyses are an effective way to reduce uncertainties in the PFT mapping process and therefore, to some extent, objectify the otherwise subjective process.

@article{pouw_mapping_2023,
	title = {Mapping snow depth on {Canadian} sub-arctic lakes using ground-penetrating radar},
	volume = {17},
	issn = {1994-0416},
	url = {https://tc.copernicus.org/articles/17/2367/2023/},
	doi = {10.5194/tc-17-2367-2023},
	abstract = {Ice thickness across lake ice is mainly influenced by the presence of snow and its distribution, which affects the rate of lake ice growth. The distribution of snow depth over lake ice varies due to wind redistribution and snowpack metamorphism, affecting the variability of lake ice thickness. Accurate and consistent snow depth data on lake ice are sparse and challenging to obtain. However, high spatial resolution lake snow depth observations are necessary for the next generation of thermodynamic lake ice models to improve the understanding of how the varying distribution of snow depth influences lake ice formation and growth. This study was conducted using ground-penetrating radar (GPR) acquisitions with ∼9 cm sampling resolution along transects totalling ∼44 km to map snow depth over four Canadian sub-arctic freshwater lakes. The lake snow depth derived from GPR two-way travel time (TWT) resulted in an average relative error of under 10 \% when compared to 2430 in situ snow depth observations for the early and late winter season. The snow depth derived from GPR TWTs for the early winter season was estimated with a root mean square error (RMSE) of 1.6 cm and a mean bias error of 0.01 cm, while the accuracy for the late winter season on a deeper snowpack was estimated with a RMSE of 2.9 cm and a mean bias error of 0.4 cm. The GPR-derived snow depths were interpolated to create 1 m spatial resolution snow depth maps. The findings showed improved lake snow depth retrieval accuracy and introduced a fast and efficient method to obtain high spatial resolution snow depth information. The results suggest that GPR acquisitions can be used to derive lake snow depth, providing a viable alternative to manual snow depth monitoring methods. The findings can lead to an improved understanding of snow and lake ice interactions, which is essential for northern communities' safety and wellbeing and the scientific modelling community.},
	language = {English},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-06-16},
	journal = {The Cryosphere},
	author = {Pouw, Alicia F. and Kheyrollah Pour, Homa and MacLean, Alex},
	month = jun,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2367--2385},
}

Ice thickness across lake ice is mainly influenced by the presence of snow and its distribution, which affects the rate of lake ice growth. The distribution of snow depth over lake ice varies due to wind redistribution and snowpack metamorphism, affecting the variability of lake ice thickness. Accurate and consistent snow depth data on lake ice are sparse and challenging to obtain. However, high spatial resolution lake snow depth observations are necessary for the next generation of thermodynamic lake ice models to improve the understanding of how the varying distribution of snow depth influences lake ice formation and growth. This study was conducted using ground-penetrating radar (GPR) acquisitions with ∼9 cm sampling resolution along transects totalling ∼44 km to map snow depth over four Canadian sub-arctic freshwater lakes. The lake snow depth derived from GPR two-way travel time (TWT) resulted in an average relative error of under 10 % when compared to 2430 in situ snow depth observations for the early and late winter season. The snow depth derived from GPR TWTs for the early winter season was estimated with a root mean square error (RMSE) of 1.6 cm and a mean bias error of 0.01 cm, while the accuracy for the late winter season on a deeper snowpack was estimated with a RMSE of 2.9 cm and a mean bias error of 0.4 cm. The GPR-derived snow depths were interpolated to create 1 m spatial resolution snow depth maps. The findings showed improved lake snow depth retrieval accuracy and introduced a fast and efficient method to obtain high spatial resolution snow depth information. The results suggest that GPR acquisitions can be used to derive lake snow depth, providing a viable alternative to manual snow depth monitoring methods. The findings can lead to an improved understanding of snow and lake ice interactions, which is essential for northern communities' safety and wellbeing and the scientific modelling community.

@article{tardy_mechanistic_2023,
	title = {Mechanistic movement models to predict geographic range expansions of ticks and tick-borne pathogens: {Case} studies with {Ixodes} scapularis and {Amblyomma} americanum in eastern {North} {America}},
	volume = {14},
	issn = {1877959X},
	shorttitle = {Mechanistic movement models to predict geographic range expansions of ticks and tick-borne pathogens},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S1877959X23000432},
	doi = {10.1016/j.ttbdis.2023.102161},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Ticks and Tick-borne Diseases},
	author = {Tardy, Olivia and Acheson, Emily Sohanna and Bouchard, Catherine and Chamberland, Éric and Fortin, André and Ogden, Nicholas H. and Leighton, Patrick A.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {102161},
}

@article{lenaker_modeled_2023,
	title = {Modeled predictions of human-associated and fecal-indicator bacteria concentrations and loadings in the {Menomonee} {River}, {Wisconsin} using in-situ optical sensors},
	volume = {18},
	issn = {1932-6203},
	url = {https://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0286851},
	doi = {10.1371/journal.pone.0286851},
	abstract = {Human sewage contamination of waterways is a major issue in the United States and throughout the world. Models were developed for estimation of two human-associated fecal-indicator and three general fecal-indicator bacteria (HIB and FIB) using in situ optical field-sensor data for estimating concentrations and loads of HIB and FIB and the extent of sewage contamination in the Menomonee River in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Three commercially available optical sensor platforms were installed into an unfiltered custom-designed flow-through system along with a refrigerated automatic sampler at the Menomonee River sampling location. Ten-minute optical sensor measurements were made from November 2017 to December 2018 along with the collection of 153 flow-weighted discrete water samples (samples) for HIB, FIB, dissolved organic carbon (DOC), and optical properties of water. Of those 153 samples, 119 samples were from event-runoff periods, and 34 were collected during low-flow periods. Of the 119 event-runoff samples, 43 samples were from event-runoff combined sewer overflow (CSO) influenced periods (event-CSO periods). Models included optical sensor measurements as explanatory variables with a seasonal variable as an interaction term. In some cases, separate models for event-CSO periods and non CSO-periods generally improved model performance, as compared to using all the data combined for estimates of FIB and HIB. Therefore, the CSO and non-CSO models were used in final estimations for CSO and non-CSO time periods, respectively. Estimated continuous concentrations for all bacteria markers varied over six orders of magnitude during the study period. The greatest concentrations, loads, and proportion of sewage contamination occurred during event-runoff and event-CSO periods. Comparison to water quality standards and microbial risk assessment benchmarks indicated that estimated bacteria levels exceeded recreational water quality criteria between 34 and 96\% of the entire monitoring period, highlighting the benefits of high-frequency monitoring compared to traditional grab sample collection. The application of optical sensors for estimation of HIB and FIB markers provided a thorough assessment of bacterial presence and human health risk in the Menomonee River.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-06-19},
	journal = {PLOS ONE},
	author = {Lenaker, Peter L. and Corsi, Steven R. and Cicco, Laura A. De and Olds, Hayley T. and Dila, Debra K. and Danz, Mari E. and McLellan, Sandra L. and Rutter, Troy D.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Public Library of Science},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {e0286851},
}

Human sewage contamination of waterways is a major issue in the United States and throughout the world. Models were developed for estimation of two human-associated fecal-indicator and three general fecal-indicator bacteria (HIB and FIB) using in situ optical field-sensor data for estimating concentrations and loads of HIB and FIB and the extent of sewage contamination in the Menomonee River in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Three commercially available optical sensor platforms were installed into an unfiltered custom-designed flow-through system along with a refrigerated automatic sampler at the Menomonee River sampling location. Ten-minute optical sensor measurements were made from November 2017 to December 2018 along with the collection of 153 flow-weighted discrete water samples (samples) for HIB, FIB, dissolved organic carbon (DOC), and optical properties of water. Of those 153 samples, 119 samples were from event-runoff periods, and 34 were collected during low-flow periods. Of the 119 event-runoff samples, 43 samples were from event-runoff combined sewer overflow (CSO) influenced periods (event-CSO periods). Models included optical sensor measurements as explanatory variables with a seasonal variable as an interaction term. In some cases, separate models for event-CSO periods and non CSO-periods generally improved model performance, as compared to using all the data combined for estimates of FIB and HIB. Therefore, the CSO and non-CSO models were used in final estimations for CSO and non-CSO time periods, respectively. Estimated continuous concentrations for all bacteria markers varied over six orders of magnitude during the study period. The greatest concentrations, loads, and proportion of sewage contamination occurred during event-runoff and event-CSO periods. Comparison to water quality standards and microbial risk assessment benchmarks indicated that estimated bacteria levels exceeded recreational water quality criteria between 34 and 96% of the entire monitoring period, highlighting the benefits of high-frequency monitoring compared to traditional grab sample collection. The application of optical sensors for estimation of HIB and FIB markers provided a thorough assessment of bacterial presence and human health risk in the Menomonee River.

@phdthesis{falkenstein_modeling_2023,
	type = {Master of {Science} ({MS})},
	title = {Modeling of {Surficial} and {Groundwater} {Hydrology} in {Southeastern} {Georgia} {Including} the {Okefenokee}},
	url = {https://esploro.libs.uga.edu/esploro/outputs/graduate/MODELING-OF-SURFICIAL-AND-GROUNDWATER-HYDROLOGY/9949574514802959},
	urldate = {2023-10-05},
	school = {University of Georgia},
	author = {Falkenstein, Lauryn},
	month = aug,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@misc{bick_modeling_2023,
	title = {Modeling the {Spatiotemporal} {Influence} of {Climate} on {American} {Avian} {Migration}},
	copyright = {© 2023, Posted by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. This pre-print is available under a Creative Commons License (Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivs 4.0 International), CC BY-NC-ND 4.0, as described at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/},
	url = {https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2023.03.27.534441v1},
	doi = {10.1101/2023.03.27.534441},
	abstract = {North and South American Birds have adapted to climatic and ecological patterns to inform their Spring and Fall migration timings. Temperature and precipitation patterns are shifting under anthropogenic climate change, which has downstream effects on for instance plant flowering cycles, insect populations, and habitat availability. Understanding how these cues trigger migration could improve the effectiveness and timing of bird surveys, as well as informing habitat protection and creation efforts to lessen biodiversity loss due to climate change. In this work, we train an ensemble of random forest regressors on subsets of North and South American climate data to predict distributions of historical eBird occurrence probability for passerine bird species in a North American forested region using eBird citizen science surveys from 2008-2018. By running these ensembles with lagged climate data, we study spatiotemporal effects on bird migration through the resulting error and feature importance metrics. We find statistically significant decreases in error when using lagged climate features rather than the same-month climate to predict species communities in October, when many passerines have begun their southward winter migration, with longer temporal effects for precipitation than temperature. North American climate features were more important than South American features for prediction of species communities in Fall months, suggesting the model drew upon regional climatic cues for predicting when species would migrate southward. By predicting species occurrence using 2021-2040 climate projections, we predict that projected species occurrence probabilities will increase in April and May, agreeing with existing literature suggesting earlier Spring arrival of migratory birds. These results demonstrate that machine learning models have the potential to elucidate complex relationships between climate and bird behavior that linear models may miss. A deeper understanding of such spatiotemporal effects will be required to support biodiversity protection through climate change.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-29},
	publisher = {bioRxiv},
	author = {Bick, I. Avery and Bakkestuen, Vegar and Pedersen, Marius and Raja, Kiran and Sethi, Sarab},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Pages: 2023.03.27.534441
Section: New Results},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

North and South American Birds have adapted to climatic and ecological patterns to inform their Spring and Fall migration timings. Temperature and precipitation patterns are shifting under anthropogenic climate change, which has downstream effects on for instance plant flowering cycles, insect populations, and habitat availability. Understanding how these cues trigger migration could improve the effectiveness and timing of bird surveys, as well as informing habitat protection and creation efforts to lessen biodiversity loss due to climate change. In this work, we train an ensemble of random forest regressors on subsets of North and South American climate data to predict distributions of historical eBird occurrence probability for passerine bird species in a North American forested region using eBird citizen science surveys from 2008-2018. By running these ensembles with lagged climate data, we study spatiotemporal effects on bird migration through the resulting error and feature importance metrics. We find statistically significant decreases in error when using lagged climate features rather than the same-month climate to predict species communities in October, when many passerines have begun their southward winter migration, with longer temporal effects for precipitation than temperature. North American climate features were more important than South American features for prediction of species communities in Fall months, suggesting the model drew upon regional climatic cues for predicting when species would migrate southward. By predicting species occurrence using 2021-2040 climate projections, we predict that projected species occurrence probabilities will increase in April and May, agreeing with existing literature suggesting earlier Spring arrival of migratory birds. These results demonstrate that machine learning models have the potential to elucidate complex relationships between climate and bird behavior that linear models may miss. A deeper understanding of such spatiotemporal effects will be required to support biodiversity protection through climate change.

@article{salas-lizana_neotropical_2023,
	title = {Neotropical {Clavulina}: {Two} new species from {Mexico} and a re-evaluation of {Clavulina} floridana},
	volume = {115},
	issn = {0027-5514},
	shorttitle = {Neotropical {Clavulina}},
	url = {https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/ref/10.1080/00275514.2022.2148191},
	doi = {10.1080/00275514.2022.2148191},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-27},
	journal = {Mycologia},
	author = {Salas-Lizana, Rodolfo and Villegas Ríos, Margarita and Alvarez-Manjarrez, Julieta and Pérez-Pazos, Eduardo and Farid, Arian and Franck, Alan and Smith, Mathew E. and Garibay-Orijel, Roberto},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Taylor \& Francis},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {135--152},
}

@article{chambers_new_2023,
	title = {New indicators of ecological resilience and invasion resistance to support prioritization and management in the sagebrush biome, {United} {States}},
	volume = {10},
	issn = {2296-701X},
	url = {https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fevo.2022.1009268},
	abstract = {Ecosystem transformations to altered or novel ecological states are accelerating across the globe. Indicators of ecological resilience to disturbance and resistance to invasion can aid in assessing risks and prioritizing areas for conservation and restoration. The sagebrush biome encompasses parts of 11 western states and is experiencing rapid transformations due to human population growth, invasive species, altered disturbance regimes, and climate change. We built on prior use of static soil moisture and temperature regimes to develop new, ecologically relevant and climate responsive indicators of both resilience and resistance. Our new indicators were based on climate and soil water availability variables derived from process-based ecohydrological models that allow predictions of future conditions. We asked: (1) Which variables best indicate resilience and resistance? (2) What are the relationships among the indicator variables and resilience and resistance categories? (3) How do patterns of resilience and resistance vary across the area? We assembled a large database (n = 24,045) of vegetation sample plots from regional monitoring programs and derived multiple climate and soil water availability variables for each plot from ecohydrological simulations. We used USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service National Soils Survey Information, Ecological Site Descriptions, and expert knowledge to develop and assign ecological types and resilience and resistance categories to each plot. We used random forest models to derive a set of 19 climate and water availability variables that best predicted resilience and resistance categories. Our models had relatively high multiclass accuracy (80\% for resilience; 75\% for resistance). Top indicator variables for both resilience and resistance included mean temperature, coldest month temperature, climatic water deficit, and summer and driest month precipitation. Variable relationships and patterns differed among ecoregions but reflected environmental gradients; low resilience and resistance were indicated by warm and dry conditions with high climatic water deficits, and moderately high to high resilience and resistance were characterized by cooler and moister conditions with low climatic water deficits. The new, ecologically-relevant indicators provide information on the vulnerability of resources and likely success of management actions, and can be used to develop new approaches and tools for prioritizing areas for conservation and restoration actions.},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Frontiers in Ecology and Evolution},
	author = {Chambers, Jeanne C. and Brown, Jessi L. and Bradford, John B. and Board, David I. and Campbell, Steven B. and Clause, Karen J. and Hanberry, Brice and Schlaepfer, Daniel R. and Urza, Alexandra K.},
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

Ecosystem transformations to altered or novel ecological states are accelerating across the globe. Indicators of ecological resilience to disturbance and resistance to invasion can aid in assessing risks and prioritizing areas for conservation and restoration. The sagebrush biome encompasses parts of 11 western states and is experiencing rapid transformations due to human population growth, invasive species, altered disturbance regimes, and climate change. We built on prior use of static soil moisture and temperature regimes to develop new, ecologically relevant and climate responsive indicators of both resilience and resistance. Our new indicators were based on climate and soil water availability variables derived from process-based ecohydrological models that allow predictions of future conditions. We asked: (1) Which variables best indicate resilience and resistance? (2) What are the relationships among the indicator variables and resilience and resistance categories? (3) How do patterns of resilience and resistance vary across the area? We assembled a large database (n = 24,045) of vegetation sample plots from regional monitoring programs and derived multiple climate and soil water availability variables for each plot from ecohydrological simulations. We used USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service National Soils Survey Information, Ecological Site Descriptions, and expert knowledge to develop and assign ecological types and resilience and resistance categories to each plot. We used random forest models to derive a set of 19 climate and water availability variables that best predicted resilience and resistance categories. Our models had relatively high multiclass accuracy (80% for resilience; 75% for resistance). Top indicator variables for both resilience and resistance included mean temperature, coldest month temperature, climatic water deficit, and summer and driest month precipitation. Variable relationships and patterns differed among ecoregions but reflected environmental gradients; low resilience and resistance were indicated by warm and dry conditions with high climatic water deficits, and moderately high to high resilience and resistance were characterized by cooler and moister conditions with low climatic water deficits. The new, ecologically-relevant indicators provide information on the vulnerability of resources and likely success of management actions, and can be used to develop new approaches and tools for prioritizing areas for conservation and restoration actions.

@article{munsch_northeast_2023,
	title = {Northeast {Pacific} eelgrass dynamics: interannual expansion distances and meadow area variation over time},
	volume = {705},
	issn = {0171-8630, 1616-1599},
	shorttitle = {Northeast {Pacific} eelgrass dynamics},
	url = {https://www.int-res.com/abstracts/meps/v705/p61-75/},
	doi = {10.3354/meps14248},
	abstract = {Ecosystems constantly change, yet managers often lack information to move beyond static habitat assumptions. As human impacts and geographic information systems advance, it is important and feasible to quantify past habitat boundary shifts to inform management decisions (e.g. protective perimeters) robust to near-term habitat changes. This is the case in eelgrass
              (Zostera
              spp.), an ecosystem engineer that forms dynamic, often protected meadows. Practitioners protect areas to avoid human stress to eelgrass, but they can lack quantitative descriptions of the near-term potential for eelgrass meadows to shift into unprotected areas. Here, we quantified interannual eelgrass meadow boundary shifts within 23 sites spanning 9 decades and 19° latitude. Eelgrass meadow boundaries typically shifted into areas tens of meters away from previous meadow edges, but sometimes much farther. Also, eelgrass meadows often vacated and later recolonized the same areas. By implication, eelgrass protection efforts may be enhanced by considering that presently vacant areas may be inhabited in the future, especially near currently existing meadows. Additionally, eelgrass meadows changed less over time at sites less modified by people within temperate landscapes compared to sites located within human-dominated, warmer, and drought-prone landscapes with limited water turnover. We thus hypothesize that eelgrass meadows change more over time within landscapes exposed to greater stressor regimes because they more frequently or intensely cycle through disturbance and recovery phases. These results inform tactical decisions seeking to mitigate impacts of human activities to eelgrass and underscore the potential synergy of monitoring, research, and adaptive management approaches to protect dynamic habitats.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Marine Ecology Progress Series},
	author = {Munsch, Sh and Beaty, Fl and Beheshti, Km and Chesney, Wb and Endris, Ca and Gerwing, Tg and Hessing-Lewis, M and Kiffney, Pm and O’Leary, Jk and Reshitnyk, L and Sanderson, Bl and Walter, Rk},
	month = feb,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Temperature},
	pages = {61--75},
}

Ecosystems constantly change, yet managers often lack information to move beyond static habitat assumptions. As human impacts and geographic information systems advance, it is important and feasible to quantify past habitat boundary shifts to inform management decisions (e.g. protective perimeters) robust to near-term habitat changes. This is the case in eelgrass (Zostera spp.), an ecosystem engineer that forms dynamic, often protected meadows. Practitioners protect areas to avoid human stress to eelgrass, but they can lack quantitative descriptions of the near-term potential for eelgrass meadows to shift into unprotected areas. Here, we quantified interannual eelgrass meadow boundary shifts within 23 sites spanning 9 decades and 19° latitude. Eelgrass meadow boundaries typically shifted into areas tens of meters away from previous meadow edges, but sometimes much farther. Also, eelgrass meadows often vacated and later recolonized the same areas. By implication, eelgrass protection efforts may be enhanced by considering that presently vacant areas may be inhabited in the future, especially near currently existing meadows. Additionally, eelgrass meadows changed less over time at sites less modified by people within temperate landscapes compared to sites located within human-dominated, warmer, and drought-prone landscapes with limited water turnover. We thus hypothesize that eelgrass meadows change more over time within landscapes exposed to greater stressor regimes because they more frequently or intensely cycle through disturbance and recovery phases. These results inform tactical decisions seeking to mitigate impacts of human activities to eelgrass and underscore the potential synergy of monitoring, research, and adaptive management approaches to protect dynamic habitats.

@article{klotz_oil_2023,
	title = {Oil and natural gas wells across the {NASA} {ABoVE} domain: fugitive methane emissions and broader environmental impacts},
	volume = {18},
	issn = {1748-9326},
	shorttitle = {Oil and natural gas wells across the {NASA} {ABoVE} domain},
	url = {https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1748-9326/acbe52},
	doi = {10.1088/1748-9326/acbe52},
	abstract = {Abstract
            
              Arctic-boreal regions are experiencing major anthropogenic disturbances in addition to intensifying natural disturbance regimes as a consequence of climate change. Oil and natural gas (OG) activities are extensive in the Arctic-boreal region of western North America, a large portion of which is underlain by permafrost. The total number and distribution of OG wells and their potential fate remain unclear. Consequently, the collective impacts of OG wells on natural and cultural resources, human health and emissions of methane (CH
              4
              ), are poorly understood. Using public OG well databases, we analysed the distribution of OG wells drilled between 1984 and 2018 across the Core Domain of the NASA Arctic-Boreal Vulnerability Experiment (‘ABoVE domain’). We identified 242 007 OG wells drilled as of 2018 in the ABoVE domain, of which almost two thirds are now inactive or abandoned OG wells. We found that annual drilling has increased from 269 to 8599 OG wells from 1984 to 2014 with around 1000, 700 and 1800 OG wells drilled annually in evergreen forest, deciduous forest and herbaceous land cover types, respectively. 65 588 OG well sites were underlain by permafrost in 2012. Fugitive CH
              4
              emissions from active and abandoned OG wells drilled in the Canadian portion of the ABoVE domain accounted for approximately 13\% of the total anthropogenic CH
              4
              emissions in Canada in 2018. Our analysis identified OG wells as an anthropogenic disturbance in the ABoVE domain with potentially non-negligible consequences to local populations, ecosystems, and the climate system.},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Environmental Research Letters},
	author = {Klotz, Louise A and Sonnentag, Oliver and Wang, Ziming and Wang, Jonathan A and Kang, Mary},
	month = mar,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {035008},
}

Abstract Arctic-boreal regions are experiencing major anthropogenic disturbances in addition to intensifying natural disturbance regimes as a consequence of climate change. Oil and natural gas (OG) activities are extensive in the Arctic-boreal region of western North America, a large portion of which is underlain by permafrost. The total number and distribution of OG wells and their potential fate remain unclear. Consequently, the collective impacts of OG wells on natural and cultural resources, human health and emissions of methane (CH 4 ), are poorly understood. Using public OG well databases, we analysed the distribution of OG wells drilled between 1984 and 2018 across the Core Domain of the NASA Arctic-Boreal Vulnerability Experiment (‘ABoVE domain’). We identified 242 007 OG wells drilled as of 2018 in the ABoVE domain, of which almost two thirds are now inactive or abandoned OG wells. We found that annual drilling has increased from 269 to 8599 OG wells from 1984 to 2014 with around 1000, 700 and 1800 OG wells drilled annually in evergreen forest, deciduous forest and herbaceous land cover types, respectively. 65 588 OG well sites were underlain by permafrost in 2012. Fugitive CH 4 emissions from active and abandoned OG wells drilled in the Canadian portion of the ABoVE domain accounted for approximately 13% of the total anthropogenic CH 4 emissions in Canada in 2018. Our analysis identified OG wells as an anthropogenic disturbance in the ABoVE domain with potentially non-negligible consequences to local populations, ecosystems, and the climate system.

@techreport{dillon_pacific_2023,
	title = {Pacific coast temperate forest regional timber product flow analysis},
	url = {https://www.fs.usda.gov/research/treesearch/66788},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	author = {Dillon, Thale and Morgan, Todd A.},
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{edwards_point_2023,
	title = {Point count offsets for estimating population sizes of north {American} landbirds},
	issn = {0019-1019},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/ibi.13169},
	doi = {10.1111/ibi.13169},
	journal = {Ibis International Journal of Avian Science},
	author = {Edwards, Brandon P. M. and Smith, Adam C. and Docherty, Teegan D. S. and Gahbauer, Marcel A. and Gillespie, Caitlyn R. and Grinde, Alexis R. and Harmer, Taylor and Iles, David T. and Matsuoka, Steven M. and Michel, Nicole L. and Murray, Andrew and Niemi, Gerald J. and Pasher, Jon and Pavlacky, David C. and Robinson, Barry G. and Ryder, Thomas B. and Sólymos, Péter and Stralberg, Diana and Zlonis, Edmund J.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{walker_predation_2023,
	title = {Predation risk drives aposematic signal conformity},
	volume = {77},
	issn = {0014-3820},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1093/evolut/qpad162},
	doi = {10.1093/evolut/qpad162},
	abstract = {Contrary to expectations regarding efficient predator education mediated by lack of ambiguity and enhanced prey recognition, aposematic signals often show considerable intraspecific variability. For example, some striped skunks (Mephitis mephitis) are almost entirely white, others have black-and-white stripes of equivalent thicknesses, yet others are mostly black. We tested the ecological correlates of this variation in patterning using 749 museum skins collected across North America. Skunks had longer white–black borders and more bilaterally symmetrical stripes in areas with a greater number of potential predator species, and this effect was more marked for mammalian than avian predators, the latter of which may be less deterred by noxious defenses. Skunks from locations with greater predator diversity were less variable in the extent of whiteness on their dorsa and less variable in the length of their white–black borders, suggesting strong selection from predators leads to greater conformity in stripe patterns, even at the same location, but weak selection from predators leads to relaxed selection on pattern conformity. Skunks exhibited greater areas of black pelage in areas of greater humidity conforming to Gloger’s rule. Our results indicate that relaxed predation pressure is key to warning signal variation in this iconic species, whereas stronger pressure leads to signal conformity and stronger signals.},
	number = {11},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Evolution},
	author = {Walker, Hannah and Caro, Tim and Bell, Donovan and Ferguson, Adam and Stankowich, Theodore},
	month = nov,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2492--2503},
}

Contrary to expectations regarding efficient predator education mediated by lack of ambiguity and enhanced prey recognition, aposematic signals often show considerable intraspecific variability. For example, some striped skunks (Mephitis mephitis) are almost entirely white, others have black-and-white stripes of equivalent thicknesses, yet others are mostly black. We tested the ecological correlates of this variation in patterning using 749 museum skins collected across North America. Skunks had longer white–black borders and more bilaterally symmetrical stripes in areas with a greater number of potential predator species, and this effect was more marked for mammalian than avian predators, the latter of which may be less deterred by noxious defenses. Skunks from locations with greater predator diversity were less variable in the extent of whiteness on their dorsa and less variable in the length of their white–black borders, suggesting strong selection from predators leads to greater conformity in stripe patterns, even at the same location, but weak selection from predators leads to relaxed selection on pattern conformity. Skunks exhibited greater areas of black pelage in areas of greater humidity conforming to Gloger’s rule. Our results indicate that relaxed predation pressure is key to warning signal variation in this iconic species, whereas stronger pressure leads to signal conformity and stronger signals.

@phdthesis{potash_predators_2023,
	address = {Gainesville},
	type = {Doctorate ( {Ph}.{D}.)},
	title = {Predators, {Prey}, and {Acorns}},
	url = {https://original-ufdc.uflib.ufl.edu/UFE0060261/00001/citation?search=predators+%3dprey+%3dacorns%3a+%3dexploration+%3dpredator+%3ddistributions+%3dprey+%3dbehavior+%3decosystem+%3dprocess+%3dsoutheastern+%3dus},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-01-09},
	school = {University of Florida},
	author = {Potash, Alex D.},
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Griffith 2010)},
}

@article{calef_predicting_2023,
	title = {Predicting the {Unpredictable}: {Predicting} {Landcover} in {Boreal} {Alaska} and the {Yukon} {Including} {Succession} and {Wildfire} {Potential}},
	volume = {14},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {1999-4907},
	shorttitle = {Predicting the {Unpredictable}},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/1999-4907/14/8/1577},
	doi = {10.3390/f14081577},
	abstract = {The boreal forest of northwestern North America covers an extensive area, contains vast amounts of carbon in its vegetation and soil, and is characterized by extensive wildfires. Catastrophic crown fires in these forests are fueled predominantly by only two evergreen needle-leaf tree species, black spruce (Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P.) and lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta Dougl. ex Loud. var. latifolia Engelm.). Identifying where these flammable species grow through time in the landscape is critical for understanding wildfire risk, damages, and human exposure. Because medium resolution landcover data that include species detail are lacking, we developed a compound modeling approach that enabled us to refine the available evergreen forest category into highly flammable species and less flammable species. We then expanded our refined landcover at decadal time steps from 1984 to 2014. With the aid of an existing burn model, FlamMap, and simple succession rules, we were able to predict future landcover at decadal steps until 2054. Our resulting land covers provide important information to communities in our study area on current and future wildfire risk and vegetation changes and could be developed in a similar fashion for other areas.},
	language = {en},
	number = {8},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Forests},
	author = {Calef, Monika P. and Schmidt, Jennifer I. and Varvak, Anna and Ziel, Robert},
	month = aug,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Number: 8
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1577},
}

The boreal forest of northwestern North America covers an extensive area, contains vast amounts of carbon in its vegetation and soil, and is characterized by extensive wildfires. Catastrophic crown fires in these forests are fueled predominantly by only two evergreen needle-leaf tree species, black spruce (Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P.) and lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta Dougl. ex Loud. var. latifolia Engelm.). Identifying where these flammable species grow through time in the landscape is critical for understanding wildfire risk, damages, and human exposure. Because medium resolution landcover data that include species detail are lacking, we developed a compound modeling approach that enabled us to refine the available evergreen forest category into highly flammable species and less flammable species. We then expanded our refined landcover at decadal time steps from 1984 to 2014. With the aid of an existing burn model, FlamMap, and simple succession rules, we were able to predict future landcover at decadal steps until 2054. Our resulting land covers provide important information to communities in our study area on current and future wildfire risk and vegetation changes and could be developed in a similar fashion for other areas.

@article{currie_prioritizing_2023,
	title = {Prioritizing ecological restoration of converted lands in {Canada} by spatially integrating organic carbon storage and biodiversity benefits},
	issn = {2578-4854, 2578-4854},
	url = {https://conbio.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/csp2.12924},
	doi = {10.1111/csp2.12924},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Conservation Science and Practice},
	author = {Currie, Jessica and Merritt, Will and Liang, Chris and Sothe, Camile and Beatty, Craig R. and Shackelford, Nancy and Hirsh‐Pearson, Kristen and Gonsamo, Alemu and Snider, James},
	month = apr,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e12924},
}

@article{coffer_providing_2023,
	title = {Providing a framework for seagrass mapping in {United} {States} coastal ecosystems using high spatial resolution satellite imagery},
	volume = {337},
	issn = {03014797},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0301479723004577},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jenvman.2023.117669},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Journal of Environmental Management},
	author = {Coffer, Megan M. and Graybill, David D. and Whitman, Peter J. and Schaeffer, Blake A. and Salls, Wilson B. and Zimmerman, Richard C. and Hill, Victoria and Lebrasse, Marie Cindy and Li, Jiang and Keith, Darryl J. and Kaldy, James and Colarusso, Phil and Raulerson, Gary and Ward, David and Kenworthy, W. Judson},
	month = jul,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Blue Carbon},
	pages = {117669},
}

@phdthesis{braden_quantifying_2023,
	title = {Quantifying uncertainty of forest extent estimates in {Mexico} by comparing satellite-derived land and tree cover products},
	url = {https://udspace.udel.edu/handle/19716/32760},
	abstract = {Information about forest extent and tree cover is needed to evaluate the status of natural resources, conservation practices and environmental policies. The challenge is that different forest definitions, remote sensing products, and data availability can lead to discrepancies in reporting forest area and ultimately forest carbon estimates. Here, I compared forest extent estimates from 7 regional and global land or tree cover products at 30 m resolution across mainland Mexico. Comparison results presented significant uncertainty in forest extent estimates for Mexico, ranging from 387,607 km2 to 675,239 km2 depending on which satellite-derived product and forest definition is utilized. Next, I compared these satellite-derived products with two independent forest inventory datasets at the national scale (n=21,167) and at the local scale (n=486). The highest agreement between satellite-derived products and forest inventory data is within the tropical moist forest, and the least agreement is within the subtropical steppe ecozones. I further developed a hybrid uncertainty product by combining the 7 forest extents to calculate forest likelihood. I identified a forest area of 340,661 km2 that has low agreement among satellite-derived products. The tropical dry forest and subtropical mountain system represented the two ecozones with the greatest amount of disagreement among satellite-derived products. These findings identify uncertainty surrounding forest extent estimates across ecozones in Mexico where additional ground data and research is needed.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	school = {University of Delaware},
	author = {Braden, Dustin S.},
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Information about forest extent and tree cover is needed to evaluate the status of natural resources, conservation practices and environmental policies. The challenge is that different forest definitions, remote sensing products, and data availability can lead to discrepancies in reporting forest area and ultimately forest carbon estimates. Here, I compared forest extent estimates from 7 regional and global land or tree cover products at 30 m resolution across mainland Mexico. Comparison results presented significant uncertainty in forest extent estimates for Mexico, ranging from 387,607 km2 to 675,239 km2 depending on which satellite-derived product and forest definition is utilized. Next, I compared these satellite-derived products with two independent forest inventory datasets at the national scale (n=21,167) and at the local scale (n=486). The highest agreement between satellite-derived products and forest inventory data is within the tropical moist forest, and the least agreement is within the subtropical steppe ecozones. I further developed a hybrid uncertainty product by combining the 7 forest extents to calculate forest likelihood. I identified a forest area of 340,661 km2 that has low agreement among satellite-derived products. The tropical dry forest and subtropical mountain system represented the two ecozones with the greatest amount of disagreement among satellite-derived products. These findings identify uncertainty surrounding forest extent estimates across ecozones in Mexico where additional ground data and research is needed.

@article{hale_recent_2023,
	title = {Recent decreases in snow water storage in western {North} {America}},
	volume = {4},
	copyright = {2023 The Author(s)},
	issn = {2662-4435},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s43247-023-00751-3},
	doi = {10.1038/s43247-023-00751-3},
	abstract = {Mountain snowpacks act as natural water towers, storing winter precipitation until summer months when downstream water demand is greatest. We introduce a Snow Storage Index (SSI), representing the temporal phase difference between daily precipitation and surface water inputs—sum of rainfall and snowmelt into terrestrial systems—weighted by relative magnitudes. Different from snow water equivalent or snow fraction, the SSI represents the degree to which the snowpack delays the timing and magnitude of surface water inputs relative to precipitation, a fundamental component of how snow water storage influences the hydrologic cycle. In western North America, annual SSI has decreased (p {\textless} 0.05) from 1950–2013 in over 25\% of mountainous areas, as a result of substantially earlier snowmelt and rainfall in spring months, with additional declines in winter precipitation. The SSI and associated trends offer a new perspective on hydrologic sensitivity to climate change which have broad implications for water resources and ecosystems.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-28},
	journal = {Communications Earth \& Environment},
	author = {Hale, Katherine E. and Jennings, Keith S. and Musselman, Keith N. and Livneh, Ben and Molotch, Noah P.},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Number: 1
Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {1--11},
}

Mountain snowpacks act as natural water towers, storing winter precipitation until summer months when downstream water demand is greatest. We introduce a Snow Storage Index (SSI), representing the temporal phase difference between daily precipitation and surface water inputs—sum of rainfall and snowmelt into terrestrial systems—weighted by relative magnitudes. Different from snow water equivalent or snow fraction, the SSI represents the degree to which the snowpack delays the timing and magnitude of surface water inputs relative to precipitation, a fundamental component of how snow water storage influences the hydrologic cycle. In western North America, annual SSI has decreased (p \textless 0.05) from 1950–2013 in over 25% of mountainous areas, as a result of substantially earlier snowmelt and rainfall in spring months, with additional declines in winter precipitation. The SSI and associated trends offer a new perspective on hydrologic sensitivity to climate change which have broad implications for water resources and ecosystems.

@article{tack_regional_2023,
	title = {Regional {Context} for {Balancing} {Sagebrush}- and {Woodland}-{Dependent} {Songbird} {Needs} with {Targeted} {Pinyon}-{Juniper} {Management}},
	volume = {88},
	issn = {1550-7424},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1550742423000404},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rama.2023.03.006},
	abstract = {In the western United States, pinyon-juniper woodlands have expanded by as much as sixfold among sagebrush landscapes since the late 19th century, with demonstrated negative impacts to the behavior, demography, and population dynamics of species that rely on intact sagebrush rangelands. Notably, greater sage-grouse (Centrocercus urophasianus) are unable to tolerate even low conifer cover, which can result in population declines and local extirpation, whereas removing expanding conifer cover has been demonstrated to increase sage grouse population growth rates and sagebrush obligate songbird abundance. Yet conifer management among sagebrush landscapes has been met with concerns about unintended impacts to species that rely on conifer woodlands, notably the pinyon jay (Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus), whose population declines are distinctive among birds breeding in pinyon-juniper woodlands. Spatial models of bird abundance can help management prioritize future actions in light of multiple species requirements, while also providing a framework to retroactively test the impact of past treatments. We used Breeding Bird Survey data to model indices to abundance in relation to multiscale habitat features including landcover, fire, topography, and climate variables for nine songbird species reliant on sagebrush and pinyon-juniper woodlands for breeding. Predictive maps allowed us to also examine the overlap of conifer management conducted by the Sage Grouse Initiative (SGI), which targets management of early successional conifers among priority sage-grouse habitats, with predicted indices to abundance of songbirds. Our findings demonstrate that targeted sage grouse habitat restoration under SGI was not at odds with protection of pinyon jay populations. Rather, conifer management has largely occurred among northern sagebrush landscapes where models suggest that past cuts likely benefit Brewer's sparrow and sage thrasher while avoiding pinyon jay habitats.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-07-07},
	journal = {Rangeland Ecology \& Management},
	author = {Tack, Jason D. and Smith, Joseph T. and Doherty, Kevin E. and Donnelly, Patrick J. and Maestas, Jeremy D. and Allred, Brady W. and Reinhardt, Jason and Morford, Scott L. and Naugle, David E.},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {182--191},
}

In the western United States, pinyon-juniper woodlands have expanded by as much as sixfold among sagebrush landscapes since the late 19th century, with demonstrated negative impacts to the behavior, demography, and population dynamics of species that rely on intact sagebrush rangelands. Notably, greater sage-grouse (Centrocercus urophasianus) are unable to tolerate even low conifer cover, which can result in population declines and local extirpation, whereas removing expanding conifer cover has been demonstrated to increase sage grouse population growth rates and sagebrush obligate songbird abundance. Yet conifer management among sagebrush landscapes has been met with concerns about unintended impacts to species that rely on conifer woodlands, notably the pinyon jay (Gymnorhinus cyanocephalus), whose population declines are distinctive among birds breeding in pinyon-juniper woodlands. Spatial models of bird abundance can help management prioritize future actions in light of multiple species requirements, while also providing a framework to retroactively test the impact of past treatments. We used Breeding Bird Survey data to model indices to abundance in relation to multiscale habitat features including landcover, fire, topography, and climate variables for nine songbird species reliant on sagebrush and pinyon-juniper woodlands for breeding. Predictive maps allowed us to also examine the overlap of conifer management conducted by the Sage Grouse Initiative (SGI), which targets management of early successional conifers among priority sage-grouse habitats, with predicted indices to abundance of songbirds. Our findings demonstrate that targeted sage grouse habitat restoration under SGI was not at odds with protection of pinyon jay populations. Rather, conifer management has largely occurred among northern sagebrush landscapes where models suggest that past cuts likely benefit Brewer's sparrow and sage thrasher while avoiding pinyon jay habitats.

@phdthesis{johnston_representativeness_2023,
	type = {thesis},
	title = {Representativeness of {Protected} {Areas} in the {Algonquin} to {Adirondacks} {Region}: {A} {Gap} {Analysis}},
	shorttitle = {Representativeness of {Protected} {Areas} in the {Algonquin} to {Adirondacks} {Region}},
	url = {https://qspace.library.queensu.ca/handle/1974/31671},
	abstract = {Protected area networks play an important role in the conservation of biodiversity. A useful approach for determining their suitability is assessing how represented certain ecosystem types are in these networks, in comparison to the region as a whole. Here, a gap analysis was performed to analyze representation of ecosystem types within protected areas of the Algonquin to Adirondacks region. ArcGIS Pro software was used to create a map of ecosystem types across the region based on land cover and topography. The composition of ecosystems contained within protected areas was then compared with the composition of the region as a whole. The results show certain ecosystem types as overrepresented in protected areas, while others are underrepresented, and that this varies by ecoregion. These findings have implications for how new protected areas should be established moving forward, with protected areas potentially needing to be modified to account for representation. The next step in this analysis would be the addition of current and future climate data, as climate change will very likely affect the composition of ecosystem types in protected areas.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	school = {Queen's University},
	author = {Johnston, Grace},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Accepted: 2023-05-26T13:37:14Z},
	keywords = {NALCMS, Terrestrial Ecoregions},
}

Protected area networks play an important role in the conservation of biodiversity. A useful approach for determining their suitability is assessing how represented certain ecosystem types are in these networks, in comparison to the region as a whole. Here, a gap analysis was performed to analyze representation of ecosystem types within protected areas of the Algonquin to Adirondacks region. ArcGIS Pro software was used to create a map of ecosystem types across the region based on land cover and topography. The composition of ecosystems contained within protected areas was then compared with the composition of the region as a whole. The results show certain ecosystem types as overrepresented in protected areas, while others are underrepresented, and that this varies by ecoregion. These findings have implications for how new protected areas should be established moving forward, with protected areas potentially needing to be modified to account for representation. The next step in this analysis would be the addition of current and future climate data, as climate change will very likely affect the composition of ecosystem types in protected areas.

@article{chenery_revealing_2023,
	title = {Revealing large‐scale parasite ranges: {An} integrated spatiotemporal database and multisource analysis of the winter tick},
	volume = {14},
	issn = {2150-8925, 2150-8925},
	shorttitle = {Revealing large‐scale parasite ranges},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ecs2.4376},
	doi = {10.1002/ecs2.4376},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Ecosphere},
	author = {Chenery, Emily S. and Harms, N. Jane and Fenton, Heather and Mandrak, Nicholas E. and Molnár, Péter K.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

@book{delong_rivers_2023,
	edition = {Second Edition},
	title = {Rivers of {North} {America}},
	isbn = {978-0-12-818847-7},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/C20180044266},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-28},
	publisher = {Elsevier},
	editor = {Delong, Michael D. and Jardine, Timothy D. and Benke, Arthur C. and Cushing, Colbert E.},
	year = {2023},
	doi = {10.1016/C2018-0-04426-6},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

@article{comer_sampling_2023,
	title = {Sampling methods for archaeological predictive modeling: {Spatial} autocorrelation and model performance},
	volume = {48},
	issn = {2352-409X},
	shorttitle = {Sampling methods for archaeological predictive modeling},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2352409X22004874},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jasrep.2022.103824},
	abstract = {With a case study of a direct detection model (DDM) designed for Fort Irwin, in southern California, we compare models that are identical except for the sampling methods that draw the data used to train and test them. We find that models trained and tested with a random cell sampling strategy perform better than do models that implement a kind of leave-one-out cross-validation (LOOCV) that focuses on discrete sites and non-site areas. We argue that this difference in measured predictive performance is due to spatial autocorrelation, and that it underscores the importance of clarity and specificity in describing the sampling methods used in archaeological predictive modeling and site detection. Different sampling methods are not necessarily superior or inferior, but they generate models that may be more or less appropriate for different tasks. Different sampling methods can also yield calculations of predictive ability that over- or understate a model’s performance at the task for which it was designed.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Journal of Archaeological Science: Reports},
	author = {Comer, Jacob A. and Comer, Douglas C. and Dumitru, Ioana A. and Priebe, Carey E. and Patsolic, Jesse L.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {103824},
}

With a case study of a direct detection model (DDM) designed for Fort Irwin, in southern California, we compare models that are identical except for the sampling methods that draw the data used to train and test them. We find that models trained and tested with a random cell sampling strategy perform better than do models that implement a kind of leave-one-out cross-validation (LOOCV) that focuses on discrete sites and non-site areas. We argue that this difference in measured predictive performance is due to spatial autocorrelation, and that it underscores the importance of clarity and specificity in describing the sampling methods used in archaeological predictive modeling and site detection. Different sampling methods are not necessarily superior or inferior, but they generate models that may be more or less appropriate for different tasks. Different sampling methods can also yield calculations of predictive ability that over- or understate a model’s performance at the task for which it was designed.

@article{parada_san_2023,
	title = {San {Marcos}, {Guerrero} {Y} {Su} {Desafio} {Turistico} {Para} {Una} {Construcción} {Socioecológica} {Del} {Paisaje}},
	copyright = {Derechos de autor 2024 Papeles de Geografía},
	issn = {1989-4627},
	url = {https://revistas.um.es/geografia/article/view/572111},
	doi = {10.6018/geografia.572111},
	abstract = {The socio-ecological consequences of the appropriation and dispossession processes originated by tourism megaprojects have been documented, as well as the beneficial changes and the way to reduce their negative impacts. In the coastal municipality of San Marcos, Guerrero, Mexico, a project of this nature will be developed, so the objective of the work was to analyze the possible effects that it may have on the socioecosystem. The "agency" and "social structure" were established, based on semi-structured interviews, field observations and land use cartography. The current scenario shows an agency defined by multiple labor identities, the cattle ranch among them. The social structure exhibits 3 driving forces, the agrarian policy supported by the "sistema de cargos", the economic-cultural ones mainly due to the use of grasslands, and the natural forces, represented by labor activities in the not "transformed" ecosystems, threatened by land use changes and pollution. Social risks conjecture a differential impact between urban and rural residents, and ecological risks, depending on whether they are ecosystems such as beaches, jungle or aquatic environments. The standardization of new practices is necessary together with a socio-institutional perspective and the bottom-up organization to counteract the impacts of the project.},
	language = {es},
	number = {69},
	urldate = {2024-06-13},
	journal = {Papeles de Geografía},
	author = {Parada, Jaime Matus and Aragón, Ivan Ernesto Roldán and Carpio-Cortes, Leticia and Maldonado, Marco Antonio},
	year = {2023},
	note = {Number: 69},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

The socio-ecological consequences of the appropriation and dispossession processes originated by tourism megaprojects have been documented, as well as the beneficial changes and the way to reduce their negative impacts. In the coastal municipality of San Marcos, Guerrero, Mexico, a project of this nature will be developed, so the objective of the work was to analyze the possible effects that it may have on the socioecosystem. The "agency" and "social structure" were established, based on semi-structured interviews, field observations and land use cartography. The current scenario shows an agency defined by multiple labor identities, the cattle ranch among them. The social structure exhibits 3 driving forces, the agrarian policy supported by the "sistema de cargos", the economic-cultural ones mainly due to the use of grasslands, and the natural forces, represented by labor activities in the not "transformed" ecosystems, threatened by land use changes and pollution. Social risks conjecture a differential impact between urban and rural residents, and ecological risks, depending on whether they are ecosystems such as beaches, jungle or aquatic environments. The standardization of new practices is necessary together with a socio-institutional perspective and the bottom-up organization to counteract the impacts of the project.

@incollection{norman_satellite_2023,
	title = {Satellite {Observations} of {Forest} {Disturbances} for the {Conterminous} {United} {States} for the 2021 {Growing} {Season}},
	volume = {General Technical Report SRS-273},
	url = {https://www.fs.usda.gov/research/treesearch/66983},
	booktitle = {Forest {Health} {Monitoring}: {National} {Status}, {Trends}, and {Analysis} 2022},
	publisher = {U.S. Department of Agriculture},
	author = {Norman, Steven P. and Christie, William M.},
	editor = {Potter, Kevin M. and Conkling, Barbara L.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {Section: 4},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {83--90},
}

@article{zulian_seasonal_2023,
	title = {Seasonal variation in drivers of bird-window collisions on the west coast of {British} {Columbia}, {Canada}},
	volume = {18},
	copyright = {© 2023 by the author(s)},
	issn = {1712-6568},
	url = {https://ace-eco.org/vol18/iss2/art15/},
	doi = {10.5751/ACE-02482-180215},
	abstract = {We examined the effects of façade-level building and vegetation features on bird-window collision risk, and how these effects varied across seasons at a Pacific coastal campus with mild winters, abundant evergreen vegetation, and seasonally varied bird communities. We searched for bird carcasses at 57 façades of 8 buildings at the University of British Columbia (UBC) over 155 days between January 2015 and March 2017 (total: 8835 façade surveys). Collision monitoring occurred across five equal sampling periods that represented stages of the annual cycle of the bird community, including the fall and spring migratory periods, the breeding season, and the long overwintering period. For each season, we compared logistic regression models predicting the odds of a collision from different sets of façade and vegetation characteristics expected to influence collisions: façade area, area of glass, porous surface cover (ground and shrub vegetation, soil, leaf litter), tree cover, and the number of building stories reflecting vegetation. Consistent with other studies, area of glass had a positive influence on collision probability in all seasons; however, the effect was strongest during the fall migratory period, when daily collision mortality rates peaked at UBC. The number of stories reflecting vegetation also increased collision probability, but only in the fall, indicating that the vertical extent of vegetation and reflective glass may affect collision risk differently as bird communities change across seasons. Façade area increased collision probability only in the winter (a long and lethal period for bird collisions at UBC), reflecting different risk factors associated with the species most vulnerable to collisions in this season. Our results highlight the need to measure building and vegetation effects across the longest and most lethal stages of the annual cycle of birds, both to predict the impact of proposed buildings and to prioritize mitigation strategies that will result in the greatest conservation benefits.},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Avian Conservation and Ecology},
	author = {Zulian, Viviane and Norris, Andrea R. and Cockle, Kristina L. and Porter, Alison N. and Do, Lauryn G. and Groot, Krista L. De},
	month = nov,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: The Resilience Alliance},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

We examined the effects of façade-level building and vegetation features on bird-window collision risk, and how these effects varied across seasons at a Pacific coastal campus with mild winters, abundant evergreen vegetation, and seasonally varied bird communities. We searched for bird carcasses at 57 façades of 8 buildings at the University of British Columbia (UBC) over 155 days between January 2015 and March 2017 (total: 8835 façade surveys). Collision monitoring occurred across five equal sampling periods that represented stages of the annual cycle of the bird community, including the fall and spring migratory periods, the breeding season, and the long overwintering period. For each season, we compared logistic regression models predicting the odds of a collision from different sets of façade and vegetation characteristics expected to influence collisions: façade area, area of glass, porous surface cover (ground and shrub vegetation, soil, leaf litter), tree cover, and the number of building stories reflecting vegetation. Consistent with other studies, area of glass had a positive influence on collision probability in all seasons; however, the effect was strongest during the fall migratory period, when daily collision mortality rates peaked at UBC. The number of stories reflecting vegetation also increased collision probability, but only in the fall, indicating that the vertical extent of vegetation and reflective glass may affect collision risk differently as bird communities change across seasons. Façade area increased collision probability only in the winter (a long and lethal period for bird collisions at UBC), reflecting different risk factors associated with the species most vulnerable to collisions in this season. Our results highlight the need to measure building and vegetation effects across the longest and most lethal stages of the annual cycle of birds, both to predict the impact of proposed buildings and to prioritize mitigation strategies that will result in the greatest conservation benefits.

@article{kershaw_seasonally_2023,
	title = {Seasonally distinct runoff–recharge partitioning in an alpine tundra catchment},
	volume = {34},
	issn = {1045-6740, 1099-1530},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ppp.2174},
	doi = {10.1002/ppp.2174},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Permafrost and Periglacial Processes},
	author = {Kershaw, Geoffrey G. L. and English, Michael C. and Wolfe, Brent B.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {94--107},
}

@article{chen_shifting_2023,
	title = {Shifting taxonomic and functional community composition of rivers under land use change},
	volume = {104},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Ecological Society of America.},
	issn = {1939-9170},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/ecy.4155},
	doi = {10.1002/ecy.4155},
	abstract = {Land use intensification has led to conspicuous changes in plant and animal communities across the world. Shifts in trait-based functional composition have recently been hypothesized to manifest at lower levels of environmental change when compared to species-based taxonomic composition; however, little is known about the commonalities in these responses across taxonomic groups and geographic regions. We investigated this hypothesis by testing for taxonomic and geographic similarities in the composition of riverine fish and insect communities across gradients of land use in major hydrological regions of the conterminous United States. We analyzed an extensive data set representing 556 species and 33 functional trait modalities from 8023 fish communities and 1434 taxa and 50 trait modalities from 5197 aquatic insect communities. Our results demonstrate abrupt threshold changes in both taxonomic and functional community composition due to land use conversion. Functional composition consistently demonstrated lower land use threshold responses compared to taxonomic composition for both fish (urban p = 0.069; agriculture p = 0.029) and insect (urban p = 0.095; agriculture p = 0.043) communities according to gradient forest models. We found significantly lower thresholds for urban versus agricultural land use for fishes (taxonomic and functional p {\textless} 0.001) and insects (taxonomic p = 0.001; functional p = 0.033). We further revealed that threshold responses in functional composition were more geographically consistent than for taxonomic composition to both urban and agricultural land use change. Traits contributing the most to overall functional composition change differed along urban and agricultural land gradients and conformed to predicted ecological mechanisms underpinning community change. This study points to reliable early-warning thresholds that accurately forecast compositional shifts in riverine communities to land use conversion, and highlight the importance of considering trait-based indicators of community change to inform large-scale land use management strategies and policies.},
	language = {en},
	number = {11},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Ecology},
	author = {Chen, Kai and Midway, Stephen R. and Peoples, Brandon K. and Wang, Beixin and Olden, Julian D.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/ecy.4155},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e4155},
}

Land use intensification has led to conspicuous changes in plant and animal communities across the world. Shifts in trait-based functional composition have recently been hypothesized to manifest at lower levels of environmental change when compared to species-based taxonomic composition; however, little is known about the commonalities in these responses across taxonomic groups and geographic regions. We investigated this hypothesis by testing for taxonomic and geographic similarities in the composition of riverine fish and insect communities across gradients of land use in major hydrological regions of the conterminous United States. We analyzed an extensive data set representing 556 species and 33 functional trait modalities from 8023 fish communities and 1434 taxa and 50 trait modalities from 5197 aquatic insect communities. Our results demonstrate abrupt threshold changes in both taxonomic and functional community composition due to land use conversion. Functional composition consistently demonstrated lower land use threshold responses compared to taxonomic composition for both fish (urban p = 0.069; agriculture p = 0.029) and insect (urban p = 0.095; agriculture p = 0.043) communities according to gradient forest models. We found significantly lower thresholds for urban versus agricultural land use for fishes (taxonomic and functional p \textless 0.001) and insects (taxonomic p = 0.001; functional p = 0.033). We further revealed that threshold responses in functional composition were more geographically consistent than for taxonomic composition to both urban and agricultural land use change. Traits contributing the most to overall functional composition change differed along urban and agricultural land gradients and conformed to predicted ecological mechanisms underpinning community change. This study points to reliable early-warning thresholds that accurately forecast compositional shifts in riverine communities to land use conversion, and highlight the importance of considering trait-based indicators of community change to inform large-scale land use management strategies and policies.

@article{greaves_simulating_2023,
	title = {Simulating future climate change impacts on snow- and ice-related driving hazards in {Arctic}-boreal regions},
	volume = {18},
	issn = {1748-9326},
	url = {https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1748-9326/acb5b1},
	doi = {10.1088/1748-9326/acb5b1},
	abstract = {Abstract
            
              As Arctic and boreal regions rapidly warm, the frequency and seasonal timing of hazardous driving conditions on all-season Arctic-boreal roads are likely to change. Because these roads link remote Arctic areas to the rest of the North American road system, climate change may substantially affect safety and quality of life for northern residents and commercial enterprises. To gain insight into future hazardous driving conditions, we built Random Forest models that predict the occurrence of hazardous driving conditions by linking snow, ice, and weather simulated by a spatially explicit modeling system (SnowModel) to archived road condition reports from two highly trafficked all-season northern roads: the Dalton Highway (Alaska, USA) and Dempster Highway (Yukon, Canada). We applied these models to downscaled future climate trajectories for the study period of 2006–2100. We estimated future trends in the frequency and timing of icy, wet-icy, and snowy road surfaces, blowing and drifting snow, and high winds. We found that as the climate warms, and the portion of the year when snow and ice occur becomes shorter, overall frequency of snow storms and ice- and snow-related driving hazards decreased. For example, the mean number of days per year when roads are covered in snow or ice decreased by 51 d (−21\%) on the Dalton Highway between the 2006–2020 and 2081–2100 time periods. However, the intensity of storms was predicted to increase, resulting in higher mean annual storm wind speeds (Dalton +0.56 m s
              −1
              [+17\%]) and snowfall totals (Dalton +0.3 cm [+36\%]). Our models also predicted increasing frequency of wet-icy driving conditions during November, December, January, and February, when daylength is short and hazardous conditions may be more difficult to perceive. Our findings may help road managers and drivers adapt their expectations and behaviors to minimize accident risk on Arctic-boreal roads in the future.},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Environmental Research Letters},
	author = {Greaves, Heather E and Boelman, Natalie T and Brinkman, Todd J and Liston, Glen E and Prugh, Laura R and Reinking, Adele K},
	month = feb,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {025006},
}

Abstract As Arctic and boreal regions rapidly warm, the frequency and seasonal timing of hazardous driving conditions on all-season Arctic-boreal roads are likely to change. Because these roads link remote Arctic areas to the rest of the North American road system, climate change may substantially affect safety and quality of life for northern residents and commercial enterprises. To gain insight into future hazardous driving conditions, we built Random Forest models that predict the occurrence of hazardous driving conditions by linking snow, ice, and weather simulated by a spatially explicit modeling system (SnowModel) to archived road condition reports from two highly trafficked all-season northern roads: the Dalton Highway (Alaska, USA) and Dempster Highway (Yukon, Canada). We applied these models to downscaled future climate trajectories for the study period of 2006–2100. We estimated future trends in the frequency and timing of icy, wet-icy, and snowy road surfaces, blowing and drifting snow, and high winds. We found that as the climate warms, and the portion of the year when snow and ice occur becomes shorter, overall frequency of snow storms and ice- and snow-related driving hazards decreased. For example, the mean number of days per year when roads are covered in snow or ice decreased by 51 d (−21%) on the Dalton Highway between the 2006–2020 and 2081–2100 time periods. However, the intensity of storms was predicted to increase, resulting in higher mean annual storm wind speeds (Dalton +0.56 m s −1 [+17%]) and snowfall totals (Dalton +0.3 cm [+36%]). Our models also predicted increasing frequency of wet-icy driving conditions during November, December, January, and February, when daylength is short and hazardous conditions may be more difficult to perceive. Our findings may help road managers and drivers adapt their expectations and behaviors to minimize accident risk on Arctic-boreal roads in the future.

@article{hoppinen_snow_2023,
	title = {Snow {Water} {Equivalent} {Retrieval} {Over} {Idaho}, {Part} {B}: {Using} {L}-band {UAVSAR} {Repeat}-{Pass} {Interferometry}},
	shorttitle = {Snow {Water} {Equivalent} {Retrieval} {Over} {Idaho}, {Part} {B}},
	url = {https://tc.copernicus.org/preprints/tc-2023-127/},
	doi = {10.5194/tc-2023-127},
	abstract = {{\textless}p{\textgreater}{\textless}strong class="journal-contentHeaderColor"{\textgreater}Abstract.{\textless}/strong{\textgreater} This study evaluates using interferometry on low frequency synthetic aperture radar (SAR) images to monitor snow water equivalent (SWE) over seasonal and synoptic scales. We retrieved SWE changes from nine pairs of SAR images, mean 8 days temporal baseline, captured by an L-band aerial platform, NASA's UAVSAR, over central Idaho as part of the NASA SnowEx 2020 and 2021 campaigns. The retrieved SWE changes were compared against coincident in situ measurements (SNOTEL and snow pits from the SnowEx field campaign) and to 100 m gridded SnowModel modeled SWE changes. The comparison of in situ to retrieved shows a strong Pearson correlation (R = 0.80) and low RMSE (0.1 m, n = 64) for snow depth change and similar results for SWE change (RMSE = 0.04 m, R = 0.52, n = 57). The comparison between retrieved SWE changes to SnowModel SWE change also showed good correlation (R = 0.60, RMSD = 0.023 m, n = 3.2e6) and especially high correlation for a subset of pixels with no modeled melt and low tree coverage (R = 0.72, RMSD = 0.013 m, n = 6.5e4). Finally, we bin the retrievals for a variety of factors and show decreasing correlation between the modeled and retrieved values for lower elevations, higher incidence angles, higher tree percentages and heights, and greater cumulative melt. This study builds on previous interferometry work by using a full winter season time series of L-band SAR images over a large spatial extent to evaluate the accuracy of SWE change retrievals against both in situ and modeled results and the controlling factors of the retrieval accuracy.{\textless}/p{\textgreater}},
	language = {English},
	urldate = {2024-01-31},
	journal = {The Cryosphere Discussions},
	author = {Hoppinen, Zachary Marshall and Oveisgharan, Shadi and Marshall, Hans-Peter and Mower, Ross and Elder, Kelly and Vuyovich, Carrie},
	month = aug,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1--24},
}

\textlessp\textgreater\textlessstrong class="journal-contentHeaderColor"\textgreaterAbstract.\textless/strong\textgreater This study evaluates using interferometry on low frequency synthetic aperture radar (SAR) images to monitor snow water equivalent (SWE) over seasonal and synoptic scales. We retrieved SWE changes from nine pairs of SAR images, mean 8 days temporal baseline, captured by an L-band aerial platform, NASA's UAVSAR, over central Idaho as part of the NASA SnowEx 2020 and 2021 campaigns. The retrieved SWE changes were compared against coincident in situ measurements (SNOTEL and snow pits from the SnowEx field campaign) and to 100 m gridded SnowModel modeled SWE changes. The comparison of in situ to retrieved shows a strong Pearson correlation (R = 0.80) and low RMSE (0.1 m, n = 64) for snow depth change and similar results for SWE change (RMSE = 0.04 m, R = 0.52, n = 57). The comparison between retrieved SWE changes to SnowModel SWE change also showed good correlation (R = 0.60, RMSD = 0.023 m, n = 3.2e6) and especially high correlation for a subset of pixels with no modeled melt and low tree coverage (R = 0.72, RMSD = 0.013 m, n = 6.5e4). Finally, we bin the retrievals for a variety of factors and show decreasing correlation between the modeled and retrieved values for lower elevations, higher incidence angles, higher tree percentages and heights, and greater cumulative melt. This study builds on previous interferometry work by using a full winter season time series of L-band SAR images over a large spatial extent to evaluate the accuracy of SWE change retrievals against both in situ and modeled results and the controlling factors of the retrieval accuracy.\textless/p\textgreater

@techreport{delphey_standing_2023,
	address = {Bloomington, MN, United States},
	title = {Standing {Analysis} and {Implementation} {Plan} - {Northern} {Long}-{Eared} {Bat} {Assisted} {Determination} {Key}},
	url = {https://www.fws.gov/media/standing-analysis-nleb-determination-key},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-27},
	institution = {U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service},
	author = {Delphey, Phil},
	month = apr,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {36},
}

@incollection{dumont_status_2023,
	title = {Status and {Management} of {Freshwater} and {Diadromous} {Fisheries} in {Québec}},
	isbn = {978-1-934874-70-7},
	shorttitle = {Freshwater {Fisheries} in {Canada}},
	url = {https://fisheries.org/doi/9781934874707-ch9},
	abstract = {With half a million lakes, 4,300 rivers, and one of the largest rivers in the world that connects with the Atlantic Ocean, the province of Québec has a unique geographic context that favors a diversity of aquatic habitats and thriving fish communities. By legislative delegation, the provincial government is responsible for the management of freshwater, anadromous, and catadromous species. Each year, 43 million fish are harvested by recreational anglers and about 400 tons by commercial fishers, so fisheries management and conservation must rely on robust monitoring networks, strong scientific studies, and constant collaborations with a diverse array of partners. The aim of this chapter is to present a portrait of Québec's fish community, the legislative framework, and the scientific background behind fisheries management and conservation in Québec. We present eight case studies highlighting the variety of challenges faced in fisheries management.},
	urldate = {2023-07-07},
	booktitle = {Freshwater {Fisheries} in {Canada}: {Historical} and {Contemporary} {Perspectives} on the {Resources} and {Their} {Management}},
	publisher = {American Fisheries Society},
	author = {Dumont, Pierre and Lecompte, Frédéric and Legault, Michel and Arvisais, Martin and Paradis, Yves and April, Julien and Verreault, Guy and Magnan, Pierre},
	year = {2023},
	doi = {10.47886/9781934874707.ch9},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

With half a million lakes, 4,300 rivers, and one of the largest rivers in the world that connects with the Atlantic Ocean, the province of Québec has a unique geographic context that favors a diversity of aquatic habitats and thriving fish communities. By legislative delegation, the provincial government is responsible for the management of freshwater, anadromous, and catadromous species. Each year, 43 million fish are harvested by recreational anglers and about 400 tons by commercial fishers, so fisheries management and conservation must rely on robust monitoring networks, strong scientific studies, and constant collaborations with a diverse array of partners. The aim of this chapter is to present a portrait of Québec's fish community, the legislative framework, and the scientific background behind fisheries management and conservation in Québec. We present eight case studies highlighting the variety of challenges faced in fisheries management.

@article{lauriault_stocking_2023,
	title = {Stocking {Density} {Influences} {Predominantly} {Blue} {Grama} {Pasture} {Mass} and {Animal} {Performance}},
	volume = {2},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {2813-3463},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2813-3463/2/3/12},
	doi = {10.3390/grasses2030012},
	abstract = {The optimum grazing management practices to sustain or increase grassland resilience must be determined. The effects of the current and previous year’s stocking densities (light, medium, and heavy stocking densities of 0.53, 0.89, and 1.24 AU ha−1, respectively) at the same stocking rate (35 AUD ha−1 yr−1) of yearling heifers (Bos taurus) grazing predominately blue grama [Bouteloua gracilis (Willd. ex Kunth) Lag. ex Griffiths] pastures on animal gains and pasture mass during the growing season were evaluated at New Mexico State University’s Rex E. Kirksey Agricultural Science Center at Tucumcari, NM USA, over three years. Previous grazing management had no influence on animal performance (p {\textgreater} 0.14) but seasonal average daily gains and total gains ha−1 were decreased from low- to high-density grazing (p {\textless} 0.002). Nevertheless, for grassland resilience, when low followed either high or medium, blue grama mass increased compared to low following low. Alternatively, when medium followed high, blue grama mass was reduced, but when high followed either low or medium, forage mass numerically increased (p {\textless} 0.0117 for the previous × current year’s stocking density interaction). Consequently, short-duration, high stocking density may be best using multiple pastures, each with the same grazing period each year to allow for a long-duration rest. Otherwise, during persistent drought, a longer-duration, medium stocking density could be used to allow for recovery.},
	language = {en},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2023-07-26},
	journal = {Grasses},
	author = {Lauriault, Leonard M. and Scholljegerdes, Eric J. and Sawyer, Jason E.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Number: 3
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {Climate Zones},
	pages = {142--155},
}

The optimum grazing management practices to sustain or increase grassland resilience must be determined. The effects of the current and previous year’s stocking densities (light, medium, and heavy stocking densities of 0.53, 0.89, and 1.24 AU ha−1, respectively) at the same stocking rate (35 AUD ha−1 yr−1) of yearling heifers (Bos taurus) grazing predominately blue grama [Bouteloua gracilis (Willd. ex Kunth) Lag. ex Griffiths] pastures on animal gains and pasture mass during the growing season were evaluated at New Mexico State University’s Rex E. Kirksey Agricultural Science Center at Tucumcari, NM USA, over three years. Previous grazing management had no influence on animal performance (p \textgreater 0.14) but seasonal average daily gains and total gains ha−1 were decreased from low- to high-density grazing (p \textless 0.002). Nevertheless, for grassland resilience, when low followed either high or medium, blue grama mass increased compared to low following low. Alternatively, when medium followed high, blue grama mass was reduced, but when high followed either low or medium, forage mass numerically increased (p \textless 0.0117 for the previous × current year’s stocking density interaction). Consequently, short-duration, high stocking density may be best using multiple pastures, each with the same grazing period each year to allow for a long-duration rest. Otherwise, during persistent drought, a longer-duration, medium stocking density could be used to allow for recovery.

@phdthesis{walker_summer_2023,
	title = {Summer spatial ecology of woodland caribou across northern {Ontario}},
	url = {https://era.library.ualberta.ca/items/51d3c670-2df6-414f-9195-aa28166689e6},
	abstract = {Caribou (Rangifer tarandus) numbers continue to decline across their circumpolar range with boreal woodland caribou (R. t. caribou;...},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-01-09},
	author = {Walker, Philip},
	year = {2023},
	doi = {10.7939/r3-2r8s-cq77},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Caribou (Rangifer tarandus) numbers continue to decline across their circumpolar range with boreal woodland caribou (R. t. caribou;...

@article{mulrooney_value_2023,
	title = {The value of natural capital in {Canada}’s national parks and national marine conservation areas},
	issn = {24112119, 0960233X},
	url = {https://parksjournal.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/10.2305-EKNN8645-Mulrooney.pdf},
	doi = {10.2305/EKNN8645},
	abstract = {Growing attention is being given to protected areas and the ability of their natural capital assets to provide a varied and long-term stream of benefits to individuals and society in general. These areas are often heralded for ensuring natural capital assets persist, but value is often limited to the economic impact of visitor expenditures and the associated effects on regional and national economies. Few studies have attempted to quantify the economic value of natural capital assets in protected areas, especially in Canada. This study uses a benefit transfer approach to produce an initial estimate of the potential economic value of ecosystem services and natural capital associated with the terrestrial and marine environments in Canada’s federal system of national parks and national marine conservation areas. The results suggest that the economic value of these assets ranges between CA\$ 156 billion and CA\$ 588 billion annually.},
	number = {29.2},
	urldate = {2024-05-15},
	journal = {PARKS},
	author = {Mulrooney, Dan and Jones, Brenda},
	month = nov,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {41--51},
}

Growing attention is being given to protected areas and the ability of their natural capital assets to provide a varied and long-term stream of benefits to individuals and society in general. These areas are often heralded for ensuring natural capital assets persist, but value is often limited to the economic impact of visitor expenditures and the associated effects on regional and national economies. Few studies have attempted to quantify the economic value of natural capital assets in protected areas, especially in Canada. This study uses a benefit transfer approach to produce an initial estimate of the potential economic value of ecosystem services and natural capital associated with the terrestrial and marine environments in Canada’s federal system of national parks and national marine conservation areas. The results suggest that the economic value of these assets ranges between CA$ 156 billion and CA$ 588 billion annually.

@phdthesis{duran_vanegas_three_2023,
	type = {Thesis},
	title = {Three {Essays} in {Labor} and {Regional} {Economics}},
	url = {http://www.tara.tcd.ie/handle/2262/102495},
	abstract = {This dissertation consists of three chapters. Chapter 1 uses the 1994 North American
Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and granular data on Mexican municipalities to study
the local effects of trade liberalization on college wage premiums, housing costs, and
urban amenities between 1990 and 2010. I measure local exposure to international trade
by constructing a market access database of each municipality's lowest-cost route to the
closest US truck port. I find that municipalities facing larger trade exposure experienced:
(1) declines in local wage differences between college and non-college graduates, both in
nominal and real terms; (2) smaller increases in local urban amenities. I interpret these
results under the notion of spatial equilibrium in which non-monetary urban amenities
compensate for gaps in real wages across cities.

Chapter 2 analyzes the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on labor market outcomes
for men and women in Mexico. Using a large longitudinal dataset and an event-study
design, I find that the labor market effects of the pandemic differed by gender and changed
considerably over time. While men temporarily suffered from a higher probability of
unemployment, women experienced greater and more persistent declines in labor force
participation. By exploring the heterogeneity of the effects across sub-samples, I show
that these disparities in the recovery of labor participation are mainly driven by increased
childcare needs and are linked to women being over-represented in informal and part-time
jobs.

Chapter 3 investigates how gender gaps vary across space and time using census microdata
for Mexico during 1990-2010. I document that female-to-male gaps in working hours
increased on average for all municipality sizes, but this increase was disproportionately
greater in smaller compared to larger municipalities. This novel empirical pattern also
coincides with a more rapid increase in the share of services in smaller locations that initially
specialized in producing goods (primary activities and manufacturing). Motivated
by these stylized facts, I quantify the impact of industry-specific labor demand shocks
on local gender gaps in working hours and explore the heterogeneity of the effects across municipality sizes. I find that labor demand shocks in the goods industry only affect
female relative work hours in small municipalities. My results suggest that the interaction
between industry specialization across locations, industry differences in female labor
intensities, and the rise of the service economy boosted female employment in smaller
cities.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	school = {Trinity College Dublin. School of Social Sciences \& Philosophy. Discipline of Economics},
	author = {Duran Vanegas, Juan David},
	year = {2023},
	note = {Accepted: 2023-04-18T16:24:22Z},
	keywords = {Major Roads},
}

This dissertation consists of three chapters. Chapter 1 uses the 1994 North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and granular data on Mexican municipalities to study the local effects of trade liberalization on college wage premiums, housing costs, and urban amenities between 1990 and 2010. I measure local exposure to international trade by constructing a market access database of each municipality's lowest-cost route to the closest US truck port. I find that municipalities facing larger trade exposure experienced: (1) declines in local wage differences between college and non-college graduates, both in nominal and real terms; (2) smaller increases in local urban amenities. I interpret these results under the notion of spatial equilibrium in which non-monetary urban amenities compensate for gaps in real wages across cities. Chapter 2 analyzes the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on labor market outcomes for men and women in Mexico. Using a large longitudinal dataset and an event-study design, I find that the labor market effects of the pandemic differed by gender and changed considerably over time. While men temporarily suffered from a higher probability of unemployment, women experienced greater and more persistent declines in labor force participation. By exploring the heterogeneity of the effects across sub-samples, I show that these disparities in the recovery of labor participation are mainly driven by increased childcare needs and are linked to women being over-represented in informal and part-time jobs. Chapter 3 investigates how gender gaps vary across space and time using census microdata for Mexico during 1990-2010. I document that female-to-male gaps in working hours increased on average for all municipality sizes, but this increase was disproportionately greater in smaller compared to larger municipalities. This novel empirical pattern also coincides with a more rapid increase in the share of services in smaller locations that initially specialized in producing goods (primary activities and manufacturing). Motivated by these stylized facts, I quantify the impact of industry-specific labor demand shocks on local gender gaps in working hours and explore the heterogeneity of the effects across municipality sizes. I find that labor demand shocks in the goods industry only affect female relative work hours in small municipalities. My results suggest that the interaction between industry specialization across locations, industry differences in female labor intensities, and the rise of the service economy boosted female employment in smaller cities.

@phdthesis{jensen_top_2023,
	title = {Top {Down} {Effects} and {Resource} {Selection} by {Coyotes} in {South} {Carolina}},
	url = {https://tigerprints.clemson.edu/all_dissertations/3312},
	author = {Jensen, Alex},
	month = may,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Griffith 2010)},
}

@article{larabi_towards_2023,
	title = {Towards reducing the high cost of parameter sensitivity analysis in hydrologic modeling: a regional parameter sensitivity analysis approach},
	volume = {27},
	issn = {1027-5606},
	shorttitle = {Towards reducing the high cost of parameter sensitivity analysis in hydrologic modeling},
	url = {https://hess.copernicus.org/articles/27/3241/2023/},
	doi = {10.5194/hess-27-3241-2023},
	abstract = {Land surface models have many parameters that have a spatially variable impact on model outputs. In applying these models, sensitivity analysis (SA) is sometimes performed as an initial step to select calibration parameters. As these models are applied to large domains, performing sensitivity analysis across the domain is computationally prohibitive. Here, using a Variable Infiltration Capacity model (VIC) deployment to a large domain as an example, we show that watershed classification based on climatic attributes and vegetation land cover helps to identify the spatial pattern of parameter sensitivity within the domain at a reduced cost. We evaluate the sensitivity of 44 VIC model parameters with regard to streamflow, evapotranspiration and snow water equivalent over 25 basins with a median size of 5078 km2. Basins are clustered based on their climatic and land cover attributes. Performance in transferring parameter sensitivity between basins of the same cluster is evaluated by the F1 score. Results show that two donor basins per cluster are sufficient to correctly identify sensitive parameters in a target basin, with F1 scores ranging between 0.66 (evapotranspiration) and 1 (snow water equivalent). While climatic attributes are sufficient to identify sensitive parameters for streamflow and evapotranspiration, including the vegetation class significantly improves skill in identifying sensitive parameters for the snow water equivalent. This work reveals that there is opportunity to leverage climate and land cover attributes to greatly increase the efficiency of parameter sensitivity analysis and facilitate more rapid deployment of land surface models over large spatial domains.},
	language = {English},
	number = {17},
	urldate = {2023-10-04},
	journal = {Hydrology and Earth System Sciences},
	author = {Larabi, Samah and Mai, Juliane and Schnorbus, Markus and Tolson, Bryan A. and Zwiers, Francis},
	month = sep,
	year = {2023},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {3241--3263},
}

Land surface models have many parameters that have a spatially variable impact on model outputs. In applying these models, sensitivity analysis (SA) is sometimes performed as an initial step to select calibration parameters. As these models are applied to large domains, performing sensitivity analysis across the domain is computationally prohibitive. Here, using a Variable Infiltration Capacity model (VIC) deployment to a large domain as an example, we show that watershed classification based on climatic attributes and vegetation land cover helps to identify the spatial pattern of parameter sensitivity within the domain at a reduced cost. We evaluate the sensitivity of 44 VIC model parameters with regard to streamflow, evapotranspiration and snow water equivalent over 25 basins with a median size of 5078 km2. Basins are clustered based on their climatic and land cover attributes. Performance in transferring parameter sensitivity between basins of the same cluster is evaluated by the F1 score. Results show that two donor basins per cluster are sufficient to correctly identify sensitive parameters in a target basin, with F1 scores ranging between 0.66 (evapotranspiration) and 1 (snow water equivalent). While climatic attributes are sufficient to identify sensitive parameters for streamflow and evapotranspiration, including the vegetation class significantly improves skill in identifying sensitive parameters for the snow water equivalent. This work reveals that there is opportunity to leverage climate and land cover attributes to greatly increase the efficiency of parameter sensitivity analysis and facilitate more rapid deployment of land surface models over large spatial domains.

@article{wang_tree_2023,
	title = {Tree species growth response to climate warming varies by forest canopy position in boreal and temperate forests},
	volume = {n/a},
	copyright = {© 2023 The Authors. Global Change Biology published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd.},
	issn = {1365-2486},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/gcb.16853},
	doi = {10.1111/gcb.16853},
	abstract = {Reports of forest sensitivity to climate change are based largely on the study of overstory trees, which contribute significantly to forest growth and wood supply. However, juveniles in the understory are also critical to predict future forest dynamics and demographics, but their sensitivity to climate remains less known. In this study, we applied boosted regression tree analysis to compare the sensitivity of understory and overstory trees for the 10 most common tree species in eastern North America using growth information from an unprecedented network of nearly 1.5 million tree records from 20,174 widely distributed, permanent sample plots across Canada and the United States. Fitted models were then used to project the near-term (2041–2070) growth for each canopy and tree species. We observed an overall positive effect of warming on tree growth for both canopies and most species, leading to an average of 7.8\%–12.2\% projected growth gains with climate change under RCP 4.5 and 8.5. The magnitude of these gains peaked in colder, northern areas for both canopies, while growth declines are projected for overstory trees in warmer, southern regions. Relative to overstory trees, understory tree growth was less positively affected by warming in northern regions, while displaying more positive responses in southern areas, likely driven by the buffering effect of the canopy from warming and climate extremes. Observed differences in climatic sensitivity between canopy positions underscore the importance of accounting for differential growth responses to climate between forest strata in future studies to improve ecological forecasts. Furthermore, latitudinal variation in the differential sensitivity of forest strata to climate reported here may help refine our comprehension of species range shift and changes in suitable habitat under climate change.},
	language = {en},
	number = {n/a},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Global Change Biology},
	author = {Wang, Jiejie and D'Orangeville, Loïc and Taylor, Anthony R.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/gcb.16853},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

Reports of forest sensitivity to climate change are based largely on the study of overstory trees, which contribute significantly to forest growth and wood supply. However, juveniles in the understory are also critical to predict future forest dynamics and demographics, but their sensitivity to climate remains less known. In this study, we applied boosted regression tree analysis to compare the sensitivity of understory and overstory trees for the 10 most common tree species in eastern North America using growth information from an unprecedented network of nearly 1.5 million tree records from 20,174 widely distributed, permanent sample plots across Canada and the United States. Fitted models were then used to project the near-term (2041–2070) growth for each canopy and tree species. We observed an overall positive effect of warming on tree growth for both canopies and most species, leading to an average of 7.8%–12.2% projected growth gains with climate change under RCP 4.5 and 8.5. The magnitude of these gains peaked in colder, northern areas for both canopies, while growth declines are projected for overstory trees in warmer, southern regions. Relative to overstory trees, understory tree growth was less positively affected by warming in northern regions, while displaying more positive responses in southern areas, likely driven by the buffering effect of the canopy from warming and climate extremes. Observed differences in climatic sensitivity between canopy positions underscore the importance of accounting for differential growth responses to climate between forest strata in future studies to improve ecological forecasts. Furthermore, latitudinal variation in the differential sensitivity of forest strata to climate reported here may help refine our comprehension of species range shift and changes in suitable habitat under climate change.

@phdthesis{malesis_urban_2023,
	type = {Thesis},
	title = {Urban {Landscape} {Complexity} as a {Driver} of {Urban} {Evolution} in {White} {Clover} ({Trifolium} repens)},
	copyright = {none},
	url = {https://digital.lib.washington.edu:443/researchworks/handle/1773/50932},
	abstract = {Cities are influencing evolution on contemporary timescales, but the mechanisms driving evolutionary change are not well understood. Previous studies on urban eco-evolutionary dynamics generally assume that urban structures predictably evolve from a dense core to less intensive peripheries, discounting their spatial complexities. Cities are mosaics of patches, each governed by a unique set of parameters that interact to create a unique set of ecological conditions and stressors distributed unevenly across the landscape. Using an urban-rural transects approach, prior studies identified variance in Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN) production in Trifolium repens (white clover) contingent on the distance from city centers. This investigation introduces a refined approach via the urban complexity framework, incorporating measures of landscape heterogeneity, connectivity, and historical contingency to explicate variability in HCN production across 20 North American cities. A model selection approach was employed to comparatively evaluate the explanatory power of these predictors to distance from city center along an urban-rural transect in multi-city and single city models. The results reveal that multivariate models incorporating urban complexity variables, notably the connectivity of cropland, demonstrated higher adjusted R2 values than univariate distance-based models in multi-city contexts.  Although this finding does not significantly augment the predictive efficacy of single city models, it underscores the shared explanatory contribution of these variables. In conclusion, this investigation posits urban complexity as a critical determinant of urban eco-evolutionary dynamics, warranting further exploration to effectively inform the practice of urban planning.},
	language = {en\_US},
	urldate = {2024-01-09},
	author = {Malesis, Anna},
	year = {2023},
	note = {Accepted: 2023-09-27T17:22:19Z},
	keywords = {NALCMS, Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

Cities are influencing evolution on contemporary timescales, but the mechanisms driving evolutionary change are not well understood. Previous studies on urban eco-evolutionary dynamics generally assume that urban structures predictably evolve from a dense core to less intensive peripheries, discounting their spatial complexities. Cities are mosaics of patches, each governed by a unique set of parameters that interact to create a unique set of ecological conditions and stressors distributed unevenly across the landscape. Using an urban-rural transects approach, prior studies identified variance in Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN) production in Trifolium repens (white clover) contingent on the distance from city centers. This investigation introduces a refined approach via the urban complexity framework, incorporating measures of landscape heterogeneity, connectivity, and historical contingency to explicate variability in HCN production across 20 North American cities. A model selection approach was employed to comparatively evaluate the explanatory power of these predictors to distance from city center along an urban-rural transect in multi-city and single city models. The results reveal that multivariate models incorporating urban complexity variables, notably the connectivity of cropland, demonstrated higher adjusted R2 values than univariate distance-based models in multi-city contexts. Although this finding does not significantly augment the predictive efficacy of single city models, it underscores the shared explanatory contribution of these variables. In conclusion, this investigation posits urban complexity as a critical determinant of urban eco-evolutionary dynamics, warranting further exploration to effectively inform the practice of urban planning.

@phdthesis{wagner_using_2023,
	type = {Master of {Science}, {Civil} and {Environmental} {Engineering}},
	title = {Using {Unpiloted} {Aerial} {Vehicle} {Structure} from {Motion} and {SnowModel} to {Map} {Spatial} {Distribution} of {Wind} {Deposited} {Snow} in {Mount} {Washington}, {NH} {Avalanche} {Terrain}},
	url = {https://unh.primo.exlibrisgroup.com/discovery/fulldisplay?context=PC&vid=01USNH_UNH:MAIN&search_scope=MyInst_and_CI&tab=Everything&docid=cdi_proquest_journals_2825660613},
	abstract = {East of the Rocky Mountains, United States avalanche terrain is almost exclusive to Mount Washington, New Hampshire. Mount Washington’s east-aspect glacial cirques are subject to frequent wind slab avalanche problems due to high winds and ample snowfall in fetch areas above the cirques. Quantification of these slabs’ location, extent, and depth is an integral part of avalanche forecasting and risk assessment. This research used SnowModel, a spatially distributed snow-evolution model, to simulate wind slab depth maps using Mount Washington Observatory meteorologic station data on a 1 m grid. SnowModel’s SnowTran-3D, a snow redistribution by wind algorithm, is tested for one of the first times in the Eastern United States. Snowpack seasonal evolution and accumulation event-based model performance is calibrated and validated using 15 snow depth maps collected throughout the winter of 2021-2022. Snow depth maps were constructed via Structure from Motion (SfM) analysis photogrammetry. SfM maps were derived from optical imagery collected using an Unpiloted Aerial Vehicle (UAV) and were able to quantify wind slab depth with a 5 cm spatial resolution. Limited ground validation showed UAV SfM values are accurate with a 30 cm RMSE on the 2/01/2022 sample date. Total snow depth and snow depth change map time series of each study location consistently show wind-transported snow accumulation and erosion patterns on Mount Washington. SnowModel can capture Mount Washington’s widespread snow redistribution trends but fails to quantify the magnitude and distribution of wind slabs as the UAV SfM can. SnowModel-derived snow depth was compared to Landsat 8’s Normalized Difference Snow Index (NDSI) and shows a significant signal in snow depth increase when NDSI exceeds 0.4. This study provides the first of its kind approach for capturing Mount Washington’s winter snowpack evolution using UAV SfM and a physically based snow evolution model.},
	language = {eng},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	school = {University of New Hampshire},
	author = {Wagner, Cameron},
	year = {2023},
	note = {Book Title: Using Unpiloted Aerial Vehicle Structure from Motion and SnowModel to Map Spatial Distribution of Wind Deposited Snow in Mount Washington, NH Avalanche Terrain
ISBN: 9798379712600},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

East of the Rocky Mountains, United States avalanche terrain is almost exclusive to Mount Washington, New Hampshire. Mount Washington’s east-aspect glacial cirques are subject to frequent wind slab avalanche problems due to high winds and ample snowfall in fetch areas above the cirques. Quantification of these slabs’ location, extent, and depth is an integral part of avalanche forecasting and risk assessment. This research used SnowModel, a spatially distributed snow-evolution model, to simulate wind slab depth maps using Mount Washington Observatory meteorologic station data on a 1 m grid. SnowModel’s SnowTran-3D, a snow redistribution by wind algorithm, is tested for one of the first times in the Eastern United States. Snowpack seasonal evolution and accumulation event-based model performance is calibrated and validated using 15 snow depth maps collected throughout the winter of 2021-2022. Snow depth maps were constructed via Structure from Motion (SfM) analysis photogrammetry. SfM maps were derived from optical imagery collected using an Unpiloted Aerial Vehicle (UAV) and were able to quantify wind slab depth with a 5 cm spatial resolution. Limited ground validation showed UAV SfM values are accurate with a 30 cm RMSE on the 2/01/2022 sample date. Total snow depth and snow depth change map time series of each study location consistently show wind-transported snow accumulation and erosion patterns on Mount Washington. SnowModel can capture Mount Washington’s widespread snow redistribution trends but fails to quantify the magnitude and distribution of wind slabs as the UAV SfM can. SnowModel-derived snow depth was compared to Landsat 8’s Normalized Difference Snow Index (NDSI) and shows a significant signal in snow depth increase when NDSI exceeds 0.4. This study provides the first of its kind approach for capturing Mount Washington’s winter snowpack evolution using UAV SfM and a physically based snow evolution model.

@phdthesis{pouw_utilizing_2023,
	title = {Utilizing {Ground}-{Penetrating} {Radar} to {Estimate} the {Spatial} {Distribution} of {Snow} {Depth} over {Lake} {Ice} in {Canada}’s {Sub}-{Arctic}},
	url = {https://scholars.wlu.ca/etd/2510},
	author = {Pouw, Alicia},
	month = jan,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS, Terrestrial Ecoregions},
}

@article{fernandes_validation_2023,
	title = {Validation of {Simplified} {Level} 2 {Prototype} {Processor} {Sentinel}-2 fraction of canopy cover, fraction of absorbed photosynthetically active radiation and leaf area index products over {North} {American} forests},
	volume = {293},
	issn = {00344257},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0034425723001517},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rse.2023.113600},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Remote Sensing of Environment},
	author = {Fernandes, Richard and Brown, Luke and Canisius, Francis and Dash, Jadu and He, Liming and Hong, Gang and Huang, Lucy and Le, Nhu Quynh and MacDougall, Camryn and Meier, Courtney and Darko, Patrick Osei and Shah, Hemit and Spafford, Lynsay and Sun, Lixin},
	month = aug,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {113600},
}

@techreport{caldwell_wassi_2023,
	title = {{WaSSI} {Ecosystem} {Services} {Model}, ver. 1.2, {User} {Guide}},
	url = {https://www.fs.usda.gov/research/srs/understory/wassi-ecosystem-services-model-user-guide},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-09},
	institution = {U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service},
	author = {Caldwell, P. and Sun, G. and McNulty, S. and Myers, J.M. and Cohen, E. and Herring, R. and Martinez, E.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{martlin_water-related_2023,
	title = {Water-related fatalities: {An} examination of body displacement and recovery patterns in {British} {Columbia}, {Canada}},
	volume = {n/a},
	copyright = {© 2023 American Academy of Forensic Sciences.},
	issn = {1556-4029},
	shorttitle = {Water-related fatalities},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/1556-4029.15395},
	doi = {10.1111/1556-4029.15395},
	abstract = {Early recovery of human bodies from the water requires an understanding of how a body acts in the water. However, there is currently a lack of baseline data surrounding body movement in British Columbian (B.C.) waters. This study aims to assist Canadian response agencies with understanding and predicting body movement in outdoor waterbodies in B.C. One hundred and eighty-six water-related fatalities in B.C. waters, including lakes, rivers, and the coastal Pacific Ocean, were examined to determine the recovery times and displacement patterns of submerged decedents. Cases between 2010 and 2021 were extracted from the Police Records Information Management Environment (PRIME-BC) for analysis. Most deaths were unintentional, followed by suicide and homicide, and most often occurred in rivers, followed by lakes and the ocean. Regardless of waterbody, the first day was the most successful recovery period, with decedents most often recovered close to the incident location. Nearly 16\% of individuals in this study were not recovered. Recovery success was greatest in lakes, followed by rivers and the ocean. Body displacement was the least in lakes, while rivers resulted in the furthest and most variable displacement. Low recovery success in the ocean is likely due to decedents being quickly displaced out of the search area, never to be found. The results of this study suggest that knowledge of body movement in outdoor aquatic environments remains incomplete. Further empirical research based on known data is necessary to continue improving prediction of body movement and increase early recovery success.},
	language = {en},
	number = {n/a},
	urldate = {2023-10-04},
	journal = {Journal of Forensic Sciences},
	author = {Martlin, Britny A. and Bell, Lynne S.},
	year = {2023},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/1556-4029.15395},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
}

Early recovery of human bodies from the water requires an understanding of how a body acts in the water. However, there is currently a lack of baseline data surrounding body movement in British Columbian (B.C.) waters. This study aims to assist Canadian response agencies with understanding and predicting body movement in outdoor waterbodies in B.C. One hundred and eighty-six water-related fatalities in B.C. waters, including lakes, rivers, and the coastal Pacific Ocean, were examined to determine the recovery times and displacement patterns of submerged decedents. Cases between 2010 and 2021 were extracted from the Police Records Information Management Environment (PRIME-BC) for analysis. Most deaths were unintentional, followed by suicide and homicide, and most often occurred in rivers, followed by lakes and the ocean. Regardless of waterbody, the first day was the most successful recovery period, with decedents most often recovered close to the incident location. Nearly 16% of individuals in this study were not recovered. Recovery success was greatest in lakes, followed by rivers and the ocean. Body displacement was the least in lakes, while rivers resulted in the furthest and most variable displacement. Low recovery success in the ocean is likely due to decedents being quickly displaced out of the search area, never to be found. The results of this study suggest that knowledge of body movement in outdoor aquatic environments remains incomplete. Further empirical research based on known data is necessary to continue improving prediction of body movement and increase early recovery success.

@article{munoz-salas_winter_2023,
	title = {Winter population trends and environmental drivers for three species of temperate shorebirds},
	volume = {46},
	issn = {2351-9894},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2351989423001920},
	doi = {10.1016/j.gecco.2023.e02557},
	abstract = {Current assessments indicate that populations of several species of North American shorebirds are declining rapidly. However, limited monitoring programs south of the U.S.-Mexico border have precluded assessments of the conservation status of temperate breeders on their principal wintering grounds. The Migratory Shorebird Project (MSP), active since 2011 throughout the Pacific Americas Flyway, provides an opportunity to detect changes in non-breeding shorebird distribution and abundance. We used annual survey data collected using the MSP monitoring protocol to assess population trends of three temperate breeders: Marbled Godwit (Limosa fedoa), Willet (Tringa semipalmata), and Long-billed Curlew (Numeniues americanus) on their main wintering grounds in northwest Mexico and California. We also analyzed the associations between fluctuations in their abundance and environmental variables using Generalized Linear Mixed Models. We found a significant negative trend in the wintering population of Marbled Godwit and Willet in California and the Baja California Peninsula (BCP). The BCP was the most important region for these three species in the study area, followed by Sonora, Sinaloa, Nayarit (SSN), and California. In addition, we determined that Marbled Godwit abundance was negatively associated with precipitation and positively associated with minimum temperature from January. Willet abundance also was positively associated with minimum temperature, but negatively with sea surface temperature and precipitation. Association of Long-billed Curlew abundance with precipitation was positive and significant. Our study provides evidence that temperate shorebirds are declining and their fluctuations are associated to environmental variables, and highlights the importance of long-term winter shorebird surveys for understanding drivers of populations change that can then be used to identify management and adaptation strategies.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-08-11},
	journal = {Global Ecology and Conservation},
	author = {Muñoz-Salas, Estefanía I. and Palacios, Eduardo and Alfaro, Lucía and Reiter, Matthew E.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {e02557},
}

Current assessments indicate that populations of several species of North American shorebirds are declining rapidly. However, limited monitoring programs south of the U.S.-Mexico border have precluded assessments of the conservation status of temperate breeders on their principal wintering grounds. The Migratory Shorebird Project (MSP), active since 2011 throughout the Pacific Americas Flyway, provides an opportunity to detect changes in non-breeding shorebird distribution and abundance. We used annual survey data collected using the MSP monitoring protocol to assess population trends of three temperate breeders: Marbled Godwit (Limosa fedoa), Willet (Tringa semipalmata), and Long-billed Curlew (Numeniues americanus) on their main wintering grounds in northwest Mexico and California. We also analyzed the associations between fluctuations in their abundance and environmental variables using Generalized Linear Mixed Models. We found a significant negative trend in the wintering population of Marbled Godwit and Willet in California and the Baja California Peninsula (BCP). The BCP was the most important region for these three species in the study area, followed by Sonora, Sinaloa, Nayarit (SSN), and California. In addition, we determined that Marbled Godwit abundance was negatively associated with precipitation and positively associated with minimum temperature from January. Willet abundance also was positively associated with minimum temperature, but negatively with sea surface temperature and precipitation. Association of Long-billed Curlew abundance with precipitation was positive and significant. Our study provides evidence that temperate shorebirds are declining and their fluctuations are associated to environmental variables, and highlights the importance of long-term winter shorebird surveys for understanding drivers of populations change that can then be used to identify management and adaptation strategies.

@article{bryzek_woody_2023,
	title = {Woody {Vegetation} {Indicators} vary with time {Since} {Wetland} {Restoration}},
	volume = {43},
	issn = {1943-6246},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s13157-023-01735-x},
	doi = {10.1007/s13157-023-01735-x},
	abstract = {Successful wetland restoration depends on the development of the vegetation community post-restoration. Woody vegetation provides functional and structural support to the wetland ecosystem and community development post-restoration dictates restoration outcomes. We investigated basal area, stem density, and species richness of woody vegetation in 40 restored wetlands across West Virginia, USA, ranging in age from 1 to 29 years post-restoration. We aggregated field-collected data into eight indicators at the site scale and investigated stem size distribution to describe the overall woody vegetation community. Generalized linear regression shows native species richness slightly declined as wetland site age increased. In contrast, the total basal area increased over time since restoration. Total stem density did not vary by age. Regardless of age, all sites were dominated by woody vegetation with a stem diameter {\textless} 9.1 cm, whereas the frequency of stems {\textgreater} 9.1 cm increased as wetland age increased. This study demonstrates that the development of woody vegetation post-restoration occurs over decades in central Appalachian wetlands and shows the diverse conditions between restoration sites.},
	language = {en},
	number = {7},
	urldate = {2024-01-10},
	journal = {Wetlands},
	author = {Bryzek, Jessica Anne and Veselka IV, Walter and Rota, Christopher T. and Anderson, James T.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2023},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {89},
}

Successful wetland restoration depends on the development of the vegetation community post-restoration. Woody vegetation provides functional and structural support to the wetland ecosystem and community development post-restoration dictates restoration outcomes. We investigated basal area, stem density, and species richness of woody vegetation in 40 restored wetlands across West Virginia, USA, ranging in age from 1 to 29 years post-restoration. We aggregated field-collected data into eight indicators at the site scale and investigated stem size distribution to describe the overall woody vegetation community. Generalized linear regression shows native species richness slightly declined as wetland site age increased. In contrast, the total basal area increased over time since restoration. Total stem density did not vary by age. Regardless of age, all sites were dominated by woody vegetation with a stem diameter \textless 9.1 cm, whereas the frequency of stems \textgreater 9.1 cm increased as wetland age increased. This study demonstrates that the development of woody vegetation post-restoration occurs over decades in central Appalachian wetlands and shows the diverse conditions between restoration sites.

@article{tiwari_comparison_2022,
	title = {A {Comparison} of {Machine} {Learning} and {Geostatistical} {Approaches} for {Mapping} {Forest} {Canopy} {Height} over the {Southeastern} {US} {Using} {ICESat}-2},
	volume = {14},
	issn = {2072-4292},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2072-4292/14/22/5651},
	doi = {10.3390/rs14225651},
	abstract = {The availability of canopy height information in the Ice, Cloud, and Land Elevation Satellite2’s (ICESat-2’s) land and vegetation product, or ATL08, presents opportunities for developing fullcoverage products over broad spatial scales. The primary goal of this study was to develop a 30-meter canopy height map over the southeastern US, for the Southeastern Plains ecoregion and the Middle Atlantic Coastal Plains ecoregion. More specifically, this work served to compare wellknown modeling approaches for upscaling canopy information from ATL08 to develop a wall-to-wall product. Focusing on only strong beams from nighttime acquisitions, the h\_canopy parameter was extracted from ATL08 data. Landsat-8 bands and derived vegetation indices (normalized difference vegetation index, enhanced vegetation index, and modified soil-adjusted vegetation index) along with National Land Cover Database’s canopy cover and digital elevation models were used to extrapolate ICESat-2 canopy height from tracks to the regional level. Two different modeling techniques, random forest (RF) and regression kriging (RK), were applied for estimating canopy height. The RF model estimated canopy height with a coefficient of determination (R2) value of 0.48, root-mean-square error (RMSE) of 4.58 m, mean absolute error (MAE) of 3.47 and bias of 0.23 for independent validation, and an R2 value of 0.38, RMSE of 6.39 m, MAE of 5.04 and bias of −1.39 when compared with airborne lidar-derived canopy heights. The RK model estimated canopy heights with an R2 value of 0.69, RMSE of 3.49 m, MAE of 2.61 and bias of 0.03 for independent validation, and an R value of 0.68, R2 value of 0.47, RMSE of 5.96m, MAE of 4.52 and bias of −1.81 when compared with airborne lidar-derived canopy heights. The results suggest feasibility for the implementation of the RK method over a larger spatial extent and potential for combining other remote sensing and satellite data for future monitoring of canopy height dynamics.},
	language = {en},
	number = {22},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Remote Sensing},
	author = {Tiwari, Kasip and Narine, Lana L.},
	month = nov,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Griffith 2010), Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {5651},
}

The availability of canopy height information in the Ice, Cloud, and Land Elevation Satellite2’s (ICESat-2’s) land and vegetation product, or ATL08, presents opportunities for developing fullcoverage products over broad spatial scales. The primary goal of this study was to develop a 30-meter canopy height map over the southeastern US, for the Southeastern Plains ecoregion and the Middle Atlantic Coastal Plains ecoregion. More specifically, this work served to compare wellknown modeling approaches for upscaling canopy information from ATL08 to develop a wall-to-wall product. Focusing on only strong beams from nighttime acquisitions, the h_canopy parameter was extracted from ATL08 data. Landsat-8 bands and derived vegetation indices (normalized difference vegetation index, enhanced vegetation index, and modified soil-adjusted vegetation index) along with National Land Cover Database’s canopy cover and digital elevation models were used to extrapolate ICESat-2 canopy height from tracks to the regional level. Two different modeling techniques, random forest (RF) and regression kriging (RK), were applied for estimating canopy height. The RF model estimated canopy height with a coefficient of determination (R2) value of 0.48, root-mean-square error (RMSE) of 4.58 m, mean absolute error (MAE) of 3.47 and bias of 0.23 for independent validation, and an R2 value of 0.38, RMSE of 6.39 m, MAE of 5.04 and bias of −1.39 when compared with airborne lidar-derived canopy heights. The RK model estimated canopy heights with an R2 value of 0.69, RMSE of 3.49 m, MAE of 2.61 and bias of 0.03 for independent validation, and an R value of 0.68, R2 value of 0.47, RMSE of 5.96m, MAE of 4.52 and bias of −1.81 when compared with airborne lidar-derived canopy heights. The results suggest feasibility for the implementation of the RK method over a larger spatial extent and potential for combining other remote sensing and satellite data for future monitoring of canopy height dynamics.

@article{garousinejad_comparison_2022,
	title = {A comparison of {National} {Water} {Model} retrospective analysis snow outputs at snow telemetry sites across the {Western} {United} {States}},
	volume = {36},
	issn = {0885-6087, 1099-1085},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/hyp.14469},
	doi = {10.1002/hyp.14469},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Hydrological Processes},
	author = {Garousi‐Nejad, Irene and Tarboton, David G.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {e14469},
}

@article{hanson_comparison_2022,
	title = {A comparison of approaches for including connectivity in systematic conservation planning},
	volume = {59},
	issn = {0021-8901, 1365-2664},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/1365-2664.14251},
	doi = {10.1111/1365-2664.14251},
	language = {en},
	number = {10},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Journal of Applied Ecology},
	author = {Hanson, Jeffrey O. and Vincent, Jaimie and Schuster, Richard and Fahrig, Lenore and Brennan, Angela and Martin, Amanda E. and Hughes, Josie S. and Pither, Richard and Bennett, Joseph R.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2507--2519},
}

@article{neupane_novel_2022,
	title = {A novel model to accurately predict continental-scale timing of forest green-up},
	volume = {108},
	issn = {15698432},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0303243422000733},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jag.2022.102747},
	abstract = {The yearly cycles in vegetation greenness are among the most important drivers of ecosystem processes. Predictive models for the timing of vegetation greenup and senescence are crucial for understanding how biological communities respond to global change. Greenup timing is closely tied to climate and also tracks yearly variability in temperature, and the strength of this relationship varies spatio-temporally. Local studies have been useful in understanding underlying mechanisms but they are insufficient in explaining larger scale variabilities. Large-scale studies using remotely-sensed data have the potential to harness regional dynamics, even if underlying mechanisms remain unknown, Yet predictive power using these approaches is low. Here, we predict vegetation phenology across Eastern North America via a novel class of Bayesian regression model. Our modeling framework provides continental-level peak greenup time predictions with high accuracy using satellite observations from the MODerate resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS). In addition to taking into account temporal structure at individual sites, our models make use of information from the entire study extent regardless of their spatial proximity. Models were built from 2000 to 2016 and showed high prediction accuracy (R2 {\textgreater} 95\%). Out-of-sample predictions for the years 2017 and 2018 showed accuracy within days of the predicted peaks, even though yearly greenup timing can vary by up to 30 days across the study region. Performance was remarkably high across deciduous and mixed forest types. Our method is generalizable to temperate forests across the globe and provides a basis for backcasting and forecasting forest greenup for any time periods where daily temperatures, whether directly measured or modeled, are available.},
	journal = {International Journal of Applied Earth Observation and Geoinformation},
	author = {Neupane, N. and Peruzzi, M. and Arab, A. and Mayor, S.J. and Withey, J.C. and Ries, L. and Finley, A.O.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Elsevier B.V.},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {102747},
}

The yearly cycles in vegetation greenness are among the most important drivers of ecosystem processes. Predictive models for the timing of vegetation greenup and senescence are crucial for understanding how biological communities respond to global change. Greenup timing is closely tied to climate and also tracks yearly variability in temperature, and the strength of this relationship varies spatio-temporally. Local studies have been useful in understanding underlying mechanisms but they are insufficient in explaining larger scale variabilities. Large-scale studies using remotely-sensed data have the potential to harness regional dynamics, even if underlying mechanisms remain unknown, Yet predictive power using these approaches is low. Here, we predict vegetation phenology across Eastern North America via a novel class of Bayesian regression model. Our modeling framework provides continental-level peak greenup time predictions with high accuracy using satellite observations from the MODerate resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer (MODIS). In addition to taking into account temporal structure at individual sites, our models make use of information from the entire study extent regardless of their spatial proximity. Models were built from 2000 to 2016 and showed high prediction accuracy (R2 \textgreater 95%). Out-of-sample predictions for the years 2017 and 2018 showed accuracy within days of the predicted peaks, even though yearly greenup timing can vary by up to 30 days across the study region. Performance was remarkably high across deciduous and mixed forest types. Our method is generalizable to temperate forests across the globe and provides a basis for backcasting and forecasting forest greenup for any time periods where daily temperatures, whether directly measured or modeled, are available.

@article{munoz-mora_tale_2022,
	title = {A tale about vipers’ tails: phylogeography of black-tailed rattlesnakes},
	volume = {35},
	issn = {2682-955X, 1013-4425},
	shorttitle = {A tale about vipers’ tails},
	url = {https://herpetozoa.pensoft.net/article/84297/},
	doi = {10.3897/herpetozoa.35.e84297},
	abstract = {The phylogenetic relationships among black-tailed rattlesnakes remain poorly understood and some authors indicated that the diversity of this group has been underestimated and additional analyses are required to clarify the biogeographic patterns throughout its distribution in Mexico. Therefore, the aim of this study was to elucidate the phylogenetic relationships among black-tailed rattlesnakes across their range, identifying relative divergence times among the main clades and reconstructing the biogeographical history of the group. Three partial mitochondrial genes (ND4,
              cytb
              and ATPase6) and one nuclear gene (RAG1) were sequenced to infer the phylogenetic relationships, through the maximum likelihood and Bayesian inference-based methods; demographic history reconstruction was investigated through Bayesian Skyline plot analysis and the ancestral area reconstruction was carried out considering a Bayesian framework. We found strong evidence that the black-tailed rattlesnakes’ group is composed of six clades, which is in agreement with subspecies previously reported. Divergence time estimation indicated that the origin of the
              C. molossus
              group could be traced to the middle of the Miocene ({\textasciitilde}7.71 Mya). Ancestral area reconstruction indicated that early divergence events occurred in Central Mexico, probably related to the geological dynamics of the Trans-Mexican Volcanic Belt. The lineage
              C. m. oaxacus
              is the basal member of the
              C. molossus
              group. Furthermore, the combination of geological events and changes in Quaternary vegetation may have contributed to the divergence of
              C. molossus
              clades. Our results suggest several clades within
              C. molossus
              complex could be potentially recognized as separate species.},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Herpetozoa},
	author = {Muñoz-Mora, Víctor Hugo and Suárez-Atilano, Marco and Maltagliati, Ferruccio and Ramírez-Corona, Fabiola and Carbajal-Saucedo, Alejandro and Percino-Daniel, Ruth and Langeneck, Joachim and D’Addario, Maristella and Sunny, Armando},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {141--153},
}

The phylogenetic relationships among black-tailed rattlesnakes remain poorly understood and some authors indicated that the diversity of this group has been underestimated and additional analyses are required to clarify the biogeographic patterns throughout its distribution in Mexico. Therefore, the aim of this study was to elucidate the phylogenetic relationships among black-tailed rattlesnakes across their range, identifying relative divergence times among the main clades and reconstructing the biogeographical history of the group. Three partial mitochondrial genes (ND4, cytb and ATPase6) and one nuclear gene (RAG1) were sequenced to infer the phylogenetic relationships, through the maximum likelihood and Bayesian inference-based methods; demographic history reconstruction was investigated through Bayesian Skyline plot analysis and the ancestral area reconstruction was carried out considering a Bayesian framework. We found strong evidence that the black-tailed rattlesnakes’ group is composed of six clades, which is in agreement with subspecies previously reported. Divergence time estimation indicated that the origin of the C. molossus group could be traced to the middle of the Miocene (~7.71 Mya). Ancestral area reconstruction indicated that early divergence events occurred in Central Mexico, probably related to the geological dynamics of the Trans-Mexican Volcanic Belt. The lineage C. m. oaxacus is the basal member of the C. molossus group. Furthermore, the combination of geological events and changes in Quaternary vegetation may have contributed to the divergence of C. molossus clades. Our results suggest several clades within C. molossus complex could be potentially recognized as separate species.

@article{eppler_adapting_2022,
	title = {Adapting {InSAR} {Phase} {Linking} for {Seasonally} {Snow}-{Covered} {Terrain}},
	volume = {60},
	issn = {15580644},
	url = {https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/9807376},
	doi = {10.1109/TGRS.2022.3186522},
	abstract = {Interferometric synthetic aperture radar (InSAR) time series analysis of natural terrain allows for characterization of long-term geophysical trends over extended areas and, in the case of distributed scatterers (DSs), is significantly enhanced by methods that exploit the full complex-valued scattering statistics. Phase-linking (PL) estimators impose a phase-closure constraint in order to estimate the temporal wrapped-phase history of a DS directly from its complex backscatter sample coherence matrix. Some PL methods, such as the SqueeSAR and maximum-likelihood-estimator of Interferometric phase (EMI) estimators, rely on knowledge of the coherence magnitude matrix. The true coherence magnitude is a priori unknown and must therefore be estimated from the data. Bias in these estimated coherence magnitudes reduces PL performance when the true coherence magnitude is low. Many areas of the Earth are seasonally snow-covered and, for natural terrain, this leads to severe cross-season decorrelation. This poses a significant challenge for PL estimators due to bias of the near-zero cross-season coherence magnitude estimates. We introduce a clustering approach to mitigate the PL estimator bias problem that exploits the fact that in natural terrain, many DSs decorrelate similarly. This allows for averaging over large numbers of same-behaving DS, which provides robust debiasing of the coherence magnitudes used during PL. We apply our method to a RADARSAT-2 spotlight-mode InSAR dataset over a site in the western Canadian Arctic and demonstrate significant reductions in a posteriori phase variance when compared to existing PL methods.},
	journal = {IEEE Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing},
	author = {Eppler, Jayson and Rabus, Bernhard T.},
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: IEEE},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Interferometric synthetic aperture radar (InSAR) time series analysis of natural terrain allows for characterization of long-term geophysical trends over extended areas and, in the case of distributed scatterers (DSs), is significantly enhanced by methods that exploit the full complex-valued scattering statistics. Phase-linking (PL) estimators impose a phase-closure constraint in order to estimate the temporal wrapped-phase history of a DS directly from its complex backscatter sample coherence matrix. Some PL methods, such as the SqueeSAR and maximum-likelihood-estimator of Interferometric phase (EMI) estimators, rely on knowledge of the coherence magnitude matrix. The true coherence magnitude is a priori unknown and must therefore be estimated from the data. Bias in these estimated coherence magnitudes reduces PL performance when the true coherence magnitude is low. Many areas of the Earth are seasonally snow-covered and, for natural terrain, this leads to severe cross-season decorrelation. This poses a significant challenge for PL estimators due to bias of the near-zero cross-season coherence magnitude estimates. We introduce a clustering approach to mitigate the PL estimator bias problem that exploits the fact that in natural terrain, many DSs decorrelate similarly. This allows for averaging over large numbers of same-behaving DS, which provides robust debiasing of the coherence magnitudes used during PL. We apply our method to a RADARSAT-2 spotlight-mode InSAR dataset over a site in the western Canadian Arctic and demonstrate significant reductions in a posteriori phase variance when compared to existing PL methods.

@article{shu_added_2022,
	title = {Added value of convection permitting climate modelling in urban overheating assessments},
	volume = {207},
	issn = {03601323},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S036013232100812X},
	doi = {10.1016/j.buildenv.2021.108415},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Building and Environment},
	author = {Shu, Chang and Gaur, Abhishek and Wang, Liangzhu (Leon) and Bartko, Michal and Laouadi, Abdelaziz and Ji, Lili and Lacasse, Michael},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {108415},
}

@article{fortin_alternative_2022,
	title = {An alternative simulation framework to evaluate the sustainability of annual harvest on large forest estates},
	volume = {52},
	issn = {0045-5067, 1208-6037},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjfr-2021-0255},
	doi = {10.1139/cjfr-2021-0255},
	abstract = {Sustainability is central to forest management. To determine the sustainable annual harvest, practitioners rely on a simulation framework that combines inventory data, growth models, and optimization software. Because this standard simulation framework is based on model predictions aggregated into yield tables, it may not properly capture natural dynamics. In this paper, we designed an alternative simulation framework that does not require aggregated model predictions. However, the growth model must implement a harvest submodel and produce stochastic predictions. To showcase this alternative simulation framework, we used a forest management unit in southwestern Quebec, Canada, and compared our simulation results with those of the standard simulation framework. Our alternative simulation framework showed that the standing volume of most coniferous species would decrease, whereas that of maple species would increase over the 21st century. The annual harvest of one species as determined through the standard simulation framework was found to be unsustainable in the alternative simulation framework. Being much lighter in terms of computation, this alternative simulation framework can be used as a complement to the standard simulation framework, notably for checking if the optimization-based annual harvest is sustainable.},
	language = {en},
	number = {5},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Forest Research},
	author = {Fortin, Mathieu and Sattler, Derek and Schneider, Robert},
	month = may,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {704--715},
}

Sustainability is central to forest management. To determine the sustainable annual harvest, practitioners rely on a simulation framework that combines inventory data, growth models, and optimization software. Because this standard simulation framework is based on model predictions aggregated into yield tables, it may not properly capture natural dynamics. In this paper, we designed an alternative simulation framework that does not require aggregated model predictions. However, the growth model must implement a harvest submodel and produce stochastic predictions. To showcase this alternative simulation framework, we used a forest management unit in southwestern Quebec, Canada, and compared our simulation results with those of the standard simulation framework. Our alternative simulation framework showed that the standing volume of most coniferous species would decrease, whereas that of maple species would increase over the 21st century. The annual harvest of one species as determined through the standard simulation framework was found to be unsustainable in the alternative simulation framework. Being much lighter in terms of computation, this alternative simulation framework can be used as a complement to the standard simulation framework, notably for checking if the optimization-based annual harvest is sustainable.

@phdthesis{kimes_assessing_2022,
	title = {Assessing the {Influence} of {Landscape} {Characteristics} on {Bat} {Fatalities} at {South} {Texas} {Wind} {Energy} {Facilities}},
	url = {https://digital.library.txstate.edu/handle/10877/16360},
	abstract = {Although wind energy is a viable renewable energy source, strikes by wind 
turbine blades unintentionally cause bat fatalities. Previous research has suggested siting 
of wind energy facilities, and turbine placement within facilities, influence the number of 
bat fatalities; however, there is a knowledge gap regarding the reasons for the variability. 
This study occurred in Texas, the leading producer of wind energy and home to the 
greatest diversity and largest colonies of bats in the United States. The objective of my 
thesis was to assess the influence of landscape characteristics surrounding wind energy 
facilities and around specific turbines on the number of bat fatalities. I systematically 
searched 200 wind turbines and collected 1,067 bat carcasses at Hidalgo and Los Vientos 
Wind Energy Facilities from 2017–2018; I found Tadarida brasiliensis (n = 577), 
Lasiurus intermedius (n = 203), L. ega (n = 69), Nycticeius humeralis (n = 51), L. 
xanthinus (n = 30), L. cinereus (n = 18), L. blossevilli (n = 2) Myotis velifer (n = 2), 
Nyctinomops macrotis (n = 1), Perimyotis subflavus (n = 1), and unknown spp. (n = 113). 
I used Fragstats and ArcGIS Pro to acquire landscape metrics at the two facilities and 
among the 100 wind turbines at each facility at multiple scales (100 m, 500 m, 1 km, 5 
km, and 25 km). Landscape characteristics included landcover types such as barren, 
crops, herbaceous, developed, shrub/scrub, hay/pasture, forest, wetlands, and open water, 
proximity to water sources, elevation and degree of slope. Using generalized linear 
models, zero-inflated and negative binomial models, and AIC model selection, results 
indicate that landscape characteristics at the broadest scale (5 km and 25 km) examined were most strongly associated with estimated bat fatality rates. I suggest wind farms 
should be constructed in areas that consist of uniform and connected habitat throughout 
the facility, without the presence of fragmented water sources. Managers should also 
implement mitigation efforts and pre/post-construction assessments to potentially reduce 
bat fatalities.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	author = {Kimes, Houston},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Although wind energy is a viable renewable energy source, strikes by wind turbine blades unintentionally cause bat fatalities. Previous research has suggested siting of wind energy facilities, and turbine placement within facilities, influence the number of bat fatalities; however, there is a knowledge gap regarding the reasons for the variability. This study occurred in Texas, the leading producer of wind energy and home to the greatest diversity and largest colonies of bats in the United States. The objective of my thesis was to assess the influence of landscape characteristics surrounding wind energy facilities and around specific turbines on the number of bat fatalities. I systematically searched 200 wind turbines and collected 1,067 bat carcasses at Hidalgo and Los Vientos Wind Energy Facilities from 2017–2018; I found Tadarida brasiliensis (n = 577), Lasiurus intermedius (n = 203), L. ega (n = 69), Nycticeius humeralis (n = 51), L. xanthinus (n = 30), L. cinereus (n = 18), L. blossevilli (n = 2) Myotis velifer (n = 2), Nyctinomops macrotis (n = 1), Perimyotis subflavus (n = 1), and unknown spp. (n = 113). I used Fragstats and ArcGIS Pro to acquire landscape metrics at the two facilities and among the 100 wind turbines at each facility at multiple scales (100 m, 500 m, 1 km, 5 km, and 25 km). Landscape characteristics included landcover types such as barren, crops, herbaceous, developed, shrub/scrub, hay/pasture, forest, wetlands, and open water, proximity to water sources, elevation and degree of slope. Using generalized linear models, zero-inflated and negative binomial models, and AIC model selection, results indicate that landscape characteristics at the broadest scale (5 km and 25 km) examined were most strongly associated with estimated bat fatality rates. I suggest wind farms should be constructed in areas that consist of uniform and connected habitat throughout the facility, without the presence of fragmented water sources. Managers should also implement mitigation efforts and pre/post-construction assessments to potentially reduce bat fatalities.

@article{patsch_bedrock_2022,
	title = {Bedrock meadows: {A} distinct vegetation type in northwestern {North} {America}},
	volume = {25},
	issn = {1402-2001, 1654-109X},
	shorttitle = {Bedrock meadows},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/avsc.12702},
	doi = {10.1111/avsc.12702},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Applied Vegetation Science},
	author = {Pätsch, Ricarda and Zapisocki, Zoey and Tucker, Daniel and Stroh, Hans Georg and Becker, Thomas and Spribille, Toby and Wagner, Viktoria},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@article{wolf_beyond_2022,
	title = {Beyond marginal: {Estimating} the demand for water quality},
	volume = {68},
	issn = {09287655},
	shorttitle = {Beyond marginal},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0928765522000161},
	doi = {10.1016/j.reseneeco.2022.101299},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Resource and Energy Economics},
	author = {Wolf, David and Klaiber, H. Allen and Gopalakrishnan, Sathya},
	month = may,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {101299},
}

@techreport{white_biomes_2022,
	address = {Canmore, Alberta},
	title = {Biomes to {Anthromes} in {America}’s {Northwest}},
	url = {https://lensoftimenorthwest.com/themes/lens-northwest-files/download-report-biomes-to-anthromes-in-americas-northwest/},
	abstract = {Report Summary: Indigenous peoples hypothetically could influence long-term regional ecosystems through 1) niche construction by fire to create habitat for resources (plants, animals, and fish) and…},
	urldate = {2023-06-27},
	institution = {CW and Associates},
	author = {White, Clifford A.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {63},
}

Report Summary: Indigenous peoples hypothetically could influence long-term regional ecosystems through 1) niche construction by fire to create habitat for resources (plants, animals, and fish) and…

@article{farr_buffalo_2022,
	title = {Buffalo on the {Edge}: {Factors} {Affecting} {Historical} {Distribution} and {Restoration} of {Bison} bison in the {Western} {Cordillera}, {North} {America}},
	volume = {14},
	issn = {1424-2818},
	shorttitle = {Buffalo on the {Edge}},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/1424-2818/14/11/937},
	doi = {10.3390/d14110937},
	abstract = {The historic western edge of the bison (Bison bison) range and the ecological processes that caused its formation are frequently debated with important implications for bison restoration across North America. We test the hypothesis that a combination of bottom-up habitat suitability and top-down harvest pressure from Indigenous peoples were important processes in forming the western edge of bison distribution. Using 9384 historical journal observations from 1691–1928, we employ MaxEnt ecological niche modelling to identify suitable bison habitat across the Western Cordillera from bottom-up climatic, land cover, and topographic factors. We then use mixed-effect logistic regression to test if bison occurrence in journal records can be in part explained by the abundance of humans, wolves, or grizzly bears, in addition to MaxEnt-derived habitat suitability. We find support for our hypothesis because of the limited suitable habitat in the Rocky Mountains that likely prevented westward bison dispersal from their core habitat, and there was a negative relationship between bison occurrence and human harvest pressure. On this basis, we propose that intensive human harvest from large populations in the Western Cordillera, subsidized by other wildlife, salmon, and vegetation resources, is an underappreciated socioecological process that needs to be restored alongside bison populations. Co-managing bison with Indigenous peoples will also mitigate the adverse effects of overabundant bison populations and maximize the ecological and cultural benefits of bison restoration.},
	language = {en},
	number = {11},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Diversity},
	author = {Farr, Jonathan James and White, Clifford A.},
	month = nov,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {937},
}

The historic western edge of the bison (Bison bison) range and the ecological processes that caused its formation are frequently debated with important implications for bison restoration across North America. We test the hypothesis that a combination of bottom-up habitat suitability and top-down harvest pressure from Indigenous peoples were important processes in forming the western edge of bison distribution. Using 9384 historical journal observations from 1691–1928, we employ MaxEnt ecological niche modelling to identify suitable bison habitat across the Western Cordillera from bottom-up climatic, land cover, and topographic factors. We then use mixed-effect logistic regression to test if bison occurrence in journal records can be in part explained by the abundance of humans, wolves, or grizzly bears, in addition to MaxEnt-derived habitat suitability. We find support for our hypothesis because of the limited suitable habitat in the Rocky Mountains that likely prevented westward bison dispersal from their core habitat, and there was a negative relationship between bison occurrence and human harvest pressure. On this basis, we propose that intensive human harvest from large populations in the Western Cordillera, subsidized by other wildlife, salmon, and vegetation resources, is an underappreciated socioecological process that needs to be restored alongside bison populations. Co-managing bison with Indigenous peoples will also mitigate the adverse effects of overabundant bison populations and maximize the ecological and cultural benefits of bison restoration.

@article{lalla_central-place_2022,
	title = {Central-place foraging poses variable constraints year-round in a neotropical migrant},
	volume = {10},
	issn = {2051-3933},
	url = {https://movementecologyjournal.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s40462-022-00337-2},
	doi = {10.1186/s40462-022-00337-2},
	abstract = {Background: “Central-place foragers” are constrained in their habitat selection and foraging range by the frequency with which they need to return to a central place. For example, chick-rearing songbirds that must feed their offspring hourly might be expected to have smaller foraging ranges compared to non-breeding songbirds that return nightly to a roost. Methods: We used GPS units to compare the foraging behaviour of an aerial insectivorous bird, the purple martin (Progne subis), during the breeding season in three regions across North America, as well as the non-breeding season in South America. Specifically, we tested foraging range size and habitat selection. Results: Foraging range did not vary among regions during breeding (14.0 ± 39.2 km2) and was larger during the nonbreeding period (8840 ± 8150 km2). Purple martins strongly preferred aquatic habitats to other available habitats year-round and in the Amazon commuted from night roosts in low productivity sediment-poor water, where risk of predation was probably low, to daytime foraging sites in productive sediment-rich water sites. Conclusions: We provide the first estimates for foraging range size in purple martins and demonstrate foraging preference for aquatic habitats throughout two stages of the annual cycle. Understanding foraging constraints and habitat of aerial insectivores may help plan conservation actions throughout their annual cycle. Future research should quantify foraging behaviour during the post-breeding period and during migration.},
	number = {1},
	journal = {Movement Ecology},
	author = {Lalla, Kristen M. and Fraser, Kevin C. and Frei, Barbara and Fischer, Jason D. and Siegrist, Joe and Ray, James D. and Cohn-Haft, Mario and Elliott, Kyle H.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: BioMed Central Ltd},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {39},
}

Background: “Central-place foragers” are constrained in their habitat selection and foraging range by the frequency with which they need to return to a central place. For example, chick-rearing songbirds that must feed their offspring hourly might be expected to have smaller foraging ranges compared to non-breeding songbirds that return nightly to a roost. Methods: We used GPS units to compare the foraging behaviour of an aerial insectivorous bird, the purple martin (Progne subis), during the breeding season in three regions across North America, as well as the non-breeding season in South America. Specifically, we tested foraging range size and habitat selection. Results: Foraging range did not vary among regions during breeding (14.0 ± 39.2 km2) and was larger during the nonbreeding period (8840 ± 8150 km2). Purple martins strongly preferred aquatic habitats to other available habitats year-round and in the Amazon commuted from night roosts in low productivity sediment-poor water, where risk of predation was probably low, to daytime foraging sites in productive sediment-rich water sites. Conclusions: We provide the first estimates for foraging range size in purple martins and demonstrate foraging preference for aquatic habitats throughout two stages of the annual cycle. Understanding foraging constraints and habitat of aerial insectivores may help plan conservation actions throughout their annual cycle. Future research should quantify foraging behaviour during the post-breeding period and during migration.

@article{zhu_climate_2022,
	title = {Climate change vulnerability of terrestrial vertebrates in a major refuge and dispersal corridor in {North} {America}},
	volume = {28},
	copyright = {© 2022 The Authors. Diversity and Distributions published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd.},
	issn = {1472-4642},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/ddi.13528},
	doi = {10.1111/ddi.13528},
	abstract = {Aim The Appalachian forests ecoregion in eastern North America supports a diverse and highly endemic temperate biota, which is potentially threatened by rapid climate change. We investigated possible outlooks for biodiversity in this biologically important ecoregion under future climate change. Location Appalachian forests ecoregion, USA. Methods We estimated distributional shifts for 258 forest-dependent vertebrates of conservation concern in four major taxonomic groups (amphibians, birds, mammals and reptiles) under short- (2040) and long-term (2080s) climate change using ecological niche modelling. We examined which groups are likely most vulnerable to climate change and identified places predicted to experience the greatest changes in their species assemblages and those predicted to support high species richness under various future scenarios. To assess species' vulnerability, we compared and regressed future projected range against present range estimates for each species. To evaluate which places could see greatest changes, we mapped species richness and turnover in each taxonomic group. Results A total of 30\%–33\% and 31\%–38\% of species were predicted to lose {\textgreater} 50\% of area that is currently climatically suitable under short- and long-term climate change, respectively. We expect climate change to impact amphibians and mammals more than birds and reptiles: a much larger fraction of amphibian and mammal (22\%–48\% in 2040; 29\%–56\% in 2080s) species were predicted to lose more than half of their present climatically suitable habitat area compared with birds and reptiles (1\%–12\% in 2040; 6\%–12\% in 2080s). While species were predicted to move northward and upslope assuming full dispersal, the Blue Ridge, Cumberland Plateau and southern Central Appalachians subregions are poised to remain as richness hotspots under the broad range of scenarios explored in this study. Main conclusions Our results highlighted species groups and locations that policymakers and conservation practitioners should emphasize in planning vertebrate conservation efforts in the Appalachians under future climate scenarios.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-06-28},
	journal = {Diversity and Distributions},
	author = {Zhu, Gengping and Papeş, Monica and Armsworth, Paul R. and Giam, Xingli},
	year = {2022},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1111/ddi.13528},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {1227--1241},
}

Aim The Appalachian forests ecoregion in eastern North America supports a diverse and highly endemic temperate biota, which is potentially threatened by rapid climate change. We investigated possible outlooks for biodiversity in this biologically important ecoregion under future climate change. Location Appalachian forests ecoregion, USA. Methods We estimated distributional shifts for 258 forest-dependent vertebrates of conservation concern in four major taxonomic groups (amphibians, birds, mammals and reptiles) under short- (2040) and long-term (2080s) climate change using ecological niche modelling. We examined which groups are likely most vulnerable to climate change and identified places predicted to experience the greatest changes in their species assemblages and those predicted to support high species richness under various future scenarios. To assess species' vulnerability, we compared and regressed future projected range against present range estimates for each species. To evaluate which places could see greatest changes, we mapped species richness and turnover in each taxonomic group. Results A total of 30%–33% and 31%–38% of species were predicted to lose \textgreater 50% of area that is currently climatically suitable under short- and long-term climate change, respectively. We expect climate change to impact amphibians and mammals more than birds and reptiles: a much larger fraction of amphibian and mammal (22%–48% in 2040; 29%–56% in 2080s) species were predicted to lose more than half of their present climatically suitable habitat area compared with birds and reptiles (1%–12% in 2040; 6%–12% in 2080s). While species were predicted to move northward and upslope assuming full dispersal, the Blue Ridge, Cumberland Plateau and southern Central Appalachians subregions are poised to remain as richness hotspots under the broad range of scenarios explored in this study. Main conclusions Our results highlighted species groups and locations that policymakers and conservation practitioners should emphasize in planning vertebrate conservation efforts in the Appalachians under future climate scenarios.

@phdthesis{rogers_complementarity_2022,
	type = {Thesis},
	title = {Complementarity of {Solar} {Induced} {Chlorophyll} {Fluorescence} and the {Photochemical} {Reflectance} {Index} for {Remote} {Estimation} of {Terrestrial} {Gross} {Primary} {Productivity}},
	url = {https://tspace.library.utoronto.ca/handle/1807/123193},
	abstract = {Terrestrial vegetation helps mitigate the accumulation of CO2 in the atmosphere through photosynthesis, which locks CO2 into vast stores of vegetative material. However, the rate of this flux is itself sensitive to global change and may fluctuate in ways that are difficult to predict. Monitoring gross primary productivity (GPP) continuously across both space and time is thus critical to understanding the risks of continued climate change. This thesis evaluates satellite remote sensing measures to improve assessment of carbon uptake and explores the complementarity and confounding factors of two physiologically related spectral indices: solar induced chlorophyll fluorescence (SIF), and the photochemical reflectance index (PRI).An evaluation of the impact of land cover and latitude on SIF phenology across the Province of Ontario using a GIS approach shows higher SIF magnitudes in more densely vegetated land cover types, early start of season in urban environments, and delayed start of season in croplands. Exploiting the 2017 North American Solar Eclipse as a natural shading experiment over a mixed forest canopy at proximal scale indicates that changes in PRI  can result from multiple scattering of light through a forest canopy. As SIF and PRI are highly sensitive to canopy structure, I devise and test methods to measure leaf area index from understory light sensors. I report a near 20-year record of canopy structure for a mixed forest site. Finally, I report the results of a comprehensive field campaign to characterize the causes of variability in SIF, PRI and GPP across diurnal, seasonal and interannual time periods. Variability in PRI and SIF yield are associated with changes in canopy chlorophyll content and canopy structure. The findings support emerging evidence that structure and radiation dominate SIF variation and highlight limitations of PRI in tracking light stress over long time series. 
The findings advance our ability to assess vegetation productivity from space and indicate factors that may confound our interpretation of remotely sensed spectral indices.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	author = {Rogers, Cheryl Anne},
	month = jun,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Accepted: 2022-06-29T15:17:13Z},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Terrestrial vegetation helps mitigate the accumulation of CO2 in the atmosphere through photosynthesis, which locks CO2 into vast stores of vegetative material. However, the rate of this flux is itself sensitive to global change and may fluctuate in ways that are difficult to predict. Monitoring gross primary productivity (GPP) continuously across both space and time is thus critical to understanding the risks of continued climate change. This thesis evaluates satellite remote sensing measures to improve assessment of carbon uptake and explores the complementarity and confounding factors of two physiologically related spectral indices: solar induced chlorophyll fluorescence (SIF), and the photochemical reflectance index (PRI).An evaluation of the impact of land cover and latitude on SIF phenology across the Province of Ontario using a GIS approach shows higher SIF magnitudes in more densely vegetated land cover types, early start of season in urban environments, and delayed start of season in croplands. Exploiting the 2017 North American Solar Eclipse as a natural shading experiment over a mixed forest canopy at proximal scale indicates that changes in PRI can result from multiple scattering of light through a forest canopy. As SIF and PRI are highly sensitive to canopy structure, I devise and test methods to measure leaf area index from understory light sensors. I report a near 20-year record of canopy structure for a mixed forest site. Finally, I report the results of a comprehensive field campaign to characterize the causes of variability in SIF, PRI and GPP across diurnal, seasonal and interannual time periods. Variability in PRI and SIF yield are associated with changes in canopy chlorophyll content and canopy structure. The findings support emerging evidence that structure and radiation dominate SIF variation and highlight limitations of PRI in tracking light stress over long time series. The findings advance our ability to assess vegetation productivity from space and indicate factors that may confound our interpretation of remotely sensed spectral indices.

@article{jenckes_concentrationdischarge_2022,
	title = {Concentration‐{Discharge} {Patterns} {Across} the {Gulf} of {Alaska} {Reveal} {Geomorphological} and {Glacierization} {Controls} on {Stream} {Water} {Solute} {Generation} and {Export}},
	volume = {49},
	issn = {0094-8276, 1944-8007},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2021GL095152},
	doi = {10.1029/2021GL095152},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Geophysical Research Letters},
	author = {Jenckes, Jordan and Ibarra, Daniel E. and Munk, Lee Ann},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{stevens-rumann_considering_2022,
	title = {Considering regeneration failure in the context of changing climate and disturbance regimes in western {North} {America}},
	volume = {52},
	issn = {0045-5067, 1208-6037},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjfr-2022-0054},
	doi = {10.1139/cjfr-2022-0054},
	abstract = {Wildfire-mediated changes to forests have prompted numerous studies on post-fire forest recovery of coniferous forests. Given climate change, a growing body of work demonstrates that conifer regeneration in temperate and boreal forests is declining, a phenomenon often termed “regeneration failure.” However, the definition and parameters are numerous and variable. Characterization of drought also varies greatly, thus hindering the ability to compare results among areas. This review discusses new perspectives on conifer regeneration failure and places these studies into the context of drought and fire activity. We focus this review on three forest types where conifer regeneration failure is well documented: western boreal forests, cold mixed-conifer forests, and dry pine forests. To place the challenges to conifer tree regeneration in the context of regional climate trends, we present a novel regional analysis that summarizes drought conditions prior, during, and following the year of a large wildfire. We demonstrate the need to assess failure in the context of specific forest dynamics and welldefined metrics. For example, tree establishment may historically occur over longer periods, and current and future climate may exacerbate this and not promote pre-fire forest structure and composition. Many forests are undergoing rapid change and the type, magnitude, and causes of changes need to be compared among areas. As such, we should be cautious of quantifying “regeneration failure” and drought without providing spatial and temporal context.},
	language = {en},
	number = {10},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Forest Research},
	author = {Stevens-Rumann, Camille S. and Prichard, Susan J. and Whitman, Ellen and Parisien, Marc-André and Meddens, Arjan J.H.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers, Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {1281--1302},
}

Wildfire-mediated changes to forests have prompted numerous studies on post-fire forest recovery of coniferous forests. Given climate change, a growing body of work demonstrates that conifer regeneration in temperate and boreal forests is declining, a phenomenon often termed “regeneration failure.” However, the definition and parameters are numerous and variable. Characterization of drought also varies greatly, thus hindering the ability to compare results among areas. This review discusses new perspectives on conifer regeneration failure and places these studies into the context of drought and fire activity. We focus this review on three forest types where conifer regeneration failure is well documented: western boreal forests, cold mixed-conifer forests, and dry pine forests. To place the challenges to conifer tree regeneration in the context of regional climate trends, we present a novel regional analysis that summarizes drought conditions prior, during, and following the year of a large wildfire. We demonstrate the need to assess failure in the context of specific forest dynamics and welldefined metrics. For example, tree establishment may historically occur over longer periods, and current and future climate may exacerbate this and not promote pre-fire forest structure and composition. Many forests are undergoing rapid change and the type, magnitude, and causes of changes need to be compared among areas. As such, we should be cautious of quantifying “regeneration failure” and drought without providing spatial and temporal context.

@article{nagendra_constructing_2022,
	title = {Constructing a {Large}-{Scale} {Landslide} {Database} {Across} {Heterogeneous} {Environments} {Using} {Task}-{Specific} {Model} {Updates}},
	volume = {15},
	issn = {2151-1535},
	doi = {10.1109/JSTARS.2022.3177025},
	abstract = {Recent small-scale studies for pixel-wise labeling of potential landslide areas in remotely-sensed images using deep learning (DL) showed potential but were based on data from very small, homogeneous regions with unproven model transferability. In this paper we consider a more realistic and practical setting for large-scale heterogeneous landslide data collection and DL-based labeling. In this setting, remotely sensed images are collected sequentially in temporal batches, where each batch focuses on images from a particular ecoregion, but different batches can focus on different ecoregions with distinct landscape characteristics. For such a scenario, we study the following questions: (1) How well do DL models trained in homogeneous regions perform when they are transferred to different ecoregions? (2) Does increasing the spatial coverage in the data improve model performance in a given ecoregion? and (3) Can a landslide pixel labeling model be incrementally updated with new data, but without access to the old data and without losing performance on the old data? We address these questions by developing a mechanism for incremental training of semantic segmentation models. We call the resulting extension task-specific model updates (TSMU). A national compilation of landslide inventories by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) was used to develop a global database for this study. Our results indicate that the TSMU framework can be used to aid in the creation of new landslide inventories or expanding existing datasets, and also to rapidly develop hazard maps for situational awareness following a widespread landslide event.},
	journal = {IEEE Journal of Selected Topics in Applied Earth Observations and Remote Sensing},
	author = {Nagendra, Savinay and Kifer, Daniel and Mirus, Benjamin and Pei, Te and Lawson, Kathryn and Manjunatha, Srikanth Banagere and Li, Weixin and Nguyen, Hien and Qiu, Tong and Tran, Sarah and Shen, Chaopeng},
	year = {2022},
	note = {Conference Name: IEEE Journal of Selected Topics in Applied Earth Observations and Remote Sensing},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {4349--4370},
}

Recent small-scale studies for pixel-wise labeling of potential landslide areas in remotely-sensed images using deep learning (DL) showed potential but were based on data from very small, homogeneous regions with unproven model transferability. In this paper we consider a more realistic and practical setting for large-scale heterogeneous landslide data collection and DL-based labeling. In this setting, remotely sensed images are collected sequentially in temporal batches, where each batch focuses on images from a particular ecoregion, but different batches can focus on different ecoregions with distinct landscape characteristics. For such a scenario, we study the following questions: (1) How well do DL models trained in homogeneous regions perform when they are transferred to different ecoregions? (2) Does increasing the spatial coverage in the data improve model performance in a given ecoregion? and (3) Can a landslide pixel labeling model be incrementally updated with new data, but without access to the old data and without losing performance on the old data? We address these questions by developing a mechanism for incremental training of semantic segmentation models. We call the resulting extension task-specific model updates (TSMU). A national compilation of landslide inventories by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) was used to develop a global database for this study. Our results indicate that the TSMU framework can be used to aid in the creation of new landslide inventories or expanding existing datasets, and also to rapidly develop hazard maps for situational awareness following a widespread landslide event.

@article{villeneuve_contaminants_2022,
	title = {Contaminants of {Emerging} {Concern} in the {Great} {Lakes}: {GLRI} {Integrated} {Phase} {II} {Group} {Progress} {Report}},
	copyright = {Creative Commons Zero v1.0 Universal},
	shorttitle = {Contaminants of {Emerging} {Concern} in the {Great} {Lakes}},
	url = {https://epa.figshare.com/articles/online_resource/Contaminants_of_Emerging_Concern_in_the_Great_Lakes_GLRI_Integrated_Phase_II_Group_Progress_Report/21044455/1},
	doi = {10.23645/EPACOMPTOX.21044455.V1},
	abstract = {Under the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative, Action Plan I (2010-2014), Focus area 1 (Toxic Substances and Areas of Concern), goal 5 was to – protect the health and integrity of wildlife populations and habitat from adverse chemical and biological effects associated with the presence of toxic substances in the Great Lakes Basin. 

One of the major aims under goal 5 was to better understand the prevalence of contaminants of emerging concern (CECs) in the Great Lakes Basin, and the threats they may pose to wildlife. The research employed a combination of chemical and biological effects monitoring employing in vitro assays, caged organisms exposed in situ, and resident wildlife collections. This report summarizes key findings and major conclusions from a five year interagency research effort and provides details on where the public can access the underlying technical publications and datasets.},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	author = {Villeneuve, Daniel L. and Corsi, Steven R. and Custer, Christine M. and Johnson, W. Edward and Hummel, Stephanie L. and Schoenfuss, Heiko L. and Perkins, Edward J. and Zack, Sarah A.},
	year = {2022},
	note = {Artwork Size: 9197350 Bytes
Publisher: The United States Environmental Protection Agency’s Center for Computational Toxicology and Exposure},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers, Political Boundaries},
	pages = {9197350 Bytes},
}

Under the Great Lakes Restoration Initiative, Action Plan I (2010-2014), Focus area 1 (Toxic Substances and Areas of Concern), goal 5 was to – protect the health and integrity of wildlife populations and habitat from adverse chemical and biological effects associated with the presence of toxic substances in the Great Lakes Basin. One of the major aims under goal 5 was to better understand the prevalence of contaminants of emerging concern (CECs) in the Great Lakes Basin, and the threats they may pose to wildlife. The research employed a combination of chemical and biological effects monitoring employing in vitro assays, caged organisms exposed in situ, and resident wildlife collections. This report summarizes key findings and major conclusions from a five year interagency research effort and provides details on where the public can access the underlying technical publications and datasets.

@article{cervantes-huerta_controlling_2022,
	title = {Controlling human activities as confounding variable in road studies},
	volume = {96},
	issn = {01959255},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0195925522001184},
	doi = {10.1016/j.eiar.2022.106852},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Environmental Impact Assessment Review},
	author = {Cervantes-Huerta, R. and Equihua, M. and Colino-Rabanal, V.J. and González-Romero, A. and Duran-Antonio, J. and González-Gallina, A.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {106852},
}

@article{yu_controls_2022,
	title = {Controls of contemporary (2001–2018) springtime waterflow dynamics in a {Large}, snowmelt-dominated basin in northeastern {North} {America}},
	volume = {14},
	issn = {25899155},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S2589915521000456},
	doi = {10.1016/j.hydroa.2021.100117},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Hydrology X},
	author = {Yu, Xindi and Bourque, Charles P.-A.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {100117},
}

@misc{conservation_biology_institute_data_2022,
	title = {Data {Basin} {Platform}},
	url = {https://databasin.org/search/#query=Commission%20for%20Environmental%20Cooperation&type=dataset&sort=modDate&asc=false},
	urldate = {2023-06-14},
	author = {{Conservation Biology Institute}},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Grasslands, Marine Ecoregions, PRTR, Protected Areas, Terrestrial Ecoregions},
}

@article{schmidt_determinants_2022,
	title = {Determinants of genetic diversity and species richness of {North} {American} amphibians},
	volume = {49},
	issn = {0305-0270, 1365-2699},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/jbi.14480},
	doi = {10.1111/jbi.14480},
	language = {en},
	number = {11},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Journal of Biogeography},
	author = {Schmidt, Chloé and Munshi‐South, Jason and Dray, Stéphane and Garroway, Colin J.},
	month = nov,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2005--2015},
}

@phdthesis{yaremchuk_differential_2022,
	address = {Ottawa, Ontario},
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Differential {Introgression} {Between} the {Northern} and {Southern} {Extents} of the {Lodgepole} x {Jack} {Pine} {Hybrid} {Zone} {Suggests} {Environmentally}-driven {Selection} and {Local} {Adaptation}.},
	url = {https://repository.library.carleton.ca/concern/etds/vq27zp36t},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	school = {Carleton University},
	author = {Yaremchuk, Danya},
	year = {2022},
	doi = {10.22215/etd/2023-15454},
	keywords = {Elevation},
}

@article{rodriguez-sanchez_diversity_2022,
	title = {Diversity of insects associated with the fruits of four tree species of {Lauraceae} from {Los} {Tuxtlas} region, {Mexico}: an annotated and illustrated taxonomic list},
	volume = {93},
	issn = {2007-8706},
	url = {https://revista.ib.unam.mx/index.php/bio/article/view/4178},
	doi = {10.22201/ib.20078706e.2022.93.4178},
	abstract = {Besides recruitment and dispersal, fruits are key resources for the maintenance of insect communities. This study is focused on the insects inhabiting the fruits of 4 wild Lauraceae species. Although the trees of this family are important elements of tropical forests, their interaction with insects, especially in association with fruits, remains poorly studied in wild tree species. Our study aims to characterize the diversity of insects associated with fruits of Damburneya ambigens, Damburneya gentlei, Damburneya salicifolia, and Nectandra turbacensis, in the rainforest of Los Tuxtlas, Veracruz. We present an illustrated taxonomic list of species, annotated with a comprehensive review of the insects' natural history and their interactions with Lauraceae species. We reared 54 insect species from approximately 6,500 fruits, some of which represent potential new species and records for Mexico. Insect species diversity was high and differed between Lauraceae species. The reared insects comprise a wide variety of distributional ranges, feeding types, and habitats. This research provides novel information about the interactions among insects and fruits of Lauraceae and the complexity of their trophic networks in tropical rainforests. Furthermore, it evidences the importance of wild fruits as resources for insect communities.},
	journal = {Revista Mexicana de Biodiversidad},
	author = {Rodríguez-Sánchez, Edna and Giraldo-Kalil, Laura J. and Núñez-Farfán, Juan},
	month = nov,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {e934178},
}

Besides recruitment and dispersal, fruits are key resources for the maintenance of insect communities. This study is focused on the insects inhabiting the fruits of 4 wild Lauraceae species. Although the trees of this family are important elements of tropical forests, their interaction with insects, especially in association with fruits, remains poorly studied in wild tree species. Our study aims to characterize the diversity of insects associated with fruits of Damburneya ambigens, Damburneya gentlei, Damburneya salicifolia, and Nectandra turbacensis, in the rainforest of Los Tuxtlas, Veracruz. We present an illustrated taxonomic list of species, annotated with a comprehensive review of the insects' natural history and their interactions with Lauraceae species. We reared 54 insect species from approximately 6,500 fruits, some of which represent potential new species and records for Mexico. Insect species diversity was high and differed between Lauraceae species. The reared insects comprise a wide variety of distributional ranges, feeding types, and habitats. This research provides novel information about the interactions among insects and fruits of Lauraceae and the complexity of their trophic networks in tropical rainforests. Furthermore, it evidences the importance of wild fruits as resources for insect communities.

@article{gaboriau_drivers_2022,
	title = {Drivers of extreme wildfire years in the 1965–2019 fire regime of the {T}{\textbackslash}lı̨chǫ {First} {Nation} territory, {Canada}},
	volume = {29},
	issn = {1195-6860},
	url = {https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/11956860.2022.2070342},
	doi = {10.1080/11956860.2022.2070342},
	abstract = {Exceptionally large areas burned in 2014 in central Northwest Territories (Canada), leading members of the T{\textbackslash}lchǫ First Nation to characterize this year as 'extreme'. Top-down climatic and bottom-up environmental drivers of fire behavior and areas burned in the boreal forest are relatively well understood, but not the drivers of extreme wildfire years (EWY). We investigated the temporal and spatial distributions of fire regime components (fire occurrence, size, cause, fire season length) on the T{\textbackslash}lchǫ territory from 1965 to 2019. We used BioSIM and data from weather stations to interpolate mean weather conditions, fuel moisture content and fire-weather indices for each fire season, and we described the environmental characteristics of burned areas. We identified and characterized EWY, i.e., years exceeding the 80th percentile of annual area burned for the study period. Temperature and fuel moisture were the main drivers of areas burned. Nine EWY occurred from 1965 to 2019, including 2014. Compared to non-EWY, EWY had significantly higher mean temperature ({\textgreater}14.7°C) and exceeded threshold values of Drought Code ({\textgreater}514), Initial Spread Index ({\textgreater}7), and Fire Weather Index ({\textgreater}19). Our results will help limit the effects of EWY on human safety, health and Indigenous livelihoods and lifestyles.},
	number = {3},
	journal = {Écoscience},
	author = {Gaboriau, Dorian M. and Asselin, Hugo and Ali, Adam A. and Hély, Christelle and Girardin, Martin P.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Codicille},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {249--265},
}

Exceptionally large areas burned in 2014 in central Northwest Territories (Canada), leading members of the T\lchǫ First Nation to characterize this year as 'extreme'. Top-down climatic and bottom-up environmental drivers of fire behavior and areas burned in the boreal forest are relatively well understood, but not the drivers of extreme wildfire years (EWY). We investigated the temporal and spatial distributions of fire regime components (fire occurrence, size, cause, fire season length) on the T\lchǫ territory from 1965 to 2019. We used BioSIM and data from weather stations to interpolate mean weather conditions, fuel moisture content and fire-weather indices for each fire season, and we described the environmental characteristics of burned areas. We identified and characterized EWY, i.e., years exceeding the 80th percentile of annual area burned for the study period. Temperature and fuel moisture were the main drivers of areas burned. Nine EWY occurred from 1965 to 2019, including 2014. Compared to non-EWY, EWY had significantly higher mean temperature (\textgreater14.7°C) and exceeded threshold values of Drought Code (\textgreater514), Initial Spread Index (\textgreater7), and Fire Weather Index (\textgreater19). Our results will help limit the effects of EWY on human safety, health and Indigenous livelihoods and lifestyles.

@article{olthof_dynamic_2022,
	title = {Dynamic surface water maps of {Canada} from 1984 to 2019 {Landsat} satellite imagery},
	volume = {279},
	issn = {00344257},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0034425722002358},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rse.2022.113121},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Remote Sensing of Environment},
	author = {Olthof, Ian and Rainville, Thomas},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {113121},
}

@article{buckley_effects_2022,
	title = {Effects of grazing strategy on facultative grassland bird nesting on native grassland pastures of the {Mid}-{South} {USA}},
	volume = {10},
	issn = {2167-8359},
	url = {https://peerj.com/articles/13968},
	doi = {10.7717/peerj.13968},
	abstract = {Understanding how livestock grazing strategies of native warm season grasses (NWSG) can impact facultative grassland bird nesting can provide insight for conservation efforts. We compared pre and post treatment effects of rotational grazing (ROT) and patch-burn grazing (PBG) for facultative grassland bird species nest success and nest-site selection on NWSG pastures at three Mid-South research sites. We established 14, 9.7 ha NWSG pastures and randomly assigned each to either ROT or PBG and monitored avian nest-site selection and nest success, 2014–2016. We collected nesting and vegetation data in 2014, before treatment implementation, as an experimental pre-treatment. We implemented treatments across all research sites in spring 2015. We used a step-wise model selection framework to estimate treatment effect for ROT or PBG on avian nest daily survival rate (DSR) and resource selection function (RSF) at the temporal scale and within-field variables. Daily survival rates were 0.93\% (SE = 0.006) for field sparrow (
              Spizella pusilla
              ), 0.96\% (SE = 0.008) for red-winged blackbird (
              Agelaius phoeniceus
              ), and 0.92\% (SE = 0.01) for indigo bunting (
              Passerina cyanea
              ). Model support for PBG treatment and vegetation height were indicated as negative and positive influences for field sparrow DSR, respectively. Red-winged blackbirds’ DSR were negatively influenced by ROT while vegetation height positively affected DSR, and DSR for indigo bunting did not differ among treatments. Combined RSF models indicated nest-site selection for all species was positively related to vegetation height and only weakly associated with other within-field variables. We provide evidence that ROT and/or PBG effects vary by species for DSR for these three facultative grassland birds, and vegetation characteristics affected their nest-site selection in the Mid-South USA. A lack of disturbance in Mid-South grasslands can lead to higher successional stages (i.e., mix shrub-grassland), but some combination of ROT, PBG, and unburned/ungrazed areas can provide adequate nesting habitat on small pasture lands (∼1.8 –7.8 ha) for various facultative grassland birds and potentially offer the opportunity to simultaneously maintain livestock production and grassland bird nesting habitat.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {PeerJ},
	author = {Buckley, Byron R. and Lituma, Christopher M. and Keyser, Patrick D. and Holcomb, Elizabeth D. and Smith, Ray and Morgan, John J. and Applegate, Roger D.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Griffith 2010)},
	pages = {e13968},
}

Understanding how livestock grazing strategies of native warm season grasses (NWSG) can impact facultative grassland bird nesting can provide insight for conservation efforts. We compared pre and post treatment effects of rotational grazing (ROT) and patch-burn grazing (PBG) for facultative grassland bird species nest success and nest-site selection on NWSG pastures at three Mid-South research sites. We established 14, 9.7 ha NWSG pastures and randomly assigned each to either ROT or PBG and monitored avian nest-site selection and nest success, 2014–2016. We collected nesting and vegetation data in 2014, before treatment implementation, as an experimental pre-treatment. We implemented treatments across all research sites in spring 2015. We used a step-wise model selection framework to estimate treatment effect for ROT or PBG on avian nest daily survival rate (DSR) and resource selection function (RSF) at the temporal scale and within-field variables. Daily survival rates were 0.93% (SE = 0.006) for field sparrow ( Spizella pusilla ), 0.96% (SE = 0.008) for red-winged blackbird ( Agelaius phoeniceus ), and 0.92% (SE = 0.01) for indigo bunting ( Passerina cyanea ). Model support for PBG treatment and vegetation height were indicated as negative and positive influences for field sparrow DSR, respectively. Red-winged blackbirds’ DSR were negatively influenced by ROT while vegetation height positively affected DSR, and DSR for indigo bunting did not differ among treatments. Combined RSF models indicated nest-site selection for all species was positively related to vegetation height and only weakly associated with other within-field variables. We provide evidence that ROT and/or PBG effects vary by species for DSR for these three facultative grassland birds, and vegetation characteristics affected their nest-site selection in the Mid-South USA. A lack of disturbance in Mid-South grasslands can lead to higher successional stages (i.e., mix shrub-grassland), but some combination of ROT, PBG, and unburned/ungrazed areas can provide adequate nesting habitat on small pasture lands (∼1.8 –7.8 ha) for various facultative grassland birds and potentially offer the opportunity to simultaneously maintain livestock production and grassland bird nesting habitat.

@article{lituma_effects_2022,
	title = {Effects of patch-burn grazing and rotational grazing on grassland bird abundance, species richness, and diversity in native grassland pastures of the {Midsouth} {USA}},
	volume = {324},
	issn = {01678809},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S016788092100414X},
	doi = {10.1016/j.agee.2021.107710},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Agriculture, Ecosystems \& Environment},
	author = {Lituma, Christopher M. and Buckley, Byron R. and Keyser, Patrick D. and Holcomb, Elizabeth and Smith, Ray and Morgan, John and Applegate, Roger D.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Griffith 2010)},
	pages = {107710},
}

@article{gentine_environmental_2022,
	title = {Environmental predictors of phytoplankton chlorophyll-a in {Great} {Lakes} coastal wetlands},
	volume = {48},
	issn = {03801330},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0380133022001058},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jglr.2022.04.015},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Great Lakes Research},
	author = {Gentine, Joseph A. and Conard, Whitney M. and O'Reilly, Katherine E. and Cooper, Matthew J. and Fiorino, Giuseppe E. and Harrison, Anna M. and Hein, Marina and Moerke, Ashley H. and Ruetz, Carl R. and Uzarski, Donald G. and Lamberti, Gary A.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {927--934},
}

@article{silvan-cardenas_estimating_2022,
	title = {Estimating {Time} of {Urbanization} with {Moderate}-{Resolution} {Sensors}},
	volume = {75},
	issn = {0033-0124, 1467-9272},
	url = {https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/00330124.2022.2125882},
	doi = {10.1080/00330124.2022.2125882},
	language = {en},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {The Professional Geographer},
	author = {Silván-Cárdenas, José Luis and Tapia-McClung, Rodrigo and Valdiviezo-Navarro, Juan Carlos and Salazar-Garibay, Adán},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {463--480},
}

@article{zhao_evaluating_2022,
	title = {Evaluating fine-scale phenology from {PlanetScope} satellites with ground observations across temperate forests in eastern {North} {America}},
	volume = {283},
	issn = {00344257},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0034425722004163},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rse.2022.113310},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Remote Sensing of Environment},
	author = {Zhao, Yingyi and Lee, Calvin K.F. and Wang, Zhihui and Wang, Jing and Gu, Yating and Xie, Jing and Law, Ying Ki and Song, Guangqin and Bonebrake, Timothy C. and Yang, Xi and Nelson, Bruce W. and Wu, Jin},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {113310},
}

@article{zhao_evaluation_2022,
	title = {Evaluation and {Functional} {Zoning} of the {Ecological} {Environment} in {Urban} {Space}—{A} {Case} {Study} of {Taizhou}, {China}},
	volume = {14},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {2071-1050},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/14/11/6619},
	doi = {10.3390/su14116619},
	abstract = {Functional zoning provides a basis for establishing a regional development layout with clear functions, reasonable division of labor, and complementary advantages. In the process of urban development, a large number of behaviors such as occupying ecological land and generating a lot of pollution cause damage to the urban ecological environment. Functional zoning of the ecological environment has become an important tool used by the local and central governments to establish a harmonious relationship between socio-economic welfare and the ecological environment in recent years. Guided by the concepts and principles of ecological function zoning, this study applies and extends the methodological approach of ecological function zoning to the scale of urban space. Based on consideration of an evaluation of ecological environment sensitivity, ecosystem service function importance, and socio-economic coercion, this paper divides urban space into four types, namely: ecological environment restoration zone, ecological economy bearing zone, ecological environment preservation zone, and ecological environment protection zone, utilizing a mutually exclusive matrix classification. Taking Taizhou in Jiangsu Province as a pilot study, this paper verifies the actual application of a theoretical model and its technicalities, thus advancing the general case for function zoning of the ecological environment. Furthermore, it outlines measures for ecological environment protection and the industrial development orientation of each function area, thus providing a scientific basis for Taizhou’s ecological city development and construction.},
	language = {en},
	number = {11},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Sustainability},
	author = {Zhao, Haixia and Jiang, Xiaowei and Gu, Binjie and Wang, Kaiyong},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Number: 11
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {6619},
}

Functional zoning provides a basis for establishing a regional development layout with clear functions, reasonable division of labor, and complementary advantages. In the process of urban development, a large number of behaviors such as occupying ecological land and generating a lot of pollution cause damage to the urban ecological environment. Functional zoning of the ecological environment has become an important tool used by the local and central governments to establish a harmonious relationship between socio-economic welfare and the ecological environment in recent years. Guided by the concepts and principles of ecological function zoning, this study applies and extends the methodological approach of ecological function zoning to the scale of urban space. Based on consideration of an evaluation of ecological environment sensitivity, ecosystem service function importance, and socio-economic coercion, this paper divides urban space into four types, namely: ecological environment restoration zone, ecological economy bearing zone, ecological environment preservation zone, and ecological environment protection zone, utilizing a mutually exclusive matrix classification. Taking Taizhou in Jiangsu Province as a pilot study, this paper verifies the actual application of a theoretical model and its technicalities, thus advancing the general case for function zoning of the ecological environment. Furthermore, it outlines measures for ecological environment protection and the industrial development orientation of each function area, thus providing a scientific basis for Taizhou’s ecological city development and construction.

@article{mccabe_factors_2022,
	title = {Factors associated with returns of snowy owls to airports following translocation},
	volume = {86},
	issn = {19372817},
	url = {https://wildlife.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/jwmg.22230},
	doi = {10.1002/jwmg.22230},
	abstract = {Human-dominated environments often include ecological traps for wildlife, such as airports that may be perceived as suitable habitat by grassland birds but reduce fitness because of collisions with aircraft. Birds of prey are often attracted to airports where collisions with aircraft (i.e., bird strikes) are usually fatal for the birds and are a significant threat to flight safety. The snowy owl (Bubo scandiacus) is known for its nomadism, exhibiting unpredictable and highly variable movements during the nonbreeding season, including being a common visitor to airports, which often have high small-mammal populations and mimic flat, open habitats used naturally by owls. Since 2009, the Federal Aviation Administration reported an average of 22 snowy owl deaths annually due to aircraft collisions throughout 55 North American airports. To aid in active management of owls at airports, we assessed relocation data of 42 telemetry-tracked snowy owls from 2000–2020 in the United States and Canada. Owls that returned to the airport after relocation (33\%) frequently crisscrossed and perched near runways where they were at risk of strikes. Adult females and immature males were more likely to return than the other sex and age classes, and returns were less likely to occur as the distance between the release site and the airport increased. Owls relocated in open habitats with a greater proportion of wetland and cropland (including grasslands and pasture) land cover classes were also less likely to return. We conclude that inclusion of multiple factors to limit return rates of relocated snowy owls from airport facilities can unspring the ecological trap presented by airports to these owls.},
	number = {5},
	journal = {Journal of Wildlife Management},
	author = {McCabe, Rebecca A. and Wiebe, Karen L. and Therrien, Jean François and Gauthier, Gilles and Smith, Norman E. and Weidensaul, C. Scott and Brinker, David F. and Allard, Maxime and Skelling, Marilou G. and Molina, Pierre and Fuller, Mark R. and Bates, Kirk K. and Elliott, Kyle H.},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1--15},
}

Human-dominated environments often include ecological traps for wildlife, such as airports that may be perceived as suitable habitat by grassland birds but reduce fitness because of collisions with aircraft. Birds of prey are often attracted to airports where collisions with aircraft (i.e., bird strikes) are usually fatal for the birds and are a significant threat to flight safety. The snowy owl (Bubo scandiacus) is known for its nomadism, exhibiting unpredictable and highly variable movements during the nonbreeding season, including being a common visitor to airports, which often have high small-mammal populations and mimic flat, open habitats used naturally by owls. Since 2009, the Federal Aviation Administration reported an average of 22 snowy owl deaths annually due to aircraft collisions throughout 55 North American airports. To aid in active management of owls at airports, we assessed relocation data of 42 telemetry-tracked snowy owls from 2000–2020 in the United States and Canada. Owls that returned to the airport after relocation (33%) frequently crisscrossed and perched near runways where they were at risk of strikes. Adult females and immature males were more likely to return than the other sex and age classes, and returns were less likely to occur as the distance between the release site and the airport increased. Owls relocated in open habitats with a greater proportion of wetland and cropland (including grasslands and pasture) land cover classes were also less likely to return. We conclude that inclusion of multiple factors to limit return rates of relocated snowy owls from airport facilities can unspring the ecological trap presented by airports to these owls.

@article{fisher_first_2022,
	title = {First {Record} of {Pleotomus} nigripennis {LeConte} ({Coleoptera}: {Lampyridae}: {Lampyrinae}: {Pleotomini}) from {Utah}, {USA}, with {Comments} on {Distribution} and {Morphology}},
	volume = {76},
	issn = {0010-065X},
	shorttitle = {First {Record} of {Pleotomus} nigripennis {LeConte} ({Coleoptera}},
	url = {https://bioone.org/journals/the-coleopterists-bulletin/volume-76/issue-3/0010-065X-76.3.394/First-Record-of-Pleotomus-nigripennis-LeConte-Coleoptera--Lampyridae/10.1649/0010-065X-76.3.394.full},
	doi = {10.1649/0010-065X-76.3.394},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {The Coleopterists Bulletin},
	author = {Fisher, Makani L. and Cicero, Joseph M.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@techreport{perry_forest_2022,
	address = {Washington, D.C.},
	title = {Forest {Atlas} of the {United} {States}},
	url = {https://www.fs.usda.gov/treesearch/pubs/64468},
	language = {en},
	number = {FS-1172},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	institution = {U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service},
	author = {Perry, Charles H. and Finco, Mark V. and Wilson, Barry T.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2022},
	doi = {10.2737/FS-1172},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {FS--1172},
}

@article{hanberry_20000_2022,
	title = {From 20,000 {Years} {Ago} to {Near} {Present} {Climate} {Classification} of {North} {America}},
	volume = {8},
	issn = {2055-298X},
	url = {http://www.openquaternary.com/articles/10.5334/oq.116/},
	doi = {10.5334/oq.116},
	abstract = {Climate classification allows an efficient encapsulation of climate data into climate units. For North America and most of Central America during 20, 14, 13, 11, 10, 7, 5, and 1 thousand years ago (ka) and recent years, I applied a Köppen-Trewartha classification system, but with dry classes subsumed under primary thermal classes to preserve information. The boreal and polar classes decreased from a combined 70\% of area during 20 ka until reaching 42\% of area at 7 ka, after which the area remained relatively stable. Conversely, the subtropical and temperate classes increased from 25\% of area until reaching 53\% of area at 7 ka, with slight increase of the tropical class. The combined dry subclasses increased from 7.5\% to 15\% of area, primarily in the subtropical and temperate classes, displaying unique trends over time. Based on ordination, the classes since 5 ka are similar; the 1950 interval is most similar to 1 and 5 ka and the intervals of 1600 and 1800 are most similar. The climate classes and transitions generally corresponded with major vegetation distributions. Visually, political boundaries appeared to parallel climate classes, which might indicate the influence of long-standing ecological differences on human land use and settlement. A future research need is identifying the influence of climate on directing settlement and political boundary establishment.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Open Quaternary},
	author = {Hanberry, Brice B.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {11},
}

Climate classification allows an efficient encapsulation of climate data into climate units. For North America and most of Central America during 20, 14, 13, 11, 10, 7, 5, and 1 thousand years ago (ka) and recent years, I applied a Köppen-Trewartha classification system, but with dry classes subsumed under primary thermal classes to preserve information. The boreal and polar classes decreased from a combined 70% of area during 20 ka until reaching 42% of area at 7 ka, after which the area remained relatively stable. Conversely, the subtropical and temperate classes increased from 25% of area until reaching 53% of area at 7 ka, with slight increase of the tropical class. The combined dry subclasses increased from 7.5% to 15% of area, primarily in the subtropical and temperate classes, displaying unique trends over time. Based on ordination, the classes since 5 ka are similar; the 1950 interval is most similar to 1 and 5 ka and the intervals of 1600 and 1800 are most similar. The climate classes and transitions generally corresponded with major vegetation distributions. Visually, political boundaries appeared to parallel climate classes, which might indicate the influence of long-standing ecological differences on human land use and settlement. A future research need is identifying the influence of climate on directing settlement and political boundary establishment.

@article{donnelly_functional_2022,
	title = {Functional {Wetland} {Loss} {Drives} {Emerging} {Risks} to {Waterbird} {Migration} {Networks}},
	volume = {10},
	issn = {2296-701X},
	url = {https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fevo.2022.844278/full},
	doi = {10.3389/fevo.2022.844278},
	abstract = {Migratory waterbirds (i.e., shorebirds, wading birds, and waterfowl) rely on a diffuse continental network of wetland habitats to support annual life cycle needs. Emerging threats of climate and land-use change raise new concerns over the sustainability of these habitat networks as water scarcity triggers cascading ecological effects impacting wetland habitat availability. Here we use important waterbird regions in Oregon and California, United States, as a model system to examine patterns of landscape change impacting wetland habitat networks in western North America. Wetland hydrology and flooded agricultural habitats were monitored monthly from 1988 to 2020 using satellite imagery to quantify the timing and duration of inundation—a key delimiter of habitat niche values associated with waterbird use. Trends were binned by management practice and wetland hydroperiods (semi-permanent, seasonal, and temporary) to identify differences in their climate and land-use change sensitivity. Wetland results were assessed using 33 waterbird species to detect non-linear effects of network change across a diversity of life cycle and habitat needs. Pervasive loss of semi-permanent wetlands was an indicator of systemic functional decline. Shortened hydroperiods caused by excessive drying transitioned semi-permanent wetlands to seasonal and temporary hydrologies—a process that in part counterbalanced concurrent seasonal and temporary wetland losses. Expansion of seasonal and temporary wetlands associated with closed-basin lakes offset wetland declines on other public and private lands, including wildlife refuges. Diving ducks, black terns, and grebes exhibited the most significant risk of habitat decline due to semi-permanent wetland loss that overlapped important migration, breeding, molting, and wintering periods. Shorebirds and dabbling ducks were beneficiaries of stable agricultural practices and top-down processes of functional wetland declines that operated collectively to maintain habitat needs. Outcomes from this work provide a novel perspective of wetland ecosystem change affecting waterbirds and their migration networks. Understanding the complexity of these relationships will become increasingly important as water scarcity continues to restructure the timing and availability of wetland resources.},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Frontiers in Ecology and Evolution},
	author = {Donnelly, J. Patrick and Moore, Johnnie N. and Casazza, Michael L. and Coons, Shea P.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {844278},
}

Migratory waterbirds (i.e., shorebirds, wading birds, and waterfowl) rely on a diffuse continental network of wetland habitats to support annual life cycle needs. Emerging threats of climate and land-use change raise new concerns over the sustainability of these habitat networks as water scarcity triggers cascading ecological effects impacting wetland habitat availability. Here we use important waterbird regions in Oregon and California, United States, as a model system to examine patterns of landscape change impacting wetland habitat networks in western North America. Wetland hydrology and flooded agricultural habitats were monitored monthly from 1988 to 2020 using satellite imagery to quantify the timing and duration of inundation—a key delimiter of habitat niche values associated with waterbird use. Trends were binned by management practice and wetland hydroperiods (semi-permanent, seasonal, and temporary) to identify differences in their climate and land-use change sensitivity. Wetland results were assessed using 33 waterbird species to detect non-linear effects of network change across a diversity of life cycle and habitat needs. Pervasive loss of semi-permanent wetlands was an indicator of systemic functional decline. Shortened hydroperiods caused by excessive drying transitioned semi-permanent wetlands to seasonal and temporary hydrologies—a process that in part counterbalanced concurrent seasonal and temporary wetland losses. Expansion of seasonal and temporary wetlands associated with closed-basin lakes offset wetland declines on other public and private lands, including wildlife refuges. Diving ducks, black terns, and grebes exhibited the most significant risk of habitat decline due to semi-permanent wetland loss that overlapped important migration, breeding, molting, and wintering periods. Shorebirds and dabbling ducks were beneficiaries of stable agricultural practices and top-down processes of functional wetland declines that operated collectively to maintain habitat needs. Outcomes from this work provide a novel perspective of wetland ecosystem change affecting waterbirds and their migration networks. Understanding the complexity of these relationships will become increasingly important as water scarcity continues to restructure the timing and availability of wetland resources.

@article{covarrubias_functional_2022,
	title = {Functional connectivity of an endemic tree frog in a highly threatened tropical dry forest in {Mexico}},
	volume = {29},
	issn = {1195-6860, 2376-7626},
	url = {https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/11956860.2021.1921935},
	doi = {10.1080/11956860.2021.1921935},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-02},
	journal = {Écoscience},
	author = {Covarrubias, Sara and Gutiérrez-Rodríguez, Carla and Rojas-Soto, Octavio and Hernández-Guzmán, Rafael and González, Clementina},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {69--85},
}

@incollection{garcia-alvarez_general_2022,
	address = {Cham},
	title = {General {Land} {Use} {Cover} {Datasets} for {America} and {Asia}},
	isbn = {978-3-030-90997-0 978-3-030-90998-7},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-3-030-90998-7_18},
	abstract = {Abstract
            In this chapter we review some examples of general Land Use Cover (LUC) mapping at a supra-national level in America and Asia. These datasets provide a general overview of the land uses and covers in specific American or Asian regions, without focusing on any particular land use or cover. For Asia, we have only identified one dataset mapping the Himalayan region, whereas for America five different datasets were identified. Only three of these are reviewed here, as the other two (SERENA, South America 30 m) are not available for download. The most ambitious project of all those reviewed is NALCMS, which coordinates the production of a LUC map for the whole of North America (Canada, Mexico, USA) at detailed scales (30–250��m) and using the same classification legend. It is the only dataset of all those reviewed that provides a time series of LUC maps (2005, 2010 and 2015). The Himalaya Regional Land Cover database is a vector-based map that provides information on LUC changes over the period 1970/80–2007 at a scale of 1:350,000. The other two American datasets—LBA-ECO LC-08 (1 km, 1987/91) and MERISAM2009 (300 m, 2008/10)—are raster-based and only available for one date, therefore making change detection impossible.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	booktitle = {Land {Use} {Cover} {Datasets} and {Validation} {Tools}},
	publisher = {Springer International Publishing},
	author = {García-Álvarez, David and Lara Hinojosa, Javier},
	editor = {García-Álvarez, David and Camacho Olmedo, María Teresa and Paegelow, Martin and Mas, Jean François},
	year = {2022},
	doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-90998-7_18},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {361--372},
}

Abstract In this chapter we review some examples of general Land Use Cover (LUC) mapping at a supra-national level in America and Asia. These datasets provide a general overview of the land uses and covers in specific American or Asian regions, without focusing on any particular land use or cover. For Asia, we have only identified one dataset mapping the Himalayan region, whereas for America five different datasets were identified. Only three of these are reviewed here, as the other two (SERENA, South America 30 m) are not available for download. The most ambitious project of all those reviewed is NALCMS, which coordinates the production of a LUC map for the whole of North America (Canada, Mexico, USA) at detailed scales (30–250��m) and using the same classification legend. It is the only dataset of all those reviewed that provides a time series of LUC maps (2005, 2010 and 2015). The Himalaya Regional Land Cover database is a vector-based map that provides information on LUC changes over the period 1970/80–2007 at a scale of 1:350,000. The other two American datasets—LBA-ECO LC-08 (1 km, 1987/91) and MERISAM2009 (300 m, 2008/10)—are raster-based and only available for one date, therefore making change detection impossible.

@article{schmidt_genetic_2022,
	title = {Genetic and species‐level biodiversity patterns are linked by demography and ecological opportunity},
	volume = {76},
	issn = {0014-3820, 1558-5646},
	url = {https://academic.oup.com/evolut/article/76/1/86/6728931},
	doi = {10.1111/evo.14407},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Evolution},
	author = {Schmidt, Chloé and Dray, Stéphane and Garroway, Colin J.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {86--100},
}

@article{rodriguezbarrera_grassland_2022,
	title = {Grassland type and seasonal effects have a bigger influence on plant functional and taxonomical diversity than prairie dog disturbances in semiarid grasslands},
	volume = {12},
	issn = {2045-7758},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ece3.9040},
	doi = {10.1002/ece3.9040},
	abstract = {Prairie dogs (Cynomys sp.) are considered keystone species and ecosystem engineers for their grazing and burrowing activities (summarized here as disturbances). As climate changes and its variability increases, the mechanisms underlying organisms' interactions with their habitat will likely shift. Understanding the mediating role of prairie dog disturbance on vegetation structure, and its interaction with environmental conditions through time, will increase knowledge on the risks and vulnerability of grasslands. Here, we compared how plant taxonomical diversity, functional diversity metrics, and community-weighted trait means (CWM) respond to prairie dog C. mexicanus disturbance across grassland types and seasons (dry and wet) in a priority conservation semiarid grassland of Northeast Mexico. Our findings suggest that functional metrics and CWM analyses responded to interactions between prairie dog disturbance, grassland type and season, whilst species diversity and cover measures were less sensitive to the role of prairie dog disturbance. We found weak evidence that prairie dog disturbance has a negative effect on vegetation structure, except for minimal effects on C4 and graminoid cover, but which depended mainly on season. Grassland type and season explained most of the effects on plant functional and taxonomic diversity as well as CWM traits. Furthermore, we found that leaf area as well as forb and annual cover increased during the wet season, independent of prairie dog disturbance. Our results provide evidence that grassland type and season have a stronger effect than prairie dog disturbance on the vegetation of this short-grass, water-restricted grassland ecosystem. We argue that focusing solely on disturbance and grazing effects is misleading, and attention is needed on the relationships between vegetation and environmental conditions which will be critical to understand semiarid grassland dynamics under future climate change conditions in the region.},
	number = {7},
	journal = {Ecology and Evolution},
	author = {Rodriguez‐Barrera, Maria Gabriela and Kühn, Ingolf and Estrada‐Castillón, Eduardo and Cord, Anna F.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: John Wiley and Sons Ltd},
	keywords = {Grasslands, NALCMS},
}

Prairie dogs (Cynomys sp.) are considered keystone species and ecosystem engineers for their grazing and burrowing activities (summarized here as disturbances). As climate changes and its variability increases, the mechanisms underlying organisms' interactions with their habitat will likely shift. Understanding the mediating role of prairie dog disturbance on vegetation structure, and its interaction with environmental conditions through time, will increase knowledge on the risks and vulnerability of grasslands. Here, we compared how plant taxonomical diversity, functional diversity metrics, and community-weighted trait means (CWM) respond to prairie dog C. mexicanus disturbance across grassland types and seasons (dry and wet) in a priority conservation semiarid grassland of Northeast Mexico. Our findings suggest that functional metrics and CWM analyses responded to interactions between prairie dog disturbance, grassland type and season, whilst species diversity and cover measures were less sensitive to the role of prairie dog disturbance. We found weak evidence that prairie dog disturbance has a negative effect on vegetation structure, except for minimal effects on C4 and graminoid cover, but which depended mainly on season. Grassland type and season explained most of the effects on plant functional and taxonomic diversity as well as CWM traits. Furthermore, we found that leaf area as well as forb and annual cover increased during the wet season, independent of prairie dog disturbance. Our results provide evidence that grassland type and season have a stronger effect than prairie dog disturbance on the vegetation of this short-grass, water-restricted grassland ecosystem. We argue that focusing solely on disturbance and grazing effects is misleading, and attention is needed on the relationships between vegetation and environmental conditions which will be critical to understand semiarid grassland dynamics under future climate change conditions in the region.

@mastersthesis{melichar_high-resolution_2022,
	title = {High-{Resolution} {Vegetation} {Mapping} in the {Sonoran} and {Mojave} {Deserts} using {Random} {Forest} {Classification} of {Multi}-{Temporal} {Landsat} 8 {Data} and {Phenology} {Metrics}},
	url = {https://repository.arizona.edu/handle/10150/666145},
	school = {University of Arizona},
	author = {Melichar, Madeline},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@techreport{government_of_canada_human_2022,
	title = {Human {Activity} and the {Environment} 2021: {Accounting} for ecosystem change in {Canada}},
	url = {https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/pub/16-201-x/16-201-x2021001-eng.htm},
	abstract = {The report provides some of the latest statistics on the extent and condition of Canada's ecosystems, as well as estimates of the supply and use of selected ecosystem services. This has been accomplished through the use of ecosystem accounting, which involves the structured compilation of information on ecosystems such as forests, agro-ecosystems, wetlands, and marine and coastal areas, their condition or quality and the ecosystem services they provide, following the requirements of a coherent statistical framework.},
	language = {eng},
	urldate = {2024-09-19},
	author = {Government of Canada, Statistics Canada},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Last Modified: 2022-01-25},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

The report provides some of the latest statistics on the extent and condition of Canada's ecosystems, as well as estimates of the supply and use of selected ecosystem services. This has been accomplished through the use of ecosystem accounting, which involves the structured compilation of information on ecosystems such as forests, agro-ecosystems, wetlands, and marine and coastal areas, their condition or quality and the ecosystem services they provide, following the requirements of a coherent statistical framework.

@article{cunningham_human_2022,
	title = {Human and animal movements combine with snow to increase moose-vehicle collisions in winter},
	volume = {17},
	issn = {1748-9326},
	url = {https://dx.doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/aca8bf},
	doi = {10.1088/1748-9326/aca8bf},
	abstract = {Wildlife-vehicle collisions imperil humans, wildlife, and property. Collisions with moose (Alces alces) are especially consequential and there are indications they may increase during severe winters. We tested hypotheses regarding the influence of moose movements and vehicular traffic patterns on collision risk. We first modeled daily snow depth and accumulation across 5.6 million km2 of the North American Arctic-Boreal region. Next, we analyzed the movements and road use of 113 GPS-collared moose in response to snow depth. Finally, we examined the influence of these snow properties on vehicular traffic and 7680 moose-vehicle collisions. As winter progressed and the snowpack deepened in each study area, GPS-collared moose migrated to lower elevations, leading them into areas with shallower snow but higher road densities. This elevational migration corresponded with a higher probability of road-use by moose (by up to ten-fold) in winter than in summer. Corresponding to these patterns, moose-vehicle collisions were 2.4–5.7 times more frequent from December through February (compared to early summer). Collision risk was highest when and where snow depth was less than 120 cm, indicating that migration into areas with shallower snow increased collision risk in those areas. Most (82\%) moose-vehicle collisions occurred after dark. This pattern was strongest during winter, when nighttime traffic volumes were eight times higher than summer due to longer nights. Overall, our findings suggest that concurrent seasonal changes in human and wildlife behavior increase the frequency of moose-vehicle collisions during winter. Snow depth influences collisions primarily through its impacts on moose movement, while strong seasonal changes in daylight hours cause an increase in nighttime traffic that further contributes to risk. This information may help predict times and places where risk of moose-vehicle collisions are highest and to develop seasonally dynamic mitigation strategies.},
	language = {en},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	journal = {Environmental Research Letters},
	author = {Cunningham, Calum X. and Liston, Glen E. and Reinking, Adele K. and Boelman, Natalie T. and Brinkman, Todd J. and Joly, Kyle and Hebblewhite, Mark and Boutin, Stan and Czetwertynski, Sophie and Sielecki, Leonard E. and Prugh, Laura R.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: IOP Publishing},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {125007},
}

Wildlife-vehicle collisions imperil humans, wildlife, and property. Collisions with moose (Alces alces) are especially consequential and there are indications they may increase during severe winters. We tested hypotheses regarding the influence of moose movements and vehicular traffic patterns on collision risk. We first modeled daily snow depth and accumulation across 5.6 million km2 of the North American Arctic-Boreal region. Next, we analyzed the movements and road use of 113 GPS-collared moose in response to snow depth. Finally, we examined the influence of these snow properties on vehicular traffic and 7680 moose-vehicle collisions. As winter progressed and the snowpack deepened in each study area, GPS-collared moose migrated to lower elevations, leading them into areas with shallower snow but higher road densities. This elevational migration corresponded with a higher probability of road-use by moose (by up to ten-fold) in winter than in summer. Corresponding to these patterns, moose-vehicle collisions were 2.4–5.7 times more frequent from December through February (compared to early summer). Collision risk was highest when and where snow depth was less than 120 cm, indicating that migration into areas with shallower snow increased collision risk in those areas. Most (82%) moose-vehicle collisions occurred after dark. This pattern was strongest during winter, when nighttime traffic volumes were eight times higher than summer due to longer nights. Overall, our findings suggest that concurrent seasonal changes in human and wildlife behavior increase the frequency of moose-vehicle collisions during winter. Snow depth influences collisions primarily through its impacts on moose movement, while strong seasonal changes in daylight hours cause an increase in nighttime traffic that further contributes to risk. This information may help predict times and places where risk of moose-vehicle collisions are highest and to develop seasonally dynamic mitigation strategies.

@misc{mai_hydrohub_2022,
	title = {{HydroHub} - {Sensitivity} analysis over {North} {America}},
	copyright = {Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research (UFZ)},
	url = {https://www.hydrohub.org/sa_introduction.html},
	urldate = {2023-06-14},
	author = {Mai, Julie},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{wu_imbalance_2022,
	title = {Imbalance of global nutrient cycles exacerbated by the greater retention of phosphorus over nitrogen in lakes},
	volume = {15},
	copyright = {2022 The Author(s), under exclusive licence to Springer Nature Limited},
	issn = {1752-0908},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41561-022-00958-7},
	doi = {10.1038/s41561-022-00958-7},
	abstract = {Imbalanced anthropogenic inputs of nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) have significantly increased the ratio between N and P globally, degrading ecosystem productivity and environmental quality. Lakes represent a large global nutrient sink, modifying the flow of N and P in the environment. It remains unknown, however, the relative retention of these two nutrients in global lakes and their role in the imbalance of the nutrient cycles. Here we compare the ratio between P and N in inflows and outflows of more than 5,000 lakes globally using a combination of nutrient budget model and generalized linear model. We show that over 80\% of global lakes positively retain both N and P, and almost 90\% of the lakes show preferential retention of P. The greater retention of P over N leads to a strong elevation in the ratios between N and P in the lake outflow, exacerbating the imbalance of N and P cycles unexpectedly and potentially leading to biodiversity losses within lakes and algal blooms in downstream N-limited coastal zones. The management of N or P in controlling lake eutrophication has long been debated. Our results suggest that eutrophication management that prioritizes the reduction of P in lakes—which causes a further decrease in P in outflows—may unintentionally aggravate N/P imbalances in global ecosystems. Our results also highlight the importance of nutrient retention stoichiometry in global lake management to benefit watershed and regional biogeochemical cycles.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Nature Geoscience},
	author = {Wu, Zhen and Li, Jincheng and Sun, Yanxin and Peñuelas, Josep and Huang, Jilin and Sardans, Jordi and Jiang, Qingsong and Finlay, Jacques C. and Britten, Gregory L. and Follows, Michael J. and Gao, Wei and Qin, Boqiang and Ni, Jinren and Huo, Shouliang and Liu, Yong},
	month = jun,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Number: 6
Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {464--468},
}

Imbalanced anthropogenic inputs of nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) have significantly increased the ratio between N and P globally, degrading ecosystem productivity and environmental quality. Lakes represent a large global nutrient sink, modifying the flow of N and P in the environment. It remains unknown, however, the relative retention of these two nutrients in global lakes and their role in the imbalance of the nutrient cycles. Here we compare the ratio between P and N in inflows and outflows of more than 5,000 lakes globally using a combination of nutrient budget model and generalized linear model. We show that over 80% of global lakes positively retain both N and P, and almost 90% of the lakes show preferential retention of P. The greater retention of P over N leads to a strong elevation in the ratios between N and P in the lake outflow, exacerbating the imbalance of N and P cycles unexpectedly and potentially leading to biodiversity losses within lakes and algal blooms in downstream N-limited coastal zones. The management of N or P in controlling lake eutrophication has long been debated. Our results suggest that eutrophication management that prioritizes the reduction of P in lakes—which causes a further decrease in P in outflows—may unintentionally aggravate N/P imbalances in global ecosystems. Our results also highlight the importance of nutrient retention stoichiometry in global lake management to benefit watershed and regional biogeochemical cycles.

@article{sari_impact_2022,
	title = {Impact of land-use land-cover datasets and urban parameterization on weather simulation over the {Jakarta} {Metropolitan} {Area}},
	volume = {1039},
	issn = {1755-1307},
	url = {https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1755-1315/1039/1/012036},
	doi = {10.1088/1755-1315/1039/1/012036},
	abstract = {Human-caused changes in land-use and land-cover (LULC) are most visible in metropolitan areas, when the majority of the land has been converted to urban land or built up. This study presents a modeling approach for simulating the spatiotemporal distribution of urban microclimate with the Weather Research and Forecasting (WRF) model using four urban parameterization schemes, namely a bulk, urban canopy model (UCM), building effect parameterization (BEP), and building energy model (BEM). The WRF model is set-up at 1 km spatial resolutions over the Jakarta Metropolitan Area to study the model's sensitivity to the usage of alternative LULC datasets, the default MODIS and its modification 2017. The results show that the UCM and BEM schemes appear to be reliable in mapping urban weather conditions for all meteorological parameters examined. Given that the LULC categories in urban areas remained unchanged, changing the LULC in the model did not result in a large difference in error. The LULC dataset, on the other hand, can be used as information related to suburban areas that continue to grow in concurrently with urbanization. LULC updates can provide insight into how much temperature rise is occurring in urban areas and how it affects climate change.},
	number = {1},
	journal = {IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science},
	author = {Sari, D. L. and June, T. and {Perdinan} and Hidayat, R. and Hanggoro, W. and Arifin, H. S.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Institute of Physics},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {012036},
}

Human-caused changes in land-use and land-cover (LULC) are most visible in metropolitan areas, when the majority of the land has been converted to urban land or built up. This study presents a modeling approach for simulating the spatiotemporal distribution of urban microclimate with the Weather Research and Forecasting (WRF) model using four urban parameterization schemes, namely a bulk, urban canopy model (UCM), building effect parameterization (BEP), and building energy model (BEM). The WRF model is set-up at 1 km spatial resolutions over the Jakarta Metropolitan Area to study the model's sensitivity to the usage of alternative LULC datasets, the default MODIS and its modification 2017. The results show that the UCM and BEM schemes appear to be reliable in mapping urban weather conditions for all meteorological parameters examined. Given that the LULC categories in urban areas remained unchanged, changing the LULC in the model did not result in a large difference in error. The LULC dataset, on the other hand, can be used as information related to suburban areas that continue to grow in concurrently with urbanization. LULC updates can provide insight into how much temperature rise is occurring in urban areas and how it affects climate change.

@techreport{uzarski_implementing_2022,
	title = {Implementing the {Great} {Lakes} {Coastal} {Wetland} {Monitoring} {Program} - 5-{Year} {Final} {Report} (2015-2021)},
	url = {https://www.greatlakeswetlands.org/docs/Reports/CWMP_final-report_2015-2021.pdf},
	author = {Uzarski, Donald G. and Brady, Valerie J. and Cooper, Matthew J.},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {99},
}

@phdthesis{garousi-nejad_improving_2022,
	type = {Doctor of {Philosophy} ({PhD})},
	title = {Improving {Flood} {Inundation} and {Streamflow} {Forecasts} in {Snowmelt} {Dominated} {Regions}},
	url = {https://digitalcommons.usu.edu/etd/8378/},
	author = {Garousi-Nejad, Irene},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
}

@article{duerr_influence_2022,
	title = {Influence of {Anthropogenic} {Subsidies} on {Movements} of {Common} {Ravens}},
	url = {https://digitalcommons.usu.edu/hwi/vol15/iss3/9/},
	doi = {10.15142/WHGT-5Q40},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	author = {Duerr, Adam E. and Bloom, Peter H. and Ross, Kerry and Miller, Tricia A. and Braham, Melissa A. and Fesnock, Amy L. and Katzner, Todd E.},
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Utah State University},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions, Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

@article{diller_influences_2022,
	title = {Influences of seasonality and habitat quality on {Great} {Lakes} coastal wetland fish community composition and diets},
	volume = {30},
	issn = {0923-4861},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s11273-022-09862-8},
	doi = {10.1007/s11273-022-09862-8},
	abstract = {Great Lakes coastal wetlands (GLCW) have been severely degraded by anthropogenic activity over the last several decades despite their critical role in fish production. Many Great Lakes fish species use coastal wetland habitats for spawning, feeding, shelter, and nurseries throughout the year. The goal of our study was to compare GLCW fish community composition in the spring, summer, and fall months and investigate how water quality relates to fish diversity, the presence of functional groups, and juvenile fish diets. We summarized fish data collected from GLCW across the basin and used the coastal wetland monitoring program's water quality-land use indicator to quantify water quality. Basin-wide, we found taxonomic and functional group differences in community composition among three sampling seasons, as well as across the range of water quality. Water quality was positively associated with the abundance of small cyprinids and the relative abundance of some habitat and reproductive specialists. Seasonal differences were also observed for many of these functional groups, with more temperature- and pollution-sensitive fishes captured in the spring and more nest-spawning fishes captured in the summer and fall. In our diet study, we found that age-0 fish primarily consumed zooplankton in the fall, whereas age-1 fish primarily consumed macroinvertebrates in the spring. Moreover, wetland quality was positively associated with trichopteran prey abundance. We concluded that taxonomic and functional composition of fish communities in GLCW vary markedly with respect to water quality and season. Thus, a full understanding of communities across a gradient of quality requires multi-season sampling.},
	number = {3},
	journal = {Wetlands Ecology and Management},
	author = {Diller, Sara N. and Harrison, Anna M. and Kowalski, Kurt P. and Brady, Valerie J. and Ciborowski, Jan J. H. and Cooper, Matthew J. and Dumke, Joshua D. and Gathman, Joseph P. and Ruetz, Carl R. and Uzarski, Donald G. and Wilcox, Douglas A. and Schaeffer, Jeffrey S.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2022},
	note = {ISBN: 0123456789
Publisher: Springer Netherlands},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {439--460},
}

Great Lakes coastal wetlands (GLCW) have been severely degraded by anthropogenic activity over the last several decades despite their critical role in fish production. Many Great Lakes fish species use coastal wetland habitats for spawning, feeding, shelter, and nurseries throughout the year. The goal of our study was to compare GLCW fish community composition in the spring, summer, and fall months and investigate how water quality relates to fish diversity, the presence of functional groups, and juvenile fish diets. We summarized fish data collected from GLCW across the basin and used the coastal wetland monitoring program's water quality-land use indicator to quantify water quality. Basin-wide, we found taxonomic and functional group differences in community composition among three sampling seasons, as well as across the range of water quality. Water quality was positively associated with the abundance of small cyprinids and the relative abundance of some habitat and reproductive specialists. Seasonal differences were also observed for many of these functional groups, with more temperature- and pollution-sensitive fishes captured in the spring and more nest-spawning fishes captured in the summer and fall. In our diet study, we found that age-0 fish primarily consumed zooplankton in the fall, whereas age-1 fish primarily consumed macroinvertebrates in the spring. Moreover, wetland quality was positively associated with trichopteran prey abundance. We concluded that taxonomic and functional composition of fish communities in GLCW vary markedly with respect to water quality and season. Thus, a full understanding of communities across a gradient of quality requires multi-season sampling.

@article{dawe_initial_2022,
	title = {Initial succession after wildfire in dry boreal forests of northwestern {North} {America}},
	volume = {223},
	issn = {1385-0237, 1573-5052},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/s11258-022-01237-6},
	doi = {10.1007/s11258-022-01237-6},
	abstract = {Abstract
            Wildfires in the boreal forest of North America are generally stand renewing, with the initial phase of recovery often governing the vegetation trajectory for decades. Here, we investigated post-fire vegetation changes in dry boreal forests of the Northwest Territories, Canada, during the first 5 years following the unusually severe 2014 wildfire season. We sampled post-fire tree regeneration and the understory plant community at 1, 3, and 5 years post-fire across different stand types within fires that burned in 2014. Post-fire trajectories of tree recruitment, understory cover by plant functional types, and plant diversity varied widely among sampled stands, as well as among years post-fire. Tree seedling density reached relative equilibrium by 3-years post-fire, whereas trends in understory plant cover and understory species assemblages suggested an ongoing change that will extend beyond 5 years of observation. In almost half of sampled stands, the composition of recruited trees differed from that of the pre-fire stand, suggesting a change in tree species dominance. An analysis of regional climate revealed a significant, albeit spatially variable, warming and drying trend that will further accelerate forest stand transformation through both climate drivers of plant community composition and indirectly through increasing fire activity. While the 2014 wildfires enhanced the structural and compositional heterogeneity of the region, they also triggered vegetation changes that are likely to be persistent. As such, this study exemplifies the speed and variability that characterizes post-fire stand development in a strongly moisture-limited part of North America.},
	language = {en},
	number = {7},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Plant Ecology},
	author = {Dawe, Denyse A. and Parisien, Marc-André and Van Dongen, Angeline and Whitman, Ellen},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Elevation},
	pages = {789--809},
}

Abstract Wildfires in the boreal forest of North America are generally stand renewing, with the initial phase of recovery often governing the vegetation trajectory for decades. Here, we investigated post-fire vegetation changes in dry boreal forests of the Northwest Territories, Canada, during the first 5 years following the unusually severe 2014 wildfire season. We sampled post-fire tree regeneration and the understory plant community at 1, 3, and 5 years post-fire across different stand types within fires that burned in 2014. Post-fire trajectories of tree recruitment, understory cover by plant functional types, and plant diversity varied widely among sampled stands, as well as among years post-fire. Tree seedling density reached relative equilibrium by 3-years post-fire, whereas trends in understory plant cover and understory species assemblages suggested an ongoing change that will extend beyond 5 years of observation. In almost half of sampled stands, the composition of recruited trees differed from that of the pre-fire stand, suggesting a change in tree species dominance. An analysis of regional climate revealed a significant, albeit spatially variable, warming and drying trend that will further accelerate forest stand transformation through both climate drivers of plant community composition and indirectly through increasing fire activity. While the 2014 wildfires enhanced the structural and compositional heterogeneity of the region, they also triggered vegetation changes that are likely to be persistent. As such, this study exemplifies the speed and variability that characterizes post-fire stand development in a strongly moisture-limited part of North America.

@article{spittlehouse_interaction_2022,
	title = {Interaction of elevation and climate change on fire weather risk},
	volume = {52},
	issn = {0045-5067, 1208-6037},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjfr-2021-0137},
	doi = {10.1139/cjfr-2021-0137},
	abstract = {Most wildfire studies are regional to global in scale; however, many of the values of interest and the weather are local phenomena that may give rise to large spatial variability in risk. We assessed the interaction of elevation and climate on fire weather for the Penticton Creek watershed in southwestern Canada for historic weather, and five climate change scenarios. Daily temperature and precipitation records spanning 100 years were generated using the LARS-WG5 weather generator and were used to calculate the fire weather indices of the Canadian Forest Fire Danger Rating System. Fire season length, restricted activity season, and fire season severity are all projected to increase by the 2050s and in some scenarios to increase further by the 2080s. Low and mid-elevations had substantially worsening risks, whereas at the highest elevations, risks were mitigated by the continuation of the snowpack. Increasing temperatures lengthened the fire season while decreasing (increasing) precipitation exacerbated (ameliorated) the intensity of the fire risk. These results indicate more variable climate change effects than in the literature. Over 24 million km
              2
              globally of forestland have a similar or higher degree of slope, highlighting the need for detailed topographic integration in fire studies to meet the needs of local planners.},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Forest Research},
	author = {Spittlehouse, David L. and Dymond, Caren C.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {237--249},
}

Most wildfire studies are regional to global in scale; however, many of the values of interest and the weather are local phenomena that may give rise to large spatial variability in risk. We assessed the interaction of elevation and climate on fire weather for the Penticton Creek watershed in southwestern Canada for historic weather, and five climate change scenarios. Daily temperature and precipitation records spanning 100 years were generated using the LARS-WG5 weather generator and were used to calculate the fire weather indices of the Canadian Forest Fire Danger Rating System. Fire season length, restricted activity season, and fire season severity are all projected to increase by the 2050s and in some scenarios to increase further by the 2080s. Low and mid-elevations had substantially worsening risks, whereas at the highest elevations, risks were mitigated by the continuation of the snowpack. Increasing temperatures lengthened the fire season while decreasing (increasing) precipitation exacerbated (ameliorated) the intensity of the fire risk. These results indicate more variable climate change effects than in the literature. Over 24 million km 2 globally of forestland have a similar or higher degree of slope, highlighting the need for detailed topographic integration in fire studies to meet the needs of local planners.

@article{poessel_interpreting_2022,
	title = {Interpreting long‐distance movements of non‐migratory golden eagles: {Prospecting} and nomadism?},
	volume = {13},
	issn = {2150-8925},
	url = {https://esajournals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1002/ecs2.4072},
	doi = {10.1002/ecs2.4072},
	abstract = {Movements by animals can serve different functions and occur over a variety of spatial and temporal scales. Routine movement types, such as residency (localized movements) and migration, have been well studied. However, nonroutine movement types, such as dispersal, prospecting, and nomadism, are less well understood. Documenting these rarely detected events requires tracking large numbers of individuals across all age classes. We studied {\textgreater}500 golden eagles (Aquila chrysaetos) tracked by telemetry over a 10-year period in western North America, of which 160 engaged in nonroutine, long-distance ({\textgreater}300 km) movements. We identified spatial and temporal correlates of those movements at both small and large scales, and we quantified movement timing and direction. We further tested which age and sex classes of eagles were more likely to engage in these movements. Our analysis of 88,093 daily tracks suggested that distances traveled by eagles were responsive to the updraft potential of the spatial and temporal landscape they encountered. Tracks covered longer distances at locations and times of higher updraft potential, and older birds traveled farther than younger birds. By contrast, after decomposing daily tracks into 563 nonroutine, long-distance movements measured at a multiday scale, only the duration of travel was responsive to environmental conditions encountered by eagles. Multiday trips that were longer were those initiated in open and warm landscapes and those that ended in mountainous regions. Finally, long-distance movements were more frequently made in seasons other than winter, in north–south directions, and by young birds. We documented clear correlates of nonroutine, long-distance movements by golden eagles at small, local scales but found little evidence of such correlates at larger, regional scales. Most long-distance movements we documented fit patterns associated with traditional definitions of prospecting and nomadism but not migration. Our study is the first to describe these movement types by golden eagles, and as such provides a foundation for subsequent study into the movement ecology of other species.},
	number = {6},
	journal = {Ecosphere},
	author = {Poessel, Sharon A. and Woodbridge, Brian and Smith, Brian W. and Murphy, Robert K. and Bedrosian, Bryan E. and Bell, Douglas A. and Bittner, David and Bloom, Peter H. and Crandall, Ross H. and Domenech, Robert and Fisher, Robert N. and Haggerty, Patricia K. and Slater, Steven J. and Tracey, Jeff A. and Watson, James W. and Katzner, Todd E.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: John Wiley and Sons Inc},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Movements by animals can serve different functions and occur over a variety of spatial and temporal scales. Routine movement types, such as residency (localized movements) and migration, have been well studied. However, nonroutine movement types, such as dispersal, prospecting, and nomadism, are less well understood. Documenting these rarely detected events requires tracking large numbers of individuals across all age classes. We studied \textgreater500 golden eagles (Aquila chrysaetos) tracked by telemetry over a 10-year period in western North America, of which 160 engaged in nonroutine, long-distance (\textgreater300 km) movements. We identified spatial and temporal correlates of those movements at both small and large scales, and we quantified movement timing and direction. We further tested which age and sex classes of eagles were more likely to engage in these movements. Our analysis of 88,093 daily tracks suggested that distances traveled by eagles were responsive to the updraft potential of the spatial and temporal landscape they encountered. Tracks covered longer distances at locations and times of higher updraft potential, and older birds traveled farther than younger birds. By contrast, after decomposing daily tracks into 563 nonroutine, long-distance movements measured at a multiday scale, only the duration of travel was responsive to environmental conditions encountered by eagles. Multiday trips that were longer were those initiated in open and warm landscapes and those that ended in mountainous regions. Finally, long-distance movements were more frequently made in seasons other than winter, in north–south directions, and by young birds. We documented clear correlates of nonroutine, long-distance movements by golden eagles at small, local scales but found little evidence of such correlates at larger, regional scales. Most long-distance movements we documented fit patterns associated with traditional definitions of prospecting and nomadism but not migration. Our study is the first to describe these movement types by golden eagles, and as such provides a foundation for subsequent study into the movement ecology of other species.

@article{modi_investigating_2022,
	title = {Investigating the {Role} of {Snow} {Water} {Equivalent} on {Streamflow} {Predictability} during {Drought}},
	volume = {23},
	issn = {1525-755X, 1525-7541},
	url = {https://journals.ametsoc.org/view/journals/hydr/23/10/JHM-D-21-0229.1.xml},
	doi = {10.1175/JHM-D-21-0229.1},
	abstract = {Abstract
            
              Snowpack provides the majority of predictive information for water supply forecasts (WSFs) in snow-dominated basins across the western United States. Drought conditions typically accompany decreased snowpack and lowered runoff efficiency, negatively impacting WSFs. Here, we investigate the relationship between snow water equivalent (SWE) and April–July streamflow volume (AMJJ-V) during drought in small headwater catchments, using observations from 31 USGS streamflow gauges and 54 SNOTEL stations. A linear regression approach is used to evaluate forecast skill under different historical climatologies used for model fitting, as well as with different forecast dates. Experiments are constructed in which extreme hydrological drought years are withheld from model training, that is, years with AMJJ-V below the 15th percentile. Subsets of the remaining years are used for model fitting to understand how the climatology of different training subsets impacts forecasts of extreme drought years. We generally report overprediction in drought years. However, training the forecast model on drier years, that is, below-median years (
              P
              15
              ,
              P
              57.5
              ], minimizes residuals by an average of 10\% in drought year forecasts, relative to a baseline case, with the highest median skill obtained in mid- to late April for colder regions. We report similar findings using a modified National Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) procedure in nine large Upper Colorado River basin (UCRB) basins, highlighting the importance of the snowpack–streamflow relationship in streamflow predictability. We propose an “adaptive sampling” approach of dynamically selecting training years based on antecedent SWE conditions, showing error reductions of up to 20\% in historical drought years relative to the period of record. These alternate training protocols provide opportunities for addressing the challenges of future drought risk to water supply planning.
            
            
              Significance Statement
              Seasonal water supply forecasts based on the relationship between peak snowpack and water supply exhibit unique errors in drought years due to low snow and streamflow variability, presenting a major challenge for water supply prediction. Here, we assess the reliability of snow-based streamflow predictability in drought years using a fixed forecast date or fixed model training period. We critically evaluate different training protocols that evaluate predictive performance and identify sources of error during historical drought years. We also propose and test an “adaptive sampling” application that dynamically selects training years based on antecedent SWE conditions providing to overcome persistent errors and provide new insights and strategies for snow-guided forecasts.},
	number = {10},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Journal of Hydrometeorology},
	author = {Modi, Parthkumar A. and Small, Eric E. and Kasprzyk, Joseph and Livneh, Ben},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {1607--1625},
}

Abstract Snowpack provides the majority of predictive information for water supply forecasts (WSFs) in snow-dominated basins across the western United States. Drought conditions typically accompany decreased snowpack and lowered runoff efficiency, negatively impacting WSFs. Here, we investigate the relationship between snow water equivalent (SWE) and April–July streamflow volume (AMJJ-V) during drought in small headwater catchments, using observations from 31 USGS streamflow gauges and 54 SNOTEL stations. A linear regression approach is used to evaluate forecast skill under different historical climatologies used for model fitting, as well as with different forecast dates. Experiments are constructed in which extreme hydrological drought years are withheld from model training, that is, years with AMJJ-V below the 15th percentile. Subsets of the remaining years are used for model fitting to understand how the climatology of different training subsets impacts forecasts of extreme drought years. We generally report overprediction in drought years. However, training the forecast model on drier years, that is, below-median years ( P 15 , P 57.5 ], minimizes residuals by an average of 10% in drought year forecasts, relative to a baseline case, with the highest median skill obtained in mid- to late April for colder regions. We report similar findings using a modified National Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) procedure in nine large Upper Colorado River basin (UCRB) basins, highlighting the importance of the snowpack–streamflow relationship in streamflow predictability. We propose an “adaptive sampling” approach of dynamically selecting training years based on antecedent SWE conditions, showing error reductions of up to 20% in historical drought years relative to the period of record. These alternate training protocols provide opportunities for addressing the challenges of future drought risk to water supply planning. Significance Statement Seasonal water supply forecasts based on the relationship between peak snowpack and water supply exhibit unique errors in drought years due to low snow and streamflow variability, presenting a major challenge for water supply prediction. Here, we assess the reliability of snow-based streamflow predictability in drought years using a fixed forecast date or fixed model training period. We critically evaluate different training protocols that evaluate predictive performance and identify sources of error during historical drought years. We also propose and test an “adaptive sampling” application that dynamically selects training years based on antecedent SWE conditions providing to overcome persistent errors and provide new insights and strategies for snow-guided forecasts.

@article{lemieux_investigating_2022,
	title = {Investigating the sources and dynamics of naturally occurring radioactive material ({NORM}) in the {Red} {Deer} {River}, {Alberta}, {Canada}},
	volume = {194},
	issn = {15732959},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s10661-022-09800-4},
	doi = {10.1007/s10661-022-09800-4},
	abstract = {Distinguishing between natural and anthropogenic controls on the proportions of naturally occurring radioactive materials (NORMs) in the environment is important for water resource management. In this study, the dynamics of uranium (U) and thorium (Th), two of the most prominent NORM elements, were investigated in the Red Deer River basin using monitoring data collected from 2015 to 2018. More than twofold increases in median proportions of total U (from 0.73 to 1.53 µg/L) and Th (from 0.008 to 0.104 µg/L) were observed for sites located downstream of the Steveville badlands, an area of highly erodible bedrock that a \${\textbackslash}sim\$ 300 km section of the river flows through. Input is highly variable, coinciding mainly with increases in total suspended solids during intense rainstorms in the late summer. In-depth examination of monitoring data through factor analysis, multiple linear regression, mass balance calculations, and land use analysis highlights the importance of erosion and subsequent particle transport along river banks in the badlands area on the distribution of total U and Th, while also revealing that groundwater-surface water interaction affects proportions of dissolved U throughout the river. No significant influence from industry or land use on U and Th export was found, and proportions of U and Th in water and suspended sediment are within the natural ranges expected for surface waters and sediments/soils. Methodology employed in this study provides a basic framework for analysis of environmental monitoring datasets, which can be employed in the absence of radiochemical data to study the fate, transport, and sources of NORMs.},
	number = {3},
	journal = {Environmental Monitoring and Assessment},
	author = {Lemieux, Alexander and Kromrey, Natalie and Brinkmann, Lars},
	year = {2022},
	pmid = {35178617},
	note = {ISBN: 0123456789
Publisher: Springer International Publishing},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Distinguishing between natural and anthropogenic controls on the proportions of naturally occurring radioactive materials (NORMs) in the environment is important for water resource management. In this study, the dynamics of uranium (U) and thorium (Th), two of the most prominent NORM elements, were investigated in the Red Deer River basin using monitoring data collected from 2015 to 2018. More than twofold increases in median proportions of total U (from 0.73 to 1.53 µg/L) and Th (from 0.008 to 0.104 µg/L) were observed for sites located downstream of the Steveville badlands, an area of highly erodible bedrock that a ${\}sim$ 300 km section of the river flows through. Input is highly variable, coinciding mainly with increases in total suspended solids during intense rainstorms in the late summer. In-depth examination of monitoring data through factor analysis, multiple linear regression, mass balance calculations, and land use analysis highlights the importance of erosion and subsequent particle transport along river banks in the badlands area on the distribution of total U and Th, while also revealing that groundwater-surface water interaction affects proportions of dissolved U throughout the river. No significant influence from industry or land use on U and Th export was found, and proportions of U and Th in water and suspended sediment are within the natural ranges expected for surface waters and sediments/soils. Methodology employed in this study provides a basic framework for analysis of environmental monitoring datasets, which can be employed in the absence of radiochemical data to study the fate, transport, and sources of NORMs.

@incollection{garcia-alvarez_land_2022,
	address = {Cham},
	title = {Land {Use} {Cover} {Datasets}: {A} {Review}},
	isbn = {978-3-030-90997-0 978-3-030-90998-7},
	shorttitle = {Land {Use} {Cover} {Datasets}},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-3-030-90998-7_4},
	abstract = {Abstract
            This chapter presents a review of Land Use Cover (LUC) datasets at global and supranational scales. To this end, we differentiate between LUC maps (Sect. 3) and reference LUC datasets (Sect. 4). The former map how different land uses or covers are distributed across the Earth’s surface. The latter provides a sample of LUC data for specific points on Earth and are normally used in LUC mapping and modelling calibration and validation exercises. We also include a brief presentation of the main producers of LUC datasets (Sect. 2). The LUC maps reviewed here are classified according to different criteria. First, we differentiate between general LUC maps (Sect. 3.2), which provide information about all land uses and covers on Earth, and thematic LUC maps (Sect. 3.3), which focus on the mapping of a specific land use or cover. Second, we classify general and thematic LUC maps according to their extent, distinguishing between global and supra-national LUC maps. The general maps are classified according to the continent for which they provide information, either fully or partially, while the thematic maps are classified according to the type of land use or cover they focus on. Most of the datasets reviewed in this chapter are characterized in detail in Part IV of this book, to which this chapter acts as an introduction. This chapter includes a series of tables with all the datasets, indicating those for which a detailed description is provided in Part IV.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	booktitle = {Land {Use} {Cover} {Datasets} and {Validation} {Tools}},
	publisher = {Springer International Publishing},
	author = {García-Álvarez, David and Nanu, Sabina Florina},
	editor = {García-Álvarez, David and Camacho Olmedo, María Teresa and Paegelow, Martin and Mas, Jean François},
	year = {2022},
	doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-90998-7_4},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {47--66},
}

Abstract This chapter presents a review of Land Use Cover (LUC) datasets at global and supranational scales. To this end, we differentiate between LUC maps (Sect. 3) and reference LUC datasets (Sect. 4). The former map how different land uses or covers are distributed across the Earth’s surface. The latter provides a sample of LUC data for specific points on Earth and are normally used in LUC mapping and modelling calibration and validation exercises. We also include a brief presentation of the main producers of LUC datasets (Sect. 2). The LUC maps reviewed here are classified according to different criteria. First, we differentiate between general LUC maps (Sect. 3.2), which provide information about all land uses and covers on Earth, and thematic LUC maps (Sect. 3.3), which focus on the mapping of a specific land use or cover. Second, we classify general and thematic LUC maps according to their extent, distinguishing between global and supra-national LUC maps. The general maps are classified according to the continent for which they provide information, either fully or partially, while the thematic maps are classified according to the type of land use or cover they focus on. Most of the datasets reviewed in this chapter are characterized in detail in Part IV of this book, to which this chapter acts as an introduction. This chapter includes a series of tables with all the datasets, indicating those for which a detailed description is provided in Part IV.

@article{rogers_land_2022,
	title = {Land cover and latitude affect vegetation phenology determined from solar induced fluorescence across {Ontario}, {Canada}},
	volume = {114},
	issn = {15698432},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S1569843222002242},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jag.2022.103036},
	abstract = {Land use decisions directly affect the terrestrial carbon balance by changing the quantity and type of vegetation present. However, such consequences are difficult for decisionmakers to account for in environmental impact assessments. Solar induced chlorophyll fluorescence (SIF) measured from satellite is strongly related to gross primary productivity of terrestrial vegetation and presents a new source of information from which to assess environmental impacts of land use decisions. We assess the usefulness of SIF measurements in accounting for changes in vegetation primary productivity due to land use change. We use a weighted double logistic regression based on the land cover mixture within SIF measurements from the TROPOspheric Monitoring Instrument (TROPOMI) to separate the phenology of the SIF signal by land cover for the region of Ontario, Canada. We use SIF integrated annually to determine, in relative units, the consequences of land use change on photosynthetic carbon uptake for the study region. Finally, we map GPP at a spatial resolution of 30 m across the province of Ontario using previously reported relationships between SIF and GPP. We find that SIF tracks expected biogeographical patterns of productivity: urban areas exhibit an earlier start of the growing season, lower SIF magnitude and later end of season than natural land cover classes, whereas croplands exhibit a later start of season. Patterns of phenology and SIF magnitude show land cover transitions from Broadleaf Deciduous Forests to croplands or urban environments to have the highest impacts on carbon uptake. Satellite-based SIF measurements are useful in exploring the geographic variation of vegetation productivity and can support inclusion of carbon accounting in environmental assessment at regional scale.},
	journal = {International Journal of Applied Earth Observations and Geoinformation},
	author = {Rogers, Cheryl A. and Chen, Jing M.},
	month = nov,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Elsevier B.V.},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {103036},
}

Land use decisions directly affect the terrestrial carbon balance by changing the quantity and type of vegetation present. However, such consequences are difficult for decisionmakers to account for in environmental impact assessments. Solar induced chlorophyll fluorescence (SIF) measured from satellite is strongly related to gross primary productivity of terrestrial vegetation and presents a new source of information from which to assess environmental impacts of land use decisions. We assess the usefulness of SIF measurements in accounting for changes in vegetation primary productivity due to land use change. We use a weighted double logistic regression based on the land cover mixture within SIF measurements from the TROPOspheric Monitoring Instrument (TROPOMI) to separate the phenology of the SIF signal by land cover for the region of Ontario, Canada. We use SIF integrated annually to determine, in relative units, the consequences of land use change on photosynthetic carbon uptake for the study region. Finally, we map GPP at a spatial resolution of 30 m across the province of Ontario using previously reported relationships between SIF and GPP. We find that SIF tracks expected biogeographical patterns of productivity: urban areas exhibit an earlier start of the growing season, lower SIF magnitude and later end of season than natural land cover classes, whereas croplands exhibit a later start of season. Patterns of phenology and SIF magnitude show land cover transitions from Broadleaf Deciduous Forests to croplands or urban environments to have the highest impacts on carbon uptake. Satellite-based SIF measurements are useful in exploring the geographic variation of vegetation productivity and can support inclusion of carbon accounting in environmental assessment at regional scale.

@article{currey_large_2022,
	title = {Large contribution of woody plant expansion to recent vegetative greening of the {Northern} {Great} {Plains}},
	volume = {49},
	issn = {0305-0270, 1365-2699},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/jbi.14391},
	doi = {10.1111/jbi.14391},
	language = {en},
	number = {8},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Journal of Biogeography},
	author = {Currey, Bryce and McWethy, David B. and Fox, Nicholas R. and Brookshire, E. N. Jack},
	month = aug,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1443--1454},
}

@inproceedings{ikegawa_levee_2022,
	title = {Levee protected area detection for improved flood risk assessment in global hydrology models},
	url = {https://www.climatechange.ai/papers/neurips2022/11},
	abstract = {Climate Change AI - NeurIPS 2022 Accepted Work},
	language = {en-US},
	urldate = {2023-06-23},
	booktitle = {Climate {Change} {AI}},
	publisher = {Climate Change AI},
	author = {Ikegawa, Masato and Hascoet, Tristan E. M. and Pellet, Victor and Zhou, Xudong and Takiguchi, Tetsuya and Yamazaki, Dai},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Climate Change AI - NeurIPS 2022 Accepted Work

@article{zaghloul_long_2022,
	title = {Long {Term} {Trend} {Analysis} of {River} {Flow} and {Climate} in {Northern} {Canada}},
	volume = {9},
	issn = {2306-5338},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2306-5338/9/11/197},
	doi = {10.3390/hydrology9110197},
	abstract = {Changes in water resources within basins can significantly impact ecosystems, agriculture, and biodiversity, among others. Basins in northern Canada have a cold climate, and the recent changes in climate can have a profound impact on water resources in these basins. Therefore, it is crucial to study long term trends in water flow as well as their influential factors, such as temperature and precipitation. This study focused on analyzing long term trends in water flow across the Athabasca River Basin (ARB) and Peace River Basin (PRB). Long term trends in temperature and precipitation within these basins were also studied. Water flow data from 18 hydrometric stations provided by Water Survey of Canada were analyzed using the Mann-Kendall test and Sen's slope. In addition, hybrid climate data provided by Alberta Environment and Parks at approximately 10 km spatial resolution were analyzed for the ARB and its surrounding regions during 1950–2019. Trend analysis was performed on the water flow data on monthly, seasonal, and annual scales, and the results were cross-checked with trends in temperature and precipitation and land use and land cover data. The overall temperature across the basins has been increasing since 1950, while precipitation showed an insignificant decrease during this period. Winter water flow in the upper ARB has been slowly and steadily increasing since 1956 because of the rising temperatures and the subsequent slow melting of snowpacks/glaciers. The warm season flows in the middle and lower subregions declined up to 1981, then started to show an increasing trend. The middle and lower ARB exhibited a rapid increase in warm-season water flow since 2015. A similar trend change was also observed in the PRB. The gradual increase in water flow observed in the recent decades may continue by the mid-century, which is beneficial for agriculture, forestry, fishery, and industry. However, climate and land cover changes may alter the trend of water flow in the future; therefore, it is important to have a proper management plan for water usage in the next decades.},
	number = {11},
	journal = {Hydrology},
	author = {Zaghloul, Mohamed Sherif and Ghaderpour, Ebrahim and Dastour, Hatef and Farjad, Babak and Gupta, Anil and Eum, Hyung and Achari, Gopal and Hassan, Quazi K.},
	month = nov,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: MDPI AG},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {197},
}

Changes in water resources within basins can significantly impact ecosystems, agriculture, and biodiversity, among others. Basins in northern Canada have a cold climate, and the recent changes in climate can have a profound impact on water resources in these basins. Therefore, it is crucial to study long term trends in water flow as well as their influential factors, such as temperature and precipitation. This study focused on analyzing long term trends in water flow across the Athabasca River Basin (ARB) and Peace River Basin (PRB). Long term trends in temperature and precipitation within these basins were also studied. Water flow data from 18 hydrometric stations provided by Water Survey of Canada were analyzed using the Mann-Kendall test and Sen's slope. In addition, hybrid climate data provided by Alberta Environment and Parks at approximately 10 km spatial resolution were analyzed for the ARB and its surrounding regions during 1950–2019. Trend analysis was performed on the water flow data on monthly, seasonal, and annual scales, and the results were cross-checked with trends in temperature and precipitation and land use and land cover data. The overall temperature across the basins has been increasing since 1950, while precipitation showed an insignificant decrease during this period. Winter water flow in the upper ARB has been slowly and steadily increasing since 1956 because of the rising temperatures and the subsequent slow melting of snowpacks/glaciers. The warm season flows in the middle and lower subregions declined up to 1981, then started to show an increasing trend. The middle and lower ARB exhibited a rapid increase in warm-season water flow since 2015. A similar trend change was also observed in the PRB. The gradual increase in water flow observed in the recent decades may continue by the mid-century, which is beneficial for agriculture, forestry, fishery, and industry. However, climate and land cover changes may alter the trend of water flow in the future; therefore, it is important to have a proper management plan for water usage in the next decades.

@article{wang_losses_2022,
	title = {Losses of {Tree} {Cover} in {California} {Driven} by {Increasing} {Fire} {Disturbance} and {Climate} {Stress}},
	volume = {3},
	copyright = {© 2022. The Authors.},
	issn = {2576-604X},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1029/2021AV000654},
	doi = {10.1029/2021AV000654},
	abstract = {Forests provide natural climate solutions for sequestering carbon and mitigating climate change, yet are increasingly threatened by increasing temperature and disturbance. Understanding these threats requires accurate information on vegetation dynamics and their drivers, which is currently lacking in many regions experiencing rapid climate change such as California. To address this, we combined remote sensing observations with geospatial databases to develop annual maps of vegetation cover (tree, shrub, and herbaceous) and disturbance type (fire, harvest, and forest die-off) in California at 30 m resolution from 1985 to 2021. Considering both changes in cover fraction and areal extent, California lost 4,566 km2 of its tree cover area (6.7\% relative to initial cover) since 1985. Substantial gains in tree cover area during the 1990s were more than offset by fire-driven declines since 2000, resulting in greater shrub and herbaceous cover area. Tree cover loss occurred in all ecoregions but was most severe in the southern mountains, where losses from wildfire were not compensated by regrowth in undisturbed areas. Fires and tree cover area loss generally occurred where summer temperatures were greater than 17.5°C, whereas net tree cover gain often occurred in cooler areas, suggesting that ongoing climate warming is threatening forests in many areas. California's vegetation is undergoing rapid transformation, with disturbance rates and climate change posing substantial potential risks to the integrity of California's terrestrial carbon sink.},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-07-07},
	journal = {AGU Advances},
	author = {Wang, Jonathan A. and Randerson, James T. and Goulden, Michael L. and Knight, Clarke A. and Battles, John J.},
	year = {2022},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1029/2021AV000654},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {e2021AV000654},
}

Forests provide natural climate solutions for sequestering carbon and mitigating climate change, yet are increasingly threatened by increasing temperature and disturbance. Understanding these threats requires accurate information on vegetation dynamics and their drivers, which is currently lacking in many regions experiencing rapid climate change such as California. To address this, we combined remote sensing observations with geospatial databases to develop annual maps of vegetation cover (tree, shrub, and herbaceous) and disturbance type (fire, harvest, and forest die-off) in California at 30 m resolution from 1985 to 2021. Considering both changes in cover fraction and areal extent, California lost 4,566 km2 of its tree cover area (6.7% relative to initial cover) since 1985. Substantial gains in tree cover area during the 1990s were more than offset by fire-driven declines since 2000, resulting in greater shrub and herbaceous cover area. Tree cover loss occurred in all ecoregions but was most severe in the southern mountains, where losses from wildfire were not compensated by regrowth in undisturbed areas. Fires and tree cover area loss generally occurred where summer temperatures were greater than 17.5°C, whereas net tree cover gain often occurred in cooler areas, suggesting that ongoing climate warming is threatening forests in many areas. California's vegetation is undergoing rapid transformation, with disturbance rates and climate change posing substantial potential risks to the integrity of California's terrestrial carbon sink.

@article{yu_machinelearning_2022,
	title = {Machine‐{Learning} {Estimation} of {Snow} {Depth} in 2021 {Texas} {Statewide} {Winter} {Storm} {Using} {SAR} {Imagery}},
	volume = {49},
	issn = {0094-8276, 1944-8007},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2022GL099119},
	doi = {10.1029/2022GL099119},
	language = {en},
	number = {17},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Geophysical Research Letters},
	author = {Yu, Xiao and Hu, Xie and Wang, Guoquan and Wang, Kaicun and Chen, Xuelong},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{wang_mapping_2022,
	title = {Mapping of {ESA}-{CCI} land cover data to plant functional types for use in the {CLASSIC} land model},
	volume = {923},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.5194/egusphere-2022-923},
	doi = {https://doi.org/10.5194/egusphere-2022-923},
	abstract = {1 Plant functional types (PFTs) are used to represent vegetation distribution in land surface models 2 (LSMs). Large differences are found in the geographical distribution of PFTs currently used in 3 various LSMs. These differences arise from the differences in the underlying land cover products 4 but also the methods used to map or reclassify land cover data to the PFTs that a given LSM 5 represents. There are large uncertainties associated with existing PFT mapping methods since 6 they are largely based on expert judgment and therefore are subjective. In this study, we propose 7 a new approach to inform the mapping or the cross-walking process using analyses from sub-8 pixel fractional error matrices, which allows for a quantitative assessment of the fractional 9 composition of the land cover categories in a dataset. We use the Climate Change Initiative 10 (CCI) land cover product produced by the European Space Agency (ESA). A previous study has 11 shown that compared to fine-resolution maps over Canada, the ESA-CCI product provides an 12 improved land cover distribution compared to that from the GLC2000 dataset currently used in 13 the CLASSIC (Canadian Land Surface Scheme Including Biogeochemical Cycles) model. A tree 14 cover fraction dataset and a fine-resolution land cover map over Canada are used to compute the 15 sub-pixel fractional composition of the land cover classes in ESA-CCI, which is then used to 16 create a cross-walking table for mapping the ESA-CCI land cover categories to nine PFTs 17 represented in the CLASSIC model. There are large differences between the new PFTs and those 18 currently used in the model. Offline simulations performed with the CLASSIC model using the 19 ESA-CCI based PFTs show improved winter albedo compared to that based on the GLC2000 20 dataset. This emphasizes the importance of accurate representation of vegetation distribution for 21},
	journal = {EGUsphere},
	author = {Wang, Libo and Arora, Vivek K and Bartlett, Paul and Chan, Ed and Curasi, Salvatore R},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {43},
}

1 Plant functional types (PFTs) are used to represent vegetation distribution in land surface models 2 (LSMs). Large differences are found in the geographical distribution of PFTs currently used in 3 various LSMs. These differences arise from the differences in the underlying land cover products 4 but also the methods used to map or reclassify land cover data to the PFTs that a given LSM 5 represents. There are large uncertainties associated with existing PFT mapping methods since 6 they are largely based on expert judgment and therefore are subjective. In this study, we propose 7 a new approach to inform the mapping or the cross-walking process using analyses from sub-8 pixel fractional error matrices, which allows for a quantitative assessment of the fractional 9 composition of the land cover categories in a dataset. We use the Climate Change Initiative 10 (CCI) land cover product produced by the European Space Agency (ESA). A previous study has 11 shown that compared to fine-resolution maps over Canada, the ESA-CCI product provides an 12 improved land cover distribution compared to that from the GLC2000 dataset currently used in 13 the CLASSIC (Canadian Land Surface Scheme Including Biogeochemical Cycles) model. A tree 14 cover fraction dataset and a fine-resolution land cover map over Canada are used to compute the 15 sub-pixel fractional composition of the land cover classes in ESA-CCI, which is then used to 16 create a cross-walking table for mapping the ESA-CCI land cover categories to nine PFTs 17 represented in the CLASSIC model. There are large differences between the new PFTs and those 18 currently used in the model. Offline simulations performed with the CLASSIC model using the 19 ESA-CCI based PFTs show improved winter albedo compared to that based on the GLC2000 20 dataset. This emphasizes the importance of accurate representation of vegetation distribution for 21

@article{hughes_mezcala_2022,
	title = {Mezcala – a new segregate genus of mimosoid legume ({Leguminosae}, {Caesalpinioideae}, mimosoid clade) narrowly endemic to the {Balsas} {Depression} in {Mexico}},
	volume = {205},
	issn = {1314-2003, 1314-2011},
	url = {https://phytokeys.pensoft.net/article/78297/},
	doi = {10.3897/phytokeys.205.78297},
	abstract = {Recent results have demonstrated that the genus Desmanthus is non-monophyletic because the genus Kanaloa is nested within it, with a single species, Desmanthus balsensis placed as sister to the clade comprising Kanaloa plus the remaining species of Desmanthus. Here we transfer D. balsensis to a new segregate genus Mezcala, discuss the morphological features supporting this new genus, present a key to distinguish Mezcala from closely related genera in the Leucaena subclade, and provide a distribution map of M. balsensis.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {PhytoKeys},
	author = {Hughes, Colin E. and Ringelberg, Jens J. and Luckow, Melissa and Jiménez, José Luis Contreras},
	month = aug,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {191--201},
}

Recent results have demonstrated that the genus Desmanthus is non-monophyletic because the genus Kanaloa is nested within it, with a single species, Desmanthus balsensis placed as sister to the clade comprising Kanaloa plus the remaining species of Desmanthus. Here we transfer D. balsensis to a new segregate genus Mezcala, discuss the morphological features supporting this new genus, present a key to distinguish Mezcala from closely related genera in the Leucaena subclade, and provide a distribution map of M. balsensis.

@article{mancuso_migration_2022,
	title = {Migration and non-breeding ecology of the {Yellow}-breasted {Chat} {Icteria} virens},
	volume = {163},
	issn = {2193-7192, 2193-7206},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/s10336-021-01931-8},
	doi = {10.1007/s10336-021-01931-8},
	abstract = {Abstract
            
              Detailed information spanning the full annual cycle is lacking for most songbird populations. We examined breeding, migration, and non-breeding sites for the Yellow-breasted Chat (
              Icteria virens,
              chat). We deployed archival GPS tags and light-level geolocators on breeding chats in British Columbia and light-level geolocators in California from 2013 to 2017 to determine migration routes and non-breeding sites. We examined whether chats overwintered in protected areas and characterized the percent of land cover within 1 km. We used a combination of genetics and stable hydrogen isotopes from feathers collected on non-breeding chats in Nayarit, Mexico (2017–2019) and migrating chats in Chiapas, Mexico (2018) and Veracruz, Mexico (2014–2015) to determine subspecies and infer breeding location. Endangered chats in British Columbia followed the Pacific Flyway and spent the non-breeding period in Sinaloa and Nayarit, Mexico. Two out of five chats spent the non-breeding period in protected areas, and the most common landcover type used was tropical or subtropical broadleaf deciduous forest. We found no mixing of eastern and western chats in our Mexico sites, suggesting strong migratory connectivity at the subspecies level. Western chats likely originating from multiple breeding latitudes spent the non-breeding period in Nayarit. Eastern Yellow-breasted Chats likely breeding across various latitudes migrated through Veracruz and Chiapas. Our results provide precise migration routes and non-breeding locations, and describe habitat cover types for chats, notably an endangered population in British Columbia, which may be valuable for habitat protection and conservation efforts.
            
          , 
            Zusammenfassung
            
              Zug- und Überwinterungsökologie beim Flötenstärling
              
                Icteria virens
              
            
            
              Für die meisten Singvogelpopulationen fehlen detaillierte Informationen über Zug und Überwinterung. Hier vergleichen wir die Zug- und Überwinterungslokalitäten von zwei Brutpopulationen des Flötenstärlings
              Icteria virens
              im südlichen British Columbia, Kanada beziehungsweise in Nordkalifornien, USA. Zwischen 2013–2017 setzen wir in British Columbia Helldunkelgeolokatoren und Satellitensender, in Kalifornien Helldunkelgeolokatoren ein. Mittels einer Kombination aus der Analyse stabiler Wasserstoffisotope mit genetischen Daten aus Federn zogen wir Rückschlüsse auf die Brutorte ziehender Flötenstärlinge in Veracruz und Chiapas, Mexiko sowie überwinternder Flötenstärlinge in Nayarit, Mexiko (2014–2019). Die stark gefährdeten Flötenstärlinge aus British Columbia folgten dem Pazifischen Flyway und überwinterten in Sinaloa und Nayarit, Mexiko. Im Westen auf verschiedenen Breitengraden brütende Flötenstärlinge überwinterten in Nayarit, die im Osten auf verschiedenen Breitengraden brütenden Flötenstärlinge zogen dagegen durch Veracruz und Chiapas. Unsere Ergebnisse liefern genaue Informationen zu Zug und Überwinterung, welche wertvoll für den Erhalt der stark gefährdeten Flötenstärlinge in British Columbia sind.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Ornithology},
	author = {Mancuso, Kristen A. and Hodges, Karen E. and Alexander, John D. and Grosselet, Manuel and Bezener, A. Michael and Morales, Luis and Martinez, Sarahy C. and Castellanos-Labarcena, Jessica and Russello, Michael A. and Rockwell, Sarah M. and Bieber, Matthias E. and Bishop, Christine A.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {37--50},
}

Abstract Detailed information spanning the full annual cycle is lacking for most songbird populations. We examined breeding, migration, and non-breeding sites for the Yellow-breasted Chat ( Icteria virens, chat). We deployed archival GPS tags and light-level geolocators on breeding chats in British Columbia and light-level geolocators in California from 2013 to 2017 to determine migration routes and non-breeding sites. We examined whether chats overwintered in protected areas and characterized the percent of land cover within 1 km. We used a combination of genetics and stable hydrogen isotopes from feathers collected on non-breeding chats in Nayarit, Mexico (2017–2019) and migrating chats in Chiapas, Mexico (2018) and Veracruz, Mexico (2014–2015) to determine subspecies and infer breeding location. Endangered chats in British Columbia followed the Pacific Flyway and spent the non-breeding period in Sinaloa and Nayarit, Mexico. Two out of five chats spent the non-breeding period in protected areas, and the most common landcover type used was tropical or subtropical broadleaf deciduous forest. We found no mixing of eastern and western chats in our Mexico sites, suggesting strong migratory connectivity at the subspecies level. Western chats likely originating from multiple breeding latitudes spent the non-breeding period in Nayarit. Eastern Yellow-breasted Chats likely breeding across various latitudes migrated through Veracruz and Chiapas. Our results provide precise migration routes and non-breeding locations, and describe habitat cover types for chats, notably an endangered population in British Columbia, which may be valuable for habitat protection and conservation efforts. , Zusammenfassung Zug- und Überwinterungsökologie beim Flötenstärling Icteria virens Für die meisten Singvogelpopulationen fehlen detaillierte Informationen über Zug und Überwinterung. Hier vergleichen wir die Zug- und Überwinterungslokalitäten von zwei Brutpopulationen des Flötenstärlings Icteria virens im südlichen British Columbia, Kanada beziehungsweise in Nordkalifornien, USA. Zwischen 2013–2017 setzen wir in British Columbia Helldunkelgeolokatoren und Satellitensender, in Kalifornien Helldunkelgeolokatoren ein. Mittels einer Kombination aus der Analyse stabiler Wasserstoffisotope mit genetischen Daten aus Federn zogen wir Rückschlüsse auf die Brutorte ziehender Flötenstärlinge in Veracruz und Chiapas, Mexiko sowie überwinternder Flötenstärlinge in Nayarit, Mexiko (2014–2019). Die stark gefährdeten Flötenstärlinge aus British Columbia folgten dem Pazifischen Flyway und überwinterten in Sinaloa und Nayarit, Mexiko. Im Westen auf verschiedenen Breitengraden brütende Flötenstärlinge überwinterten in Nayarit, die im Osten auf verschiedenen Breitengraden brütenden Flötenstärlinge zogen dagegen durch Veracruz und Chiapas. Unsere Ergebnisse liefern genaue Informationen zu Zug und Überwinterung, welche wertvoll für den Erhalt der stark gefährdeten Flötenstärlinge in British Columbia sind.

@techreport{odonoghue_moose_2022,
	title = {Moose survey: {Beaver} {River} {Watershed}, early winter 2019, {SR}-22-08},
	url = {https://open.yukon.ca/sites/default/files/SR-22-08-moose-survey-beaver-river-2019.pdf},
	author = {O’Donoghue, M. and Czetwertynski, S.},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {29},
}

@phdthesis{dienes_multi-state_2022,
	type = {Master of {Science}, {Wildlife} {Ecology}},
	title = {Multi-state analysis of {August} roadside surveys for monitoring ring-necked pheasant and northern bobwhite populations},
	url = {https://dr.lib.iastate.edu/handle/20.500.12876/jw271xQv},
	school = {Graduate Faculty, Iowa State University},
	author = {Dienes, Z.R.},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@article{johnston_multidecadal_2022,
	title = {Multidecadal {Trends} in {Organic} {Carbon} {Flux} {Through} a {Grassland} {River} {Network} {Shaped} by {Human} {Controls} and {Climatic} {Cycles}},
	volume = {49},
	issn = {0094-8276, 1944-8007},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2021GL096885},
	doi = {10.1029/2021GL096885},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Geophysical Research Letters},
	author = {Johnston, Sarah Ellen and Gunawardana, Panditha V. S. L. and Rood, Stewart B. and Bogard, Matthew J.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{zylstra_multiseason_2022,
	title = {Multi‐season climate projections forecast declines in migratory monarch butterflies},
	volume = {28},
	issn = {1354-1013, 1365-2486},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/gcb.16349},
	doi = {10.1111/gcb.16349},
	language = {en},
	number = {21},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Global Change Biology},
	author = {Zylstra, Erin R. and Neupane, Naresh and Zipkin, Elise F.},
	month = nov,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {6135--6151},
}

@article{erratt_paleolimnological_2022,
	title = {Paleolimnological evidence reveals climate-related preeminence of cyanobacteria in a temperate meromictic lake},
	volume = {79},
	issn = {0706-652X},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjfas-2021-0095},
	doi = {10.1139/cjfas-2021-0095},
	abstract = {Meromictic lakes provide a physically stable environment in which proxies for potentially harmful cyanobacteria are exceptionally well-preserved in the sediments. In Sunfish Lake, a meromictic lake that has recently become the focus of citizen concern due to the apparent rise in cyanobacteria blooms, we used a multi-proxy paleolimnological approach pairing novel spectral (i.e., VNIRS) and molecular (i.e., qPCR) assessment tools to explore long-term cyanobacteria trends. We hypothesized that climate change over the past 50 years altered the Sunfish Lake environment to favour cyanobacteria dominance, resulting in an increased incidence of bloom events. Spectral and genetic results aligned to reveal an unprecedented abundance of cyanobacteria in modern times and coincided with warmer and wetter climatic conditions in the region. Our findings offer evidence for climate-driven shifts in cyanobacteria abundance and suggest that a shift towards warmer and wetter conditions supports the rise of cyanobacteria in lakes.},
	number = {4},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences},
	author = {Erratt, Kevin and Creed, Irena F. and Favot, Elizabeth J. and Todoran, Irina and Tai, Vera and Smol, John P. and Trick, Charles G.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Canadian Science Publishing},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {558--565},
}

Meromictic lakes provide a physically stable environment in which proxies for potentially harmful cyanobacteria are exceptionally well-preserved in the sediments. In Sunfish Lake, a meromictic lake that has recently become the focus of citizen concern due to the apparent rise in cyanobacteria blooms, we used a multi-proxy paleolimnological approach pairing novel spectral (i.e., VNIRS) and molecular (i.e., qPCR) assessment tools to explore long-term cyanobacteria trends. We hypothesized that climate change over the past 50 years altered the Sunfish Lake environment to favour cyanobacteria dominance, resulting in an increased incidence of bloom events. Spectral and genetic results aligned to reveal an unprecedented abundance of cyanobacteria in modern times and coincided with warmer and wetter climatic conditions in the region. Our findings offer evidence for climate-driven shifts in cyanobacteria abundance and suggest that a shift towards warmer and wetter conditions supports the rise of cyanobacteria in lakes.

@article{wright_phylogenomic_2022,
	title = {Phylogenomic analysis of the bowfin ({Amia} calva) reveals unrecognized species diversity in a living fossil lineage},
	volume = {12},
	issn = {2045-2322},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-022-20875-4},
	doi = {10.1038/s41598-022-20875-4},
	abstract = {Abstract
            
              The Bowfin (
              Amia calva
              ), as currently recognized, represents the sole living member of the family Amiidae, which dates back to approximately 150 Ma. Prior to 1896, 13 species of extant Bowfins had been described, but these were all placed into a single species with no rationale or analysis given. This situation has persisted until the present day, with little attention given to re-evaluation of those previously described nominal forms. Here, we present a phylogenomic analysis based on over 21,000 single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) from 94 individuals that unambiguously demonstrates the presence of at least two independent evolutionary lineages within extant
              Amia
              populations that merit species-level standing, as well as the possibility of two more. These findings not only expand the recognizable species diversity in an iconic, ancient lineage, but also demonstrate the utility of such methods in addressing previously intractable questions of molecular systematics and phylogeography in slowly evolving groups of ancient fishes.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Scientific Reports},
	author = {Wright, Jeremy J. and Bruce, Spencer A. and Sinopoli, Daniel A. and Palumbo, Jay R. and Stewart, Donald J.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers},
	pages = {16514},
}

Abstract The Bowfin ( Amia calva ), as currently recognized, represents the sole living member of the family Amiidae, which dates back to approximately 150 Ma. Prior to 1896, 13 species of extant Bowfins had been described, but these were all placed into a single species with no rationale or analysis given. This situation has persisted until the present day, with little attention given to re-evaluation of those previously described nominal forms. Here, we present a phylogenomic analysis based on over 21,000 single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) from 94 individuals that unambiguously demonstrates the presence of at least two independent evolutionary lineages within extant Amia populations that merit species-level standing, as well as the possibility of two more. These findings not only expand the recognizable species diversity in an iconic, ancient lineage, but also demonstrate the utility of such methods in addressing previously intractable questions of molecular systematics and phylogeography in slowly evolving groups of ancient fishes.

@article{elshamy_physically_2022,
	title = {Physically based cold regions river flood prediction in data‐sparse regions: {The} {Yukon} {River} {Basin} flow forecasting system},
	issn = {1753-318X, 1753-318X},
	shorttitle = {Physically based cold regions river flood prediction in data‐sparse regions},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/jfr3.12835},
	doi = {10.1111/jfr3.12835},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Journal of Flood Risk Management},
	author = {Elshamy, Mohamed and Loukili, Youssef and Pomeroy, John W. and Pietroniro, Alain and Richard, Dominique and Princz, Daniel},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{uhelski_plant_2022,
	title = {Plant functional types drive {Peat} {Quality} differences},
	volume = {42},
	issn = {0277-5212, 1943-6246},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/s13157-022-01572-4},
	doi = {10.1007/s13157-022-01572-4},
	language = {en},
	number = {5},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Wetlands},
	author = {Uhelski, Dominic M. and Kane, Evan S. and Chimner, Rodney A.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {51},
}

@article{fortin_reconciling_2022,
	title = {Reconciling individual-based forest growth models with landscape-level studies through a meta-modelling approach},
	volume = {52},
	issn = {0045-5067, 1208-6037},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjfr-2022-0002},
	doi = {10.1139/cjfr-2022-0002},
	abstract = {Landscape-level studies such as those on forest management planning and carbon accounting rely on large-area growth projections provided by forest growth models. Nowadays, most of these models are individual tree-based models. The detailed input they require and their complexity are a challenge for the integration into a landscape-level study. A possible alternative consists of approximating the complex model through a meta-model. A meta-model mimics the behaviour of the original model, while being simpler in terms of input and computation. In this study, we developed a Bayesian meta-modelling approach that can be used to obtain a simplified growth model from an individual tree-based model. The approach was exemplified through a real-world case study, namely a forest management unit in the province of Quebec, Canada. Using a Markov chain Monte Carlo method, we managed to fit meta-models based on the Chapman–Richards equation or its derivative for the main potential vegetation types. This meta-modelling approach has the advantages of ( i) being an effective method of upscaling, ( ii) providing simple meta-models suitable for landscape-level studies, and ( iii) ensuring a proper error propagation from the original individual tree-based model into the meta-model.},
	language = {en},
	number = {8},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Forest Research},
	author = {Fortin, Mathieu and Lavoie, Jean-François},
	month = aug,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {1140--1153},
}

Landscape-level studies such as those on forest management planning and carbon accounting rely on large-area growth projections provided by forest growth models. Nowadays, most of these models are individual tree-based models. The detailed input they require and their complexity are a challenge for the integration into a landscape-level study. A possible alternative consists of approximating the complex model through a meta-model. A meta-model mimics the behaviour of the original model, while being simpler in terms of input and computation. In this study, we developed a Bayesian meta-modelling approach that can be used to obtain a simplified growth model from an individual tree-based model. The approach was exemplified through a real-world case study, namely a forest management unit in the province of Quebec, Canada. Using a Markov chain Monte Carlo method, we managed to fit meta-models based on the Chapman–Richards equation or its derivative for the main potential vegetation types. This meta-modelling approach has the advantages of ( i) being an effective method of upscaling, ( ii) providing simple meta-models suitable for landscape-level studies, and ( iii) ensuring a proper error propagation from the original individual tree-based model into the meta-model.

@article{youngmann_recursive_2022,
	title = {Recursive use of home ranges and seasonal shifts in foraging behavior by a generalist carnivore},
	volume = {12},
	copyright = {© 2022 The Authors. Ecology and Evolution published by John Wiley \& Sons Ltd.},
	issn = {2045-7758},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/ece3.9540},
	doi = {10.1002/ece3.9540},
	abstract = {Coyotes (Canis latrans) colonized the southeastern United States over the last century as large predators, including the red wolf (Canis rufus) and eastern cougar (Puma concolor), were extirpated from the region. As a generalist carnivore, the coyote preys on white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) and various smaller mammals, birds, and vegetation. While resource selection by coyotes has been well documented at the home-range scale, little is known about their foraging behavior, which is an important factor in thoroughly understanding influences of coyotes on prey and sympatric carnivores. We assessed third-order resource selection of coyotes at sites across Alabama, Georgia, and South Carolina during 2015–2016. Using GPS collars, we tracked 41 resident coyotes across four calendar seasons and identified suspected foraging areas using recursive analysis where individuals repeatedly returned to known locations. We found that resident coyotes selected for open landcover types throughout the year, while avoiding primary and secondary roads. Additionally, resident coyotes avoided forested landcover types while selecting for forest edges except from April to June when they foraged within interior forest away from edges. Previous studies have documented substantive predation rates on white-tailed deer neonates by coyotes, and that fawn mortality may increase in forested landscapes away from forest edge. Our findings indicate that foraging coyotes may select forest cover types during spring where fawns are more vulnerable to predation. Additionally, there has been debate in the literature as to how coyotes obtain consistent levels of deer in their diets outside of fawning and fall hunting seasons. Our study indicates that use of road-kill carcasses by coyotes was an unlikely explanation for the presence of deer in coyote diets throughout the year, as coyotes in our study were not observed using roads during foraging excursions.},
	language = {en},
	number = {11},
	urldate = {2023-06-27},
	journal = {Ecology and Evolution},
	author = {Youngmann, Jordan L. and Hinton, Joseph W. and Bakner, Nicholas W. and Chamberlain, Michael J. and D'Angelo, Gino J.},
	year = {2022},
	note = {\_eprint: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/pdf/10.1002/ece3.9540},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Griffith 2010)},
	pages = {e9540},
}

Coyotes (Canis latrans) colonized the southeastern United States over the last century as large predators, including the red wolf (Canis rufus) and eastern cougar (Puma concolor), were extirpated from the region. As a generalist carnivore, the coyote preys on white-tailed deer (Odocoileus virginianus) and various smaller mammals, birds, and vegetation. While resource selection by coyotes has been well documented at the home-range scale, little is known about their foraging behavior, which is an important factor in thoroughly understanding influences of coyotes on prey and sympatric carnivores. We assessed third-order resource selection of coyotes at sites across Alabama, Georgia, and South Carolina during 2015–2016. Using GPS collars, we tracked 41 resident coyotes across four calendar seasons and identified suspected foraging areas using recursive analysis where individuals repeatedly returned to known locations. We found that resident coyotes selected for open landcover types throughout the year, while avoiding primary and secondary roads. Additionally, resident coyotes avoided forested landcover types while selecting for forest edges except from April to June when they foraged within interior forest away from edges. Previous studies have documented substantive predation rates on white-tailed deer neonates by coyotes, and that fawn mortality may increase in forested landscapes away from forest edge. Our findings indicate that foraging coyotes may select forest cover types during spring where fawns are more vulnerable to predation. Additionally, there has been debate in the literature as to how coyotes obtain consistent levels of deer in their diets outside of fawning and fall hunting seasons. Our study indicates that use of road-kill carcasses by coyotes was an unlikely explanation for the presence of deer in coyote diets throughout the year, as coyotes in our study were not observed using roads during foraging excursions.

@article{pandolfino_regional_2022,
	title = {Regional song dialects of the {Ruby}-crowned {Kinglet}},
	volume = {93},
	copyright = {© 2022 by the author(s)},
	issn = {1557-9263},
	url = {https://journal.afonet.org/vol93/iss2/art6/},
	doi = {10.5751/JFO-00120-930206},
	abstract = {Pandolfino, E. R., and L. A. Douglas. 2022. Regional song dialects of the Ruby-crowned Kinglet. Journal of Field Ornithology 93(2):6. https://doi.org/10.5751/JFO-00120-930206},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-07-05},
	journal = {Journal of Field Ornithology},
	author = {Pandolfino, Edward and Douglas, Lily},
	month = jun,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: The Resilience Alliance},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

Pandolfino, E. R., and L. A. Douglas. 2022. Regional song dialects of the Ruby-crowned Kinglet. Journal of Field Ornithology 93(2):6. https://doi.org/10.5751/JFO-00120-930206

@article{zhu_remote_2022,
	title = {Remote sensing of land change: {A} multifaceted perspective},
	volume = {282},
	issn = {00344257},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0034425722003728},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rse.2022.113266},
	abstract = {The discipline of land change science has been evolving rapidly in the past decades. Remote sensing played a major role in one of the essential components of land change science, which includes observation, monitoring, and characterization of land change. In this paper, we proposed a new framework of the multifaceted view of land change through the lens of remote sensing and recommended five facets of land change including change location, time, target, metric, and agent. We also evaluated the impacts of spatial, spectral, temporal, angular, and data-integration domains of the remotely sensed data on observing, monitoring, and characterization of different facets of land change, as well as discussed some of the current land change products. We recommend clarifying the specific land change facet being studied in remote sensing of land change, reporting multiple or all facets of land change in remote sensing products, shifting the focus from land cover change to specific change metric and agent, integrating social science data and multi-sensor datasets for a deeper and fuller understanding of land change, and recognizing limitations and weaknesses of remote sensing in land change studies.},
	journal = {Remote Sensing of Environment},
	author = {Zhu, Zhe and Qiu, Shi and Ye, Su},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Elsevier Inc.},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {113266},
}

The discipline of land change science has been evolving rapidly in the past decades. Remote sensing played a major role in one of the essential components of land change science, which includes observation, monitoring, and characterization of land change. In this paper, we proposed a new framework of the multifaceted view of land change through the lens of remote sensing and recommended five facets of land change including change location, time, target, metric, and agent. We also evaluated the impacts of spatial, spectral, temporal, angular, and data-integration domains of the remotely sensed data on observing, monitoring, and characterization of different facets of land change, as well as discussed some of the current land change products. We recommend clarifying the specific land change facet being studied in remote sensing of land change, reporting multiple or all facets of land change in remote sensing products, shifting the focus from land cover change to specific change metric and agent, integrating social science data and multi-sensor datasets for a deeper and fuller understanding of land change, and recognizing limitations and weaknesses of remote sensing in land change studies.

@article{noe_restored_2022,
	title = {Restored and {Natural} {Wetland} {Small} {Mammal} {Communities} in {West} {Virginia}, {USA}},
	volume = {11},
	issn = {2073-445X},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2073-445X/11/9/1482},
	doi = {10.3390/land11091482},
	abstract = {Wetland restoration is a common practice, and, in many cases, it is for mitigation to offset losses of natural wetlands due to human interference. Researchers commonly compare bird, amphibian, and reptile communities between these wetlands and natural wetlands but overlook small mammals. However, terrestrial small mammals are essential to consider as they serve a fundamental role in the ecosystem as seed dispersers and prey for larger wildlife. We conducted small mammal trapping on 26 wetlands (n = 14 restored, n = 12 natural) in West Virginia, USA, in the summers of 2020 and 2021 to obtain and compare community metrics between wetland types. We found that mass, occupancy probability, and community composition were similar between restored and natural wetlands. However, the apparent abundance of deer mice (Peromyscus maniculatus) was higher in natural wetlands (p {\textless} 0.001). Because we captured the three rarest species exclusively in natural wetlands, the ability of restored wetlands to provide an adequate habitat for rare or wetland-obligate species may be biologically significant. Restored wetlands mainly offer sufficient habitat for small mammal communities, but apparent abundance in restored wetlands may differ from natural wetlands depending on species.},
	language = {en},
	number = {9},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Land},
	author = {Noe, Krista L. and Rota, Christopher T. and Frantz, Mack W. and Anderson, James T.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {1482},
}

Wetland restoration is a common practice, and, in many cases, it is for mitigation to offset losses of natural wetlands due to human interference. Researchers commonly compare bird, amphibian, and reptile communities between these wetlands and natural wetlands but overlook small mammals. However, terrestrial small mammals are essential to consider as they serve a fundamental role in the ecosystem as seed dispersers and prey for larger wildlife. We conducted small mammal trapping on 26 wetlands (n = 14 restored, n = 12 natural) in West Virginia, USA, in the summers of 2020 and 2021 to obtain and compare community metrics between wetland types. We found that mass, occupancy probability, and community composition were similar between restored and natural wetlands. However, the apparent abundance of deer mice (Peromyscus maniculatus) was higher in natural wetlands (p \textless 0.001). Because we captured the three rarest species exclusively in natural wetlands, the ability of restored wetlands to provide an adequate habitat for rare or wetland-obligate species may be biologically significant. Restored wetlands mainly offer sufficient habitat for small mammal communities, but apparent abundance in restored wetlands may differ from natural wetlands depending on species.

@article{murphy_review_2022,
	title = {Review of puma density estimates reveals sources of bias and variation, and the need for standardization},
	volume = {35},
	issn = {2351-9894},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S2351989422001111},
	doi = {10.1016/j.gecco.2022.e02109},
	abstract = {Range-wide status assessments of wildlife are critical to effective species conservation and management. Reliability of these assessments is contingent on having accurate and precise demographic estimates for local populations, but for large carnivores, such estimates are often biased, imprecise, or unavailable. Despite being the most widely distributed large carnivore in the Americas, little is known about the range-wide population status of the puma (Puma concolor). Population density is frequently the primary demographic metric used in puma conservation and management decision-making and policy; therefore, we conducted a comprehensive, range-wide, systematic review of capture-recapture and mark-resight model-based puma density estimates published through 2021 and used Bayesian multilevel models to investigate potential sources of bias and variation. Model-based puma density estimates have been produced in just 8 countries (42\% of countries with puma populations) for study areas that cumulatively represent {\textless} 1\% of extant puma range. Most estimates applied to small study areas (median = 265 km2), protected areas (70\%), and represented high quality habitats, such as forests and mixed savannas (89\%). Nonspatial models likely overestimated puma density by an average of 63\%, and inclusion of dependent individuals (e.g., kittens) in detection histories resulted in density estimates that were, on average, {\textasciitilde}33\% higher than estimates for independent individuals only, highlighting the need for standardization. After correcting for those potential biases, range-wide mean and median densities were 1.81 and 1.63 independent pumas/100 km2 (95\% CI = 1.62, 2.02), respectively, with a 95th percentile of 3.64 independent pumas/100 km2. Although puma densities did not differ between North and South America, between protected and unprotected areas, or among human disturbance severities, support existed for puma density varying at the landscape-scale as a function of multiple geographical, environmental, and climatic characteristics (e.g., biome, precipitation, vegetation quality, and elevation). However, most puma density estimates were imprecise (90\% had CV {\textgreater} 0.20) and likely positively biased, primarily because of small study area sizes and issues associated with some sampling and analytical methods; for example, we observed a potential 31–33\% overestimation of puma density when spatially unstructured genetic sampling was used. Consequently, the quality of many existing model-based puma density estimates may be inadequate for reliable conservation or management decision-making, and the current number and geographical extent of puma density estimates are likely insufficient to inform useful continental or range-wide status assessments for the species.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-07-05},
	journal = {Global Ecology and Conservation},
	author = {Murphy, Sean M. and Beausoleil, Richard A. and Stewart, Haley and Cox, John J.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {e02109},
}

Range-wide status assessments of wildlife are critical to effective species conservation and management. Reliability of these assessments is contingent on having accurate and precise demographic estimates for local populations, but for large carnivores, such estimates are often biased, imprecise, or unavailable. Despite being the most widely distributed large carnivore in the Americas, little is known about the range-wide population status of the puma (Puma concolor). Population density is frequently the primary demographic metric used in puma conservation and management decision-making and policy; therefore, we conducted a comprehensive, range-wide, systematic review of capture-recapture and mark-resight model-based puma density estimates published through 2021 and used Bayesian multilevel models to investigate potential sources of bias and variation. Model-based puma density estimates have been produced in just 8 countries (42% of countries with puma populations) for study areas that cumulatively represent \textless 1% of extant puma range. Most estimates applied to small study areas (median = 265 km2), protected areas (70%), and represented high quality habitats, such as forests and mixed savannas (89%). Nonspatial models likely overestimated puma density by an average of 63%, and inclusion of dependent individuals (e.g., kittens) in detection histories resulted in density estimates that were, on average, ~33% higher than estimates for independent individuals only, highlighting the need for standardization. After correcting for those potential biases, range-wide mean and median densities were 1.81 and 1.63 independent pumas/100 km2 (95% CI = 1.62, 2.02), respectively, with a 95th percentile of 3.64 independent pumas/100 km2. Although puma densities did not differ between North and South America, between protected and unprotected areas, or among human disturbance severities, support existed for puma density varying at the landscape-scale as a function of multiple geographical, environmental, and climatic characteristics (e.g., biome, precipitation, vegetation quality, and elevation). However, most puma density estimates were imprecise (90% had CV \textgreater 0.20) and likely positively biased, primarily because of small study area sizes and issues associated with some sampling and analytical methods; for example, we observed a potential 31–33% overestimation of puma density when spatially unstructured genetic sampling was used. Consequently, the quality of many existing model-based puma density estimates may be inadequate for reliable conservation or management decision-making, and the current number and geographical extent of puma density estimates are likely insufficient to inform useful continental or range-wide status assessments for the species.

@article{baldwin_riskbased_2022,
	title = {Risk‐{Based} {Prioritization} of {Organic} {Chemicals} and {Locations} of {Ecological} {Concern} in {Sediment} {From} {Great} {Lakes} {Tributaries}},
	volume = {41},
	issn = {0730-7268, 1552-8618},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/etc.5286},
	doi = {10.1002/etc.5286},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry},
	author = {Baldwin, Austin K. and Corsi, Steven R. and Stefaniak, Owen M. and Loken, Luke C. and Villeneuve, Daniel L. and Ankley, Gerald T. and Blackwell, Brett R. and Lenaker, Peter L. and Nott, Michelle A. and Mills, Marc A.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers, Political Boundaries},
	pages = {1016--1041},
}

@article{cunningham_seasonal_2022,
	title = {Seasonal {Habitat} {Selection} by {American} {White} {Pelicans}},
	volume = {14},
	issn = {14242818},
	url = {https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/icwdm_usdanwrc/2606/},
	doi = {10.3390/d14100821},
	abstract = {Resource utilization strategies of avian migrants are a major concern for conservation and management. Understanding seasonal habitat selection by migratory birds helps us explain the ongoing continental declines of migratory bird populations. Our objective was to compare the second-order and third-order habitat selection by the American White Pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos; hereafter pelican) between the breeding and non-breeding grounds. We tested the Lack hypothesis that habitat selection by migratory birds is stronger on the breeding grounds than on the non-breeding grounds. We used random-effect Dirichlet-multinomial models to estimate the second-order habitat selection between the seasons with the GPS locations of 32 tracked pelicans. We used Gaussian Markov random field models to estimate the third-order habitat selection by pelicans at the breeding and non-breeding grounds, accounting for spatial autocorrelation. Pelicans strongly selected waterbodies and wetlands at both non-breeding and breeding grounds, tracking their foraging habitats between the seasons at the home range level. However, pelicans exhibited seasonal differences in the strength of the third-order selection of wetlands and waterbodies with foraging habitat selection being stronger at the breeding grounds than at the non-breeding grounds, supporting the Lack hypothesis.},
	number = {10},
	journal = {Diversity},
	author = {Cunningham, Frederick L. and Wang, Guiming and King, D. Tommy},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Resource utilization strategies of avian migrants are a major concern for conservation and management. Understanding seasonal habitat selection by migratory birds helps us explain the ongoing continental declines of migratory bird populations. Our objective was to compare the second-order and third-order habitat selection by the American White Pelican (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos; hereafter pelican) between the breeding and non-breeding grounds. We tested the Lack hypothesis that habitat selection by migratory birds is stronger on the breeding grounds than on the non-breeding grounds. We used random-effect Dirichlet-multinomial models to estimate the second-order habitat selection between the seasons with the GPS locations of 32 tracked pelicans. We used Gaussian Markov random field models to estimate the third-order habitat selection by pelicans at the breeding and non-breeding grounds, accounting for spatial autocorrelation. Pelicans strongly selected waterbodies and wetlands at both non-breeding and breeding grounds, tracking their foraging habitats between the seasons at the home range level. However, pelicans exhibited seasonal differences in the strength of the third-order selection of wetlands and waterbodies with foraging habitat selection being stronger at the breeding grounds than at the non-breeding grounds, supporting the Lack hypothesis.

@article{theoret_seasonal_2022,
	title = {Seasonal movements in caribou ecotypes of {Western} {Canada}},
	volume = {10},
	issn = {2051-3933},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1186/s40462-022-00312-x},
	doi = {10.1186/s40462-022-00312-x},
	abstract = {Several migratory ungulates, including caribou, are dramatically declining. Caribou of the Barren-ground ecotype, which forms its own subspecies, are known to be mainly migratory. By contrast, within the Woodland subspecies, animals of the Boreal ecotype are known to be mainly sedentary, while those within the Northern and Central Mountain ecotypes to be partially migratory, with only some individuals migrating. Promotion of conservation actions (e.g., habitat protection) that are specific to both residents and migrants, as well as to the areas they frequent seasonally (which may be separate for migrants), requires distinguishing migration from other movement behaviours, which might be a challenge.},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Movement Ecology},
	author = {Theoret, Jessica and Cavedon, Maria and Hegel, Troy and Hervieux, Dave and Schwantje, Helen and Steenweg, Robin and Watters, Megan and Musiani, Marco},
	month = mar,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {12},
}

Several migratory ungulates, including caribou, are dramatically declining. Caribou of the Barren-ground ecotype, which forms its own subspecies, are known to be mainly migratory. By contrast, within the Woodland subspecies, animals of the Boreal ecotype are known to be mainly sedentary, while those within the Northern and Central Mountain ecotypes to be partially migratory, with only some individuals migrating. Promotion of conservation actions (e.g., habitat protection) that are specific to both residents and migrants, as well as to the areas they frequent seasonally (which may be separate for migrants), requires distinguishing migration from other movement behaviours, which might be a challenge.

@article{sokolov_semantically-consistent_2022,
	title = {Semantically-consistent {Landsat} 8 image to {Sentinel}-2 image translation for alpine areas},
	url = {http://arxiv.org/abs/2212.12056},
	abstract = {The availability of frequent and cost-free satellite images is in growing demand in the research world. Such satellite constellations as Landsat 8 and Sentinel-2 provide a massive amount of valuable data daily. However, the discrepancy in the sensors' characteristics of these satellites makes it senseless to use a segmentation model trained on either dataset and applied to another, which is why domain adaptation techniques have recently become an active research area in remote sensing. In this paper, an experiment of domain adaptation through style-transferring is conducted using the HRSemI2I model to narrow the sensor discrepancy between Landsat 8 and Sentinel-2. This paper's main contribution is analyzing the expediency of that approach by comparing the results of segmentation using domain-adapted images with those without adaptation. The HRSemI2I model, adjusted to work with 6-band imagery, shows significant intersection-over-union performance improvement for both mean and per class metrics. A second contribution is providing different schemes of generalization between two label schemes - NALCMS 2015 and CORINE. The first scheme is standardization through higher-level land cover classes, and the second is through harmonization validation in the field.},
	author = {Sokolov, M. and Storie, J. L. and Henry, C. J. and Storie, C. D. and Cameron, J. and Ødegård, R. S. and Zubinaite, V. and Stikbakke, S.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	note = {\_eprint: 2212.12056},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

The availability of frequent and cost-free satellite images is in growing demand in the research world. Such satellite constellations as Landsat 8 and Sentinel-2 provide a massive amount of valuable data daily. However, the discrepancy in the sensors' characteristics of these satellites makes it senseless to use a segmentation model trained on either dataset and applied to another, which is why domain adaptation techniques have recently become an active research area in remote sensing. In this paper, an experiment of domain adaptation through style-transferring is conducted using the HRSemI2I model to narrow the sensor discrepancy between Landsat 8 and Sentinel-2. This paper's main contribution is analyzing the expediency of that approach by comparing the results of segmentation using domain-adapted images with those without adaptation. The HRSemI2I model, adjusted to work with 6-band imagery, shows significant intersection-over-union performance improvement for both mean and per class metrics. A second contribution is providing different schemes of generalization between two label schemes - NALCMS 2015 and CORINE. The first scheme is standardization through higher-level land cover classes, and the second is through harmonization validation in the field.

@mastersthesis{noe_small_2022,
	title = {Small mammal communities of restored and natural wetlands in {West} {Virginia}},
	url = {https://researchrepository.wvu.edu/etd/11428},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	school = {West Virginia University Libraries},
	author = {Noe, Krista},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	doi = {10.33915/etd.11428},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@article{vionnet_snow_2022,
	title = {Snow {Level} {From} {Post}‐{Processing} of {Atmospheric} {Model} {Improves} {Snowfall} {Estimate} and {Snowpack} {Prediction} in {Mountains}},
	volume = {58},
	issn = {0043-1397, 1944-7973},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2021WR031778},
	doi = {10.1029/2021WR031778},
	language = {en},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Water Resources Research},
	author = {Vionnet, V. and Verville, M. and Fortin, V. and Brugman, M. and Abrahamowicz, M. and Lemay, F. and Thériault, J. M. and Lafaysse, M. and Milbrandt, J. A.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Watersheds},
}

@article{eppler_snow_2022,
	title = {Snow water equivalent change mapping from slope-correlated synthetic aperture radar interferometry ({InSAR}) phase variations},
	volume = {16},
	issn = {1994-0424},
	url = {https://tc.copernicus.org/articles/16/1497/2022/},
	doi = {10.5194/tc-16-1497-2022},
	abstract = {Abstract. Area-based measurements of snow water equivalent (SWE) are important for understanding earth system processes such as glacier mass balance, winter
hydrological storage in drainage basins, and ground thermal regimes. Remote sensing techniques are ideally suited for wide-scale area-based mapping
with the most commonly used technique to measure SWE being passive microwave, which is limited to coarse spatial resolutions of 25 km or
greater and to areas without significant topographic variation. Passive microwave also has a negative bias for large SWE. Another method is
repeat-pass synthetic aperture radar interferometry (InSAR) that allows measurement of SWE change at much higher spatial resolution. However, it
has not been widely adopted because (1) the phase unwrapping problem has not been robustly addressed, especially for interferograms with poor
coherence, and (2) SWE change maps scaled directly from repeat-pass interferograms are not an absolute measurement but contain unknown offsets for
each contiguous coherent area. We develop and test a novel method for repeat-pass InSAR-based dry-snow SWE estimation that exploits the sensitivity
of the dry-snow refraction-induced InSAR phase to topographic variations. The method robustly estimates absolute SWE change at spatial resolutions
of {\textless} 1 km without the need for phase unwrapping. We derive a quantitative signal model for this new SWE change estimator and identify
the relevant sources of bias. The method is demonstrated using both simulated SWE distributions and a 9-year RADARSAT-2 (C-band,
5.405 GHz) spotlight-mode dataset near Inuvik, Northwest Territories (NWT), Canada. SWE results are compared to in situ snow survey measurements and estimates from
ERA5 reanalysis. Our method performs well in high-relief areas, thus providing complementary coverage to passive-microwave-based SWE
estimation. Further, our method has the advantage of requiring only a single wavelength band and thus can utilize existing spaceborne synthetic
aperture radar systems.},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {The Cryosphere},
	author = {Eppler, Jayson and Rabus, Bernhard and Morse, Peter},
	month = apr,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1497--1521},
}

Abstract. Area-based measurements of snow water equivalent (SWE) are important for understanding earth system processes such as glacier mass balance, winter hydrological storage in drainage basins, and ground thermal regimes. Remote sensing techniques are ideally suited for wide-scale area-based mapping with the most commonly used technique to measure SWE being passive microwave, which is limited to coarse spatial resolutions of 25 km or greater and to areas without significant topographic variation. Passive microwave also has a negative bias for large SWE. Another method is repeat-pass synthetic aperture radar interferometry (InSAR) that allows measurement of SWE change at much higher spatial resolution. However, it has not been widely adopted because (1) the phase unwrapping problem has not been robustly addressed, especially for interferograms with poor coherence, and (2) SWE change maps scaled directly from repeat-pass interferograms are not an absolute measurement but contain unknown offsets for each contiguous coherent area. We develop and test a novel method for repeat-pass InSAR-based dry-snow SWE estimation that exploits the sensitivity of the dry-snow refraction-induced InSAR phase to topographic variations. The method robustly estimates absolute SWE change at spatial resolutions of \textless 1 km without the need for phase unwrapping. We derive a quantitative signal model for this new SWE change estimator and identify the relevant sources of bias. The method is demonstrated using both simulated SWE distributions and a 9-year RADARSAT-2 (C-band, 5.405 GHz) spotlight-mode dataset near Inuvik, Northwest Territories (NWT), Canada. SWE results are compared to in situ snow survey measurements and estimates from ERA5 reanalysis. Our method performs well in high-relief areas, thus providing complementary coverage to passive-microwave-based SWE estimation. Further, our method has the advantage of requiring only a single wavelength band and thus can utilize existing spaceborne synthetic aperture radar systems.

@article{solomon-montijo_sociocultural_2022,
	title = {Sociocultural and economic significance in the harvest of the pitaya sahuira ({Stenocereus} montanus) in {Sinaloa}, {Mexico}},
	volume = {24},
	issn = {1938-6648, 1938-663X},
	url = {https://jpacd.org/jpacd/article/view/502},
	doi = {10.56890/jpacd.v24i.502},
	abstract = {Pitayas (Stenocereus spp.) are one of the most important wild plants in Mexico; however, there are few studies that evaluate the harvest value and commercialization of local species. This research records the sociocultural and economic importance of the harvest of pitaya sahuira (Stenocereus montanus) in two localities of the state of Sinaloa, Mexico: 1) San José del Llano, Badiraguato, and 2) several small communities in the municipality of Choix. Semi-structured surveys and participatory evaluation were carried out with different people who harvest and market the pitaya fruits during the production season to document the harvest method, productivity, commercial value, fruit destination, cultural perceptions, and the differences between both regions. In both localities, daily harvests are made, and it constitutes the main economic activity during the production season, about 40 to 50 days between May and July. In San José, the harvest is carried out by men and women, while in Choix, it is practically exclusive by men. Higher productivity was recorded in San José, reflected by a greater amount of daily fruit harvested in a workday; however, in Choix, the fruit has a higher sales value, which balances the estimated annual earnings of around 1,940 dollars per harvester ({\textasciitilde}40,000.00 Mexican pesos). Given its great commercial value, it is necessary to implement cultivation and domestication strategies at the local level, as a regional economic alternative and to reduce the pressure on native populations. This work incorporates additional evidence on the great cultural and economic importance of the genus Stenocereus in Mexico and motivates the design of better strategies for sustainable use and the revaluation of this biocultural heritage.},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Journal of the Professional Association for Cactus Development},
	author = {Solomón-Montijo, Bladimir and Rivera-Aguirre, Paola Yazmel and Rodríguez-López, Yulisa and Flores-Almeida, Herendira and Cárcamo-Arechiga, Roberto Carlos and Pío-León, Juan Fernando},
	month = aug,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {149--158},
}

Pitayas (Stenocereus spp.) are one of the most important wild plants in Mexico; however, there are few studies that evaluate the harvest value and commercialization of local species. This research records the sociocultural and economic importance of the harvest of pitaya sahuira (Stenocereus montanus) in two localities of the state of Sinaloa, Mexico: 1) San José del Llano, Badiraguato, and 2) several small communities in the municipality of Choix. Semi-structured surveys and participatory evaluation were carried out with different people who harvest and market the pitaya fruits during the production season to document the harvest method, productivity, commercial value, fruit destination, cultural perceptions, and the differences between both regions. In both localities, daily harvests are made, and it constitutes the main economic activity during the production season, about 40 to 50 days between May and July. In San José, the harvest is carried out by men and women, while in Choix, it is practically exclusive by men. Higher productivity was recorded in San José, reflected by a greater amount of daily fruit harvested in a workday; however, in Choix, the fruit has a higher sales value, which balances the estimated annual earnings of around 1,940 dollars per harvester (~40,000.00 Mexican pesos). Given its great commercial value, it is necessary to implement cultivation and domestication strategies at the local level, as a regional economic alternative and to reduce the pressure on native populations. This work incorporates additional evidence on the great cultural and economic importance of the genus Stenocereus in Mexico and motivates the design of better strategies for sustainable use and the revaluation of this biocultural heritage.

@phdthesis{peraza_arcila_spatial_2022,
	address = {Ottawa, Ontario},
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Spatial {Patterns} of {Mercury} {Accumulation} in {Wolverine} ({Gulo} gulo) {Across} the {Western} {Canadian} {Arctic}: {Landscape}, {Climate} and {Dietary} {Factors}},
	shorttitle = {Spatial {Patterns} of {Mercury} {Accumulation} in {Wolverine} ({Gulo} gulo) {Across} the {Western} {Canadian} {Arctic}},
	url = {https://repository.library.carleton.ca/concern/etds/rv042v04n},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	school = {Carleton University},
	author = {Peraza Arcila, Maria},
	year = {2022},
	doi = {10.22215/etd/2022-15084},
	keywords = {NALCMS, Terrestrial Ecoregions, Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

@article{thode_spatial-temporal_2022,
	title = {Spatial-temporal evolution and diversification in {Sisyrinchium} ({Iridaceae}) with emphasis on abiotic drivers},
	volume = {199},
	issn = {0024-4074},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1093/botlinnean/boab064},
	doi = {10.1093/botlinnean/boab064},
	abstract = {Evolutionary and ecological processes that influenced the assembly of the New World flora are best understood through investigation of spatio-temporal processes of specific lineages, but some groups still lack a historical overview. Here, we produced a well-sampled dated tree, reconstructed ancestral ranges and performed diversification analyses for Sisyrinchium (Iridaceae) to elucidate its evolution in the Americas. Eight molecular markers and samples representing its full geographical range and morphological diversity were used to estimate divergence times with a Bayesian relaxed clock with secondary calibrations. Ancestral range reconstruction under likelihood methods and diversification analyses were performed. Sisyrinchium originated in a broad range including the Andes and Mesoamerica in the Mid-Miocene. Diversification at high elevations occurred in the early diverging lineages, which feature the highest extinction rates. Increase in diversification rate was detected during the Pliocene/Pleistocene after the colonization of lower elevations. Later sympatric speciation in south-eastern Brazil was followed by movements to other regions, including a long-dispersal event to North America. Higher extinction rates were followed by movements to lower elevations, with periods of accelerated Andean orogeny and global temperature decrease. Our results indicate that palaeoclimate and changes in elevational range influenced diversification in Sisyrinchium.},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society},
	author = {Thode, Verônica A and Dellanhese Inácio, Camila and Eggers, Lilian and Reginato, Marcelo and Souza-Chies, Tatiana T},
	month = may,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {93--108},
}

Evolutionary and ecological processes that influenced the assembly of the New World flora are best understood through investigation of spatio-temporal processes of specific lineages, but some groups still lack a historical overview. Here, we produced a well-sampled dated tree, reconstructed ancestral ranges and performed diversification analyses for Sisyrinchium (Iridaceae) to elucidate its evolution in the Americas. Eight molecular markers and samples representing its full geographical range and morphological diversity were used to estimate divergence times with a Bayesian relaxed clock with secondary calibrations. Ancestral range reconstruction under likelihood methods and diversification analyses were performed. Sisyrinchium originated in a broad range including the Andes and Mesoamerica in the Mid-Miocene. Diversification at high elevations occurred in the early diverging lineages, which feature the highest extinction rates. Increase in diversification rate was detected during the Pliocene/Pleistocene after the colonization of lower elevations. Later sympatric speciation in south-eastern Brazil was followed by movements to other regions, including a long-dispersal event to North America. Higher extinction rates were followed by movements to lower elevations, with periods of accelerated Andean orogeny and global temperature decrease. Our results indicate that palaeoclimate and changes in elevational range influenced diversification in Sisyrinchium.

@article{heckford_spatially_2022,
	title = {Spatially explicit correlates of plant functional traits inform landscape patterns of resource quality},
	volume = {37},
	issn = {0921-2973, 1572-9761},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/s10980-021-01334-3},
	doi = {10.1007/s10980-021-01334-3},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Landscape Ecology},
	author = {Heckford, Travis R. and Leroux, Shawn J. and Vander Wal, Eric and Rizzuto, Matteo and Balluffi-Fry, Juliana and Richmond, Isabella C. and Wiersma, Yolanda F.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {59--80},
}

@article{barcenas_supporting_2022,
	title = {Supporting a young age for the {North} {American} deserts: {Historical} biogeography of \textit{{Grusonia}} ({Cylindropuntieae}) in a {\textless}span style="font-variant:small-caps;"{\textgreater}{Plio}‐{Pleistocene}{\textless}/span{\textgreater} temporal framework},
	volume = {71},
	issn = {0040-0262, 1996-8175},
	shorttitle = {Supporting a young age for the {North} {American} deserts},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/tax.12741},
	doi = {10.1002/tax.12741},
	language = {en},
	number = {5},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {TAXON},
	author = {Bárcenas, Rolando T. and Hernández, Héctor M.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {981--992},
}

@article{kippenhan_bark-gnawing_2022,
	title = {The {Bark}-{Gnawing} {Beetles} of {Montana}, {USA} ({Coleoptera}: {Trogossitidae}, {Peltidae}, and {Lophocateridae}), {Including} {New} {Substantial} {Distributional} {Records} for {Tenebroides} collaris ({Sturm})},
	volume = {76},
	issn = {0010-065X, 1938-4394},
	shorttitle = {The {Bark}-{Gnawing} {Beetles} of {Montana}, {USA} ({Coleoptera}},
	url = {https://bioone.org/journals/the-coleopterists-bulletin/volume-76/issue-4/0010-065X-76.4.569/The-Bark-Gnawing-Beetles-of-Montana-USA-Coleoptera--Trogossitidae/10.1649/0010-065X-76.4.569.full},
	doi = {10.1649/0010-065X-76.4.569},
	abstract = {Eight species of Trogossitidae, three of Peltidae, and one of Lophocateridae are reported from Montana. Of these, six represent new state records. Records of Tenebroides collaris (Sturm) represent a substantial new westward range extension; supported by additional new records from Colorado, this species appears to be established in the western Great Plains.},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-07-04},
	journal = {The Coleopterists Bulletin},
	author = {Kippenhan, Michael G.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: The Coleopterists Society},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {569--576},
}

Eight species of Trogossitidae, three of Peltidae, and one of Lophocateridae are reported from Montana. Of these, six represent new state records. Records of Tenebroides collaris (Sturm) represent a substantial new westward range extension; supported by additional new records from Colorado, this species appears to be established in the western Great Plains.

@article{mai_great_2022,
	title = {The {Great} {Lakes} {Runoff} {Intercomparison} {Project} {Phase} 4: the {Great} {Lakes} ({GRIP}-{GL})},
	volume = {26},
	issn = {1607-7938},
	url = {https://hess.copernicus.org/articles/26/3537/2022/},
	doi = {10.5194/hess-26-3537-2022},
	number = {13},
	journal = {Hydrology and Earth System Sciences},
	author = {Mai, Juliane and Shen, Hongren and Tolson, Bryan A. and Gaborit, Étienne and Arsenault, Richard and Craig, James R. and Fortin, Vincent and Fry, Lauren M. and Gauch, Martin and Klotz, Daniel and Kratzert, Frederik and O'Brien, Nicole and Princz, Daniel G. and Rasiya Koya, Sinan and Roy, Tirthankar and Seglenieks, Frank and Shrestha, Narayan K. and Temgoua, André G. T. and Vionnet, Vincent and Waddell, Jonathan W.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Copernicus GmbH},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {3537--3572},
}

@article{shrestha_impacts_2022,
	title = {The {Impacts} of {Climate} {Change} on {Land} {Hydroclimatology} of the {Laurentian} {Great} {Lakes} {Basin}},
	volume = {4},
	issn = {2624-9375},
	url = {https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/frwa.2022.801134/full},
	doi = {10.3389/frwa.2022.801134},
	abstract = {The freshwater resources of the Laurentian Great Lakes basin contribute significantly to the environment and economy of the region. With the impacts of climate change becoming more evident, sustainable management of the freshwater resources of the Laurentian Great Lakes basin is important. This study uses 36 simulations from 6 regional climate models to quantify trends and changes in land-area precipitation and temperature in two future periods (mid-century, 2035–2064 and end-century, 2065–2094) with reference to a baseline period (1951–2005) for two emission scenarios (RCP4.5 and RCP 8.5). Climatic forcings from these 36 simulations are used as input to a calibrated and validated hydrological model to assess changes in land snowpack and actual evapotranspiration, and runoff to lake. Ensemble results show wetter (7 to 15\% increase in annual precipitation) and warmer (2.4–5.0°C increase in annual mean temperature) future conditions on GL land areas. Seasonal and monthly changes in precipitation and mean temperature are more sporadic, for instance although precipitation is projected to increase overall, in some scenarios, summer precipitation is expected to decrease. Projected increases in highest one-day precipitation and decreases in number of wet days indicate possible increases in extreme precipitation in future. Minimum temperature is expected to increase in a higher rate than maximum temperature. Ensemble results from the hydrological model show projected decrease in snowpack (29–58\%). Similarly, actual evapotranspiration is projected to increase, especially during summer months (up to 0.4 mm/day). Annually, runoff is expected to increase (up to 48\% in Superior, 40\% in Michigan-Huron, 25\% Erie and 28\% in Ontario). Seasonal and monthly changes in runoff are more sporadic (e.g., projected decrease up to 17\% in Erie subdomain in October). Such contrasting patterns of changes in land hydroclimatology of the GL basin will pose challenges to sustainable management of the water resources of the basin in future.},
	number = {July},
	journal = {Frontiers in Water},
	author = {Shrestha, Narayan K. and Seglenieks, Frank and Temgoua, André G. T. and Dehghan, Armin},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1--22},
}

The freshwater resources of the Laurentian Great Lakes basin contribute significantly to the environment and economy of the region. With the impacts of climate change becoming more evident, sustainable management of the freshwater resources of the Laurentian Great Lakes basin is important. This study uses 36 simulations from 6 regional climate models to quantify trends and changes in land-area precipitation and temperature in two future periods (mid-century, 2035–2064 and end-century, 2065–2094) with reference to a baseline period (1951–2005) for two emission scenarios (RCP4.5 and RCP 8.5). Climatic forcings from these 36 simulations are used as input to a calibrated and validated hydrological model to assess changes in land snowpack and actual evapotranspiration, and runoff to lake. Ensemble results show wetter (7 to 15% increase in annual precipitation) and warmer (2.4–5.0°C increase in annual mean temperature) future conditions on GL land areas. Seasonal and monthly changes in precipitation and mean temperature are more sporadic, for instance although precipitation is projected to increase overall, in some scenarios, summer precipitation is expected to decrease. Projected increases in highest one-day precipitation and decreases in number of wet days indicate possible increases in extreme precipitation in future. Minimum temperature is expected to increase in a higher rate than maximum temperature. Ensemble results from the hydrological model show projected decrease in snowpack (29–58%). Similarly, actual evapotranspiration is projected to increase, especially during summer months (up to 0.4 mm/day). Annually, runoff is expected to increase (up to 48% in Superior, 40% in Michigan-Huron, 25% Erie and 28% in Ontario). Seasonal and monthly changes in runoff are more sporadic (e.g., projected decrease up to 17% in Erie subdomain in October). Such contrasting patterns of changes in land hydroclimatology of the GL basin will pose challenges to sustainable management of the water resources of the basin in future.

@article{margolis_north_2022,
	title = {The {North} {American} tree‐ring fire‐scar network},
	volume = {13},
	issn = {2150-8925, 2150-8925},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ecs2.4159},
	doi = {10.1002/ecs2.4159},
	language = {en},
	number = {7},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Ecosphere},
	author = {Margolis, Ellis Q. and Guiterman, Christopher H. and Chavardès, Raphaël D. and Coop, Jonathan D. and Copes‐Gerbitz, Kelsey and Dawe, Denyse A. and Falk, Donald A. and Johnston, James D. and Larson, Evan and Li, Hang and Marschall, Joseph M. and Naficy, Cameron E. and Naito, Adam T. and Parisien, Marc‐André and Parks, Sean A. and Portier, Jeanne and Poulos, Helen M. and Robertson, Kevin M. and Speer, James H. and Stambaugh, Michael and Swetnam, Thomas W. and Tepley, Alan J. and Thapa, Ichchha and Allen, Craig D. and Bergeron, Yves and Daniels, Lori D. and Fulé, Peter Z. and Gervais, David and Girardin, Martin P. and Harley, Grant L. and Harvey, Jill E. and Hoffman, Kira M. and Huffman, Jean M. and Hurteau, Matthew D. and Johnson, Lane B. and Lafon, Charles W. and Lopez, Manuel K. and Maxwell, R. Stockton and Meunier, Jed and North, Malcolm and Rother, Monica T. and Schmidt, Micah R. and Sherriff, Rosemary L. and Stachowiak, Lauren A. and Taylor, Alan and Taylor, Erana J. and Trouet, Valerie and Villarreal, Miguel L. and Yocom, Larissa L. and Arabas, Karen B. and Arizpe, Alexis H. and Arseneault, Dominique and Tarancón, Alicia Azpeleta and Baisan, Christopher and Bigio, Erica and Biondi, Franco and Cahalan, Gabriel D. and Caprio, Anthony and Cerano‐Paredes, Julián and Collins, Brandon M. and Dey, Daniel C. and Drobyshev, Igor and Farris, Calvin and Fenwick, M. Adele and Flatley, William and Floyd, M. Lisa and Gedalof, Ze'ev and Holz, Andres and Howard, Lauren F. and Huffman, David W. and Iniguez, Jose and Kipfmueller, Kurt F. and Kitchen, Stanley G. and Lombardo, Keith and McKenzie, Donald and Merschel, Andrew G. and Metlen, Kerry L. and Minor, Jesse and O'Connor, Christopher D. and Platt, Laura and Platt, William J. and Saladyga, Thomas and Stan, Amanda B. and Stephens, Scott and Sutheimer, Colleen and Touchan, Ramzi and Weisberg, Peter J.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{reed_distribution_2022,
	title = {The distribution of beech leaf disease and the causal agents of beech bark disease ({Cryptoccocus} fagisuga, {Neonectria} faginata, {N}. ditissima) in forests surrounding {Lake} {Erie} and future implications},
	volume = {503},
	issn = {03781127},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0378112721008446},
	doi = {10.1016/j.foreco.2021.119753},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Forest Ecology and Management},
	author = {Reed, Sharon E. and Volk, Daniel and Martin, Danielle K.H. and Hausman, Constance E. and Macy, Tom and Tomon, Tim and Cousins, Stella},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {119753},
}

@phdthesis{wooldridge_genomic_2022,
	type = {Doctoral {Dissertation}},
	title = {The genomic basis of repeated adaptation in deer mice},
	url = {https://dash.harvard.edu/handle/1/37372007},
	school = {Harvard University},
	author = {Wooldridge, Tyler Brock},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{oliva_occurrence_2022,
	title = {The occurrence of potentially pathogenic fungi and protists in {Canadian} lakes predicted using geomatics, in situ and satellite-derived variables: {Towards} a tele-epidemiological approach},
	volume = {209},
	issn = {00431354},
	shorttitle = {The occurrence of potentially pathogenic fungi and protists in {Canadian} lakes predicted using geomatics, in situ and satellite-derived variables},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0043135421011295},
	doi = {10.1016/j.watres.2021.117935},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Water Research},
	author = {Oliva, Anaïs and Garner, Rebecca E. and Walsh, David and Huot, Yannick},
	month = feb,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {117935},
}

@article{mai_sensitivity_2022,
	title = {The sensitivity of simulated streamflow to individual hydrologic processes across {North} {America}},
	volume = {13},
	copyright = {2022 The Author(s)},
	issn = {2041-1723},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41467-022-28010-7},
	doi = {10.1038/s41467-022-28010-7},
	abstract = {Streamflow sensitivity to different hydrologic processes varies in both space and time. This sensitivity is traditionally evaluated for the parameters specific to a given hydrologic model simulating streamflow. In this study, we apply a novel analysis over more than 3000 basins across North America considering a blended hydrologic model structure, which includes not only parametric, but also structural uncertainties. This enables seamless quantification of model process sensitivities and parameter sensitivities across a continuous set of models. It also leads to high-level conclusions about the importance of water cycle components on streamflow predictions, such as quickflow being the most sensitive process for streamflow simulations across the North American continent. The results of the 3000 basins are used to derive an approximation of sensitivities based on physiographic and climatologic data without the need to perform expensive sensitivity analyses. Detailed spatio-temporal inputs and results are shared through an interactive website.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-14},
	journal = {Nature Communications},
	author = {Mai, Juliane and Craig, James R. and Tolson, Bryan A. and Arsenault, Richard},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Number: 1
Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {455},
}

Streamflow sensitivity to different hydrologic processes varies in both space and time. This sensitivity is traditionally evaluated for the parameters specific to a given hydrologic model simulating streamflow. In this study, we apply a novel analysis over more than 3000 basins across North America considering a blended hydrologic model structure, which includes not only parametric, but also structural uncertainties. This enables seamless quantification of model process sensitivities and parameter sensitivities across a continuous set of models. It also leads to high-level conclusions about the importance of water cycle components on streamflow predictions, such as quickflow being the most sensitive process for streamflow simulations across the North American continent. The results of the 3000 basins are used to derive an approximation of sensitivities based on physiographic and climatologic data without the need to perform expensive sensitivity analyses. Detailed spatio-temporal inputs and results are shared through an interactive website.

@mastersthesis{knolla_three_2022,
	title = {Three {Method} {Tsunami} {Vulnerability} {Analysis} of the {United} {States} {East} {Coast}},
	url = {https://scholars.fhsu.edu/theses/3189/},
	school = {Fort Hays State University},
	author = {Knolla, Joshua},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@techreport{blaine_towards_2022,
	title = {Towards a {Northern} {Landscapes} {Sensitivity} {Atlas}: {Cartographic} {Approaches} to {Net} {Environmental} {Benefit} {Analysis} ({NEBA})},
	url = {https://www.nwt-esrf.org/sites/nesrf/files/2022-08/NAIT%2C%20Towards%20a%20Northern%20Landscapes%20Sensitivity%20Atlas%2C%20Cartographic%20Approaches%20to%20Net%20Environmental%20Benefit%20Analysis%20%28NEBA%29%20Proof%20of%20Concept%20Report.pdf},
	language = {en},
	author = {Blaine, Dave},
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{congram_tracking_2022,
	title = {Tracking the prevalence of a fungal pathogen, {Batrachochytrium} dendrobatidis (chytrid fungus), using environmental {DNA}},
	volume = {4},
	issn = {2637-4943},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/edn3.283},
	doi = {10.1002/edn3.283},
	abstract = {Chytridiomycosis, a primary disease driving widespread and unprecedented amphibian declines, is caused by the fungal pathogen Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis (Bd). Tracking Bd through space and time requires monitoring protocols that efficiently and reliably assess pathogen prevalence and intensity, which in turn requires an understanding of environment–pathogen dynamics. Environmental DNA (eDNA) was used to track Bd prevalence and intensity in 95 waterbodies in southern Ontario, Canada, and assess zoospore counts relative to biotic, abiotic, and geographic factors. Bd was also monitored on a semi-weekly basis in 10 waterbodies to better understand patterns of temporal variability. Bd showed variable prevalence, with 47\% and 29\% of waterbodies having zoospores detected in May and July, respectively. Patterns of prevalence were markedly variable both within and across waterbodies, indicating high spatio-temporal heterogeneity. Bd prevalence was not related to environmental factors, geographic variables, or amphibian species richness, but intensity was negatively related to estimated canopy cover. In intensively sampled waterbodies, Bd counts were highly variable through time, with some sites switching from detection to non-detection (and vice versa) across 2-week intervals. We conclude that eDNA can be a useful tool for monitoring Bd zoospores in wetlands but emphasize the need for additional research into environmental and methodological factors affecting zoospore detection and abundance before this method should be widely adopted.},
	number = {3},
	journal = {Environmental DNA},
	author = {Congram, Megan and Torres Vilaça, Sibelle and Wilson, Chris C. and Kyle, Chris J. and Lesbarrères, David and Wikston, Madison J. H. and Beaty, Lynne and Murray, Dennis L.},
	month = may,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: John Wiley and Sons Inc},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {687--699},
}

Chytridiomycosis, a primary disease driving widespread and unprecedented amphibian declines, is caused by the fungal pathogen Batrachochytrium dendrobatidis (Bd). Tracking Bd through space and time requires monitoring protocols that efficiently and reliably assess pathogen prevalence and intensity, which in turn requires an understanding of environment–pathogen dynamics. Environmental DNA (eDNA) was used to track Bd prevalence and intensity in 95 waterbodies in southern Ontario, Canada, and assess zoospore counts relative to biotic, abiotic, and geographic factors. Bd was also monitored on a semi-weekly basis in 10 waterbodies to better understand patterns of temporal variability. Bd showed variable prevalence, with 47% and 29% of waterbodies having zoospores detected in May and July, respectively. Patterns of prevalence were markedly variable both within and across waterbodies, indicating high spatio-temporal heterogeneity. Bd prevalence was not related to environmental factors, geographic variables, or amphibian species richness, but intensity was negatively related to estimated canopy cover. In intensively sampled waterbodies, Bd counts were highly variable through time, with some sites switching from detection to non-detection (and vice versa) across 2-week intervals. We conclude that eDNA can be a useful tool for monitoring Bd zoospores in wetlands but emphasize the need for additional research into environmental and methodological factors affecting zoospore detection and abundance before this method should be widely adopted.

@mastersthesis{johnson_tuktu_2022,
	title = {Tuktu {Past}, {Present}, and {Future}: {State} of {Torngat} {Mountains} {Caribou} and their {Forage} in a {Changing} {Environment}},
	shorttitle = {Tuktu {Past}, {Present}, and {Future}},
	url = {https://uwspace.uwaterloo.ca/handle/10012/18311},
	abstract = {Caribou (Rangifer tarandus) populations are in decline across Canada, making this charismatic species a major conservation concern. For Inuit of Northern Labrador and Quebec, caribou are a cultural keystone species with nutritional, cultural, and spiritual value. Inuit have long been aware that the Torngat Mountains Caribou (TMC) population is distinct from the overlapping George River Caribou (GRC) herd, but this distinction has only recently been recognized by federal and provincial governments. Therefore, limited TMC specific data are available. The objective of this thesis is to summarize existing information on the TMC, identify knowledge gaps, and contribute to the growing body of research on the TMC. One threat facing the TMC is climate change. Arctic warming has resulted in shrub expansion in Eastern Canada’s tundra which, in turn, has negatively impacted lichens, an important caribou food source. This study investigates changes to caribou forage availability due to ambient and experimental warming at two tundra sites located within the range of the TMC in Nunatsiavut, Labrador. The main questions we address are: 1) What proportion of total vegetation is suitable caribou forage and how has this changed with time and experimental warming? 2) Which forage species are most impacted by recent climate change? To answer these questions, we analyzed vegetation data collected over a 14-year period within the TMC’s range. Permanent, control and warming plots were established at Nakvak Brook and Torr Bay in 2007 and 2009 respectively and re-sampled every 3-6 years. From these vegetation data, we identified species of high, medium, and low caribou forage quality based on published literature. We then modelled the observed changes in forage availability. Results of this study found that caribou are more likely to be forage limited in the winter than during the summer. Consistent with shrub expansion, we found that birch, and ericaceous shrub species increased with time at Torr Bay. Conversely, we found that willow species declined in abundance at Nakvak Brook. We did not find that lichen species were significantly affected by time or warming at either of our sites. Our research provides valuable insight into recent changes in caribou forage availability for the TMC. This knowledge will help to inform appropriate conservation and management measures so that the TMC can continue to persist and contribute to the social-ecological resilience of northern communities.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	school = {University of Waterloo},
	author = {Johnson, Alexandra},
	month = may,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Accepted: 2022-05-20T17:27:57Z},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Caribou (Rangifer tarandus) populations are in decline across Canada, making this charismatic species a major conservation concern. For Inuit of Northern Labrador and Quebec, caribou are a cultural keystone species with nutritional, cultural, and spiritual value. Inuit have long been aware that the Torngat Mountains Caribou (TMC) population is distinct from the overlapping George River Caribou (GRC) herd, but this distinction has only recently been recognized by federal and provincial governments. Therefore, limited TMC specific data are available. The objective of this thesis is to summarize existing information on the TMC, identify knowledge gaps, and contribute to the growing body of research on the TMC. One threat facing the TMC is climate change. Arctic warming has resulted in shrub expansion in Eastern Canada’s tundra which, in turn, has negatively impacted lichens, an important caribou food source. This study investigates changes to caribou forage availability due to ambient and experimental warming at two tundra sites located within the range of the TMC in Nunatsiavut, Labrador. The main questions we address are: 1) What proportion of total vegetation is suitable caribou forage and how has this changed with time and experimental warming? 2) Which forage species are most impacted by recent climate change? To answer these questions, we analyzed vegetation data collected over a 14-year period within the TMC’s range. Permanent, control and warming plots were established at Nakvak Brook and Torr Bay in 2007 and 2009 respectively and re-sampled every 3-6 years. From these vegetation data, we identified species of high, medium, and low caribou forage quality based on published literature. We then modelled the observed changes in forage availability. Results of this study found that caribou are more likely to be forage limited in the winter than during the summer. Consistent with shrub expansion, we found that birch, and ericaceous shrub species increased with time at Torr Bay. Conversely, we found that willow species declined in abundance at Nakvak Brook. We did not find that lichen species were significantly affected by time or warming at either of our sites. Our research provides valuable insight into recent changes in caribou forage availability for the TMC. This knowledge will help to inform appropriate conservation and management measures so that the TMC can continue to persist and contribute to the social-ecological resilience of northern communities.

@article{iglesias_us_2022,
	title = {U.{S}. fires became larger, more frequent, and more widespread in the 2000s},
	volume = {8},
	url = {https://www.science.org/doi/full/10.1126/sciadv.abc0020},
	doi = {10.1126/sciadv.abc0020},
	abstract = {Recent fires have fueled concerns that regional and global warming trends are leading to more extreme burning. We found compelling evidence that average fire events in regions of the United States are up to four times the size, triple the frequency, and more widespread in the 2000s than in the previous two decades. Moreover, the most extreme fires are also larger, more common, and more likely to co-occur with other extreme fires. This documented shift in burning patterns across most of the country aligns with the palpable change in fire dynamics noted by the media, public, and fire-fighting officials.},
	number = {11},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Science Advances},
	author = {Iglesias, Virginia and Balch, Jennifer K. and Travis, William R.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: American Association for the Advancement of Science},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {eabc0020},
}

Recent fires have fueled concerns that regional and global warming trends are leading to more extreme burning. We found compelling evidence that average fire events in regions of the United States are up to four times the size, triple the frequency, and more widespread in the 2000s than in the previous two decades. Moreover, the most extreme fires are also larger, more common, and more likely to co-occur with other extreme fires. This documented shift in burning patterns across most of the country aligns with the palpable change in fire dynamics noted by the media, public, and fire-fighting officials.

@phdthesis{di_cecco_understanding_2022,
	title = {Understanding biodiversity responses to global change: {Populations}, communities, and species distributions},
	copyright = {In Copyright - Educational Use Permitted},
	shorttitle = {Understanding biodiversity responses to global change},
	url = {https://cdr.lib.unc.edu/concern/dissertations/td96kc271},
	abstract = {Human influence on global ecosystems is pervasive. To mitigate the effects of climate change and land use change, there is a need for developing a predictive understanding of how global biodiversity has been impacted. Identifying ecological traits of species associated with species that are vulnerable to, tolerant of, or benefitting from anthropogenic change can help predict ecological communities of the future. In this dissertation, I investigated the ecological impacts of global change at three levels: populations, communities, and range distributions.Population responses to anthropogenic change may be context dependent: climate change effects may be exacerbated by simultaneous land use changes, or intraspecific population response to climate change may depend on whether the population is in a warmer or colder portion of the species’ range. To address these questions, I modeled how forest fragmentation and climate change predict changes in population trends of 67 forest breeding bird species throughout the United States and Canada. Secondly, I determined whether ecological traits such as migratory strategy, habitat specialization, and thermal niche width can predict the susceptibility of species to the impacts of forest fragmentation and climate change. As a result of ongoing anthropogenic change, ecological communities have reshuffled. Understanding how communities are changing requires consideration of compositional shifts in species identity and abundance and how they are related to global change. I examined the compositional change in bird communities, comparing the relative contribution of land use and climate change variables from local to regional scales over the past 25 years in the United States and Canada. Additionally, I measured how species traits may explain turnover in response to climate and land use change.	Impacts from local climate and land use change on populations and communities ultimately scale up to impact species range distributions. In response, species may undergo shifts in population size, sites occupied within their range, and shifts in range extent. Niche breadth on various axes may influence the direction and magnitude of these responses. Using annual survey data on breeding birds over forty years, I characterized the relative importance of niche breadth in explaining changes in species range responses.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	school = {The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill University Libraries},
	author = {Di Cecco, Grace J.},
	year = {2022},
	doi = {10.17615/51CN-7Q10},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Human influence on global ecosystems is pervasive. To mitigate the effects of climate change and land use change, there is a need for developing a predictive understanding of how global biodiversity has been impacted. Identifying ecological traits of species associated with species that are vulnerable to, tolerant of, or benefitting from anthropogenic change can help predict ecological communities of the future. In this dissertation, I investigated the ecological impacts of global change at three levels: populations, communities, and range distributions.Population responses to anthropogenic change may be context dependent: climate change effects may be exacerbated by simultaneous land use changes, or intraspecific population response to climate change may depend on whether the population is in a warmer or colder portion of the species’ range. To address these questions, I modeled how forest fragmentation and climate change predict changes in population trends of 67 forest breeding bird species throughout the United States and Canada. Secondly, I determined whether ecological traits such as migratory strategy, habitat specialization, and thermal niche width can predict the susceptibility of species to the impacts of forest fragmentation and climate change. As a result of ongoing anthropogenic change, ecological communities have reshuffled. Understanding how communities are changing requires consideration of compositional shifts in species identity and abundance and how they are related to global change. I examined the compositional change in bird communities, comparing the relative contribution of land use and climate change variables from local to regional scales over the past 25 years in the United States and Canada. Additionally, I measured how species traits may explain turnover in response to climate and land use change. Impacts from local climate and land use change on populations and communities ultimately scale up to impact species range distributions. In response, species may undergo shifts in population size, sites occupied within their range, and shifts in range extent. Niche breadth on various axes may influence the direction and magnitude of these responses. Using annual survey data on breeding birds over forty years, I characterized the relative importance of niche breadth in explaining changes in species range responses.

@article{horton_using_2022,
	title = {Using snow depth observations to provide insight into the quality of snowpack simulations for regional-scale avalanche forecasting},
	volume = {16},
	issn = {1994-0424},
	url = {https://tc.copernicus.org/articles/16/3393/2022/},
	doi = {10.5194/tc-16-3393-2022},
	abstract = {Abstract. The combination of numerical weather prediction and snowpack models has
potential to provide valuable information about snow avalanche
conditions in remote areas. However, the output of snowpack models is
sensitive to precipitation inputs, which can be difficult to verify in
mountainous regions. To examine how existing observation networks can
help interpret the accuracy of snowpack models, we compared snow depths
predicted by a weather–snowpack model chain with data from automated
weather stations and manual observations. Data from the 2020–2021 winter
were compiled for 21 avalanche forecast regions across western Canada
covering a range of climates and observation networks. To perform
regional-scale comparisons, SNOWPACK model simulations were run at
select grid points from the High-Resolution Deterministic
Prediction System (HRDPS) numerical weather prediction model to
represent conditions at treeline elevations, and observed snow depths
were upscaled to the same locations. Snow depths in the Coast Mountain
range were systematically overpredicted by the model, while snow depths
in many parts of the interior Rocky Mountain range were underpredicted.
These discrepancies had a greater impact on simulated snowpack
conditions in the interior ranges, where faceting was more sensitive to
snow depth. To put the comparisons in context, the quality of the
upscaled observations was assessed by checking whether snow depth
changes during stormy periods were consistent with the forecast
avalanche hazard. While some regions had high-quality observations,
other regions were poorly represented by available observations,
suggesting in some situations modelled snow depths could be more
reliable than observations. The analysis provides insights into the
potential for validating weather and snowpack models with readily
available observations, as well as for how avalanche forecasters can better
interpret the accuracy of snowpack simulations.},
	language = {en},
	number = {8},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {The Cryosphere},
	author = {Horton, Simon and Haegeli, Pascal},
	month = aug,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {3393--3411},
}

Abstract. The combination of numerical weather prediction and snowpack models has potential to provide valuable information about snow avalanche conditions in remote areas. However, the output of snowpack models is sensitive to precipitation inputs, which can be difficult to verify in mountainous regions. To examine how existing observation networks can help interpret the accuracy of snowpack models, we compared snow depths predicted by a weather–snowpack model chain with data from automated weather stations and manual observations. Data from the 2020–2021 winter were compiled for 21 avalanche forecast regions across western Canada covering a range of climates and observation networks. To perform regional-scale comparisons, SNOWPACK model simulations were run at select grid points from the High-Resolution Deterministic Prediction System (HRDPS) numerical weather prediction model to represent conditions at treeline elevations, and observed snow depths were upscaled to the same locations. Snow depths in the Coast Mountain range were systematically overpredicted by the model, while snow depths in many parts of the interior Rocky Mountain range were underpredicted. These discrepancies had a greater impact on simulated snowpack conditions in the interior ranges, where faceting was more sensitive to snow depth. To put the comparisons in context, the quality of the upscaled observations was assessed by checking whether snow depth changes during stormy periods were consistent with the forecast avalanche hazard. While some regions had high-quality observations, other regions were poorly represented by available observations, suggesting in some situations modelled snow depths could be more reliable than observations. The analysis provides insights into the potential for validating weather and snowpack models with readily available observations, as well as for how avalanche forecasters can better interpret the accuracy of snowpack simulations.

@article{mohammadpour_vegetation_2022,
	title = {Vegetation {Mapping} with {Random} {Forest} {Using} {Sentinel} 2 and {GLCM} {Texture} {Feature}—{A} {Case} {Study} for {Lousã} {Region}, {Portugal}},
	volume = {14},
	issn = {2072-4292},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2072-4292/14/18/4585},
	doi = {10.3390/rs14184585},
	abstract = {Vegetation mapping requires accurate information to allow its use in applications such as sustainable forest management against the effects of climate change and the threat of wildfires. Remote sensing provides a powerful resource of fundamental data at different spatial resolutions and spectral regions, making it an essential tool for vegetation mapping and biomass management. Due to the ever-increasing availability of free data and software, satellites have been predominantly used to map, analyze, and monitor natural resources for conservation purposes. This study aimed to map vegetation from Sentinel-2 (S2) data in a complex and mixed vegetation cover of the Lousã district in Portugal. We used ten multispectral bands with a spatial resolution of 10 m, and four vegetation indices, including Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), Green Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (GNDVI), Enhanced Vegetation Index (EVI), and Soil Adjusted Vegetation Index (SAVI). After applying principal component analysis (PCA) on the 10 S2A bands, four texture features, including mean (ME), homogeneity (HO), correlation (CO), and entropy (EN), were derived for the first three principal components. Textures were obtained using the Gray-Level Co-Occurrence Matrix (GLCM). As a result, 26 independent variables were extracted from S2. After defining the land use classes using an object-based approach, the Random Forest (RF) classifier was applied. The map accuracy was evaluated by the confusion matrix, using the metrics of overall accuracy (OA), producer accuracy (PA), user accuracy (UA), and kappa coefficient (Kappa). The described classification methodology showed a high OA of 90.5\% and kappa of 89\% for vegetation mapping. Using GLCM texture features and vegetation indices increased the accuracy by up to 2\%; however, classification using GLCM texture features and spectral bands achieved the highest OA (92\%), indicating the texture features′ capability in detecting the variability of forest species at stand level. The ME and CO showed the highest contribution to the classification accuracy among the GLCM textures. GNDVI outperformed other vegetation indices in variable importance. Moreover, using only S2A spectral bands, especially bands 11, 12, and 2, showed a high potential to classify the map with an OA of 88\%. This study showed that adding at least one GLCM texture feature and at least one vegetation index into the S2A spectral bands may effectively increase the accuracy metrics and tree species discrimination.},
	number = {18},
	journal = {Remote Sensing},
	author = {Mohammadpour, Pegah and Viegas, Domingos Xavier and Viegas, Carlos},
	month = sep,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: MDPI},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {4585},
}

Vegetation mapping requires accurate information to allow its use in applications such as sustainable forest management against the effects of climate change and the threat of wildfires. Remote sensing provides a powerful resource of fundamental data at different spatial resolutions and spectral regions, making it an essential tool for vegetation mapping and biomass management. Due to the ever-increasing availability of free data and software, satellites have been predominantly used to map, analyze, and monitor natural resources for conservation purposes. This study aimed to map vegetation from Sentinel-2 (S2) data in a complex and mixed vegetation cover of the Lousã district in Portugal. We used ten multispectral bands with a spatial resolution of 10 m, and four vegetation indices, including Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI), Green Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (GNDVI), Enhanced Vegetation Index (EVI), and Soil Adjusted Vegetation Index (SAVI). After applying principal component analysis (PCA) on the 10 S2A bands, four texture features, including mean (ME), homogeneity (HO), correlation (CO), and entropy (EN), were derived for the first three principal components. Textures were obtained using the Gray-Level Co-Occurrence Matrix (GLCM). As a result, 26 independent variables were extracted from S2. After defining the land use classes using an object-based approach, the Random Forest (RF) classifier was applied. The map accuracy was evaluated by the confusion matrix, using the metrics of overall accuracy (OA), producer accuracy (PA), user accuracy (UA), and kappa coefficient (Kappa). The described classification methodology showed a high OA of 90.5% and kappa of 89% for vegetation mapping. Using GLCM texture features and vegetation indices increased the accuracy by up to 2%; however, classification using GLCM texture features and spectral bands achieved the highest OA (92%), indicating the texture features′ capability in detecting the variability of forest species at stand level. The ME and CO showed the highest contribution to the classification accuracy among the GLCM textures. GNDVI outperformed other vegetation indices in variable importance. Moreover, using only S2A spectral bands, especially bands 11, 12, and 2, showed a high potential to classify the map with an OA of 88%. This study showed that adding at least one GLCM texture feature and at least one vegetation index into the S2A spectral bands may effectively increase the accuracy metrics and tree species discrimination.

@article{giesbrecht_watershed_2022,
	title = {Watershed {Classification} {Predicts} {Streamflow} {Regime} and {Organic} {Carbon} {Dynamics} in the {Northeast} {Pacific} {Coastal} {Temperate} {Rainforest}},
	volume = {36},
	issn = {0886-6236, 1944-9224},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2021GB007047},
	doi = {10.1029/2021GB007047},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Global Biogeochemical Cycles},
	author = {Giesbrecht, Ian J. W. and Tank, Suzanne E. and Frazer, Gordon W. and Hood, Eran and Gonzalez Arriola, Santiago G. and Butman, David E. and D’Amore, David V. and Hutchinson, David and Bidlack, Allison and Lertzman, Ken P.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
}

@phdthesis{bryzek_wetland_2022,
	type = {Master of {Science}, {Wildlife} {Fisheries} {Resources}},
	title = {Wetland {Mitigation} {Performance} {Standards}: {The} {Intersection} of {Science}, {Practice}, and {Policy}},
	shorttitle = {Wetland {Mitigation} {Performance} {Standards}},
	url = {https://researchrepository.wvu.edu/etd/11544},
	school = {West Virginia University},
	author = {Bryzek, Jessica},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@article{vonbank_wetland_2022,
	title = {Wetland use by {Greater} {White}-fronted {Geese} and spatial overlap with waterfowl conservation priority areas in {Mexico}},
	volume = {17},
	issn = {1712-6568},
	url = {http://www.ace-eco.org/vol17/iss2/art20/},
	doi = {10.5751/ACE-02204-170220},
	abstract = {Greater White-fronted Geese (Anser albifrons frontalis) use both agricultural and wetland habitats throughout winter with changes in use exhibited temporally and in relation to environmental and landscape factors. Currently, an unknown proportion of Greater White-fronted Geese winter in Mexico, largely along the Gulf Coast and in the Central Highlands, where information regarding wintering ecology is largely unknown. Because conservation efforts for waterfowl typically focus on wetland habitats, understanding factors influencing wetland use is imperative to developing informed conservation strategies. During winters, 2016– 2018, we used remote sensing to measure characteristics of 91 wetlands used by GPS-tagged Greater White-fronted Geese, and modeled how wetland and landscape variables influenced wetland use and selection. Our top model of wetland use indicated that larger wetlands and wetlands that were closer to other used wetlands were related to increased use. There was an interaction between wetland type and distance to agriculture, indicating that Greater White-fronted Geese exhibited increased use of emergent herbaceous/grass and woody wetland types that were in closer proximity to agriculture. Our wetland-selection model indicated that woody and emergent wetlands that were larger in size were selected at greater rates than available wetlands on the landscape. Additionally, we conducted a spatial comparison of used wetlands in this study with wetlands previously identified as important for waterfowl conservation in Mexico in the literature. Of 91 wetlands used by geese, only 7.7\% fell within wetland complexes identified as priority for waterfowl conservation or specific wetlands important to Greater White-fronted Geese by previous research, and all were within the Laguna Madre de Mexico and Rio Grande Delta regions in Tamaulipas. Wetlands in Mexico are being degraded at a rapid rate, and information such as this is important for future management and conservation-planning efforts throughout Mexico for wetland-dependent species such as the Greater White-fronted Goose.},
	number = {2},
	journal = {Avian Conservation and Ecology},
	author = {VonBank, Jay A. and Vasquez, Joshua P. and Loghry, Jason P. and Kraai, Kevin J. and Cao, Lei and Ballard, Bart M.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: Resilience Alliance},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {art20},
}

Greater White-fronted Geese (Anser albifrons frontalis) use both agricultural and wetland habitats throughout winter with changes in use exhibited temporally and in relation to environmental and landscape factors. Currently, an unknown proportion of Greater White-fronted Geese winter in Mexico, largely along the Gulf Coast and in the Central Highlands, where information regarding wintering ecology is largely unknown. Because conservation efforts for waterfowl typically focus on wetland habitats, understanding factors influencing wetland use is imperative to developing informed conservation strategies. During winters, 2016– 2018, we used remote sensing to measure characteristics of 91 wetlands used by GPS-tagged Greater White-fronted Geese, and modeled how wetland and landscape variables influenced wetland use and selection. Our top model of wetland use indicated that larger wetlands and wetlands that were closer to other used wetlands were related to increased use. There was an interaction between wetland type and distance to agriculture, indicating that Greater White-fronted Geese exhibited increased use of emergent herbaceous/grass and woody wetland types that were in closer proximity to agriculture. Our wetland-selection model indicated that woody and emergent wetlands that were larger in size were selected at greater rates than available wetlands on the landscape. Additionally, we conducted a spatial comparison of used wetlands in this study with wetlands previously identified as important for waterfowl conservation in Mexico in the literature. Of 91 wetlands used by geese, only 7.7% fell within wetland complexes identified as priority for waterfowl conservation or specific wetlands important to Greater White-fronted Geese by previous research, and all were within the Laguna Madre de Mexico and Rio Grande Delta regions in Tamaulipas. Wetlands in Mexico are being degraded at a rapid rate, and information such as this is important for future management and conservation-planning efforts throughout Mexico for wetland-dependent species such as the Greater White-fronted Goose.

@article{pompa-garcia_what_2022,
	title = {What {Are} {Contemporary} {Mexican} {Conifers} {Telling} {Us}? {A} {Perspective} {Offered} from {Tree} {Rings} {Linked} to {Climate} and the {NDVI} along a {Spatial} {Gradient}},
	volume = {14},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {2072-4292},
	shorttitle = {What {Are} {Contemporary} {Mexican} {Conifers} {Telling} {Us}?},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2072-4292/14/18/4506},
	doi = {10.3390/rs14184506},
	abstract = {Forest structure and composition have changed rapidly worldwide, presenting tendencies towards an increasing proportion of younger trees. From chronologies of tree-ring indices (TRI) and the reconstruction of the basal area increment (BAI), a dendroecological study was conducted from the perspective of the radial growth of twelve contemporary conifer species in a highly diverse region of the planet. From an elevational perspective, the TRI were associated with climate and the NDVI, while the BAI was also modeled as a potential proxy for forest productivity. Climate affects the species differently according to elevation: at 1900 m asl, Pinus caribaea, P. oocarpa and P. jeffreyi presented the lowest sensitivities to climate and drought. For their part, species occupying the intermediate part of the gradient (1901–3000 m asl), such as P. engelmannii, P. patula, P. johannis and P. maximartinezii, were very sensitive to maximum temperature (TMax), precipitation (PP) and drought during the winter–spring period. Finally, of the species distributed on the upper part of the gradient ({\textgreater}3000 m asl), only Abies religiosa was associated with TMax and drought; Juniperus deppeana, A. hickelii and P. hartwegii did not seem to be vulnerable to drought. Complementarily, we found significant differences in the BAI as a function of elevation, with the sites at 1001–1500 m asl presenting higher BAI. The results suggest that the growth in these forests is impacted by droughts and follows a distinct spatial pattern, with greater restriction found in mid-elevation forests. Consistent implications are also observed in BAI trends. For its part, the NDVI demonstrated a decreasing tendency in greenness from south to north, although no elevation pattern was evident. The combined proxies utilized here produced parameters that improve our understanding of forest growth and should be considered in vegetation dynamics models in order to reduce their uncertainty in the face of climate vulnerability. These forests must be sustainably managed, and it is therefore crucial to determine the influence of ecological variables on their growth.},
	language = {en},
	number = {18},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Remote Sensing},
	author = {Pompa-García, Marín and Vivar-Vivar, Eduardo D. and Sigala-Rodríguez, José A. and Padilla-Martínez, Jaime R.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Number: 18
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {4506},
}

Forest structure and composition have changed rapidly worldwide, presenting tendencies towards an increasing proportion of younger trees. From chronologies of tree-ring indices (TRI) and the reconstruction of the basal area increment (BAI), a dendroecological study was conducted from the perspective of the radial growth of twelve contemporary conifer species in a highly diverse region of the planet. From an elevational perspective, the TRI were associated with climate and the NDVI, while the BAI was also modeled as a potential proxy for forest productivity. Climate affects the species differently according to elevation: at 1900 m asl, Pinus caribaea, P. oocarpa and P. jeffreyi presented the lowest sensitivities to climate and drought. For their part, species occupying the intermediate part of the gradient (1901–3000 m asl), such as P. engelmannii, P. patula, P. johannis and P. maximartinezii, were very sensitive to maximum temperature (TMax), precipitation (PP) and drought during the winter–spring period. Finally, of the species distributed on the upper part of the gradient (\textgreater3000 m asl), only Abies religiosa was associated with TMax and drought; Juniperus deppeana, A. hickelii and P. hartwegii did not seem to be vulnerable to drought. Complementarily, we found significant differences in the BAI as a function of elevation, with the sites at 1001–1500 m asl presenting higher BAI. The results suggest that the growth in these forests is impacted by droughts and follows a distinct spatial pattern, with greater restriction found in mid-elevation forests. Consistent implications are also observed in BAI trends. For its part, the NDVI demonstrated a decreasing tendency in greenness from south to north, although no elevation pattern was evident. The combined proxies utilized here produced parameters that improve our understanding of forest growth and should be considered in vegetation dynamics models in order to reduce their uncertainty in the face of climate vulnerability. These forests must be sustainably managed, and it is therefore crucial to determine the influence of ecological variables on their growth.

@inproceedings{ikegawa_where_2022,
	address = {Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia},
	title = {Where {Do} {Humans} {Build} {Levees}? {A} {Case} {Study} on the {Contiguous} {United} {States}},
	isbn = {978-1-66542-792-0},
	shorttitle = {Where {Do} {Humans} {Build} {Levees}?},
	url = {https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/9884228/},
	doi = {10.1109/IGARSS46834.2022.9884228},
	urldate = {2023-06-09},
	booktitle = {{IGARSS} 2022 - 2022 {IEEE} {International} {Geoscience} and {Remote} {Sensing} {Symposium}},
	publisher = {IEEE},
	author = {Ikegawa, M. and Hascoet, T. and Pellet, V. and Watanabe, M. and Zhou, X. and Tanaka, Y. and Takiguchi, T. and Yamazaki, D.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2022},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2765--2768},
}

@article{tepley_wildfire_2022,
	title = {Wildfire evacuation patterns and syndromes across {Canada}'s forested regions},
	volume = {13},
	issn = {2150-8925},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ecs2.4255},
	doi = {10.1002/ecs2.4255},
	abstract = {Human exposure to wildfire is increasing in many regions globally—a trend likely to continue as climate change drives increases in wildfire activity and human populations continue to expand into fire-prone landscapes. In Canada, this trend is reflected by a steady increase in the annual number of wildfire evacuations since the 1980s. Evacuations can be costly and cause severe stress, even when homes remain undamaged. Because many factors driving community vulnerability are likely correlated, classifying at-risk communities into groups whose members share common drivers of wildfire vulnerability will be helpful in identifying the key wildfire evacuation “syndromes” that are repeated in different parts of the landscape. Understanding these syndromes will aid in anticipating and mitigating the effects of future fire exposure. Here, we classify the populated places across Canada's forested regions into 19 groups using variables describing their potential vulnerability to wildfire, including the surrounding land cover, land use and infrastructure, and the local fire regime. Then, we evaluate the utility of these groups by comparing actual wildfire exposure among the groups using a unique dataset of 1043 wildfire evacuations from 1980 to 2019. We identified three main evacuation syndromes that represent 79\% of all evacuations and are distinct in their geographic distribution, the characteristics of the fires that drove the evacuations, the communities exposed, and the likely mode of evacuation. In remote areas dominated by conifer forest, evacuations were driven primarily by lightning-ignited fires in the summer. Exposed communities typically lacked access to the road network, making it important to plan for evacuation by air. In less remote mixedwood forest areas, evacuations were driven largely by human-ignited fires in the spring, and most communities had access to major roads. In interior British Columbia, evacuations were mainly in the summer and driven by both lightning- and human-ignited fires. These areas experienced the greatest increase in evacuation frequency over the last two decades, reflecting the local trend of increasing wildfire activity. These differences highlight how the major risk factors vary spatially across the forested regions and temporally over the fire season—knowledge that will facilitate more effective planning for future fire seasons.},
	number = {10},
	journal = {Ecosphere},
	author = {Tepley, Alan J. and Parisien, Marc‐André and Wang, Xianli and Oliver, Jacqueline A. and Flannigan, Mike D.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2022},
	note = {Publisher: John Wiley and Sons Inc},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

Human exposure to wildfire is increasing in many regions globally—a trend likely to continue as climate change drives increases in wildfire activity and human populations continue to expand into fire-prone landscapes. In Canada, this trend is reflected by a steady increase in the annual number of wildfire evacuations since the 1980s. Evacuations can be costly and cause severe stress, even when homes remain undamaged. Because many factors driving community vulnerability are likely correlated, classifying at-risk communities into groups whose members share common drivers of wildfire vulnerability will be helpful in identifying the key wildfire evacuation “syndromes” that are repeated in different parts of the landscape. Understanding these syndromes will aid in anticipating and mitigating the effects of future fire exposure. Here, we classify the populated places across Canada's forested regions into 19 groups using variables describing their potential vulnerability to wildfire, including the surrounding land cover, land use and infrastructure, and the local fire regime. Then, we evaluate the utility of these groups by comparing actual wildfire exposure among the groups using a unique dataset of 1043 wildfire evacuations from 1980 to 2019. We identified three main evacuation syndromes that represent 79% of all evacuations and are distinct in their geographic distribution, the characteristics of the fires that drove the evacuations, the communities exposed, and the likely mode of evacuation. In remote areas dominated by conifer forest, evacuations were driven primarily by lightning-ignited fires in the summer. Exposed communities typically lacked access to the road network, making it important to plan for evacuation by air. In less remote mixedwood forest areas, evacuations were driven largely by human-ignited fires in the spring, and most communities had access to major roads. In interior British Columbia, evacuations were mainly in the summer and driven by both lightning- and human-ignited fires. These areas experienced the greatest increase in evacuation frequency over the last two decades, reflecting the local trend of increasing wildfire activity. These differences highlight how the major risk factors vary spatially across the forested regions and temporally over the fire season—knowledge that will facilitate more effective planning for future fire seasons.

@article{young_changing_2021,
	title = {A {Changing} {Hydrological} {Regime}: {Trends} in {Magnitude} and {Timing} of {Glacier} {Ice} {Melt} and {Glacier} {Runoff} in a {High} {Latitude} {Coastal} {Watershed}},
	volume = {57},
	issn = {0043-1397},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2020WR027404},
	doi = {10.1029/2020WR027404},
	abstract = {With a unique biogeophysical signature relative to other freshwater sources, meltwater from glaciers plays a crucial role in the hydrological and ecological regime of high latitude coastal areas. Today, as glaciers worldwide exhibit persistent negative mass balance, glacier runoff is changing in both magnitude and timing, with potential downstream impacts on infrastructure, ecosystems, and ecosystem resources. However, runoff trends may be difficult to detect in coastal systems with large precipitation variability. Here, we use the coupled energy balance and water routing model SnowModel-HydroFlow to examine changes in timing and magnitude of runoff from the western Juneau Icefield in Southeast Alaska between 1980 and 2016. We find that under sustained glacier mass loss (−0.57 ± 0.12 m w. e. a−1), several hydrological variables related to runoff show increasing trends. This includes annual and spring glacier ice melt volumes (+10\% and +16\% decade−1) which, because of higher proportions of precipitation, translate to smaller increases in glacier runoff (+3\% and +7\% decade−1) and total watershed runoff (+1.4\% and +3\% decade−1). These results suggest that the western Juneau Icefield watersheds are still in an increasing glacier runoff period prior to reaching “peak water.” In terms of timing, we find that maximum glacier ice melt is occurring earlier (2.5 days decade−1), indicating a change in the source and quality of freshwater being delivered downstream in the early summer. Our findings highlight that even in maritime climates with large precipitation variability, high latitude coastal watersheds are experiencing hydrological regime change driven by ongoing glacier mass loss.},
	number = {7},
	journal = {Water Resources Research},
	author = {Young, Joanna C. and Pettit, Erin and Arendt, Anthony and Hood, Eran and Liston, Glen E. and Beamer, Jordan},
	month = jul,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1--30},
}

With a unique biogeophysical signature relative to other freshwater sources, meltwater from glaciers plays a crucial role in the hydrological and ecological regime of high latitude coastal areas. Today, as glaciers worldwide exhibit persistent negative mass balance, glacier runoff is changing in both magnitude and timing, with potential downstream impacts on infrastructure, ecosystems, and ecosystem resources. However, runoff trends may be difficult to detect in coastal systems with large precipitation variability. Here, we use the coupled energy balance and water routing model SnowModel-HydroFlow to examine changes in timing and magnitude of runoff from the western Juneau Icefield in Southeast Alaska between 1980 and 2016. We find that under sustained glacier mass loss (−0.57 ± 0.12 m w. e. a−1), several hydrological variables related to runoff show increasing trends. This includes annual and spring glacier ice melt volumes (+10% and +16% decade−1) which, because of higher proportions of precipitation, translate to smaller increases in glacier runoff (+3% and +7% decade−1) and total watershed runoff (+1.4% and +3% decade−1). These results suggest that the western Juneau Icefield watersheds are still in an increasing glacier runoff period prior to reaching “peak water.” In terms of timing, we find that maximum glacier ice melt is occurring earlier (2.5 days decade−1), indicating a change in the source and quality of freshwater being delivered downstream in the early summer. Our findings highlight that even in maritime climates with large precipitation variability, high latitude coastal watersheds are experiencing hydrological regime change driven by ongoing glacier mass loss.

@incollection{klimaszewski_historical_2021,
	address = {Cham},
	title = {A {Historical} {Review} of {Research} on {Aleocharinae} of the {Arctic} and {Subarctic} {Ecoregions} of {North} {America} and an {Overview} of the {Study} {Region}},
	isbn = {978-3-030-68190-6 978-3-030-68191-3},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-3-030-68191-3_2},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-08},
	booktitle = {A {Faunal} {Review} of {Aleocharine} {Beetles} in the {Rapidly} {Changing} {Arctic} and {Subarctic} {Regions} of {North} {America} ({Coleoptera}, {Staphylinidae})},
	publisher = {Springer International Publishing},
	author = {Klimaszewski, Jan and Brunke, Adam and Sikes, Derek S. and Pentinsaari, Mikko and Godin, Benoit and Webster, Reginald P. and Davies, Anthony and Bourdon, Caroline and Newton, Alfred F.},
	collaborator = {Klimaszewski, Jan and Brunke, Adam and Sikes, Derek S. and Pentinsaari, Mikko and Godin, Benoit and Webster, Reginald P. and Davies, Anthony and Bourdon, Caroline and Newton, Alfred F.},
	year = {2021},
	doi = {10.1007/978-3-030-68191-3_2},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {3--9},
}

@inproceedings{melichar_machine_2021,
	address = {University of Arizona, Tuscon, Arizona, United States},
	title = {A {Machine} {Learning} and {Data} {Fusion} {Approach} for {Classifying} {Landsat} {OLI} {Spectral} and {Vegetation} {Dynamic} {Data} in {Support} of {Habitat} {Mapping} in the {Santa} {Ritas}},
	url = {https://www.tucson.ars.ag.gov/rise/2021/Posters/NaglerPoster.pdf},
	language = {en},
	author = {Melichar, Madeline and Barreto-Muñoz, Armando and Didan, Kamel and Duberstein, Jennie and Thomas, Kathryn and Nagler, Pamela},
	month = nov,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{nedd_synthesis_2021,
	title = {A {Synthesis} of {Land} {Use}/{Land} {Cover} {Studies}: {Definitions}, {Classification} {Systems}, {Meta}-{Studies}, {Challenges} and {Knowledge} {Gaps} on a {Global} {Landscape}},
	volume = {10},
	issn = {2073-445X},
	shorttitle = {A {Synthesis} of {Land} {Use}/{Land} {Cover} {Studies}},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2073-445X/10/9/994},
	doi = {10.3390/land10090994},
	abstract = {Land is a natural resource that humans have utilized for life and various activities. Land use/land cover change (LULCC) has been of great concern to many countries over the years. Some of the main reasons behind LULCC are rapid population growth, migration, and the conversion of rural to urban areas. LULC has a considerable impact on the land-atmosphere/climate interactions. Over the past two decades, numerous studies conducted in LULC have investigated various areas of the field of LULC. However, the assemblage of information is missing for some aspects. Therefore, to provide coherent guidance, a literature review to scrutinize and evaluate many studies in particular topical areas is employed. This research study collected approximately four hundred research articles and investigated five (5) areas of interest, including (1) LULC definitions; (2) classification systems used to classify LULC globally; (3) direct and indirect changes of meta-studies associated with LULC; (4) challenges associated with LULC; and (5) LULC knowledge gaps. The synthesis revealed that LULC definitions carried vital terms, and classification systems for LULC are at the national, regional, and global scales. Most meta-studies for LULC were in the categories of direct and indirect land changes. Additionally, the analysis showed significant areas of LULC challenges were data consistency and quality. The knowledge gaps highlighted a fall in the categories of ecosystem services, forestry, and data/image modeling in LULC. Core findings exhibit common patterns, discrepancies, and relationships from the multiple studies. While literature review as a tool showed similarities among various research studies, our results recommend researchers endeavor to perform further synthesis in the field of LULC to promote our overall understanding, since research investigations will continue in LULC.},
	language = {en},
	number = {9},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Land},
	author = {Nedd, Ryan and Light, Katie and Owens, Marcia and James, Neil and Johnson, Elijah and Anandhi, Aavudai},
	month = sep,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {994},
}

Land is a natural resource that humans have utilized for life and various activities. Land use/land cover change (LULCC) has been of great concern to many countries over the years. Some of the main reasons behind LULCC are rapid population growth, migration, and the conversion of rural to urban areas. LULC has a considerable impact on the land-atmosphere/climate interactions. Over the past two decades, numerous studies conducted in LULC have investigated various areas of the field of LULC. However, the assemblage of information is missing for some aspects. Therefore, to provide coherent guidance, a literature review to scrutinize and evaluate many studies in particular topical areas is employed. This research study collected approximately four hundred research articles and investigated five (5) areas of interest, including (1) LULC definitions; (2) classification systems used to classify LULC globally; (3) direct and indirect changes of meta-studies associated with LULC; (4) challenges associated with LULC; and (5) LULC knowledge gaps. The synthesis revealed that LULC definitions carried vital terms, and classification systems for LULC are at the national, regional, and global scales. Most meta-studies for LULC were in the categories of direct and indirect land changes. Additionally, the analysis showed significant areas of LULC challenges were data consistency and quality. The knowledge gaps highlighted a fall in the categories of ecosystem services, forestry, and data/image modeling in LULC. Core findings exhibit common patterns, discrepancies, and relationships from the multiple studies. While literature review as a tool showed similarities among various research studies, our results recommend researchers endeavor to perform further synthesis in the field of LULC to promote our overall understanding, since research investigations will continue in LULC.

@article{shirey_complete_2021,
	title = {A complete inventory of {North} {American} butterfly occurrence data: narrowing data gaps, but increasing bias},
	volume = {44},
	issn = {0906-7590, 1600-0587},
	shorttitle = {A complete inventory of {North} {American} butterfly occurrence data},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/ecog.05396},
	doi = {10.1111/ecog.05396},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Ecography},
	author = {Shirey, Vaughn and Belitz, Michael W. and Barve, Vijay and Guralnick, Robert},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Protected Areas},
	pages = {537--547},
}

@article{zupok_photosynthesis_2021,
	title = {A photosynthesis operon in the chloroplast genome drives speciation in evening primroses},
	volume = {33},
	issn = {1040-4651, 1532-298X},
	url = {https://academic.oup.com/plcell/article/33/8/2583/6287625},
	doi = {10.1093/plcell/koab155},
	abstract = {Genetic incompatibility between the cytoplasm and the nucleus is thought to be a major factor in species formation, but mechanistic understanding of this process is poor. In evening primroses (Oenothera spp.), a model plant for organelle genetics and population biology, hybrid offspring regularly display chloroplast–nuclear incompatibility. This usually manifests in bleached plants, more rarely in hybrid sterility or embryonic lethality. Hence, most of these incompatibilities affect photosynthetic capability, a trait that is under selection in changing environments. Here we show that light-dependent misregulation of the plastid psbB operon, which encodes core subunits of photosystem II and the cytochrome b6f complex, can lead to hybrid incompatibility, and this ultimately drives speciation. This misregulation causes an impaired light acclimation response in incompatible plants. Moreover, as a result of their different chloroplast genotypes, the parental lines differ in photosynthesis performance upon exposure to different light conditions. Significantly, the incompatible chloroplast genome is naturally found in xeric habitats with high light intensities, whereas the compatible one is limited to mesic habitats. Consequently, our data raise the possibility that the hybridization barrier evolved as a result of adaptation to specific climatic conditions.},
	language = {en},
	number = {8},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {The Plant Cell},
	author = {Zupok, Arkadiusz and Kozul, Danijela and Schöttler, Mark Aurel and Niehörster, Julia and Garbsch, Frauke and Liere, Karsten and Fischer, Axel and Zoschke, Reimo and Malinova, Irina and Bock, Ralph and Greiner, Stephan},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Precipitation},
	pages = {2583--2601},
}

Genetic incompatibility between the cytoplasm and the nucleus is thought to be a major factor in species formation, but mechanistic understanding of this process is poor. In evening primroses (Oenothera spp.), a model plant for organelle genetics and population biology, hybrid offspring regularly display chloroplast–nuclear incompatibility. This usually manifests in bleached plants, more rarely in hybrid sterility or embryonic lethality. Hence, most of these incompatibilities affect photosynthetic capability, a trait that is under selection in changing environments. Here we show that light-dependent misregulation of the plastid psbB operon, which encodes core subunits of photosystem II and the cytochrome b6f complex, can lead to hybrid incompatibility, and this ultimately drives speciation. This misregulation causes an impaired light acclimation response in incompatible plants. Moreover, as a result of their different chloroplast genotypes, the parental lines differ in photosynthesis performance upon exposure to different light conditions. Significantly, the incompatible chloroplast genome is naturally found in xeric habitats with high light intensities, whereas the compatible one is limited to mesic habitats. Consequently, our data raise the possibility that the hybridization barrier evolved as a result of adaptation to specific climatic conditions.

@article{machado-stredel_simulation-based_2021,
	title = {A simulation-based method for selecting calibration areas for ecological niche models and species distribution models},
	volume = {13},
	url = {https://escholarship.org/uc/item/8hq04438},
	doi = {10.21425/F5FBG48814},
	abstract = {Ecological niche models and species distribution models (ENM and SDM, respectively) are tools that have seen massive use and considerable improvement during the last twenty years. The choice of calibration areas for such models has strong effects on model outcomes and model interpretation, as well as on model transfer to distinct environmental settings. However, approaches to selecting these areas remain simple and/or unlinked to biological concepts. Such models should be calibrated within areas that the species of interest has explored throughout its recent history, the accessible area (M). In this paper, we provide a simulation approach for estimating a species’ M considering processes of dispersal, colonization, and extinction in constant current climate or glacial-interglacial climate change frameworks, implemented within a new R package we developed called grinnell. Using the avian genus Aphelocoma, we explored different parameterizations of our simulation, and compared them to current approaches for M selection, in terms of model performance and risk of extrapolation using the algorithm Maxent and mobility-oriented parity analyses. Model calibration exercises from all approaches resulted in at least one model meeting optimal performance criteria for each species; however, we noted high variability among taxa and M selection methods. More importantly, M hypotheses derived directly from simulations of key biological processes, rather than being based on simple proxies of those processes, and as such are better suited to erecting biologically appropriate contrasts in model calibration, and to characterizing the potential for model extrapolation more rigorously. Major factors in our simulations were environmental layer resolution, dispersal kernel characteristics, and the inclusion of a changing framework of climatic conditions. This contribution represents the first simulation-based method for selecting calibration areas for ENM and SDM, offering a quantitative approach to estimate the accessible area of a species while considering its dispersal ability, along with patterns of change in environmental suitability across space and time.},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-07-04},
	journal = {Frontiers of Biogeography},
	author = {Machado-Stredel, Fernando and Cobos, Marlon E. and Peterson, A. Townsend},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

Ecological niche models and species distribution models (ENM and SDM, respectively) are tools that have seen massive use and considerable improvement during the last twenty years. The choice of calibration areas for such models has strong effects on model outcomes and model interpretation, as well as on model transfer to distinct environmental settings. However, approaches to selecting these areas remain simple and/or unlinked to biological concepts. Such models should be calibrated within areas that the species of interest has explored throughout its recent history, the accessible area (M). In this paper, we provide a simulation approach for estimating a species’ M considering processes of dispersal, colonization, and extinction in constant current climate or glacial-interglacial climate change frameworks, implemented within a new R package we developed called grinnell. Using the avian genus Aphelocoma, we explored different parameterizations of our simulation, and compared them to current approaches for M selection, in terms of model performance and risk of extrapolation using the algorithm Maxent and mobility-oriented parity analyses. Model calibration exercises from all approaches resulted in at least one model meeting optimal performance criteria for each species; however, we noted high variability among taxa and M selection methods. More importantly, M hypotheses derived directly from simulations of key biological processes, rather than being based on simple proxies of those processes, and as such are better suited to erecting biologically appropriate contrasts in model calibration, and to characterizing the potential for model extrapolation more rigorously. Major factors in our simulations were environmental layer resolution, dispersal kernel characteristics, and the inclusion of a changing framework of climatic conditions. This contribution represents the first simulation-based method for selecting calibration areas for ENM and SDM, offering a quantitative approach to estimate the accessible area of a species while considering its dispersal ability, along with patterns of change in environmental suitability across space and time.

@article{stefanuk_accumulated_2021,
	title = {Accumulated {Heating} and {Chilling} {Are} {Important} {Drivers} of {Forest} {Phenology} and {Productivity} in the {Algonquin}-to-{Adirondacks} {Conservation} {Corridor} of {Eastern} {North} {America}},
	volume = {12},
	issn = {1999-4907},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/1999-4907/12/3/282},
	doi = {10.3390/f12030282},
	abstract = {Research Highlights: Forest phenology and productivity were responsive to seasonal heating and chilling accumulation, but responses differed across the temperature range. Background and Objectives: Temperate forests have responded to recent climate change worldwide, but the pattern and magnitude of response have varied, necessitating additional studies at higher spatial and temporal resolutions. We investigated climatic drivers of inter-annual variation in forest phenology and productivity across the Algonquin-to-Adirondacks (A2A) conservation corridor of eastern North America. Methods: We used remotely sensed indices from the AVHRR sensor series and a suite of gridded climate data from the Daymet database spanning from 1989–2014. We used random forest regression to characterize forest–climate relationships between forest growth indices and climatological variables. Results: A large portion of the annual variation in phenology and productivity was explained by climate (pR2 {\textgreater} 80\%), with variation largely driven by accumulated heating and chilling degree days. Only very minor relationships with precipitation-related variables were evident. Conclusions: Our results indicate that anthropogenic climate change in the A2A has not yet reached the point of triggering widespread changes in forest phenology and productivity, but the sensitivity of forest growth to inter-annual variation in seasonal temperature accumulation suggests that more temperate forest area will be affected by climate change as warming continues.},
	language = {en},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Forests},
	author = {Stefanuk, Michael A. and Danby, Ryan K.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {282},
}

Research Highlights: Forest phenology and productivity were responsive to seasonal heating and chilling accumulation, but responses differed across the temperature range. Background and Objectives: Temperate forests have responded to recent climate change worldwide, but the pattern and magnitude of response have varied, necessitating additional studies at higher spatial and temporal resolutions. We investigated climatic drivers of inter-annual variation in forest phenology and productivity across the Algonquin-to-Adirondacks (A2A) conservation corridor of eastern North America. Methods: We used remotely sensed indices from the AVHRR sensor series and a suite of gridded climate data from the Daymet database spanning from 1989–2014. We used random forest regression to characterize forest–climate relationships between forest growth indices and climatological variables. Results: A large portion of the annual variation in phenology and productivity was explained by climate (pR2 \textgreater 80%), with variation largely driven by accumulated heating and chilling degree days. Only very minor relationships with precipitation-related variables were evident. Conclusions: Our results indicate that anthropogenic climate change in the A2A has not yet reached the point of triggering widespread changes in forest phenology and productivity, but the sensitivity of forest growth to inter-annual variation in seasonal temperature accumulation suggests that more temperate forest area will be affected by climate change as warming continues.

@book{scott_advancing_2021,
	address = {Washington, D.C.},
	title = {Advancing {United} {States}-{Mexico} {Binational} {Sustainability} {Partnerships}},
	isbn = {978-0-309-29087-6},
	url = {https://www.nap.edu/catalog/26070},
	urldate = {2023-06-09},
	publisher = {National Academies Press},
	author = {{National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine}},
	editor = {Scott, Christopher A. and White, Jordyn and Kreidler, Heather},
	month = dec,
	year = {2021},
	doi = {10.17226/26070},
	note = {Pages: 26070},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@article{miranda_inventory_2021,
	title = {An inventory and typology of permanent floodplain lakes in the {Mississippi} {Alluvial} {Valley}: a first step to conservation planning},
	volume = {83},
	issn = {1015-1621, 1420-9055},
	shorttitle = {An inventory and typology of permanent floodplain lakes in the {Mississippi} {Alluvial} {Valley}},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/s00027-020-00775-3},
	doi = {10.1007/s00027-020-00775-3},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Aquatic Sciences},
	author = {Miranda, L. E. and Rhodes, M. C. and Allen, Y. and Killgore, K. J.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {20},
}

@phdthesis{congram_assessing_2021,
	address = {Ontario, Canada},
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Assessing the environmental correlates of a lethal amphibian pathogen},
	url = {https://digitalcollections.trentu.ca/objects/etd-970},
	school = {Trent University},
	author = {Congram, M},
	month = sep,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{pouliot_assessment_2021,
	title = {Assessment of {Landsat} {Based} {Deep}-{Learning} {Membership} {Analysis} for {Development} of from–to {Change} {Time} {Series} in the {Prairie} {Region} of {Canada} from 1984 to 2018},
	volume = {13},
	issn = {2072-4292},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2072-4292/13/4/634},
	doi = {10.3390/rs13040634},
	abstract = {The prairie region of Canada is a dynamically changing landscape in relation to past and present anthropogenic activities and recent climate change. Improving our understanding of the rate, timing, and distribution of landscape change is needed to determine the impact on wildlife populations and biodiversity, ultimately leading to better-informed management regarding requirements for habitat amount and its connectedness. In this research, we assessed the viability of an approach to detect from–to class changes designed to be scalable to the prairie region with the capacity for local refinement. It employed a deep-learning convolutional neural network to model general land covers and examined class memberships to identify land-cover conversions. For this implementation, eight land-cover categories were derived from the Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada Annual Space-Based Crop Inventory. Change was assessed in three study areas that contained different mixes of grassland, pasture, and forest cover. Results showed that the deep-learning method produced the highest accuracy across all classes relative to an implementation of random forest that included some first-order texture measures. Overall accuracy was 4\% greater with the deep-learning classifier and class accuracies were more balanced. Evaluation of change accuracy suggested good performance for many conversions such as grassland to crop, forest to crop, water to dryland covers, and most bare/developed-related changes. Changes involving pasture with grassland or cropland were more difficult to detect due to spectral confusion among classes. Similarly, conversion to forests in some cases was poorly detected due to gradual and subtle change characteristics combined with confusion between forest, shrub, and croplands. The proposed framework involved several processing steps that can be explored to enhance the thematic content and accuracy for large regional implementation. Evaluation for understanding connectivity in natural land covers and related declines in species at risk is planned for future research.},
	number = {4},
	journal = {Remote Sensing},
	author = {Pouliot, Darren and Alavi, Niloofar and Wilson, Scott and Duffe, Jason and Pasher, Jon and Davidson, Andrew and Daneshfar, Bahram and Lindsay, Emily},
	month = feb,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {634},
}

The prairie region of Canada is a dynamically changing landscape in relation to past and present anthropogenic activities and recent climate change. Improving our understanding of the rate, timing, and distribution of landscape change is needed to determine the impact on wildlife populations and biodiversity, ultimately leading to better-informed management regarding requirements for habitat amount and its connectedness. In this research, we assessed the viability of an approach to detect from–to class changes designed to be scalable to the prairie region with the capacity for local refinement. It employed a deep-learning convolutional neural network to model general land covers and examined class memberships to identify land-cover conversions. For this implementation, eight land-cover categories were derived from the Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada Annual Space-Based Crop Inventory. Change was assessed in three study areas that contained different mixes of grassland, pasture, and forest cover. Results showed that the deep-learning method produced the highest accuracy across all classes relative to an implementation of random forest that included some first-order texture measures. Overall accuracy was 4% greater with the deep-learning classifier and class accuracies were more balanced. Evaluation of change accuracy suggested good performance for many conversions such as grassland to crop, forest to crop, water to dryland covers, and most bare/developed-related changes. Changes involving pasture with grassland or cropland were more difficult to detect due to spectral confusion among classes. Similarly, conversion to forests in some cases was poorly detected due to gradual and subtle change characteristics combined with confusion between forest, shrub, and croplands. The proposed framework involved several processing steps that can be explored to enhance the thematic content and accuracy for large regional implementation. Evaluation for understanding connectivity in natural land covers and related declines in species at risk is planned for future research.

@techreport{bgc_engineering_inc_cariboo_2021,
	title = {Cariboo {Regional} {District} {Flood} {Hazard} {Assessment}},
	url = {https://www.fraserbasin.bc.ca/_Library/TR_Flood/CRD_Flood_Hazard_Assessment_2021_Final_Web.pdf},
	institution = {Frasier Basin Council},
	author = {{BGC Engineering Inc.}},
	month = jun,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {120},
}

@article{wessels_cerulean_2021,
	title = {Cerulean {Warblers} in the {Ozark} region: habitat selection, breeding biology, survival, and space use},
	volume = {92},
	issn = {0273-8570, 1557-9263},
	shorttitle = {Cerulean {Warblers} in the {Ozark} region},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/jofo.12358},
	doi = {10.1111/jofo.12358},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Field Ornithology},
	author = {Wessels, Jacob L. and Boves, Than J.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Political Boundaries},
	pages = {54--66},
}

@article{zylstra_changes_2021,
	title = {Changes in climate drive recent monarch butterfly dynamics},
	volume = {5},
	issn = {2397-334X},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41559-021-01504-1},
	doi = {10.1038/s41559-021-01504-1},
	language = {en},
	number = {10},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Nature Ecology \& Evolution},
	author = {Zylstra, Erin R. and Ries, Leslie and Neupane, Naresh and Saunders, Sarah P. and Ramírez, M. Isabel and Rendón-Salinas, Eduardo and Oberhauser, Karen S. and Farr, Matthew T. and Zipkin, Elise F.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1441--1452},
}

@article{dierauer_climate_2021,
	title = {Climate change impacts on snow and streamflow drought regimes in four ecoregions of {British} {Columbia}},
	volume = {46},
	issn = {0701-1784, 1918-1817},
	url = {https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/07011784.2021.1960894},
	doi = {10.1080/07011784.2021.1960894},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Canadian Water Resources Journal / Revue canadienne des ressources hydriques},
	author = {Dierauer, Jennifer R. and Allen, D. M. and Whitfield, P. H.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions},
	pages = {168--193},
}

@article{hines_compatibility_2021,
	title = {Compatibility of {Dual} {Enterprises} for {Cattle} and {Deer} in {North} {America}: {A} {Quantitative} {Review}},
	volume = {74},
	issn = {1550-7424},
	shorttitle = {Compatibility of {Dual} {Enterprises} for {Cattle} and {Deer} in {North} {America}},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S155074242030124X},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rama.2020.10.005},
	abstract = {Grazing by livestock, particularly cattle (Bos spp.), is the dominant land use across North American rangelands and often co-occurs in habitats used by wildlife. Deer (Odocoileus spp.) are an ecologically and economically important native wildlife species in North America. Sustainable management and profitable economic returns require an understanding of the factors driving cattle-deer compatibility. Cattle are compatible with deer when cattle grazing does not negatively impact deer or their habitat requirements (food, cover, and space). We reviewed 2,685 publications on cattle-deer interactions across North American ecosystems to assess the compatibility of these two important genera. We extracted data from 85 of the publications, years ranged from 1930–2015, that met criteria for quantifying cattle-deer diet overlap, and cattle effects on deer food, cover, and space. We determined that cattle-deer compatibility across North American ecosystems is dictated: mostly by geographic region; followed by cattle stocking rate and season; and marginally by soil texture. Cattle and deer were compatible across North American ecosystems when cattle stocking rate was less than 0.12−0.17 AUY ha−1. Cattle-deer diet overlap was lowest during summer and autumn. Although, cattle had the greatest potential to decrease forbs in the northeastern forested ecoregion on clay soils during autumn. Cattle had little measurable effect on habitat variables important to deer in open North American ecoregions dominated by herbaceous vegetation. In contrast to rangelands, cattle had the greatest potential to adversely impact deer food, cover, and use of space in forest-dominated ecoregions in North America. However, observations in eastern forested ecoregions only represented 6−16\% our data sets. Our review reveals a range of conservative cattle stocking rates (0.12−0.17 AUY ha−1) that will have minimal impact on deer using rangelands, and that stocking rates in forested ecoregions may need to be reduced further to minimize impacts to deer and their habitat requirements.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-07-04},
	journal = {Rangeland Ecology \& Management},
	author = {Hines, Stacy L. and Fulbright, Timothy E. and Ortega-S, Alfonso J. and Webb, Stephen L. and Hewitt, David G. and Boutton, Thomas W.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {21--31},
}

Grazing by livestock, particularly cattle (Bos spp.), is the dominant land use across North American rangelands and often co-occurs in habitats used by wildlife. Deer (Odocoileus spp.) are an ecologically and economically important native wildlife species in North America. Sustainable management and profitable economic returns require an understanding of the factors driving cattle-deer compatibility. Cattle are compatible with deer when cattle grazing does not negatively impact deer or their habitat requirements (food, cover, and space). We reviewed 2,685 publications on cattle-deer interactions across North American ecosystems to assess the compatibility of these two important genera. We extracted data from 85 of the publications, years ranged from 1930–2015, that met criteria for quantifying cattle-deer diet overlap, and cattle effects on deer food, cover, and space. We determined that cattle-deer compatibility across North American ecosystems is dictated: mostly by geographic region; followed by cattle stocking rate and season; and marginally by soil texture. Cattle and deer were compatible across North American ecosystems when cattle stocking rate was less than 0.12−0.17 AUY ha−1. Cattle-deer diet overlap was lowest during summer and autumn. Although, cattle had the greatest potential to decrease forbs in the northeastern forested ecoregion on clay soils during autumn. Cattle had little measurable effect on habitat variables important to deer in open North American ecoregions dominated by herbaceous vegetation. In contrast to rangelands, cattle had the greatest potential to adversely impact deer food, cover, and use of space in forest-dominated ecoregions in North America. However, observations in eastern forested ecoregions only represented 6−16% our data sets. Our review reveals a range of conservative cattle stocking rates (0.12−0.17 AUY ha−1) that will have minimal impact on deer using rangelands, and that stocking rates in forested ecoregions may need to be reduced further to minimize impacts to deer and their habitat requirements.

@article{reich_continuoussurface_2021,
	title = {Continuous‐surface geographic assignment of migratory animals using strontium isotopes: {A} case study with monarch butterflies},
	volume = {12},
	issn = {2041-210X, 2041-210X},
	shorttitle = {Continuous‐surface geographic assignment of migratory animals using strontium isotopes},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/2041-210X.13707},
	doi = {10.1111/2041-210X.13707},
	language = {en},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Methods in Ecology and Evolution},
	author = {Reich, Megan S. and Flockhart, D. T. Tyler and Norris, D. Ryan and Hu, Lihai and Bataille, Clément P.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Elevation},
	pages = {2445--2457},
}

@article{yao_contrasting_2021,
	title = {Contrasting stream water temperature responses to global change in the {Mid}-{Atlantic} {Region} of the {United} {States}: {A} process-based modeling study},
	volume = {601},
	issn = {00221694},
	shorttitle = {Contrasting stream water temperature responses to global change in the {Mid}-{Atlantic} {Region} of the {United} {States}},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0022169421006818},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jhydrol.2021.126633},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Hydrology},
	author = {Yao, Yuanzhi and Tian, Hanqin and Kalin, Latif and Pan, Shufen and Friedrichs, Marjorie A.M. and Wang, Jing and Li, Ya},
	month = oct,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {126633},
}

@incollection{heung_digital_2021,
	title = {Digital {Soil} {Mapping}},
	url = {https://openpress.usask.ca/soilscience/chapter/digital-soil-mapping/},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-08},
	author = {Heung, Brandon and Saurette, Daniel and Bulmer, Chuck E.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Book Title: Digging into Canadian Soils
Publisher: Canadian Society of Soil Science},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{santibanez-lopez_diversification_2021,
	title = {Diversification and post-glacial range expansion of giant {North} {American} camel spiders in genus {Eremocosta} ({Solifugae}: {Eremobatidae})},
	volume = {11},
	copyright = {2021 This is a U.S. Government work and not under copyright protection in the US; foreign copyright protection may apply},
	issn = {2045-2322},
	shorttitle = {Diversification and post-glacial range expansion of giant {North} {American} camel spiders in genus {Eremocosta} ({Solifugae}},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-021-01555-1},
	doi = {10.1038/s41598-021-01555-1},
	abstract = {Species of camel spiders in the family Eremobatidae are an important component of arthropod communities in arid ecosystems throughout North America. Recently, research demonstrated that the evolutionary history and biogeography of the family are poorly understood. Herein we explore the biogeographic history of this group of arachnids using genome-wide single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) data, morphology, and distribution modelling to study the eremobatid genus Eremocosta, which contains exceptionally large species distributed throughout North American deserts. Relationships among sampled species were resolved with strong support and they appear to have diversified within distinct desert regions along an east-to-west progression beginning in the Chihuahuan Desert. The unexpected phylogenetic position of some samples suggests that the genus may contain additional, morphologically cryptic species. Geometric morphometric analyses reveal a largely conserved cheliceral morphology among Eremocosta spp. Phylogeographic analyses indicate that the distribution of E. titania was substantially reduced during the last glacial maximum and the species only recently colonized much of the Mojave Desert. Results from this study underscore the power of genome-wide data for unlocking the genetic potential of museum specimens, which is especially promising for organisms like camel spiders that are notoriously difficult to collect.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Scientific Reports},
	author = {Santibáñez-López, Carlos E. and Cushing, Paula E. and Powell, Alexsis M. and Graham, Matthew R.},
	month = nov,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Number: 1
Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {22093},
}

Species of camel spiders in the family Eremobatidae are an important component of arthropod communities in arid ecosystems throughout North America. Recently, research demonstrated that the evolutionary history and biogeography of the family are poorly understood. Herein we explore the biogeographic history of this group of arachnids using genome-wide single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) data, morphology, and distribution modelling to study the eremobatid genus Eremocosta, which contains exceptionally large species distributed throughout North American deserts. Relationships among sampled species were resolved with strong support and they appear to have diversified within distinct desert regions along an east-to-west progression beginning in the Chihuahuan Desert. The unexpected phylogenetic position of some samples suggests that the genus may contain additional, morphologically cryptic species. Geometric morphometric analyses reveal a largely conserved cheliceral morphology among Eremocosta spp. Phylogeographic analyses indicate that the distribution of E. titania was substantially reduced during the last glacial maximum and the species only recently colonized much of the Mojave Desert. Results from this study underscore the power of genome-wide data for unlocking the genetic potential of museum specimens, which is especially promising for organisms like camel spiders that are notoriously difficult to collect.

@article{zhao_diversity_2021,
	title = {Diversity and distribution of the superfamily {Grylloidea} ({Orthoptera}: {Ensifera}: {Gryllidea}) in the {Nearctic} region},
	volume = {5040},
	issn = {1175-5334, 1175-5326},
	shorttitle = {Diversity and distribution of the superfamily {Grylloidea} ({Orthoptera}},
	url = {https://mapress.com/zt/article/view/zootaxa.5040.2.7},
	doi = {10.11646/zootaxa.5040.2.7},
	abstract = {Based on the geographic distribution database of the Orthoptera Species File, the diversity and distribution of the superfamily Grylloidea in the Nearctic region was studied using the statistics and Sorensen dissimilarity coefficient. A total of 164 species or subspecies belonging to 4 families, 9 subfamilies and 27 genera were recorded from this region; among which Gryllidae (93, 56.70\%), followed by Trigonidiidae (44, 26.83\%), Mogoplistidae (25, 15.24\%), and Phalangopsidae (2, 1.22\%). The diversity exhibits an asymmetric distribution pattern, with the southeastern coastal plain, the Interior Plateau and Piedmont of the United States was the most abundant. At the same time, the regional similarity of species distribution was analyzed, and the Nearctic was divided into four subregions: Boreal \& Arctic zone of North America, Eastern temperate North America, Northeast temperate North America, and Southern North America \& western temperate North America.},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Zootaxa},
	author = {Zhao, Xin and Feng, Dandan and Li, Yuntao and Liu, Haoyu},
	month = sep,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {283--288},
}

Based on the geographic distribution database of the Orthoptera Species File, the diversity and distribution of the superfamily Grylloidea in the Nearctic region was studied using the statistics and Sorensen dissimilarity coefficient. A total of 164 species or subspecies belonging to 4 families, 9 subfamilies and 27 genera were recorded from this region; among which Gryllidae (93, 56.70%), followed by Trigonidiidae (44, 26.83%), Mogoplistidae (25, 15.24%), and Phalangopsidae (2, 1.22%). The diversity exhibits an asymmetric distribution pattern, with the southeastern coastal plain, the Interior Plateau and Piedmont of the United States was the most abundant. At the same time, the regional similarity of species distribution was analyzed, and the Nearctic was divided into four subregions: Boreal & Arctic zone of North America, Eastern temperate North America, Northeast temperate North America, and Southern North America & western temperate North America.

@article{gosal_drivers_2021,
	title = {Do drivers of nature visitation vary spatially? {The} importance of context for understanding visitation of nature areas in {Europe} and {North} {America}},
	volume = {776},
	issn = {00489697},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2021.145190 https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0048969721002564},
	doi = {10.1016/j.scitotenv.2021.145190},
	abstract = {Nature visitation is important, both culturally and economically. Given the contribution of nature recreation to multiple societal goals, comprehending determinants of nature visitation is essential to understand the drivers associated with the popularity of nature areas, for example, to inform land-use planning or site management strategies to maximise benefits. Understanding the factors related to nature, tourism and recreation can support the management of nature areas and thereby, also conservation efforts and biodiversity protection. This study applied a Multiscale Geographically Weighted Regression (MGWR) to quantify the spatially varying influence of different factors associated with nature visitation in Europe and North America. Results indicated that some explanatory variables were stationary for all sites (age 15 to 65, population density (within 25 km), GDP, area, built-up areas, plateaus, and mountains). In contrast, others exhibited significant spatial non-stationarity (locally variable): needle-leaf trees (conifers), trails, travel time, roads, and Red List birds and amphibians. Needle-leaf trees and travel time were found to be negatively significant in Europe. Roads were found to have a significant positive effect in North America. Trails and Red List bird species were found to have a positive effect in both North America and North Europe, with a greater effect in Europe. Red List amphibians was the only spatially variable predictor to have both a positive and negative impact, with selected sites in North America and northern Europe being positive, whereas Iceland and central and southern Europe were negative. The scale of the response-predictor relationship (bandwidth) of these locally variable predictors was smallest for Red List amphibians at 1033 km, with all other spatially variable predictors between 9558 and 12,285 km. The study demonstrates the contribution that MGWR, a spatially explicit model, can make to support a deeper understanding of processes associated with nature visitation in different geographic contexts.},
	journal = {Science of The Total Environment},
	author = {Gosal, Arjan S. and Giannichi, Marta Lisli and Beckmann, Michael and Comber, Alexis and Massenberg, Julian R. and Palliwoda, Julia and Roddis, Philippa and Schägner, Jan Philipp and Wilson, Jamie and Ziv, Guy},
	month = jul,
	year = {2021},
	pmid = {33639459},
	note = {Publisher: The Authors},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {145190},
}

Nature visitation is important, both culturally and economically. Given the contribution of nature recreation to multiple societal goals, comprehending determinants of nature visitation is essential to understand the drivers associated with the popularity of nature areas, for example, to inform land-use planning or site management strategies to maximise benefits. Understanding the factors related to nature, tourism and recreation can support the management of nature areas and thereby, also conservation efforts and biodiversity protection. This study applied a Multiscale Geographically Weighted Regression (MGWR) to quantify the spatially varying influence of different factors associated with nature visitation in Europe and North America. Results indicated that some explanatory variables were stationary for all sites (age 15 to 65, population density (within 25 km), GDP, area, built-up areas, plateaus, and mountains). In contrast, others exhibited significant spatial non-stationarity (locally variable): needle-leaf trees (conifers), trails, travel time, roads, and Red List birds and amphibians. Needle-leaf trees and travel time were found to be negatively significant in Europe. Roads were found to have a significant positive effect in North America. Trails and Red List bird species were found to have a positive effect in both North America and North Europe, with a greater effect in Europe. Red List amphibians was the only spatially variable predictor to have both a positive and negative impact, with selected sites in North America and northern Europe being positive, whereas Iceland and central and southern Europe were negative. The scale of the response-predictor relationship (bandwidth) of these locally variable predictors was smallest for Red List amphibians at 1033 km, with all other spatially variable predictors between 9558 and 12,285 km. The study demonstrates the contribution that MGWR, a spatially explicit model, can make to support a deeper understanding of processes associated with nature visitation in different geographic contexts.

@article{graham_phylogeny_2021,
	title = {Do phylogeny and habitat influence admixture among four {North} {American} chickadee (family: {Paridae}) species?},
	volume = {52},
	issn = {0908-8857, 1600-048X},
	shorttitle = {Do phylogeny and habitat influence admixture among four {North} {American} chickadee (family},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/jav.02695},
	doi = {10.1111/jav.02695},
	language = {en},
	number = {5},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Avian Biology},
	author = {Graham, Brendan A. and Gazeley, Ian and Otter, Ken A. and Burg, Theresa},
	month = may,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {jav.02695},
}

@phdthesis{garcia_downscaling_2021,
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Downscaling of {GOES}-16's land surface temperature product using epitomes},
	url = {https://scholarworks.utep.edu/open_etd/3260},
	school = {Electrical Engineering, University of Texas - El Paso},
	author = {Garcia, R.},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{chang_effects_2021,
	title = {Effects of land use change, wetland fragmentation, and best management practices on total suspended solids concentrations in an urbanizing {Oregon} watershed, {USA}},
	volume = {282},
	issn = {03014797},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0301479721000244},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jenvman.2021.111962},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Environmental Management},
	author = {Chang, Heejun and Makido, Yasuyo and Foster, Eugene},
	month = mar,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {111962},
}

@phdthesis{uhelski_elucidating_2021,
	type = {Doctor of {Philosophy}},
	title = {Elucidating peatland disturbance ecology and carbon dynamics through the lens of soil using infrared spectrometry},
	school = {Forest Resources and Environmental Science, Michigan Technological University},
	author = {Uhelski, D.M.},
	year = {2021},
	doi = {10.37099/mtu.dc.etdr/1262},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@article{hafen_environmental_2021,
	title = {Environmental {Conditions} {Associated} with {Occurrences} of the {Threatened} {Yaqui} {Catfish} in the {Yaqui} {River} {Basin}, {Mexico}},
	volume = {41},
	issn = {0275-5947},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/nafm.10653},
	doi = {10.1002/nafm.10653},
	abstract = {The Yaqui Catfish Ictalurus pricei is an understudied species, with limited information available on its ecology, distribution, and local habitat use. Native to the southwestern United States and northwestern Mexico, Yaqui Catfish populations are declining, which has prompted listing of the species as threatened in the United States and as a species of concern in Mexico. Water overallocation, habitat degradation, invasive species introductions, and hybridization with nonnative Channel Catfish I. punctatus have caused the populations in Mexico to decline. The United States population collapsed after years of low recruitment. To better focus conservation efforts as well as define habitat associated with Yaqui Catfish occurrences, we assessed the distribution in the Yaqui River basin of Mexico by using historical data at a landscape scale. Yaqui Catfish were historically found across the watershed among a diversity of environments but were most frequently associated with small, intermittent streams. Basin land cover was dominated by forest, shrubland, and grassland, and Yaqui Catfish generally occurred in stream segments at similar proportions. However, a small number of Yaqui Catfish occurrences were associated with urban and cropland land cover types in proportions greater than the availability of those categories on the landscape. With the species facing declines in the region, this work will help to inform future conservation efforts aimed at securing the Yaqui Catfish, protecting suitable habitat, and better defining its current status in Mexico.},
	number = {S1},
	journal = {North American Journal of Fisheries Management},
	author = {Hafen, Thomas and Taylor, Andrew T. and Hendrickson, Dean A. and Stewart, David R. and Long, James M.},
	month = oct,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {S54--S63},
}

The Yaqui Catfish Ictalurus pricei is an understudied species, with limited information available on its ecology, distribution, and local habitat use. Native to the southwestern United States and northwestern Mexico, Yaqui Catfish populations are declining, which has prompted listing of the species as threatened in the United States and as a species of concern in Mexico. Water overallocation, habitat degradation, invasive species introductions, and hybridization with nonnative Channel Catfish I. punctatus have caused the populations in Mexico to decline. The United States population collapsed after years of low recruitment. To better focus conservation efforts as well as define habitat associated with Yaqui Catfish occurrences, we assessed the distribution in the Yaqui River basin of Mexico by using historical data at a landscape scale. Yaqui Catfish were historically found across the watershed among a diversity of environments but were most frequently associated with small, intermittent streams. Basin land cover was dominated by forest, shrubland, and grassland, and Yaqui Catfish generally occurred in stream segments at similar proportions. However, a small number of Yaqui Catfish occurrences were associated with urban and cropland land cover types in proportions greater than the availability of those categories on the landscape. With the species facing declines in the region, this work will help to inform future conservation efforts aimed at securing the Yaqui Catfish, protecting suitable habitat, and better defining its current status in Mexico.

@article{moreno-contreras_environmental_2021,
	title = {Environmental {Factors} {Shape} the {Nonbreeding} {Distribution} of the {Harlan}'s {Red}-{Tailed} {Hawk}: {A} {Maximum} {Entropy} {Approach}},
	volume = {55},
	issn = {0892-1016},
	shorttitle = {Environmental {Factors} {Shape} the {Nonbreeding} {Distribution} of the {Harlan}'s {Red}-{Tailed} {Hawk}},
	url = {https://bioone.org/journals/journal-of-raptor-research/volume-55/issue-1/0892-1016-55.1.79/Environmental-Factors-Shape-the-Nonbreeding-Distribution-of-the-Harlans-Red/10.3356/0892-1016-55.1.79.full},
	doi = {10.3356/0892-1016-55.1.79},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Raptor Research},
	author = {Moreno-Contreras, Israel and Rodríguez-Ruíz, Erick Rubén and Sánchez-González, Luis A. and Navarro-Sigüenza, Adolfo G.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@article{aldis_exploratory_2021,
	title = {Exploratory {Analysis} of {Geochemical} {Data} and {Inference} of {Soil} {Minerals} at {Sites} {Across} {Canada}},
	volume = {53},
	issn = {1874-8953},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1007/s11004-020-09912-y},
	doi = {10.1007/s11004-020-09912-y},
	abstract = {Soil plays a crucial role in ecosystem functioning, e.g., soil minerals provide important provisioning and regulating ecosystem services. The determination of soil mineral composition can help to link geochemical processes to underlying bedrock and surficial geology, however analysing quantitative soil mineralogy by X-ray diffraction can be expensive. This study used data from the North American Soil Geochemical Landscapes Project sampled at sites (n = 560) across Canada; exploratory analysis of major elements from the C-horizon, {\textless}  2 mm size fraction, was carried out to determine whether geochemical data can infer site-specific qualitative soil minerals. Results for the raw geochemical data indicated relative variability of major elements across Canadian provinces with noticeable differences for silica and calcium. Geochemical data are compositional, and as such their statistical assessment is subject to the problem of closure. In the current study, all raw geochemical data were centred log-ratio-transformed prior to statistical analysis to overcome closure. Graphical measures indicated skewed element data prior to centred log-ratio transformation, which produced a more symmetric distribution. Correlations between elements suggested tentative soil mineral composition, such as silica and aluminum from aluminosilicates minerals. Principal component analysis of transformed geochemical data revealed three distinct groups of calcium, magnesium; iron, titanium, manganese; and aluminum, potassium, silica, sodium, while phosphorus had smaller relative variability independent of these groups. The interpretation of these groups was based on soil minerals and identified as carbonates, silicates, and weathered secondary oxides. These minerals corresponded geospatially to the regional bedrock geology of the sites across Canada, such as the sedimentary rock types from Western Canada to more variable minerals from igneous, metamorphic, or sedimentary rocks in Eastern Canada.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-07-07},
	journal = {Mathematical Geosciences},
	author = {Aldis, Margot and Aherne, Julian},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {1201--1221},
}

Soil plays a crucial role in ecosystem functioning, e.g., soil minerals provide important provisioning and regulating ecosystem services. The determination of soil mineral composition can help to link geochemical processes to underlying bedrock and surficial geology, however analysing quantitative soil mineralogy by X-ray diffraction can be expensive. This study used data from the North American Soil Geochemical Landscapes Project sampled at sites (n = 560) across Canada; exploratory analysis of major elements from the C-horizon, \textless  2 mm size fraction, was carried out to determine whether geochemical data can infer site-specific qualitative soil minerals. Results for the raw geochemical data indicated relative variability of major elements across Canadian provinces with noticeable differences for silica and calcium. Geochemical data are compositional, and as such their statistical assessment is subject to the problem of closure. In the current study, all raw geochemical data were centred log-ratio-transformed prior to statistical analysis to overcome closure. Graphical measures indicated skewed element data prior to centred log-ratio transformation, which produced a more symmetric distribution. Correlations between elements suggested tentative soil mineral composition, such as silica and aluminum from aluminosilicates minerals. Principal component analysis of transformed geochemical data revealed three distinct groups of calcium, magnesium; iron, titanium, manganese; and aluminum, potassium, silica, sodium, while phosphorus had smaller relative variability independent of these groups. The interpretation of these groups was based on soil minerals and identified as carbonates, silicates, and weathered secondary oxides. These minerals corresponded geospatially to the regional bedrock geology of the sites across Canada, such as the sedimentary rock types from Western Canada to more variable minerals from igneous, metamorphic, or sedimentary rocks in Eastern Canada.

@phdthesis{pease_exploring_2021,
	type = {Doctor of {Philosophy}},
	title = {Exploring {Drivers} of {Spatial} {Non}-{Stationarity} in {Wildlife}-{Environment} {Relationships} {Through} {Species} {Distribution} {Modeling}.},
	url = {https://repository.lib.ncsu.edu/handle/1840.20/38701},
	school = {North Carolina State University},
	author = {Pease, Brent Steven},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

@techreport{schoeneberg_exploring_2021,
	title = {Exploring the {Strength} and {Limitations} of {PCIC}'s {CMIP5} {Hydrologic} {Scenarios}},
	url = {https://pacificclimate.org/news-and-events/news/2021/new-report-exploring-strength-and-limitations-pcic’s-cmip5-hydrologic-scenarios},
	institution = {Pacific Climate Impacts Consortium},
	author = {Schoeneberg, Arelia T. and Schnorbus, Markus A.},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {42},
}

@article{tsuruta_exploring_2021,
	title = {Exploring the operational impacts of climate change and glacier loss in the upper {Columbia} {River} {Basin}, {Canada}},
	volume = {35},
	issn = {0885-6087, 1099-1085},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/hyp.14253},
	doi = {10.1002/hyp.14253},
	language = {en},
	number = {7},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Hydrological Processes},
	author = {Tsuruta, Kai and Schnorbus, Markus A.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{lacava_functional_2021,
	title = {Functional connectivity in a continuously distributed, migratory species as revealed by landscape genomics},
	volume = {44},
	issn = {0906-7590, 1600-0587},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/ecog.05600},
	doi = {10.1111/ecog.05600},
	language = {en},
	number = {7},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Ecography},
	author = {LaCava, Melanie E. F. and Gagne, Roderick B. and Gustafson, Kyle D. and Oyler‐McCance, Sara and Monteith, Kevin L. and Sawyer, Hall and Kauffman, Matthew J. and Thiele, Daniel J. and Ernest, Holly B.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers},
	pages = {987--999},
}

@techreport{sims_good_2021,
	address = {Bonn, Germany},
	title = {Good {Practice} {Guidance}. {SDG} {Indicator} 15.3.1, {Proportion} of {Land} {That} {Is} {Degraded} {Over} {Total} {Land} {Area}. {Version} 2.0},
	url = {https://www.unccd.int/resources/manuals-and-guides/good-practice-guidance-sdg-indicator-1531-proportion-land-degraded},
	institution = {United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification},
	author = {Sims, N.C. and Newnham, G.J. and England, J.R. and {Guerschmanm J.} and Cox, S.J.D. and Roxburgh, S.H. and Viscarra Rossel, R.A. and Fritz, S. and Wheeler, I.},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{mai_great_2021,
	title = {Great {Lakes} {Runoff} {Intercomparison} {Project} {Phase} 3: {Lake} {Erie} ({GRIP}-{E})},
	volume = {26},
	issn = {1084-0699, 1943-5584},
	shorttitle = {Great {Lakes} {Runoff} {Intercomparison} {Project} {Phase} 3},
	url = {https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%29HE.1943-5584.0002097},
	doi = {10.1061/(ASCE)HE.1943-5584.0002097},
	language = {en},
	number = {9},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Hydrologic Engineering},
	author = {Mai, Juliane and Tolson, Bryan A. and Shen, Hongren and Gaborit, Étienne and Fortin, Vincent and Gasset, Nicolas and Awoye, Hervé and Stadnyk, Tricia A. and Fry, Lauren M. and Bradley, Emily A. and Seglenieks, Frank and Temgoua, André G. T. and Princz, Daniel G. and Gharari, Shervan and Haghnegahdar, Amin and Elshamy, Mohamed E. and Razavi, Saman and Gauch, Martin and Lin, Jimmy and Ni, Xiaojing and Yuan, Yongping and McLeod, Meghan and Basu, Nandita B. and Kumar, Rohini and Rakovec, Oldrich and Samaniego, Luis and Attinger, Sabine and Shrestha, Narayan K. and Daggupati, Prasad and Roy, Tirthankar and Wi, Sungwook and Hunter, Tim and Craig, James R. and Pietroniro, Alain},
	month = sep,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {05021020},
}

@article{colton_grizzly_2021,
	title = {Grizzly bear ({Ursus} arctos) responses to forest harvesting: {A} review of underlying mechanisms and management recommendations},
	volume = {497},
	issn = {03781127},
	shorttitle = {Grizzly bear ({Ursus} arctos) responses to forest harvesting},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0378112721005600},
	doi = {10.1016/j.foreco.2021.119471},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Forest Ecology and Management},
	author = {Colton, Christopher P. and Coops, Nicholas C. and Burton, A. Cole},
	month = oct,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {119471},
}

@article{brown_habitat_2021,
	title = {Habitat {Associations} of {Golden} {Eagle} {Prey} {Inferred} from {Prey} {Remains} at {Nesting} {Sites} in {Utah}, {USA}},
	volume = {55},
	issn = {0892-1016},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.3356/0892-1016-55.1.1},
	doi = {10.3356/0892-1016-55.1.1},
	abstract = {Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaetos) can prey on a wide variety of species, but population persistence is often thought to depend on the abundance of a few key prey species. We investigated Golden Eagle prey remains at 254 nesting sites in north-central Utah, USA, from 1970–2014. We hypothesized that variation in observed prey at the nesting site could be predicted by ecoregion or localized (6.4-km radius) environmental factors. We identified 147 prey species representing a minimum of 26,734 individuals, with the majority of species occurring at low frequencies. Golden Eagle prey remains were dominated by black-tailed jackrabbits (Lepus californicus), with cottontails (Sylvilagus spp.), rock squirrels (Otospermophilus variegatus), and yellow-bellied marmots (Marmota flaviventris) also found frequently, and occasionally in large numbers per nesting site. We found natural groupings of prey species by multivariate analyses. Nonmetric multidimensional scaling (NMDS) identified three prey assemblages typical of sagebrush (Artemisia spp.)steppe, wetland, and mountain ecosystems. Canonical correspondence analysis (CCA) and permutational multiple analysis of variance (PERMANOVA) suggested that prey assemblages were associated with environmental variables, including: (1) forest cover and elevation vs. sagebrush and pinyon pine (Pinus spp.) cover; and (2) alfalfa (Medicago sativa), crop, and wetland cover vs. elevation and forest, sagebrush, and pinyon pine cover. Observed prey were better predicted by measured environmental factors than biogeographic boundaries. The abundance of the four most frequently recorded prey species was influenced primarily by habitat, and to a lesser degree by overall diversity of prey remains, precipitation, and time trend variables, as suggested by Poisson regression models. Our analyses indicate that Golden Eagle prey varied within and between ecoregion boundaries, and that prey were more strongly predicted by localized environmental factors than by climate or time.},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-07-06},
	journal = {Journal of Raptor Research},
	author = {Brown, Jessi L. and Bedrosian, Geoffrey and Keller, Kent R.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {1--16},
}

Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaetos) can prey on a wide variety of species, but population persistence is often thought to depend on the abundance of a few key prey species. We investigated Golden Eagle prey remains at 254 nesting sites in north-central Utah, USA, from 1970–2014. We hypothesized that variation in observed prey at the nesting site could be predicted by ecoregion or localized (6.4-km radius) environmental factors. We identified 147 prey species representing a minimum of 26,734 individuals, with the majority of species occurring at low frequencies. Golden Eagle prey remains were dominated by black-tailed jackrabbits (Lepus californicus), with cottontails (Sylvilagus spp.), rock squirrels (Otospermophilus variegatus), and yellow-bellied marmots (Marmota flaviventris) also found frequently, and occasionally in large numbers per nesting site. We found natural groupings of prey species by multivariate analyses. Nonmetric multidimensional scaling (NMDS) identified three prey assemblages typical of sagebrush (Artemisia spp.)steppe, wetland, and mountain ecosystems. Canonical correspondence analysis (CCA) and permutational multiple analysis of variance (PERMANOVA) suggested that prey assemblages were associated with environmental variables, including: (1) forest cover and elevation vs. sagebrush and pinyon pine (Pinus spp.) cover; and (2) alfalfa (Medicago sativa), crop, and wetland cover vs. elevation and forest, sagebrush, and pinyon pine cover. Observed prey were better predicted by measured environmental factors than biogeographic boundaries. The abundance of the four most frequently recorded prey species was influenced primarily by habitat, and to a lesser degree by overall diversity of prey remains, precipitation, and time trend variables, as suggested by Poisson regression models. Our analyses indicate that Golden Eagle prey varied within and between ecoregion boundaries, and that prey were more strongly predicted by localized environmental factors than by climate or time.

@article{flower_human_2021,
	title = {Human food use increases plant geographical ranges in the {Sonoran} {Desert}},
	volume = {30},
	issn = {1466-822X, 1466-8238},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/geb.13311},
	doi = {10.1111/geb.13311},
	language = {en},
	number = {7},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Global Ecology and Biogeography},
	author = {Flower, Carolyn and Hodgson, Wendy C. and Salywon, Andrew M. and Maitner, Brian S. and Enquist, Brian J. and Peeples, Matthew A. and Blonder, Benjamin},
	editor = {Nogué, Sandra},
	month = jul,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {1461--1473},
}

@article{alvarez_identifying_2021,
	title = {Identifying {Chemicals} and {Mixtures} of {Potential} {Biological} {Concern} {Detected} in {Passive} {Samplers} from {Great} {Lakes} {Tributaries} {Using} {High}‐{Throughput} {Data} and {Biological} {Pathways}},
	volume = {40},
	issn = {0730-7268, 1552-8618},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/etc.5118},
	doi = {10.1002/etc.5118},
	language = {en},
	number = {8},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry},
	author = {Alvarez, David A. and Corsi, Steven R. and De Cicco, Laura A. and Villeneuve, Daniel L. and Baldwin, Austin K.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers, Political Boundaries},
	pages = {2165--2182},
}

@article{mitchell_identifying_2021,
	title = {Identifying key ecosystem service providing areas to inform national-scale conservation planning},
	volume = {16},
	issn = {1748-9326},
	url = {https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1748-9326/abc121},
	doi = {10.1088/1748-9326/abc121},
	abstract = {Abstract
            
              Effectively conserving ecosystem services in order to maintain human wellbeing is a global need that requires an understanding of where ecosystem services are produced by ecosystems and where people benefit from these services. However, approaches to effectively identify key locations that have the capacity to supply ecosystem services and actually contribute to meeting human demand for those services are lacking at broad spatial scales. We developed new methods that integrate measures of the capacity of ecosystems to provide services with indicators of human demand and ability to access these services. We then identified important areas for three ecosystem services currently central to protected area management in Canada—carbon storage, freshwater, and nature-based recreation—and evaluated how these hotspots align with Canada’s current protected areas and resource development tenures. We find that locations of ecosystem service capacity overlap only weakly (27–36\%) with actual service providing areas (incorporating human access and demand). Overlapping hotspots of provision for multiple ecosystem services are also extremely limited across Canada; only 1.2\% (∼56 000 km
              2
              ) of the total ecosystem service hotspot area in Canada consists of overlap between all three ecosystem services. Canada’s current protected area network also targets service capacity to a greater degree than provision. Finally, one-half to two-thirds of current ecosystem service hotspots (54–66\%) overlap with current and planned resource extraction activities. Our analysis demonstrates how to identify areas where conservation and ecosystem service management actions should be focused to more effectively target ecosystem services to ensure that critical areas for ecosystem services that directly benefit people are conserved. Further development of these methods at national scales to assess ecosystem service capacity and demand and integrate this with conventional biodiversity and conservation planning information will help ensure that both biodiversity and ecosystem services are effectively safeguarded.},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Environmental Research Letters},
	author = {Mitchell, Matthew G E and Schuster, Richard and Jacob, Aerin L and Hanna, Dalal E L and Dallaire, Camille Ouellet and Raudsepp-Hearne, Ciara and Bennett, Elena M and Lehner, Bernhard and Chan, Kai M A},
	month = jan,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {014038},
}

Abstract Effectively conserving ecosystem services in order to maintain human wellbeing is a global need that requires an understanding of where ecosystem services are produced by ecosystems and where people benefit from these services. However, approaches to effectively identify key locations that have the capacity to supply ecosystem services and actually contribute to meeting human demand for those services are lacking at broad spatial scales. We developed new methods that integrate measures of the capacity of ecosystems to provide services with indicators of human demand and ability to access these services. We then identified important areas for three ecosystem services currently central to protected area management in Canada—carbon storage, freshwater, and nature-based recreation—and evaluated how these hotspots align with Canada’s current protected areas and resource development tenures. We find that locations of ecosystem service capacity overlap only weakly (27–36%) with actual service providing areas (incorporating human access and demand). Overlapping hotspots of provision for multiple ecosystem services are also extremely limited across Canada; only 1.2% (∼56 000 km 2 ) of the total ecosystem service hotspot area in Canada consists of overlap between all three ecosystem services. Canada’s current protected area network also targets service capacity to a greater degree than provision. Finally, one-half to two-thirds of current ecosystem service hotspots (54–66%) overlap with current and planned resource extraction activities. Our analysis demonstrates how to identify areas where conservation and ecosystem service management actions should be focused to more effectively target ecosystem services to ensure that critical areas for ecosystem services that directly benefit people are conserved. Further development of these methods at national scales to assess ecosystem service capacity and demand and integrate this with conventional biodiversity and conservation planning information will help ensure that both biodiversity and ecosystem services are effectively safeguarded.

@article{sapena_identifying_2021,
	title = {Identifying urban growth patterns through land-use/land-cover spatio-temporal metrics: {Simulation} and analysis},
	volume = {35},
	issn = {1365-8816, 1362-3087},
	shorttitle = {Identifying urban growth patterns through land-use/land-cover spatio-temporal metrics},
	url = {https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13658816.2020.1817463},
	doi = {10.1080/13658816.2020.1817463},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {International Journal of Geographical Information Science},
	author = {Sapena, Marta and Ruiz, Luis A.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {375--396},
}

@techreport{fournier_illinois_2021,
	title = {Illinois {Waterfowl} {Surveys} and {Investigations} {W}-43-{R}-68 {Annual} {Report} {FY2021}},
	copyright = {This document is a product of the Illinois Natural History Survey, and has been selected and made available by the Illinois Natural History Survey and the University Library, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. It is intended solely for noncommercial research and educational use, and proper attribution is requested.},
	url = {https://hdl.handle.net/2142/111628},
	abstract = {We will aerially identify and enumerate ducks, geese, swans, and select other waterbirds at selected sites in the Illinois and central Mississippi river valleys of Illinois during autumn and early winter and summarize and distribute these data to conservation partners and the general public. Specifically, we will:
• Identify and enumerate waterfowl and select other waterbirds along the Illinois and central Mississippi rivers of Illinois during autumn (≥40 sites) and spring migration (≥40 sites) using light aircraft,
• Compute annual use-days and peak abundances for observed species and compare with long-term averages,
• Provide general inference regarding the distribution of waterfowl in space and time relative to habitat conditions, and
• Summarize and distribute these data to agency personnel, research collaborators, the scientific community, and the general public through popular articles, oral presentations, technical reports, peer-reviewed publications, and other means.},
	urldate = {2023-06-16},
	author = {Fournier, Auriel M. V. and Yetter, Aaron P. and Gilbert, Andrew D. and Osborn, Joshua M. and Kross, Chelsea S. and Askren, Ryan J. and Beach, Cheyenne R. and Hagy, Heath M. and Ward, Michael P.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Publisher: Illinois Natural History Survey},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

We will aerially identify and enumerate ducks, geese, swans, and select other waterbirds at selected sites in the Illinois and central Mississippi river valleys of Illinois during autumn and early winter and summarize and distribute these data to conservation partners and the general public. Specifically, we will: • Identify and enumerate waterfowl and select other waterbirds along the Illinois and central Mississippi rivers of Illinois during autumn (≥40 sites) and spring migration (≥40 sites) using light aircraft, • Compute annual use-days and peak abundances for observed species and compare with long-term averages, • Provide general inference regarding the distribution of waterfowl in space and time relative to habitat conditions, and • Summarize and distribute these data to agency personnel, research collaborators, the scientific community, and the general public through popular articles, oral presentations, technical reports, peer-reviewed publications, and other means.

@techreport{miller_implementing_2021,
	title = {Implementing {Connectivity} {Conservation} in {Canada}, {Chapter} 3g - {The} {Algonquin} to {Adirondacks} ({A2A}) corridor},
	url = {https://ccea-ccae.org/implementing-connectivity-conservation-in-canada/},
	abstract = {Implementing Connectivity Conservation in Canada Download the policy brief here Download the report here Back to Documents},
	urldate = {2023-06-16},
	institution = {Canadian Council on Ecological Areas},
	author = {Miller, David and Bell, Gary},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

Implementing Connectivity Conservation in Canada Download the policy brief here Download the report here Back to Documents

@article{wilson_implications_2021,
	title = {Implications of {Historical} and {Contemporary} {Processes} on {Genetic} {Differentiation} of a {Declining} {Boreal} {Songbird}: {The} {Rusty} {Blackbird}},
	volume = {13},
	copyright = {http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/},
	issn = {1424-2818},
	shorttitle = {Implications of {Historical} and {Contemporary} {Processes} on {Genetic} {Differentiation} of a {Declining} {Boreal} {Songbird}},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/1424-2818/13/3/103},
	doi = {10.3390/d13030103},
	abstract = {The arrangement of habitat features via historical or contemporary events can strongly influence genomic and demographic connectivity, and in turn affect levels of genetic diversity and resilience of populations to environmental perturbation. The rusty blackbird (Euphagus carolinus) is a forested wetland habitat specialist whose population size has declined sharply (78\%) over recent decades. The species breeds across the expansive North American boreal forest region, which contains a mosaic of habitat conditions resulting from active natural disturbance regimes and glacial history. We used landscape genomics to evaluate how past and present landscape features have shaped patterns of genetic diversity and connectivity across the species’ breeding range. Based on reduced-representation genomic and mitochondrial DNA, genetic structure followed four broad patterns influenced by both historical and contemporary forces: (1) an east–west partition consistent with vicariance during the last glacial maximum; (2) a potential secondary contact zone between eastern and western lineages at James Bay, Ontario; (3) insular differentiation of birds on Newfoundland; and (4) restricted regional gene flow among locales within western and eastern North America. The presence of genomic structure and therefore restricted dispersal among populations may limit the species’ capacity to respond to rapid environmental change.},
	language = {en},
	number = {3},
	urldate = {2023-07-04},
	journal = {Diversity},
	author = {Wilson, Robert E. and Matsuoka, Steven M. and Powell, Luke L. and Johnson, James A. and Demarest, Dean W. and Stralberg, Diana and Sonsthagen, Sarah A.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Number: 3
Publisher: Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {103},
}

The arrangement of habitat features via historical or contemporary events can strongly influence genomic and demographic connectivity, and in turn affect levels of genetic diversity and resilience of populations to environmental perturbation. The rusty blackbird (Euphagus carolinus) is a forested wetland habitat specialist whose population size has declined sharply (78%) over recent decades. The species breeds across the expansive North American boreal forest region, which contains a mosaic of habitat conditions resulting from active natural disturbance regimes and glacial history. We used landscape genomics to evaluate how past and present landscape features have shaped patterns of genetic diversity and connectivity across the species’ breeding range. Based on reduced-representation genomic and mitochondrial DNA, genetic structure followed four broad patterns influenced by both historical and contemporary forces: (1) an east–west partition consistent with vicariance during the last glacial maximum; (2) a potential secondary contact zone between eastern and western lineages at James Bay, Ontario; (3) insular differentiation of birds on Newfoundland; and (4) restricted regional gene flow among locales within western and eastern North America. The presence of genomic structure and therefore restricted dispersal among populations may limit the species’ capacity to respond to rapid environmental change.

@article{rastandeh_incorporating_2021,
	title = {Incorporating social values and wildlife habitats for biodiversity conservation modeling in landscapes of the {Great} {Plains}},
	volume = {36},
	issn = {0921-2973, 1572-9761},
	url = {http://link.springer.com/10.1007/s10980-020-01190-7},
	doi = {10.1007/s10980-020-01190-7},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Landscape Ecology},
	author = {Rastandeh, Amin and Jarchow, Meghann and Carnes, Morgan},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1137--1160},
}

@article{kelly_investigating_2021,
	title = {Investigating bee dietary preferences along a gradient of floral resources: how does resource use align with resource availability?},
	volume = {28},
	issn = {1672-9609, 1744-7917},
	shorttitle = {Investigating bee dietary preferences along a gradient of floral resources},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/1744-7917.12785},
	doi = {10.1111/1744-7917.12785},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Insect Science},
	author = {Kelly, Tyler T. and Elle, Elizabeth},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {555--565},
}

@article{senar_lake_2021,
	title = {Lake browning may fuel phytoplankton biomass and trigger shifts in phytoplankton communities in temperate lakes},
	volume = {83},
	issn = {1015-1621, 1420-9055},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/s00027-021-00780-0},
	doi = {10.1007/s00027-021-00780-0},
	language = {en},
	number = {2},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Aquatic Sciences},
	author = {Senar, Oscar E. and Creed, Irena F. and Trick, Charles G.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {North American Forests},
	pages = {21},
}

@phdthesis{radwan_land_2021,
	type = {Doctoral {Dissertation}},
	title = {Land cover change from {National} to global scales: {A} spatiotemporal assessment of trajectories, transitions and drivers},
	url = {https://eprints.lancs.ac.uk/id/eprint/164522/},
	school = {Lancaster University},
	author = {Radwan, Taher Mohamed Ali},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{touati_landscape_2021,
	title = {Landscape {Freeze}/{Thaw} {Mapping} from {Active} and {Passive} {Microwave} {Earth} {Observations} over the {Tursujuq} {National} {Park}, {Quebec}, {Canada}},
	volume = {28},
	issn = {1195-6860},
	url = {https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/11956860.2021.1969790},
	doi = {10.1080/11956860.2021.1969790},
	number = {3-4},
	journal = {Écoscience},
	author = {Touati, Cheima and Ratsimbazafy, Tahiana and Poulin, Jimmy and Bernier, Monique and Homayouni, Saeid and Ludwig, Ralf},
	month = oct,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Publisher: Taylor \& Francis},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {421--433},
}

@article{smart_landscape_2021,
	title = {Landscape characterization of floral resources for pollinators in the {Prairie} {Pothole} {Region} of the {United} {States}},
	volume = {30},
	issn = {0960-3115, 1572-9710},
	url = {https://link.springer.com/10.1007/s10531-021-02177-9},
	doi = {10.1007/s10531-021-02177-9},
	language = {en},
	number = {7},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Biodiversity and Conservation},
	author = {Smart, Autumn H. and Otto, Clint R. V. and Gallant, Alisa L. and Simanonok, Michael P.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers},
	pages = {1991--2015},
}

@article{mccabe_landscape_2021,
	title = {Landscape cover type, not social dominance, is associated with the winter movement patterns of {Snowy} {Owls} in temperate areas},
	volume = {138},
	issn = {0004-8038},
	url = {https://academic.oup.com/auk/article/doi/10.1093/ornithology/ukaa082/6159444},
	doi = {10.1093/ornithology/ukaa082},
	abstract = {Migrating animals occur along a continuum from species that spend the nonbreeding season at a fixed location to species that are nomadic during the nonbreeding season, essentially continuously moving. Such variation is likely driven by the economics of territoriality or heterogeneity in the environment. The Snowy Owl (Bubo scandiacus) is known for its complex seasonal movements, and thus an excellent model to test these ideas, as many individuals travel unpredictably along irregular routes during both the breeding and nonbreeding seasons. Two possible explanations for this large variation in the propensity to move are (1) dominance hierarchies in which dominant individuals (adult females in this case) monopolize some key, consistent resources, and move less than subdominants; and (2) habitat heterogeneity in which individuals foraging in rich and less heterogenic environments are less mobile. We analyzed fine-scale telemetry data (global positioning system [GPS]/global system for mobile communication [GSM]) from 50 Snowy Owls tagged in eastern and central North America from 2013 to 2019, comparing space use during the winter period according to sex and age, and to land cover attributes. We used variograms to classify individuals as nomadic (58\%) or range-resident (42\%), and found that nomadic owls had ten times larger wintering areas than range-resident owls. The frequency of nomadism was similar in socially-dominant adult females, immatures, and males. However, nomadism increased from west to east, and north to south, and was positively associated with the use of water and negatively associated with croplands. We conclude that many individual Snowy Owls in Eastern North America are nomadic during the nonbreeding season and that movement patterns during this time are driven primarily by extrinsic factors, specifically heterogeneity in habitat and prey availability, as opposed to intrinsic factors associated with spacing behavior, such as age and sex.},
	number = {2},
	journal = {Ornithology},
	author = {McCabe, Rebecca A. and Therrien, Jean-françois and Wiebe, Karen L. and Gauthier, Gilles and Brinker, David and Weidensaul, Scott and Elliott, Kyle},
	month = may,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1--12},
}

Migrating animals occur along a continuum from species that spend the nonbreeding season at a fixed location to species that are nomadic during the nonbreeding season, essentially continuously moving. Such variation is likely driven by the economics of territoriality or heterogeneity in the environment. The Snowy Owl (Bubo scandiacus) is known for its complex seasonal movements, and thus an excellent model to test these ideas, as many individuals travel unpredictably along irregular routes during both the breeding and nonbreeding seasons. Two possible explanations for this large variation in the propensity to move are (1) dominance hierarchies in which dominant individuals (adult females in this case) monopolize some key, consistent resources, and move less than subdominants; and (2) habitat heterogeneity in which individuals foraging in rich and less heterogenic environments are less mobile. We analyzed fine-scale telemetry data (global positioning system [GPS]/global system for mobile communication [GSM]) from 50 Snowy Owls tagged in eastern and central North America from 2013 to 2019, comparing space use during the winter period according to sex and age, and to land cover attributes. We used variograms to classify individuals as nomadic (58%) or range-resident (42%), and found that nomadic owls had ten times larger wintering areas than range-resident owls. The frequency of nomadism was similar in socially-dominant adult females, immatures, and males. However, nomadism increased from west to east, and north to south, and was positively associated with the use of water and negatively associated with croplands. We conclude that many individual Snowy Owls in Eastern North America are nomadic during the nonbreeding season and that movement patterns during this time are driven primarily by extrinsic factors, specifically heterogeneity in habitat and prey availability, as opposed to intrinsic factors associated with spacing behavior, such as age and sex.

@article{mckee_mapping_2021,
	title = {Mapping {American} lobster ( \textit{{Homarus} americanus} ) habitat for use in marine spatial planning},
	volume = {78},
	issn = {0706-652X, 1205-7533},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/10.1139/cjfas-2020-0051},
	doi = {10.1139/cjfas-2020-0051},
	abstract = {Marine spatial planning (MSP) is a management tool that could help mitigate the conflict that exists between the American lobster (Homarus americanus) fishery and the net-pen salmon aquaculture industry in the Canadian Maritime provinces. We developed adult American lobster species distribution models (SDMs) for use in MSP in Liverpool, Nova Scotia, through remote sensing data collection methods. A single-beam echo sounder was used to collect bathymetry and seafloor substrate data, and an aerial drone collected lobster presence data through the georeferenced photography of lobster trap buoys. The SDMs display trends in lobster presence likelihood that correspond with established patterns of habitat selection in adult lobsters. The areas where lobsters are predicted to have the highest likelihood of presence are sections of hard and rocky substrate, though that association is confounded by depth. The uncertainty of the SDMs was quantitatively assessed and the importance of explicitly analysing the effects of scale and resolution of spatial data are highlighted.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences},
	author = {McKee, Anne and Grant, Jon and Barrell, Jeffrey},
	month = jun,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers},
	pages = {704--720},
}

Marine spatial planning (MSP) is a management tool that could help mitigate the conflict that exists between the American lobster (Homarus americanus) fishery and the net-pen salmon aquaculture industry in the Canadian Maritime provinces. We developed adult American lobster species distribution models (SDMs) for use in MSP in Liverpool, Nova Scotia, through remote sensing data collection methods. A single-beam echo sounder was used to collect bathymetry and seafloor substrate data, and an aerial drone collected lobster presence data through the georeferenced photography of lobster trap buoys. The SDMs display trends in lobster presence likelihood that correspond with established patterns of habitat selection in adult lobsters. The areas where lobsters are predicted to have the highest likelihood of presence are sections of hard and rocky substrate, though that association is confounded by depth. The uncertainty of the SDMs was quantitatively assessed and the importance of explicitly analysing the effects of scale and resolution of spatial data are highlighted.

@article{momenidehaghi_mapping_2021,
	title = {Mapping the premigration distribution of eastern {Monarch} butterflies using community science data},
	volume = {11},
	issn = {2045-7758, 2045-7758},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ece3.7912},
	doi = {10.1002/ece3.7912},
	language = {en},
	number = {16},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Ecology and Evolution},
	author = {Momeni‐Dehaghi, Iman and Bennett, Joseph R. and Mitchell, Greg W. and Rytwinski, Trina and Fahrig, Lenore},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Watersheds},
	pages = {11275--11281},
}

@article{mancuso_migration_2021,
	title = {Migration ecology of western gray catbirds},
	volume = {9},
	issn = {2051-3933},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1186/s40462-021-00249-7},
	doi = {10.1186/s40462-021-00249-7},
	abstract = {For many songbirds in North America, we lack movement details about the full annual cycle, notably outside the breeding season. Understanding how populations are linked spatially between breeding and overwintering periods (migratory connectivity) is crucial to songbird conservation and management. We assessed migratory connectivity for 2 breeding populations of Gray Catbirds (Dumetella carolinensis) west of and within the Rocky Mountains by determining migration routes, stopover sites, and overwintering locations. Additionally, we compared apparent annual survivorship for both populations.},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Movement Ecology},
	author = {Mancuso, Kristen A. and Fylling, Megan A. and Bishop, Christine A. and Hodges, Karen E. and Lancaster, Michael B. and Stone, Katharine R.},
	month = mar,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {10},
}

For many songbirds in North America, we lack movement details about the full annual cycle, notably outside the breeding season. Understanding how populations are linked spatially between breeding and overwintering periods (migratory connectivity) is crucial to songbird conservation and management. We assessed migratory connectivity for 2 breeding populations of Gray Catbirds (Dumetella carolinensis) west of and within the Rocky Mountains by determining migration routes, stopover sites, and overwintering locations. Additionally, we compared apparent annual survivorship for both populations.

@phdthesis{cabrera-cruz_nocturnal_2021,
	type = {Doctoral {Dissertation}},
	title = {Nocturnal light pollution and land bird migration},
	url = {https://udspace.udel.edu/items/eecbb3aa-4512-44f0-aaea-3c4006da3b33},
	school = {University of Delaware},
	author = {Cabrera-Cruz, Sergio},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{carrera-hernandez_not_2021,
	title = {Not all {DEMs} are equal: {An} evaluation of six globally available 30 m resolution {DEMs} with geodetic benchmarks and {LiDAR} in {Mexico}},
	volume = {261},
	issn = {00344257},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0034425721001929},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rse.2021.112474},
	abstract = {This work assesses the vertical accuracy of eight Digital Surface Models (DSMs) currently available for Mexico (LiDAR, ALOS AW3D30 V2 and V3, ASTER GDEM V2 and V3, SRTM, NASADEM and Mexico's Continuous Elevation Model (CEM)). The AW3D30, ASTER GDEM, SRTM and NASADEM DSMs cover nearly the entire globe and can be downloaded at no cost, while the LiDAR and CEM DSMs are distributed by Mexico's Institute of Geography and Statistics (INEGI). The accuracy of these DSMs is assessed by considering: 1) benchmarks as reference data at the national level, and 2) LiDAR DSM as reference data on six different zones with variability in slope, vegetation cover and elevation. Using geodetic benchmarks as reference elevation on those areas covered by LiDAR (ALiDAR=370,200 km2, nbench=24,175), it was found that LiDAR has the best vertical accuracy of all DSMs considered (MAELiDAR = 1.96), which is why it was used as reference elevation to develop seven DEMs of Difference (DoDs) with the remainder DSMs. Using ncells = 350 × 106 for the aforementioned comparisons, it was found that the vertical accuracy of AW3D30 V2 and V3 is similar (MAE=2.5 m), followed by NASADEM, SRTM, CEM, ASTER GDEM3 and ASTER GDEM 2, with MAE values of 3.1, 3.8, 4.6, 6.0 and 7.2 m respectively. The previously mentioned values vary according to slope and slope orientation (i.e. aspect): for flat areas (slope≤5∘), the NASADEM exhibits the lowest MAE (with MAE values of 1.6 for slope≤1∘ and MAE = 2.0 m when 1∘{\textless}slope≤5∘), whereas MAEAW3D30V3=1.9 and 2.2 m for the previously mentioned slopes. With the use of radial boxplots developed on slope groups of 5∘, it was found that both MAE and bias are increasingly affected by aspect as slope increases on all the DSMs. In the case of both AW3D30 DSMs, on flat terrain a difference of only 0.1 m in bias (i.e. median of differences with respect to LiDAR) is found between SE and NW slopes; however, this difference increases according to slope: 0.6 m for 5∘{\textless}slope≤10∘, 1.2 m for 10∘{\textless}slope≤15∘, and 1.9 m for 15∘{\textless}slope≤20∘. Through the analyses undertaken, it is shown that slope—and not vegetation cover—is the factor that has the largest impact on the error of DSMs, and that the effect of aspect on error increases as terrain steepens. This work shows that all DSMs present errors and that an adequate accuracy assessment of DSMs needs to consider the spatial distribution of GCPs, Difference of DSMs (DoDs) and derivatives of DSMs (i.e., slope and aspect) as the use of DoDs provide information on DSM errors (i.e. interpolation artefacts) that can not be assessed through the use of geodetic benchmarks and because DSM errors depend on both slope and aspect.},
	journal = {Remote Sensing of Environment},
	author = {Carrera-Hernández, J.J.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {112474},
}

This work assesses the vertical accuracy of eight Digital Surface Models (DSMs) currently available for Mexico (LiDAR, ALOS AW3D30 V2 and V3, ASTER GDEM V2 and V3, SRTM, NASADEM and Mexico's Continuous Elevation Model (CEM)). The AW3D30, ASTER GDEM, SRTM and NASADEM DSMs cover nearly the entire globe and can be downloaded at no cost, while the LiDAR and CEM DSMs are distributed by Mexico's Institute of Geography and Statistics (INEGI). The accuracy of these DSMs is assessed by considering: 1) benchmarks as reference data at the national level, and 2) LiDAR DSM as reference data on six different zones with variability in slope, vegetation cover and elevation. Using geodetic benchmarks as reference elevation on those areas covered by LiDAR (ALiDAR=370,200 km2, nbench=24,175), it was found that LiDAR has the best vertical accuracy of all DSMs considered (MAELiDAR = 1.96), which is why it was used as reference elevation to develop seven DEMs of Difference (DoDs) with the remainder DSMs. Using ncells = 350 × 106 for the aforementioned comparisons, it was found that the vertical accuracy of AW3D30 V2 and V3 is similar (MAE=2.5 m), followed by NASADEM, SRTM, CEM, ASTER GDEM3 and ASTER GDEM 2, with MAE values of 3.1, 3.8, 4.6, 6.0 and 7.2 m respectively. The previously mentioned values vary according to slope and slope orientation (i.e. aspect): for flat areas (slope≤5∘), the NASADEM exhibits the lowest MAE (with MAE values of 1.6 for slope≤1∘ and MAE = 2.0 m when 1∘\textlessslope≤5∘), whereas MAEAW3D30V3=1.9 and 2.2 m for the previously mentioned slopes. With the use of radial boxplots developed on slope groups of 5∘, it was found that both MAE and bias are increasingly affected by aspect as slope increases on all the DSMs. In the case of both AW3D30 DSMs, on flat terrain a difference of only 0.1 m in bias (i.e. median of differences with respect to LiDAR) is found between SE and NW slopes; however, this difference increases according to slope: 0.6 m for 5∘\textlessslope≤10∘, 1.2 m for 10∘\textlessslope≤15∘, and 1.9 m for 15∘\textlessslope≤20∘. Through the analyses undertaken, it is shown that slope—and not vegetation cover—is the factor that has the largest impact on the error of DSMs, and that the effect of aspect on error increases as terrain steepens. This work shows that all DSMs present errors and that an adequate accuracy assessment of DSMs needs to consider the spatial distribution of GCPs, Difference of DSMs (DoDs) and derivatives of DSMs (i.e., slope and aspect) as the use of DoDs provide information on DSM errors (i.e. interpolation artefacts) that can not be assessed through the use of geodetic benchmarks and because DSM errors depend on both slope and aspect.

@misc{danielson_overview_2021,
	title = {Overview of the 2015 {North} {American} {Land} {Use}/{Land} {Cover} {Change} {Product} at 30m {Resolution}: {Methods} and {Results} – {Conferences}},
	shorttitle = {Overview of the 2015 {North} {American} {Land} {Use}/{Land} {Cover} {Change} {Product} at 30m {Resolution}},
	url = {https://conferences.asprs.org/class/1304/},
	language = {en-US},
	urldate = {2023-06-09},
	author = {Danielson, P. and Homer, C. and Dewitz, J. and Latifovic, R. and McFarlane-Winchester, M. and Ressl, R. A. and Jurado, D.},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@phdthesis{tokuyama_parasites_2021,
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Parasites and the city: {Characterizing} the influence of urbanization on gastrointestinal parasite communities in {Los} {Angeles} area coyotes ({Canis} latrans)},
	url = {https://escholarship.org/uc/item/4rn3s2rt},
	school = {Biology, University of California - Los Angeles},
	author = {Tokuyama, A.F.N.},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS, Political Boundaries},
}

@article{brandell_patterns_2021,
	title = {Patterns and processes of pathogen exposure in gray wolves across {North} {America}},
	volume = {11},
	issn = {2045-2322},
	url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-021-81192-w},
	doi = {10.1038/s41598-021-81192-w},
	abstract = {Abstract
            
              The presence of many pathogens varies in a predictable manner with latitude, with infections decreasing from the equator towards the poles. We investigated the geographic trends of pathogens infecting a widely distributed carnivore: the gray wolf (
              Canis lupus
              ). Specifically, we investigated which variables best explain and predict geographic trends in seroprevalence across North American wolf populations and the implications of the underlying mechanisms. We compiled a large serological dataset of nearly 2000 wolves from 17 study areas, spanning 80° longitude and 50° latitude. Generalized linear mixed models were constructed to predict the probability of seropositivity of four important pathogens: canine adenovirus, herpesvirus, parvovirus, and distemper virus—and two parasites:
              Neospora caninum
              and
              Toxoplasma gondii
              . Canine adenovirus and herpesvirus were the most widely distributed pathogens, whereas
              N. caninum
              was relatively uncommon. Canine parvovirus and distemper had high annual variation, with western populations experiencing more frequent outbreaks than eastern populations. Seroprevalence of all infections increased as wolves aged, and denser wolf populations had a greater risk of exposure. Probability of exposure was positively correlated with human density, suggesting that dogs and synanthropic animals may be important pathogen reservoirs. Pathogen exposure did not appear to follow a latitudinal gradient, with the exception of
              N. caninum
              . Instead, clustered study areas were more similar: wolves from the Great Lakes region had lower odds of exposure to the viruses, but higher odds of exposure to
              N. caninum
              and
              T. gondii
              ; the opposite was true for wolves from the central Rocky Mountains. Overall, mechanistic predictors were more informative of seroprevalence trends than latitude and longitude. Individual host characteristics as well as inherent features of ecosystems determined pathogen exposure risk on a large scale. This work emphasizes the importance of biogeographic wildlife surveillance, and we expound upon avenues of future research of cross-species transmission, spillover, and spatial variation in pathogen infection.},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Scientific Reports},
	author = {Brandell, Ellen E. and Cross, Paul C. and Craft, Meggan E. and Smith, Douglas W. and Dubovi, Edward J. and Gilbertson, Marie L. J. and Wheeldon, Tyler and Stephenson, John A. and Barber-Meyer, Shannon and Borg, Bridget L. and Sorum, Mathew and Stahler, Daniel R. and Kelly, Allicia and Anderson, Morgan and Cluff, H. Dean and MacNulty, Daniel R. and Watts, Dominique E. and Roffler, Gretchen H. and Schwantje, Helen and Hebblewhite, Mark and Beckmen, Kimberlee and Fenton, Heather and Hudson, Peter J.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {3722},
}

Abstract The presence of many pathogens varies in a predictable manner with latitude, with infections decreasing from the equator towards the poles. We investigated the geographic trends of pathogens infecting a widely distributed carnivore: the gray wolf ( Canis lupus ). Specifically, we investigated which variables best explain and predict geographic trends in seroprevalence across North American wolf populations and the implications of the underlying mechanisms. We compiled a large serological dataset of nearly 2000 wolves from 17 study areas, spanning 80° longitude and 50° latitude. Generalized linear mixed models were constructed to predict the probability of seropositivity of four important pathogens: canine adenovirus, herpesvirus, parvovirus, and distemper virus—and two parasites: Neospora caninum and Toxoplasma gondii . Canine adenovirus and herpesvirus were the most widely distributed pathogens, whereas N. caninum was relatively uncommon. Canine parvovirus and distemper had high annual variation, with western populations experiencing more frequent outbreaks than eastern populations. Seroprevalence of all infections increased as wolves aged, and denser wolf populations had a greater risk of exposure. Probability of exposure was positively correlated with human density, suggesting that dogs and synanthropic animals may be important pathogen reservoirs. Pathogen exposure did not appear to follow a latitudinal gradient, with the exception of N. caninum . Instead, clustered study areas were more similar: wolves from the Great Lakes region had lower odds of exposure to the viruses, but higher odds of exposure to N. caninum and T. gondii ; the opposite was true for wolves from the central Rocky Mountains. Overall, mechanistic predictors were more informative of seroprevalence trends than latitude and longitude. Individual host characteristics as well as inherent features of ecosystems determined pathogen exposure risk on a large scale. This work emphasizes the importance of biogeographic wildlife surveillance, and we expound upon avenues of future research of cross-species transmission, spillover, and spatial variation in pathogen infection.

@article{liu_performance_2021,
	title = {Performance evaluation of {GEDI} and {ICESat}-2 laser altimeter data for terrain and canopy height retrievals},
	volume = {264},
	issn = {00344257},
	url = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rse.2021.112571 https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0034425721002911},
	doi = {10.1016/j.rse.2021.112571},
	abstract = {With the advent of the next generation of space-based laser altimeters, ICESat-2 and GEDI, we are entering an exciting era of active remote sensing of forests that offers unprecedented opportunities for the observation of forest structure. Consistent comparisons of the accuracy of terrain and canopy height retrievals for these two missions are essential for continued improvement and further application. Because the time interval between the spaceborne products and validation data may introduce additional errors, we validate the newly released GEDI L2A product (version 2) and the ICESat-2 ATL08 product (version 4) using high-resolution, locally calibrated airborne lidar products acquired in the same year (2019) as the reference datasets. In addition, our study area contains 40 sites located in the U.S. mainland, Alaska, and Hawaii that encompass a variety of eco-climatic zones and vegetation cover types; thus, it avoids the uncertainties associated with small sample sizes and restricted spatial coverage. The results show that ICESat-2 and GEDI yield reasonable estimates of terrain height, with root mean squared errors (RMSEs) of 2.24 and 4.03 m for mid and low latitudes, respectively, and 0.98 m for high latitudes (ICESat-2 only). ICESat-2 outperforms GEDI across the board for terrain height retrieval, although they both have better accuracy than existing SRTM and GMTED DEM products. Analyses of the error factors suggest that steep slopes ({\textgreater}30°) present the greatest challenge for both GEDI and ICESat-2; in addition, tall ({\textgreater}20 m) and dense canopies ({\textgreater}90\%) forest ecosystems also reduce the accuracy of the terrain height estimates. When ICESat-2 and GEDI data are used for canopy height retrieval, the use of only strong/power beam data acquired at night is recommended, as the overall RMSEs decrease from 7.21 and 5.02 m to 3.93 and 3.56 m, respectively, compared to using all data regardless of daytime and beam strength. GEDI outperforms ICESat-2 across the board for canopy height retrieval, as ICESat-2 has a larger potential bias for almost all forest types and cover conditions. ICESat-2 tends to overestimate the canopy height of dwarf shrublands and underestimate the canopy height of forest, and there is a gradual downward shift in the distribution of residuals with increasing canopy height. Overall, ICESat-2 with photon counting technology and GEDI with full waveform technology each represent the state of the art in spaceborne laser altimeters for terrain and canopy height retrieval. Combined, these two missions can take advantage of the unique strengths of each instrument.},
	journal = {Remote Sensing of Environment},
	author = {Liu, Aobo and Cheng, Xiao and Chen, Zhuoqi},
	month = oct,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Publisher: Elsevier Inc.},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {112571},
}

With the advent of the next generation of space-based laser altimeters, ICESat-2 and GEDI, we are entering an exciting era of active remote sensing of forests that offers unprecedented opportunities for the observation of forest structure. Consistent comparisons of the accuracy of terrain and canopy height retrievals for these two missions are essential for continued improvement and further application. Because the time interval between the spaceborne products and validation data may introduce additional errors, we validate the newly released GEDI L2A product (version 2) and the ICESat-2 ATL08 product (version 4) using high-resolution, locally calibrated airborne lidar products acquired in the same year (2019) as the reference datasets. In addition, our study area contains 40 sites located in the U.S. mainland, Alaska, and Hawaii that encompass a variety of eco-climatic zones and vegetation cover types; thus, it avoids the uncertainties associated with small sample sizes and restricted spatial coverage. The results show that ICESat-2 and GEDI yield reasonable estimates of terrain height, with root mean squared errors (RMSEs) of 2.24 and 4.03 m for mid and low latitudes, respectively, and 0.98 m for high latitudes (ICESat-2 only). ICESat-2 outperforms GEDI across the board for terrain height retrieval, although they both have better accuracy than existing SRTM and GMTED DEM products. Analyses of the error factors suggest that steep slopes (\textgreater30°) present the greatest challenge for both GEDI and ICESat-2; in addition, tall (\textgreater20 m) and dense canopies (\textgreater90%) forest ecosystems also reduce the accuracy of the terrain height estimates. When ICESat-2 and GEDI data are used for canopy height retrieval, the use of only strong/power beam data acquired at night is recommended, as the overall RMSEs decrease from 7.21 and 5.02 m to 3.93 and 3.56 m, respectively, compared to using all data regardless of daytime and beam strength. GEDI outperforms ICESat-2 across the board for canopy height retrieval, as ICESat-2 has a larger potential bias for almost all forest types and cover conditions. ICESat-2 tends to overestimate the canopy height of dwarf shrublands and underestimate the canopy height of forest, and there is a gradual downward shift in the distribution of residuals with increasing canopy height. Overall, ICESat-2 with photon counting technology and GEDI with full waveform technology each represent the state of the art in spaceborne laser altimeters for terrain and canopy height retrieval. Combined, these two missions can take advantage of the unique strengths of each instrument.

@article{newell_pig_2021,
	title = {Pig pigmentation: testing {Gloger}’s rule},
	volume = {102},
	issn = {0022-2372, 1545-1542},
	shorttitle = {Pig pigmentation},
	url = {https://academic.oup.com/jmammal/article/102/6/1525/6381348},
	doi = {10.1093/jmammal/gyab090},
	abstract = {Abstract
            Comparative studies indicate that several mammalian clades obey Gloger’s rule in that they exhibit darker coloration in humid warm climates, although the mechanisms responsible for this association still are poorly understood. We surveyed external appearances of a single species, the feral pig (Sus scrofa), shot at 48 hunting lodges across North America and matched these to potential abiotic drivers, namely: relative humidity, temperature, precipitation, and ultraviolet (UV) radiation, and to biotic factors of habitat shade and predation pressure. We found that darker animals occupy locations of greater precipitation and warmer temperatures, as expected from Gloger’s rule. The recent range expansion of S. scrofa implies selection for pelage coloration has occurred very rapidly. Separating pelage coloration into eumelanin- and phaeomelanin-based pigmentation, we found more pronounced eumelanin-based pelage in areas of higher rainfall and temperatures and UV radiation, whereas pelage phaeomelanin is related to cool dry climates with lower UV radiation. This implies that humidity or UV protection but not crypsis are the mechanisms underlying Gloger’s rule in this species and the factors driving eumelanin and phaeomelanin expression in mammalian pelage are different, reinforcing new interpretations of this venerable rule.},
	language = {en},
	number = {6},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Mammalogy},
	author = {Newell, Caroline and Walker, Hannah and Caro, Tim},
	editor = {Ge, Deyan},
	month = dec,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1525--1535},
}

Abstract Comparative studies indicate that several mammalian clades obey Gloger’s rule in that they exhibit darker coloration in humid warm climates, although the mechanisms responsible for this association still are poorly understood. We surveyed external appearances of a single species, the feral pig (Sus scrofa), shot at 48 hunting lodges across North America and matched these to potential abiotic drivers, namely: relative humidity, temperature, precipitation, and ultraviolet (UV) radiation, and to biotic factors of habitat shade and predation pressure. We found that darker animals occupy locations of greater precipitation and warmer temperatures, as expected from Gloger’s rule. The recent range expansion of S. scrofa implies selection for pelage coloration has occurred very rapidly. Separating pelage coloration into eumelanin- and phaeomelanin-based pigmentation, we found more pronounced eumelanin-based pelage in areas of higher rainfall and temperatures and UV radiation, whereas pelage phaeomelanin is related to cool dry climates with lower UV radiation. This implies that humidity or UV protection but not crypsis are the mechanisms underlying Gloger’s rule in this species and the factors driving eumelanin and phaeomelanin expression in mammalian pelage are different, reinforcing new interpretations of this venerable rule.

@article{gaur_potential_2021,
	title = {Potential future changes in wildfire weather and behavior around 11 {Canadian} cities},
	volume = {35},
	issn = {22120955},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S2212095520300912},
	doi = {10.1016/j.uclim.2020.100735},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Urban Climate},
	author = {Gaur, Abhishek and Bénichou, Noureddine and Armstrong, Marianne and Hill, Fiona},
	month = jan,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {100735},
}

@article{pollock_predicting_2021,
	title = {Predicting high-risk areas for {African} swine fever spread at the wild-domestic pig interface in {Ontario}},
	volume = {191},
	issn = {01675877},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0167587721000854},
	doi = {10.1016/j.prevetmed.2021.105341},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Preventive Veterinary Medicine},
	author = {Pollock, Lisa A. and Newton, Erica J. and Koen, Erin L.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {105341},
}

@article{gillis_predicting_2021,
	title = {Predicting open-water thermal regimes of temperate {North} {American} lakes},
	volume = {78},
	issn = {0706-652X},
	url = {https://cdnsciencepub.com/doi/full/10.1139/cjfas-2020-0140},
	doi = {10.1139/cjfas-2020-0140},
	abstract = {Temperature profoundly affects the physical, chemical, and biological attributes of lakes and is influenced by several abiotic factors. Lake temperature modelling permits regional estimates of seasonal fish thermal habitat availability; however, this requires models that are accurate across large spatial scales. To address this, we fit a semi-mechanistic seasonal temperature-profile model (STM) to 369 morphometrically diverse North American lakes with data spanning 1971–2016. STM with a fixed-depth thermocline formula accurately modelled lake temperature (median pseudo-R2: 0.95, median lake-year-specific root mean square error (RMSE): 1.13 °C). We used random forests to select candidate predictors, then used linear mixed-effects modelling, based on these predictors, to create empirical equations to predict STM parameters from lake-specific morphometric and climate measures. We tested the accuracy of our equations by predicting thermal profiles in 776 Ontario lakes, finding good agreement between predicted and observed temperatures (median lake-year-specific RMSE: 2.38 °C) and stratification occurrence (91.7\%). These findings enhance our understanding of the factors that influence lake temperatures and can be used to identify lake types and regions that may be especially susceptible to climate change.},
	number = {7},
	urldate = {2023-06-30},
	journal = {Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences},
	author = {Gillis, Daniel P. and Minns, Charles K. and Shuter, Brian J.},
	month = jul,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Publisher: NRC Research Press},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {820--840},
}

Temperature profoundly affects the physical, chemical, and biological attributes of lakes and is influenced by several abiotic factors. Lake temperature modelling permits regional estimates of seasonal fish thermal habitat availability; however, this requires models that are accurate across large spatial scales. To address this, we fit a semi-mechanistic seasonal temperature-profile model (STM) to 369 morphometrically diverse North American lakes with data spanning 1971–2016. STM with a fixed-depth thermocline formula accurately modelled lake temperature (median pseudo-R2: 0.95, median lake-year-specific root mean square error (RMSE): 1.13 °C). We used random forests to select candidate predictors, then used linear mixed-effects modelling, based on these predictors, to create empirical equations to predict STM parameters from lake-specific morphometric and climate measures. We tested the accuracy of our equations by predicting thermal profiles in 776 Ontario lakes, finding good agreement between predicted and observed temperatures (median lake-year-specific RMSE: 2.38 °C) and stratification occurrence (91.7%). These findings enhance our understanding of the factors that influence lake temperatures and can be used to identify lake types and regions that may be especially susceptible to climate change.

@article{greuel_predicting_2021,
	title = {Predicting patterns of terrestrial lichen biomass recovery following boreal wildfires},
	volume = {12},
	issn = {2150-8925, 2150-8925},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ecs2.3481},
	doi = {10.1002/ecs2.3481},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Ecosphere},
	author = {Greuel, Ruth J. and Degré‐Timmons, Geneviève É. and Baltzer, Jennifer L. and Johnstone, Jill F. and McIntire, Eliot J. B. and Day, Nicola J. and Hart, Sarah J. and McLoughlin, Philip D. and Schmiegelow, Fiona K. A. and Turetsky, Merritt R. and Truchon‐Savard, Alexandre and Telgen, Mario D. and Cumming, Steven G.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@article{jain_predicting_2021,
	title = {Predicting the {Location} of {Maple} {Habitat} {Under} {Warming} {Scenarios} in {Two} {Regions} at the {Northern} {Range} in {Canada}},
	volume = {67},
	issn = {0015-749X, 1938-3738},
	url = {https://academic.oup.com/forestscience/article/67/4/446/6270781},
	doi = {10.1093/forsci/fxab012},
	abstract = {Abstract
            Acer saccharum and Acer rubrum, two main maple species in North America, will be affected by ongoing global warming. Several studies predict a southern limit contraction but limited northward expansion of maple distribution for the future. We aimed to understand the main drivers of current maple distribution to quantify potential changes to maple habitat in this context. We identified the local conditions of maple stands and assessed the potential changes under warming scenarios. We selected two regions in Quebec, Canada, at the northern distribution of the species and applied probability distribution function and principal component analysis to identify the factors explaining the occurrence of maple compared with other forest species, croplands, and grasslands. Maple habitat was estimated under warming scenarios up to 2°C. We observed a lower density of maple stands in the north (7.76\%), compared to the south (33.01\%). Warming increased maple stands by 3.54 and 1.45\% in the northernmost and southernmost regions, respectively, with the highest increases being estimated at the initial warming (+1.0°C). We conclude that maple of northern regions can benefit from local warming if precipitation does not become limiting. These changes could increase the potential for the regional maple industry and forest management.},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Forest Science},
	author = {Jain, Pratiksha and Khare, Siddhartha and Sylvain, Jean-Daniel and Raymond, Patricia and Rossi, Sergio},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {446--456},
}

Abstract Acer saccharum and Acer rubrum, two main maple species in North America, will be affected by ongoing global warming. Several studies predict a southern limit contraction but limited northward expansion of maple distribution for the future. We aimed to understand the main drivers of current maple distribution to quantify potential changes to maple habitat in this context. We identified the local conditions of maple stands and assessed the potential changes under warming scenarios. We selected two regions in Quebec, Canada, at the northern distribution of the species and applied probability distribution function and principal component analysis to identify the factors explaining the occurrence of maple compared with other forest species, croplands, and grasslands. Maple habitat was estimated under warming scenarios up to 2°C. We observed a lower density of maple stands in the north (7.76%), compared to the south (33.01%). Warming increased maple stands by 3.54 and 1.45% in the northernmost and southernmost regions, respectively, with the highest increases being estimated at the initial warming (+1.0°C). We conclude that maple of northern regions can benefit from local warming if precipitation does not become limiting. These changes could increase the potential for the regional maple industry and forest management.

@article{yang_predicting_2021,
	title = {Predicting the spread of {Chinese} tallow ({Triadica} sebifera) in the southeastern {United} {States} forestland: {Mechanism} and risk factors at the regional scale},
	volume = {482},
	issn = {0378-1127},
	shorttitle = {Predicting the spread of {Chinese} tallow ({Triadica} sebifera) in the southeastern {United} {States} forestland},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0378112720316613},
	doi = {10.1016/j.foreco.2020.118892},
	abstract = {In this study, we analyzed the regional spread patterns of Chinese tallow (Triadica sebifera) and associated factors using the remeasured U.S. Forest Service’s Forest Inventory and Analysis (FIA) data. Each mapped FIA plot was classified into one of the four categories based on its invasion status during the two consecutive inventory cycles (2000–2009 and 2006–2015): a non-invaded plot in both cycles, a newly invaded plot in the second cycle, a previously invaded plot in the first cycle, but tallow disappeared in the second cycle, and a previously invaded plot with tallow existence in the second measurement cycle. The smoothed presence probability and rate of spread (annual invasion probability) were strongly linearly correlated (r = 0.90, p = 0.001). Risk factors contributing to Chinese tallow spread varied among the three sub-regions (invasion stages) of varying propagule pressure levels, however, elevation and distance to the nearest road were the two variables statistically significant across all sub-regions (the entire region), indicating the pivotal role of the interplay between geographic characteristics and landscape (dispersal) factors in the regional spread of Chinese tallow. Natural disturbances including hurricanes and tropical storms significantly facilitated the spread of Chinese tallow from lower coastal areas to the inland. Among all forest type groups, bottomland oak-gum-cypress forests were more susceptible to Chinese tallow invasion in the low and moderate propagule pressure sub-regions, while oak-pine forests had higher Chinese tallow coverage (degree of invasion) in the high propagule pressure sub-regions.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-07-07},
	journal = {Forest Ecology and Management},
	author = {Yang, Shaoyang and Fan, Zhaofei and Liu, Xia and Ezell, Andrew W.},
	month = feb,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {118892},
}

In this study, we analyzed the regional spread patterns of Chinese tallow (Triadica sebifera) and associated factors using the remeasured U.S. Forest Service’s Forest Inventory and Analysis (FIA) data. Each mapped FIA plot was classified into one of the four categories based on its invasion status during the two consecutive inventory cycles (2000–2009 and 2006–2015): a non-invaded plot in both cycles, a newly invaded plot in the second cycle, a previously invaded plot in the first cycle, but tallow disappeared in the second cycle, and a previously invaded plot with tallow existence in the second measurement cycle. The smoothed presence probability and rate of spread (annual invasion probability) were strongly linearly correlated (r = 0.90, p = 0.001). Risk factors contributing to Chinese tallow spread varied among the three sub-regions (invasion stages) of varying propagule pressure levels, however, elevation and distance to the nearest road were the two variables statistically significant across all sub-regions (the entire region), indicating the pivotal role of the interplay between geographic characteristics and landscape (dispersal) factors in the regional spread of Chinese tallow. Natural disturbances including hurricanes and tropical storms significantly facilitated the spread of Chinese tallow from lower coastal areas to the inland. Among all forest type groups, bottomland oak-gum-cypress forests were more susceptible to Chinese tallow invasion in the low and moderate propagule pressure sub-regions, while oak-pine forests had higher Chinese tallow coverage (degree of invasion) in the high propagule pressure sub-regions.

@article{pedersen_quantifying_2021,
	title = {Quantifying effects of snow depth on caribou winter range selection and movement in {Arctic} {Alaska}},
	volume = {9},
	issn = {2051-3933},
	url = {https://movementecologyjournal.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s40462-021-00276-4},
	doi = {10.1186/s40462-021-00276-4},
	abstract = {Background: Caribou and reindeer across the Arctic spend more than two thirds of their lives moving in snow. Yet snow-specific mechanisms driving their winter ecology and potentially influencing herd health and movement patterns are not well known. Integrative research coupling snow and wildlife sciences using observations, models, and wildlife tracking technologies can help fill this knowledge void. Methods: Here, we quantified the effects of snow depth on caribou winter range selection and movement. We used location data of Central Arctic Herd (CAH) caribou in Arctic Alaska collected from 2014 to 2020 and spatially distributed and temporally evolving snow depth data produced by SnowModel. These landscape-scale (90 m), daily snow depth data reproduced the observed spatial snow-depth variability across typical areal extents occupied by a wintering caribou during a 24-h period. Results: We found that fall snow depths encountered by the herd north of the Brooks Range exerted a strong influence on selection of two distinct winter range locations. In winters with relatively shallow fall snow depth (2016/17, 2018/19, and 2019/20), the majority of the CAH wintered on the tundra north of the Brooks Range mountains. In contrast, during the winters with relatively deep fall snow depth (2014/15, 2015/16, and 2017/18), the majority of the CAH caribou wintered in the mountainous boreal forest south of the Brooks Range. Long-term (19 winters; 2001–2020) monitoring of CAH caribou winter distributions confirmed this relationship. Additionally, snow depth affected movement and selection differently within these two habitats: in the mountainous boreal forest, caribou avoided areas with deeper snow, but when on the tundra, snow depth did not trigger significant deep-snow avoidance. In both wintering habitats, CAH caribou selected areas with higher lichen abundance, and they moved significantly slower when encountering deeper snow. Conclusions: In general, our findings indicate that regional-scale selection of winter range is influenced by snow depth at or prior to fall migration. During winter, daily decision-making within the winter range is driven largely by snow depth. This integrative approach of coupling snow and wildlife observations with snow-evolution and caribou-movement modeling to quantify the multi-facetted effects of snow on wildlife ecology is applicable to caribou and reindeer herds throughout the Arctic.},
	number = {1},
	journal = {Movement Ecology},
	author = {Pedersen, Stine Højlund and Bentzen, Torsten W. and Reinking, Adele K. and Liston, Glen E. and Elder, Kelly and Lenart, Elizabeth A. and Prichard, Alexander K. and Welker, Jeffrey M.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Publisher: BioMed Central Ltd},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {48},
}

Background: Caribou and reindeer across the Arctic spend more than two thirds of their lives moving in snow. Yet snow-specific mechanisms driving their winter ecology and potentially influencing herd health and movement patterns are not well known. Integrative research coupling snow and wildlife sciences using observations, models, and wildlife tracking technologies can help fill this knowledge void. Methods: Here, we quantified the effects of snow depth on caribou winter range selection and movement. We used location data of Central Arctic Herd (CAH) caribou in Arctic Alaska collected from 2014 to 2020 and spatially distributed and temporally evolving snow depth data produced by SnowModel. These landscape-scale (90 m), daily snow depth data reproduced the observed spatial snow-depth variability across typical areal extents occupied by a wintering caribou during a 24-h period. Results: We found that fall snow depths encountered by the herd north of the Brooks Range exerted a strong influence on selection of two distinct winter range locations. In winters with relatively shallow fall snow depth (2016/17, 2018/19, and 2019/20), the majority of the CAH wintered on the tundra north of the Brooks Range mountains. In contrast, during the winters with relatively deep fall snow depth (2014/15, 2015/16, and 2017/18), the majority of the CAH caribou wintered in the mountainous boreal forest south of the Brooks Range. Long-term (19 winters; 2001–2020) monitoring of CAH caribou winter distributions confirmed this relationship. Additionally, snow depth affected movement and selection differently within these two habitats: in the mountainous boreal forest, caribou avoided areas with deeper snow, but when on the tundra, snow depth did not trigger significant deep-snow avoidance. In both wintering habitats, CAH caribou selected areas with higher lichen abundance, and they moved significantly slower when encountering deeper snow. Conclusions: In general, our findings indicate that regional-scale selection of winter range is influenced by snow depth at or prior to fall migration. During winter, daily decision-making within the winter range is driven largely by snow depth. This integrative approach of coupling snow and wildlife observations with snow-evolution and caribou-movement modeling to quantify the multi-facetted effects of snow on wildlife ecology is applicable to caribou and reindeer herds throughout the Arctic.

@article{crossley_recent_2021,
	title = {Recent climate change is creating hotspots of butterfly increase and decline across {North} {America}},
	volume = {27},
	issn = {1354-1013},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/gcb.15582},
	doi = {10.1111/gcb.15582},
	abstract = {Some insect populations are experiencing dramatic declines, endangering the crucial ecosystem services they provide. Yet, other populations appear robust, highlighting the need to better define patterns and underlying drivers of recent change in insect numbers. We examined abundance and biodiversity trends for North American butterflies using a unique citizen-science dataset that has recorded observations of over 8 million butterflies across 456 species, 503 sites, nine ecoregions, and 26 years. Butterflies are a biodiverse group of pollinators, herbivores, and prey, making them useful bellwethers of environmental change. We found great heterogeneity in butterfly species' abundance trends, aggregating near zero, but with a tendency toward decline. There was strong spatial clustering, however, into regions of increase, decrease, or relative stasis. Recent precipitation and temperature appeared to largely drive these patterns, with butterflies generally declining at increasingly dry and hot sites but increasing at relatively wet or cool sites. In contrast, landscape and butterfly trait predictors had little influence, though abundance trends were slightly more positive around urban areas. Consistent with varying responses by different species, no overall directional change in butterfly species richness or evenness was detected. Overall, a mosaic of butterfly decay and rebound hotspots appeared to largely reflect geographic variability in climate drivers. Ongoing controversy about insect declines might dissipate with a shift in focus to the causes of heterogeneous responses among taxa and sites, with climate change emerging as a key suspect when pollinator communities are broadly impacted.},
	number = {12},
	journal = {Global Change Biology},
	author = {Crossley, Michael S. and Smith, Olivia M. and Berry, Lauren L. and Phillips‐Cosio, Robert and Glassberg, Jeffrey and Holman, Kaylen M. and Holmquest, Jacquelin G. and Meier, Amanda R. and Varriano, Sofia A. and McClung, Maureen R. and Moran, Matthew D. and Snyder, William E.},
	month = jun,
	year = {2021},
	pmid = {33749964},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {2702--2714},
}

Some insect populations are experiencing dramatic declines, endangering the crucial ecosystem services they provide. Yet, other populations appear robust, highlighting the need to better define patterns and underlying drivers of recent change in insect numbers. We examined abundance and biodiversity trends for North American butterflies using a unique citizen-science dataset that has recorded observations of over 8 million butterflies across 456 species, 503 sites, nine ecoregions, and 26 years. Butterflies are a biodiverse group of pollinators, herbivores, and prey, making them useful bellwethers of environmental change. We found great heterogeneity in butterfly species' abundance trends, aggregating near zero, but with a tendency toward decline. There was strong spatial clustering, however, into regions of increase, decrease, or relative stasis. Recent precipitation and temperature appeared to largely drive these patterns, with butterflies generally declining at increasingly dry and hot sites but increasing at relatively wet or cool sites. In contrast, landscape and butterfly trait predictors had little influence, though abundance trends were slightly more positive around urban areas. Consistent with varying responses by different species, no overall directional change in butterfly species richness or evenness was detected. Overall, a mosaic of butterfly decay and rebound hotspots appeared to largely reflect geographic variability in climate drivers. Ongoing controversy about insect declines might dissipate with a shift in focus to the causes of heterogeneous responses among taxa and sites, with climate change emerging as a key suspect when pollinator communities are broadly impacted.

@article{schrimpf_reduced_2021,
	title = {Reduced human activity during {COVID}-19 alters avian land use across {North} {America}},
	volume = {7},
	issn = {2375-2548},
	url = {https://www.science.org/doi/10.1126/sciadv.abf5073},
	doi = {10.1126/sciadv.abf5073},
	abstract = {Bird counts increased in locations with reduced human traffic resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.
          , 
            The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in extraordinary declines in human mobility, which, in turn, may affect wildlife. Using records of more than 4.3 million birds observed by volunteers from March to May 2017–2020 across Canada and the United States, we found that counts of 66 (80\%) of 82 focal bird species changed in pandemic-altered areas, usually increasing in comparison to prepandemic abundances in urban habitat, near major roads and airports, and in counties where lockdowns were more pronounced or occurred at the same time as peak bird migration. Our results indicate that human activity affects many of North America’s birds and suggest that we could make urban spaces more attractive to birds by reducing traffic and mitigating the disturbance from human transportation after we emerge from the pandemic.},
	language = {en},
	number = {39},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Science Advances},
	author = {Schrimpf, Michael B. and Des Brisay, Paulson G. and Johnston, Alison and Smith, Adam C. and Sánchez-Jasso, Jessica and Robinson, Barry G. and Warrington, Miyako H. and Mahony, Nancy A. and Horn, Andrew G. and Strimas-Mackey, Matthew and Fahrig, Lenore and Koper, Nicola},
	month = sep,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {eabf5073},
}

Bird counts increased in locations with reduced human traffic resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. , The COVID-19 pandemic resulted in extraordinary declines in human mobility, which, in turn, may affect wildlife. Using records of more than 4.3 million birds observed by volunteers from March to May 2017–2020 across Canada and the United States, we found that counts of 66 (80%) of 82 focal bird species changed in pandemic-altered areas, usually increasing in comparison to prepandemic abundances in urban habitat, near major roads and airports, and in counties where lockdowns were more pronounced or occurred at the same time as peak bird migration. Our results indicate that human activity affects many of North America’s birds and suggest that we could make urban spaces more attractive to birds by reducing traffic and mitigating the disturbance from human transportation after we emerge from the pandemic.

@article{ku_regionalization_2021,
	title = {Regionalization of an {Existing} {Global} {Forest} {Canopy} {Height} {Model} for {Forests} of the {Southern} {United} {States}},
	volume = {13},
	issn = {2072-4292},
	url = {https://www.mdpi.com/2072-4292/13/9/1722},
	doi = {10.3390/rs13091722},
	abstract = {A large-scale global canopy height map (GCHM) is essential for global forest aboveground biomass estimation. Four GCHMs have recently been built using data from the Geoscience Laser Altimeter System (GLAS) sensor aboard the Ice, Cloud, and land Elevation Satellite (ICESat), along with auxiliary spatial and climate information. The main objectives of this research were to find out how well a selected GCHM agrees with airborne lidar data from locations in the southern United States and to recalibrate that GCHM to more closely match the forest canopy heights found in the region. The airborne lidar resource was built from data collected between 2010 and 2012, available from in-house and publicly available sources, for sites that included a variety of vegetation types across the southern United States. EPA ecoregions were used to provide ecosystem information for the southern United States. The airborne lidar data were pre-processed to provide lidar-derived metrics, and assigned to four height categories—namely, returns from above 0 m, 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m. The assessment phase results indicated that the 90th and 95th percentiles of the airborne lidar height values were well-suited for use in the recalibration phase of the study. Simple linear regression was used to generate a new, recalibrated GCHM. It was concluded that the characterization of the agreement of a selected GCHM with local data, followed by the recalibration of the existing GCHM to the local region, is both viable and essential for future GCHMs in studies conducted at large scales.},
	language = {en},
	number = {9},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Remote Sensing},
	author = {Ku, Nian-Wei and Popescu, Sorin and Eriksson, Marian},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {1722},
}

A large-scale global canopy height map (GCHM) is essential for global forest aboveground biomass estimation. Four GCHMs have recently been built using data from the Geoscience Laser Altimeter System (GLAS) sensor aboard the Ice, Cloud, and land Elevation Satellite (ICESat), along with auxiliary spatial and climate information. The main objectives of this research were to find out how well a selected GCHM agrees with airborne lidar data from locations in the southern United States and to recalibrate that GCHM to more closely match the forest canopy heights found in the region. The airborne lidar resource was built from data collected between 2010 and 2012, available from in-house and publicly available sources, for sites that included a variety of vegetation types across the southern United States. EPA ecoregions were used to provide ecosystem information for the southern United States. The airborne lidar data were pre-processed to provide lidar-derived metrics, and assigned to four height categories—namely, returns from above 0 m, 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m. The assessment phase results indicated that the 90th and 95th percentiles of the airborne lidar height values were well-suited for use in the recalibration phase of the study. Simple linear regression was used to generate a new, recalibrated GCHM. It was concluded that the characterization of the agreement of a selected GCHM with local data, followed by the recalibration of the existing GCHM to the local region, is both viable and essential for future GCHMs in studies conducted at large scales.

@phdthesis{wagstaff_regionalized_2021,
	address = {Logan, Utah},
	type = {Master of {Science}, {Mathematical} {Sciences}},
	title = {Regionalized {Models} with {Spatially} {Continuous} {Predictions} at the {Borders}},
	url = {https://digitalcommons.usu.edu/etd/8065},
	school = {Utah State University},
	author = {Wagstaff, Jadon},
	month = may,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
}

@phdthesis{tango_reproducibility_2021,
	address = {Middlebury},
	type = {{BA} {Thesis}},
	title = {Reproducibility of a {Geographical} {Study} on the {Effects} of {Wind} {Turbines} on {Bat} {Fatalities} in the {Northeast} {United} {States}},
	url = {https://middlebury.figshare.com/articles/thesis/Reproducibility_of_a_Geographical_Study_on_the_Effects_of_Wind_Turbines_on_Bat_Fatalities_in_the_Northeast_United_States/21565893},
	abstract = {With the expansion of wind energy as an alternative to fossil fuel use, it is important that we have the tools necessary to analyze ecological impacts. While geographic information systems (GIS) have many tools for this analysis, the lack of reproducibility in the field will lead to both decreased accuracy of results and slow down knowledge gain during a time in which research speed could prevent extinctions. In this integrative geography and biology thesis, I study the reproducibility of a geographical analysis to better understand barriers to its reproduction. The study, conducted by consulting group DNV GL for the Wind Wildlife Research Fund, analyzes the relationship between tree-roosting bat fatalities and landscape features at onshore wind farms in the northeast United States (Peters et al. 2020). I improve its future reproducibility by analyzing the ways in which both the bat fatality studies used to provide data for the Peters et al. (2020) study and the study itself could have been reported better for clarity and transparency with regards to methods, data, and sources of uncertainty. I also improve its future reproducibility by creating models and R scripts that reproduce the methods of this study to the fullest degree reasonably possible. The models and R scripts can be applied at various spatial scales to calculate landscape metrics (i.e., connectivity, percent area of land cover type, forest core area, etc.) and determine which are most correlated with hoary bat, eastern red bat, and silver-haired bat fatalities in a particular region. Methods, models, and R scripts are publicly available and could be applied to other species and land cover type contexts. 3},
	school = {Middlebury College},
	author = {Tango, Maddie},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

With the expansion of wind energy as an alternative to fossil fuel use, it is important that we have the tools necessary to analyze ecological impacts. While geographic information systems (GIS) have many tools for this analysis, the lack of reproducibility in the field will lead to both decreased accuracy of results and slow down knowledge gain during a time in which research speed could prevent extinctions. In this integrative geography and biology thesis, I study the reproducibility of a geographical analysis to better understand barriers to its reproduction. The study, conducted by consulting group DNV GL for the Wind Wildlife Research Fund, analyzes the relationship between tree-roosting bat fatalities and landscape features at onshore wind farms in the northeast United States (Peters et al. 2020). I improve its future reproducibility by analyzing the ways in which both the bat fatality studies used to provide data for the Peters et al. (2020) study and the study itself could have been reported better for clarity and transparency with regards to methods, data, and sources of uncertainty. I also improve its future reproducibility by creating models and R scripts that reproduce the methods of this study to the fullest degree reasonably possible. The models and R scripts can be applied at various spatial scales to calculate landscape metrics (i.e., connectivity, percent area of land cover type, forest core area, etc.) and determine which are most correlated with hoary bat, eastern red bat, and silver-haired bat fatalities in a particular region. Methods, models, and R scripts are publicly available and could be applied to other species and land cover type contexts. 3

@article{mccabe_resource_2021,
	title = {Resource selection functions based on hierarchical generalized additive models provide new insights into individual animal variation and species distributions},
	volume = {44},
	issn = {0906-7590, 1600-0587},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/ecog.06058},
	doi = {10.1111/ecog.06058},
	language = {en},
	number = {12},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Ecography},
	author = {McCabe, Jennifer D. and Clare, John D. and Miller, Tricia A. and Katzner, Todd E. and Cooper, Jeff and Somershoe, Scott and Hanni, David and Kelly, Christine A. and Sargent, Robert and Soehren, Eric C. and Threadgill, Carrie and Maddox, Mercedes and Stober, Jonathan and Martell, Mark and Salo, Thomas and Berry, Andrew and Lanzone, Michael J. and Braham, Melissa A. and McClure, Christopher J. W.},
	month = dec,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {1756--1768},
}

@article{yao_riverine_2021,
	title = {Riverine {Carbon} {Cycling} {Over} the {Past} {Century} in the {Mid}‐{Atlantic} {Region} of the {United} {States}},
	volume = {126},
	issn = {2169-8953, 2169-8961},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2020JG005968},
	doi = {10.1029/2020JG005968},
	language = {en},
	number = {5},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Geophysical Research: Biogeosciences},
	author = {Yao, Yuanzhi and Tian, Hanqin and Pan, Shufen and Najjar, Raymond G. and Friedrichs, Marjorie A. M. and Bian, Zihao and Li, Hong‐Yi and Hofmann, Eileen E.},
	month = may,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{edwards_riverine_2021,
	title = {Riverine {Dissolved} {Organic} {Carbon} and {Freshwater} {Export} in the {Eastern} {Gulf} of {Alaska}},
	volume = {126},
	issn = {2169-8953, 2169-8961},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2020JG005725},
	doi = {10.1029/2020JG005725},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Geophysical Research: Biogeosciences},
	author = {Edwards, Rick T. and D'Amore, David V. and Biles, Frances E. and Fellman, Jason B. and Hood, Eran W. and Trubilowicz, Joel W. and Floyd, William C.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@phdthesis{gaboriau_regimes_2021,
	type = {Doctorat sur {Mesure} en Écologie {Forestière}},
	title = {Régimes des feux holocène, contemporain et futur aux {Territoires} du {Nord}-{Ouest}, {Canada}},
	url = {https://tel.archives-ouvertes.fr/tel-03346459/},
	school = {Sciences Agricoles, Université du Québec à Abitibi - Témiscamingue},
	author = {Gaboriau, D.},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@misc{flower_salish_2021,
	title = {Salish {Sea} {Atlas} – {An} open access digital {Atlas} of the {Salish} {Sea} {Bioregion}.},
	copyright = {College of the Environment, Western Washington University},
	url = {https://wp.wwu.edu/salishseaatlas/},
	urldate = {2023-06-14},
	author = {Flower, Aquila},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@phdthesis{hill_secretive_2021,
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Secretive marshbird response to invasive wetland plant management in the {Prairie} {Pothole} region of {Minnesota}},
	url = {https://hdl.handle.net/11299/223085},
	school = {Fisheries, Wildlife, and Conservation Biology University of Minnesota},
	author = {Hill, N.M.},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@misc{kathryn_hansen_shrimp_2021,
	type = {Text.{Article}},
	title = {Shrimp {Farms} {Spread} in {Sinaloa}},
	url = {https://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/images/148128/shrimp-farms-spread-in-sinaloa?src=eoa-iotd},
	abstract = {The coastal state is one of the largest shrimp farming regions in Mexico.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2024-09-11},
	journal = {NASA Earth Observatory Image of the Day},
	author = {{Kathryn Hansen}},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Publisher: NASA Earth Observatory},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

The coastal state is one of the largest shrimp farming regions in Mexico.

@article{eppler_snow_2021,
	title = {Snow {Water} {Equivalent} {Change} {Mapping} from {Slope} {Correlated} {InSAR} {Phase} {Variations}},
	url = {https://tc.copernicus.org/preprints/tc-2021-359/tc-2021-359.pdf},
	doi = {https://doi.org/10.5194/tc-2021-359},
	journal = {The Cryosphere Discuss [preprint]},
	author = {Eppler, Jayson and Rabus, Bernhard and Morse, Peter},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@phdthesis{fowler_soil_2021,
	type = {Master of {Science}},
	title = {Soil microbial community dynamics in response to prescribed extreme fires following {Juniperus} virginiana invasion in the loess canyons of {Nebraska}},
	url = {https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/natresdiss/339/},
	school = {Natural Resource Sciences, University of Nebraska},
	author = {Fowler, J.A.},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@incollection{heung_soils_2021,
	title = {Soils of the {Atlantic} {Provinces}},
	url = {https://openpress.usask.ca/soilscience/chapter/soils-of-the-atlantic-provinces/},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-08},
	author = {Heung, Brandon and Keys, Kevin and Burton, David L. and Lynch, Derek H.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	note = {Book Title: Digging into Canadian Soils
Publisher: Canadian Society of Soil Science},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

@article{lenaker_spatial_2021,
	title = {Spatial {Distribution} of {Microplastics} in {Surficial} {Benthic} {Sediment} of {Lake} {Michigan} and {Lake} {Erie}},
	volume = {55},
	issn = {0013-936X, 1520-5851},
	url = {https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/acs.est.0c06087},
	doi = {10.1021/acs.est.0c06087},
	language = {en},
	number = {1},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Environmental Science \& Technology},
	author = {Lenaker, Peter L. and Corsi, Steven R. and Mason, Sherri A.},
	month = jan,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Lakes \& Rivers, Political Boundaries},
	pages = {373--384},
}

@article{rastandeh_spatial_2021,
	title = {Spatial analysis of landscape social values in multifunctional landscapes of the {Upper} {Missouri} {River} {Basin}},
	volume = {12},
	issn = {2150-8925, 2150-8925},
	url = {https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ecs2.3490},
	doi = {10.1002/ecs2.3490},
	language = {en},
	number = {5},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Ecosphere},
	author = {Rastandeh, Amin and Carnes, Morgan and Jarchow, Meghann},
	month = may,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

@techreport{bansal_spatially_2021,
	type = {other},
	title = {Spatially explicit methane emissions from the largest wetland complex in {North} {America}: {Past}, present and future},
	shorttitle = {Spatially explicit methane emissions from the largest wetland complex in {North} {America}},
	url = {https://meetingorganizer.copernicus.org/EGU21/EGU21-3186.html},
	abstract = {\<p\>Almost half of all biogenically-produced methane is emitted from small lakes and wetlands. The Prairie Pothole Region (PPR) is the largest wetland complex in North America (10\<sup\>th\</sup\> largest in the world), and contains 5\&\#8211;8 million wetlands and lakes, which can potentially influence continental and global methane budgets. However, there is considerable uncertainty of past, current and future emissions of methane from PPR wetlands due to a lack of landscape-scale models based on PPR-specific data. We used a bottom-up approach to develop a spatially explicit, temporally dynamic model of wetland and lake methane emissions from the PPR. Using a dataset of \>20,000 static-chamber flux measurements, we first developed a chamber model to understand functional relationships between methane fluxes and covariates, and then upscaled to the landscape using GIS and remotely sensed proxies for each covariate. Covariates in the chamber model included water-filled pore space (WFPS), hydroperiod, soil temperature, wetland size, land cover, and normalized difference vegetation index (NDVI). Proxies for upscaling included the Dynamic Surface Water Extent (for WFPS, hydroperiod, and area) and NDVI based on Landsat imagery, ClimateNA (for soil temperature), and the North American Land Change Monitoring System (for land cover). Methane emissions increased nonlinearly with increasing WFPS, soil temperature and NDVI, and was greater in wetlands surrounded by grasslands compared to cropland due to low organic carbon substrates in sediment of cropped wetlands. Methane flux had a hump-shaped relationship with area, with the highest emissions in mid-sized wetlands (1-4 ha) that had relatively long hydroperiods and high vegetation cover, whereas methane flux from water bodies \>10 ha was negligible due to their relatively high sulfate concentrations. Despite the potential for high total emission from the PPR as would indicate from global models, total emissions were relatively low ({\textasciitilde}5 and 100 Gg methane) per year during historic dry (1991) and current wet years (2011), respectively, with wetland extent is the primary driver of regional emissions. Future warmer temperature scenarios (under RCP 8.5) indicate that annual methane emissions from the PPR could double.\</p\>},
	urldate = {2023-06-09},
	institution = {pico},
	author = {Bansal, Sheel and Post Van Der Burg, Max and Lo, Rachel and McKenna, Owen},
	month = mar,
	year = {2021},
	doi = {10.5194/egusphere-egu21-3186},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
}

<p>Almost half of all biogenically-produced methane is emitted from small lakes and wetlands. The Prairie Pothole Region (PPR) is the largest wetland complex in North America (10^th largest in the world), and contains 5&#8211;8 million wetlands and lakes, which can potentially influence continental and global methane budgets. However, there is considerable uncertainty of past, current and future emissions of methane from PPR wetlands due to a lack of landscape-scale models based on PPR-specific data. We used a bottom-up approach to develop a spatially explicit, temporally dynamic model of wetland and lake methane emissions from the PPR. Using a dataset of >20,000 static-chamber flux measurements, we first developed a chamber model to understand functional relationships between methane fluxes and covariates, and then upscaled to the landscape using GIS and remotely sensed proxies for each covariate. Covariates in the chamber model included water-filled pore space (WFPS), hydroperiod, soil temperature, wetland size, land cover, and normalized difference vegetation index (NDVI). Proxies for upscaling included the Dynamic Surface Water Extent (for WFPS, hydroperiod, and area) and NDVI based on Landsat imagery, ClimateNA (for soil temperature), and the North American Land Change Monitoring System (for land cover). Methane emissions increased nonlinearly with increasing WFPS, soil temperature and NDVI, and was greater in wetlands surrounded by grasslands compared to cropland due to low organic carbon substrates in sediment of cropped wetlands. Methane flux had a hump-shaped relationship with area, with the highest emissions in mid-sized wetlands (1-4 ha) that had relatively long hydroperiods and high vegetation cover, whereas methane flux from water bodies >10 ha was negligible due to their relatively high sulfate concentrations. Despite the potential for high total emission from the PPR as would indicate from global models, total emissions were relatively low (~5 and 100 Gg methane) per year during historic dry (1991) and current wet years (2011), respectively, with wetland extent is the primary driver of regional emissions. Future warmer temperature scenarios (under RCP 8.5) indicate that annual methane emissions from the PPR could double.</p>

@article{chen_spatiotemporal_2021,
	title = {Spatiotemporal analysis of land use pattern and stream water quality in southern {Alberta}, {Canada}},
	volume = {242},
	issn = {01697722},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0169772221000917},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jconhyd.2021.103852},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of Contaminant Hydrology},
	author = {Chen, Zhikun and An, Chunjiang and Tan, Qian and Tian, Xuelin and Li, Gongchen and Zhou, Yang},
	month = oct,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {103852},
}

@article{daniels_strategic_2021,
	title = {Strategic {Radiology} {Outreach} {Planning} for {Underserved} {Populations} {Using} {Geographic} {Information} {Systems}},
	volume = {18},
	issn = {15461440},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S1546144020311078},
	doi = {10.1016/j.jacr.2020.08.022},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Journal of the American College of Radiology},
	author = {Daniels, Marcus J. and Game, Alina and Mollura, Daniel J. and England, Ryan W.},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {537--544},
}

@article{olimb_subecoregional_2021,
	title = {Subecoregional {Influence} on {Swift} {Fox} {Habitat} {Suitability}},
	url = {https://www.eaglehill.us/prna-pdfs-regular/prna-53/prna-001-Olimb.pdf},
	abstract = {Grassland-dependent Vulpes velox Say (Swift Foxes) occupy only a portion of their historical range in the North American Great Plains and remaining subpopulations are functionally disconnected due to habitat fragmentation and other barriers. Modeling habitat suitability is critical to identifying sites for habitat conservation and reintroduction and increasing subpopulation connectivity. We used mixed-effects modeling to simultaneously evaluate Swift Fox presence against habitat variables and subecoregional location. Our results show that habitat suitability is dependent on geographic location. Individual subecoregional models were each influenced by land cover and soil composition but varied by dominant soil component and correlation with surrounding land uses. These findings prioritize localized data for species management and predict how changing landscape composition may impact Swift Fox distribution.},
	language = {en},
	author = {Olimb, Sarah K and Schwalm, Donelle L and Bly, Kristy L S},
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions, Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
}

Grassland-dependent Vulpes velox Say (Swift Foxes) occupy only a portion of their historical range in the North American Great Plains and remaining subpopulations are functionally disconnected due to habitat fragmentation and other barriers. Modeling habitat suitability is critical to identifying sites for habitat conservation and reintroduction and increasing subpopulation connectivity. We used mixed-effects modeling to simultaneously evaluate Swift Fox presence against habitat variables and subecoregional location. Our results show that habitat suitability is dependent on geographic location. Individual subecoregional models were each influenced by land cover and soil composition but varied by dominant soil component and correlation with surrounding land uses. These findings prioritize localized data for species management and predict how changing landscape composition may impact Swift Fox distribution.

@article{debeer_summary_2021,
	title = {Summary and synthesis of {Changing} {Cold} {Regions} {Network} ({CCRN}) research in the interior of western {Canada} – {Part} 2: {Future} change in cryosphere, vegetation, and hydrology},
	volume = {25},
	issn = {1607-7938},
	shorttitle = {Summary and synthesis of {Changing} {Cold} {Regions} {Network} ({CCRN}) research in the interior of western {Canada} – {Part} 2},
	url = {https://hess.copernicus.org/articles/25/1849/2021/},
	doi = {10.5194/hess-25-1849-2021},
	abstract = {The interior of western Canada, like many similar cold mid- to high-latitude regions worldwide, is undergoing extensive and rapid climate and environmental change, which may accelerate in the coming decades. Understanding and predicting changes in coupled climate–land–hydrological systems are crucial to society yet limited by lack of understanding of changes in cold-region process responses and interactions, along with their representation in most current-generation land-surface and hydrological models. It is essential to consider the underlying processes and base predictive models on the proper physics, especially under conditions of non-stationarity where the past is no longer a reliable guide to the future and system trajectories can be unexpected. These challenges were forefront in the recently completed Changing Cold Regions Network (CCRN), which assembled and focused a wide range of multi-disciplinary expertise to improve the understanding, diagnosis, and prediction of change over the cold interior of western Canada. CCRN advanced knowledge of fundamental cold-region ecological and hydrological processes through observation and experimentation across a network of highly instrumented research basins and other sites. Significant efforts were made to improve the functionality and process representation, based on this improved understanding, within the finescale Cold Regions Hydrological Modelling (CRHM) platform and the large-scale Modélisation Environmentale Communautaire (MEC) – Surface and Hydrology (MESH) model. These models were, and continue to be, applied under past and projected future climates and under current and expected future land and vegetation cover configurations to diagnose historical change and predict possible future hydrological responses. This second of two articles synthesizes the nature and understanding of cold-region processes and Earth system responses to future climate, as advanced by CCRN. These include changing precipitation and moisture feedbacks to the atmosphere; altered snow regimes, changing balance of snowfall and rainfall, and glacier loss; vegetation responses to climate and the loss of ecosystem resilience to wildfire and disturbance; thawing permafrost and its influence on landscapes and hydrology; groundwater storage and cycling and its connections to surface water; and stream and river discharge as influenced by the various drivers of hydrological change. Collective insights, expert elicitation, and model application are used to provide a synthesis of this change over the CCRN region for the late 21st century.},
	language = {en},
	number = {4},
	urldate = {2023-06-01},
	journal = {Hydrology and Earth System Sciences},
	author = {DeBeer, Chris M. and Wheater, Howard S. and Pomeroy, John W. and Barr, Alan G. and Baltzer, Jennifer L. and Johnstone, Jill F. and Turetsky, Merritt R. and Stewart, Ronald E. and Hayashi, Masaki and van der Kamp, Garth and Marshall, Shawn and Campbell, Elizabeth and Marsh, Philip and Carey, Sean K. and Quinton, William L. and Li, Yanping and Razavi, Saman and Berg, Aaron and McDonnell, Jeffrey J. and Spence, Christopher and Helgason, Warren D. and Ireson, Andrew M. and Black, T. Andrew and Elshamy, Mohamed and Yassin, Fuad and Davison, Bruce and Howard, Allan and Thériault, Julie M. and Shook, Kevin and Demuth, Michael N. and Pietroniro, Alain},
	month = apr,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions, Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {1849--1882},
}

The interior of western Canada, like many similar cold mid- to high-latitude regions worldwide, is undergoing extensive and rapid climate and environmental change, which may accelerate in the coming decades. Understanding and predicting changes in coupled climate–land–hydrological systems are crucial to society yet limited by lack of understanding of changes in cold-region process responses and interactions, along with their representation in most current-generation land-surface and hydrological models. It is essential to consider the underlying processes and base predictive models on the proper physics, especially under conditions of non-stationarity where the past is no longer a reliable guide to the future and system trajectories can be unexpected. These challenges were forefront in the recently completed Changing Cold Regions Network (CCRN), which assembled and focused a wide range of multi-disciplinary expertise to improve the understanding, diagnosis, and prediction of change over the cold interior of western Canada. CCRN advanced knowledge of fundamental cold-region ecological and hydrological processes through observation and experimentation across a network of highly instrumented research basins and other sites. Significant efforts were made to improve the functionality and process representation, based on this improved understanding, within the finescale Cold Regions Hydrological Modelling (CRHM) platform and the large-scale Modélisation Environmentale Communautaire (MEC) – Surface and Hydrology (MESH) model. These models were, and continue to be, applied under past and projected future climates and under current and expected future land and vegetation cover configurations to diagnose historical change and predict possible future hydrological responses. This second of two articles synthesizes the nature and understanding of cold-region processes and Earth system responses to future climate, as advanced by CCRN. These include changing precipitation and moisture feedbacks to the atmosphere; altered snow regimes, changing balance of snowfall and rainfall, and glacier loss; vegetation responses to climate and the loss of ecosystem resilience to wildfire and disturbance; thawing permafrost and its influence on landscapes and hydrology; groundwater storage and cycling and its connections to surface water; and stream and river discharge as influenced by the various drivers of hydrological change. Collective insights, expert elicitation, and model application are used to provide a synthesis of this change over the CCRN region for the late 21st century.

@article{hager_tail_2021,
	title = {Tail {Length} {Evolution} in {Deer} {Mice}: {Linking} {Morphology}, {Behavior}, and {Function}},
	volume = {61},
	issn = {1540-7063},
	url = {https://academic.oup.com/icb/article/61/2/385/6237492},
	doi = {10.1093/icb/icab030},
	abstract = {Determining how variation in morphology affects animal performance (and ultimately fitness) is key to understanding the complete process of evolutionary adaptation. Long tails have evolved many times in arboreal and semi-arboreal rodents; in deer mice, long tails have evolved repeatedly in populations occupying forested habitat even within a single species (Peromyscus maniculatus). Here, we use a combination of functional modeling, laboratory studies, and museum records to test hypotheses about the function of tail-length variation in deer mice. First, we use computational models, informed by museum records documenting natural variation in tail length, to test whether differences in tail morphology between forest and prairie subspecies can influence performance in behavioral contexts relevant for tail use. We find that the deer- mouse tail plays little role in statically adjusting center of mass or in correcting body pitch and yaw, but rather it can affect body roll during arboreal locomotion. In this context, we find that even intraspecific tail-length variation could result in substantial differences in how much body rotation results from equivalent tail motions (i.e., tail effectiveness), but the relationship between commonly-used metrics of tail-length variation and effectiveness is non-linear. We further test whether caudal vertebra length, number, and shape are associated with differences in how much the tail can bend to curve around narrow substrates (i.e., tail curvature) and find that, as predicted, the shape of the caudal vertebrae is associated with intervertebral bending angle across taxa. However, although forest and prairie mice typically differ in both the length and number of caudal vertebrae, we do not find evidence that this pattern is the result of a functional trade-off related to tail curvature. Together, these results highlight how even simple models can both generate and exclude hypotheses about the functional consequences of trait variation for organismal-level performance.},
	number = {2},
	journal = {Integrative and Comparative Biology},
	author = {Hager, Emily R. and Hoekstra, Hopi E.},
	month = sep,
	year = {2021},
	pmid = {33871633},
	note = {Publisher: Oxford University Press},
	keywords = {NALCMS},
	pages = {385--397},
}

Determining how variation in morphology affects animal performance (and ultimately fitness) is key to understanding the complete process of evolutionary adaptation. Long tails have evolved many times in arboreal and semi-arboreal rodents; in deer mice, long tails have evolved repeatedly in populations occupying forested habitat even within a single species (Peromyscus maniculatus). Here, we use a combination of functional modeling, laboratory studies, and museum records to test hypotheses about the function of tail-length variation in deer mice. First, we use computational models, informed by museum records documenting natural variation in tail length, to test whether differences in tail morphology between forest and prairie subspecies can influence performance in behavioral contexts relevant for tail use. We find that the deer- mouse tail plays little role in statically adjusting center of mass or in correcting body pitch and yaw, but rather it can affect body roll during arboreal locomotion. In this context, we find that even intraspecific tail-length variation could result in substantial differences in how much body rotation results from equivalent tail motions (i.e., tail effectiveness), but the relationship between commonly-used metrics of tail-length variation and effectiveness is non-linear. We further test whether caudal vertebra length, number, and shape are associated with differences in how much the tail can bend to curve around narrow substrates (i.e., tail curvature) and find that, as predicted, the shape of the caudal vertebrae is associated with intervertebral bending angle across taxa. However, although forest and prairie mice typically differ in both the length and number of caudal vertebrae, we do not find evidence that this pattern is the result of a functional trade-off related to tail curvature. Together, these results highlight how even simple models can both generate and exclude hypotheses about the functional consequences of trait variation for organismal-level performance.

@article{acha_evolutionary_2021,
	title = {The evolutionary history of vines in a neotropical biodiversity hotspot: {Phylogenomics} and biogeography of a large passion flower clade ({Passiflora} section {Decaloba})},
	volume = {164},
	issn = {1055-7903},
	shorttitle = {The evolutionary history of vines in a neotropical biodiversity hotspot},
	url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1055790321001937},
	doi = {10.1016/j.ympev.2021.107260},
	abstract = {Because of their extraordinary flower and leaf morphology, passion flowers (Passifloraceae) have fascinated naturalists since their discovery. Within the large, diverse (600 species) genus Passiflora is an especially enigmatic and species-rich (120 spp.) subclade, Section Decaloba, which occurs in the Neotropics and has its center of diversity in Andean montane forests. A recent phylogenetic study of Passifloraceae showed that Section Decaloba was monophyletic, but was unable to resolve relationships within the clade, thus preventing inferences of evolutionary history and biogeography. The goal of this study was to elucidate the phylogeny and biogeography of Section Decaloba. We sampled 206 accessions representing 91 of the {\textasciitilde} 120 known species in section Decaloba and four outgroups, with samples derived predominantly from herbarium specimens. We generated DNA sequences using a high-throughput DNA sequencing technique called 2b-RAD, reconstructed the phylogeny, and conducted ancestral area reconstructions to infer the biogeographic history of the group. We recovered predominantly well-supported trees in which species were grouped into two main clades: 1) the Central American clade, within which the majority of nodes well supported and species were monophyletic and 2) the South American clade, a large clade that showed overall lower resolution and included several polyphyletic species and species complexes that need additional research. RASP analysis showed that section Decaloba originated in Central America around 10.4 Ma, and then dispersed to South America, the Greater Antilles, and the Bahamas. The South American clade diversified in the Northern Andes and then dispersed to the rest of South America, and Lesser Antilles. Results suggest that both long-distance dispersal and colonization of newly available habitats (i.e., in the Andes) likely promoted diversification of this clade. This study also illustrates how using herbarium specimens and a RAD-seq approach can produce phylogenies for broadly distributed, highly diverse, and poorly accessible groups of plants where field collections would be unfeasible.},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-07-05},
	journal = {Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution},
	author = {Acha, Serena and Linan, Alexander and MacDougal, John and Edwards, Christine},
	month = nov,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (CEC 1997)},
	pages = {107260},
}

Because of their extraordinary flower and leaf morphology, passion flowers (Passifloraceae) have fascinated naturalists since their discovery. Within the large, diverse (600 species) genus Passiflora is an especially enigmatic and species-rich (120 spp.) subclade, Section Decaloba, which occurs in the Neotropics and has its center of diversity in Andean montane forests. A recent phylogenetic study of Passifloraceae showed that Section Decaloba was monophyletic, but was unable to resolve relationships within the clade, thus preventing inferences of evolutionary history and biogeography. The goal of this study was to elucidate the phylogeny and biogeography of Section Decaloba. We sampled 206 accessions representing 91 of the ~ 120 known species in section Decaloba and four outgroups, with samples derived predominantly from herbarium specimens. We generated DNA sequences using a high-throughput DNA sequencing technique called 2b-RAD, reconstructed the phylogeny, and conducted ancestral area reconstructions to infer the biogeographic history of the group. We recovered predominantly well-supported trees in which species were grouped into two main clades: 1) the Central American clade, within which the majority of nodes well supported and species were monophyletic and 2) the South American clade, a large clade that showed overall lower resolution and included several polyphyletic species and species complexes that need additional research. RASP analysis showed that section Decaloba originated in Central America around 10.4 Ma, and then dispersed to South America, the Greater Antilles, and the Bahamas. The South American clade diversified in the Northern Andes and then dispersed to the rest of South America, and Lesser Antilles. Results suggest that both long-distance dispersal and colonization of newly available habitats (i.e., in the Andes) likely promoted diversification of this clade. This study also illustrates how using herbarium specimens and a RAD-seq approach can produce phylogenies for broadly distributed, highly diverse, and poorly accessible groups of plants where field collections would be unfeasible.

@article{tintor_variable_2021,
	title = {The variable climate response of {Rocky} {Mountain} bristlecone pine ({Pinus} aristata {Engelm}.)},
	volume = {68},
	issn = {11257865},
	url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S1125786521000424},
	doi = {10.1016/j.dendro.2021.125846},
	language = {en},
	urldate = {2023-06-15},
	journal = {Dendrochronologia},
	author = {Tintor, William Lazar and Woodhouse, Connie A.},
	month = aug,
	year = {2021},
	keywords = {Terrestrial Ecoregions (Wiken 2011)},
	pages = {125846},
}